RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Twilight Cruise (T2K: Pirates of the Vistula)

18:44, 26th April 2024 (GMT+0)

Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw (Part I)

Posted by Cap'n RaeFor group 0
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2156 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 25 Jan 2011
at 23:23
  • msg #1

Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw (Part I)


Don't fight a battle if you don't gain anything by winning.

-Erwin Rommel

-
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:44, Sat 28 Mar 2015.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2157 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 00:02
  • msg #2

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Wednesday, October 25th, 2000
1730 hrs.
39F
clear skies; slight breeze from the northwest
Jackowo Gorne, 10km north of Warsaw, Poland



The commander of the Serock militia, Captain Zawadzki, the "mayor" of Wyszkow, Anton Sobczak, and the leadership of the turncoat 10th GTD- Major General Anton Koronev and "Captain" B.A. Johnstone- have agreed, in principle, to actively cooperate with one another in the removal of The Black Baron Czarny from his position of self-appointed sovereignty over the ruins of Warsaw.

They, along with you, are meeting in an abandoned home in the hamlet of Jackowo Gorne, about midway between Serock and Wyszkow, where the bulk of the 10th TD is still camped. Serock has sent a truckload of food for the hungry soldiers of the 10th, but is unwilling to shelter them or allow transit in the fear that the 300 men of the 10th will find the living there so pleasant that they will not wish to leave. Zawadski has made clear that Serock does not have the wherewithall to feed and/or shelter such a large unit of tired, hungry, and well armed men. It's a reasonable position. So, for the time being, the men of the 10th division will remain in Wyszkow. The mayor of the town, however, seems eager to see them leave.

For all parties, time is of the essence. The men of the 10th, despite the recent delivery of provisions from Serock, is still hungry, and only the Baron's granaries can feed them without depriving others. Neither Wyszkow nor Serock can feed the 10th for more than a day or two without dangerously depleting their stocks of winter food.

The objective of the upcoming offensive, therefore, is simple- to either eliminate the Baron and his men or drive them out of Warsaw, whereupon the 10th will take control of the Black Legion's food stocks. The 10th will remain in Warsaw, acting as it's municipal defense force, until such time as sufficient provisions can be secured for a continuation of their march to the Baltic.

Captain Zawadski is rather cagey regarding his resources. From what you can gather, the core of the Serock militia is a unit of Polish Army engineers. They were stationed in the town at some point during the siege fo Warsaw, during which they developed a strong rapport with the townspeople there. This past summer, they deserted and settled down alongside the surviving residents in the remains of the town, forming the core of its self defense force. A Motor Rifles company was sent to bring them back into the fold, but most of those troops deserted in turn and joined the newly-formed Serock militia. It sounds like the militia consists of about 40 experienced men- most former Polish army soldiers- and a few armed civilians. The lynchpin of their defense system is their BMP-1. They've also recently obtained a beaten-up BTR-70. The Serock militia had a couple of violent run-ins with the Black Legion this autumn, but have succeeded in maintaining their independence. As long as the Baron is in charge, though, Serock can not thrive.

General Koronev, a large, bearded man who bears an uncanny likeness to Joseph Stalin, explains that the 10th TD curently musters just under 300 able-bodied men. Able-bodied is putting it kindly, though. In this case, it means "not quite dead yet". Many of the men are sick with colds or flu-like symptoms, some with serious cases of frostbite, and all are somewhat weak due to the combination of hard marching, unseasonable cold, and minimal rations. Having recently arrived within a day's march of objective, Koronev and Johnstone where unable to prevent the ravenous men from slaughtering and eating the division's last pack horses. The division's heaviest weapon is a 120mm mortar for which they have a decent supply of bombs.

What you bring to the table is fresh intelligence, a few spare guns, and a wealth of recent experience in fighting the Black Legion in and around East Bank Warsaw. You also have access to a powerful river tug-cum-gunboat and around one hundred or so fighters of the Gora-Kalwaria militia. You have yet, however, to mention the Wisla Krolowa to Johnstone, Koronev, or Zawadzki, and you have not been in contact with its crew (and, by extension, the town of G-K) for over 72 hours. For all they know, you could be dead right now. It might be time to try to get in touch with them.

Johnstone, a middle-aged man of average height and stocky build (Warren can tell he's lost a few pounds since they last spoke face-to-face) addresses the gathering,

"Alright, you folks are the military minds here. What's the plan? How do we do this?"


NEXT MOVES?
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:11, Wed 26 Jan 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 862 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 13:54
  • msg #3

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan stood up, almost taking the floor in a formal fashion.

“Well first things first,” he replied, addressing Johnstone initially and speaking English.  He trusted that someone else would translate the whole discussion into Polish or Russian for those who didn’t speak English.  “The men of the 10th obviously need food and if they do not get it then our attack on the Baron’s forces is going to lose coordination quite quickly.”  He turned to General Koronev as he continued.  “I do not mean any insult to your troops General but we all know that hunger can do things to an armed man.  Jeff implied previously that his and Johnstone’s superiors had access to significant resources including the ability to stage an airdrop.”

He looked directly at Jeff as he brought up the agent’s previous claims.  He doubted that Jeff’s story of a US/CIA backed enclave in Eastern Europe with the capability to mount air missions was more than colourful fabrication but this was the time to test whether it was.

“If that is true then I think that you need to prove it by supplying these men, and the rest of us, with some food.  Otherwise I fear that any attack on Warsaw is going to fragment as the men encounter opportunities to acquire food and it then runs the risk of escalation from there.”

He avoided using the word looting but it was obvious what Jan meant.  He had no real objection to looting but only once the main objectives had been achieved.

“Once we are attacking with the aim of defeating the Black Baron rather than the objective of finding food to feed an army then I think that we have a greater chance of success.  As to an actual plan I, personally, have a couple of suggestions.  Amongst our small unit we number several snipers and one plan that has been suggested, by Jeff or Thor I think, is to attempt to kill the Baron in person, the idea being that without the Baron in charge many of his troops will desert.  I think that there is merit in this but we need to do this as part of a coordinated attack rather than in isolation, otherwise some of the Baron’s troops might decide that staying in the city under a different tyrant is better than going it alone somewhere else.  Essentially once we kill their leader we need to give them a reason to flee!”

Jan then glanced at some of the new recruits to their unit, the Poles and the Russian Vita.

“Another suggestion to consider is persuading more of his troops to change sides.  Many of the Baron’s soldiers are actually militia who have been forcibly conscripted and have no loyalty to him at all.  There are several of them here who have chosen to change sides and join us and I think that more can be persuaded to do the same.  If the time pressure of feeding the 10th is removed then I would suggest that while the 10th start probing the Baron’s northern defences us lot, under Captain Bayer, return to the city and start to make contact with groups in the city who might be persuaded to join us.”

“Lastly we need to draw up a list of tactically important locations and objectives in the city so that we can plan how to capture it.  Our new recruits have not really had the opportunity yet to tell us what they know of the current state of the city so I think that some updated intel from them would be useful.  Things like what bridges are still standing and so on.  We currently have intel on where many of his outer ring of defensive positions are located, where his motor pool is, where his granary is, where the barracks for his troops are, where he keeps hostages, where his Palace or HQ is located and where he is currently building a new castle.  Any of those locations that can be confirmed would be useful but if you know of any other important locations or of any other troops who could be persuaded to change sides then now is the time to speak up.”

Having finished ticking off a list of locations Jan sat back down and took a sip of water from the tin cup in front of him.  He then pulled out a cigarette and lit it up, inhaling strongly.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:01, Wed 26 Jan 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2253 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 14:33
  • msg #4

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #3):

Dawid took the initiative and translated Jan's speech into fluent but accented Russian and flawless Polish.
Monika Sawicki
player, 75 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 15:37
  • msg #5

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

     Monika listened to the proposals.  It didn't matter to her what the plan was or would be.  There would be fighting.  There would be dead and wounded.  There was always dead and wounded.  Maybe getting rid of the Baron was a good thing to do.  Monika knew that getting rid of the Baron was a necessary thing to do.  That would have to be enough justification for her.

     She felt the weight of the reloaded and holstered SMG on her webbing.  Monika hoped that she would never need to aim the compact little chattergun at another human being.  She knew, however, that she needed her weapons to keep alive and stay free.  She didn't like that thought, but she accepted it.

     Monika spoke up, trying to get what she wanted to say right in English.  "Isn't matter.  We fight.  I try fix."
This message was last edited by the player at 17:03, Wed 26 Jan 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 7 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 19:26
  • msg #6

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Piotr had been standing to the side listening to Jan's suggestions, but when the legionnaire glanced in his direction he stepped forward. Continuing in polish, not only because it was his first language but also to be polite to his host and true to his heritage.

“I think there are certainly others that can be persuaded to join up against the Black Baron although it might be a bit difficult to confirm where to find them.” Although it was a problem he'd like to find a solution to. Jan was right, there were still some good guys he didn't want to die fighting for a cause that wasn't theirs. The only thing most of them were concerned about was staying alive. “The Black Baron has taken some losses and might be moving some of his troops around.”

Taking a pause to give anyone translating a chance to catch up.

“As to the tactical points of interest, I can probably point them out if you have a map of the area I can probably be of help in that area”
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1005 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 20:50
  • msg #7

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Tucker moves forward after Jan starts off the conversation.  "Hey everyone.  I'm Robert Tucker, U.S. Army well, formerly of the U.S. Army.  Anyway, after hearing Jan's initial breakdown, my first thoughts would be to have a couple shooter teams sent out to hunt for key areas for harrassment.  Perhaps another squad with some heavier weapons to roam and hit a couple of different strategic points around the city."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 868 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 22:20
  • msg #8

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

"I like Tuck's idea," Mariusz said, "but think it could go a bit farther. The Baron appears to have arranged his positions in a conventional manner, strongpoints with the potential for mutual support backed up by a strong firebase and reaction force. We could use partisan tactics to screw them up. Infiltrate sniper teams in to hit key personnel and add to that several hit and run teams running a variety of assaults. Do that for a long winter's night and keep the Baron's forces awake and on edge, then hit them full force."
Jan Cerny
player, 864 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 26 Jan 2011
at 23:29
  • msg #9

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

"From what I saw," Jan added to Mariusz' comments, "the Baron's strongpoints look designed to keep people in as much as out!"
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 350 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 03:31
  • msg #10

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Thor had slept almost every available moment, but the mention of his name snapped him back to consciousness.
"Mjollnir one mile, night, no problem," he said confidently.
"Two mile, day, maybe better Járngreipr..."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2255 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 05:53
  • msg #11

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

The high-level negotiation reminded Dawid of something. They had not been successful in contacting their own comrades over the last few days, it was time to give it another go.

"Jan, Ondar's radio is charged, now. Why not have Minh set it up so we can send a report to the Queen?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1359 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 14:27
  • msg #12

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Bayer listened but added nothing at this point. Interested in hearing their allies first response, he waited for them to speak before joining in.
Dieter Brandt
player, 320 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 17:57
  • msg #13

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Dieter felt no need to get involved with the discussion, but when he heard Dawid talking about the Queen, he decided to make himself useful.

"I don't know if my radio has the range, but I can try to make contact with the Queen."

Assuming they are happy to let him continue, he moved to the highest ground he could see. Dumping his rifle next to him, he set up his PRC-77 manpack radio, and tuned into the frequency he had been given.

"Calling Dreamer or Boyar, this is Thunder. Radio check, over." He repeated this message, in English and then in Polish, over and over again until he could either get a response, or it was clear nobody was listening.

OOC - if my radio is no good for this purpose, please substitute it for another radio in the team that might actually do the job.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:37, Fri 28 Jan 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2162 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 23:35
  • msg #16

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan Cerny:
“Well first things first,” he replied, addressing Johnstone initially and speaking English.  He trusted that someone else would translate the whole discussion into Polish or Russian for those who didn’t speak English.  “The men of the 10th obviously need food and if they do not get it then our attack on the Baron’s forces is going to lose coordination quite quickly.”  He turned to General Koronev as he continued.  “I do not mean any insult to your troops General but we all know that hunger can do things to an armed man.  Jeff implied previously that his and Johnstone’s superiors had access to significant resources including the ability to stage an airdrop.”


Johnstone gives Warren a quick look of disapproval before responding to Jan's challenge.

"Believe me, Sergeant Cerny, if we could arrange a supply drop, we would.

"Unfortunately, I don't think that's an option. The last time I was able to contact the enclave, the weather was too shitty to execute a drop. Since then, my satellite radio ran out of juice and some asshole walked off with the last spare battery. Can't really blame the poor dumb bastard who did it- probably thought he could trade it for a loaf of bread and a chicken or something. So, an supply drop's not something we can make happen at this time. I'm sorry."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2163 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 23:36
  • msg #17

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Major General Koronev shares his thoughts in Muscovite Russian.

"We- the 10th GTD- are not quite strong enough for a direct assault against prepared defenses, but our mortar is a powerful weapon against fixed positions.

"On the other hand, my men are desperately hungry. We can't wait much longer- I'm sure the mayor feels the same way. Small teams of commandos can sow chaos behind enemy lines but this should occur concurrently with a main attack by my division, which, we all know, is a division in name only."

"Captain Zawdaszki, what can you do?"

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2164 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 27 Jan 2011
at 23:39
  • msg #18

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Captain Zawadzki, commander of the Serock militia responds [in Polish].

"Well, we can launch a small diversionary raid against the Baron's west flank. This may be made more difficult by what these people- what should we call you?"

He gestures towards you and your comrades.

"-have already done. The Baron may have reinforced that sector since your recent exploits."

"The defense of Serock is our main priority and I will not risk that in an all-or-nothing gamble against Czarny. The BMP, therefore, is off the table."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1361 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 03:02
  • msg #19

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Cap'n Rae:
"This may be made more difficult by what these people- what should we call you?"


"Rataj's 1st Independent Commando." Bayer answers.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:03, Fri 28 Jan 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 195 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 04:52
  • msg #20

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jeff blatantly ignores Johnstone's look for now, and instead translates Koronev's Russian for the group.  And although he understands Zawadki's Polish, he allows one of locals to translate that.

Once he gets the moment, he turns to Bayer, "What sort of assets do you have back in that town you said you all came from?  Gorwa-something.  If they have anything of use, the plan ought to include them.  Just be careful you don't tip our hand with excessive radio chatter on an unsecured link."

"Concerning covert action, if you need me to, Captain (Addressed to Johnstone),  I can grab my other rifle  and head back in with or without any members of this group.  If that's what we decide on."

Matias Adamczyk
player, 6 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 05:03
  • msg #21

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Almost all the conversation was flying over Matias's head.  Oh, he understood the words well enough; all the Polish, most of the English, and a Russian phrase or two.  But he had none of the background that the others had, or any idea who most of the people they were talking about were.

He decided to keep quiet and try and puzzle his way through what was going on.  And he hoped that both his puzzled look and the signs of his concentration wouldn't show through to the others.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 351 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 05:29
  • msg #22

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

"Glaðsheimr have Smot."
Thor waved an arm in a circle over his head and slowly stood up.
"Glaðsheimr have lang skip."
With his hands he indicated a large boat bristling with weapons.
"Glaðsheimr strong."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1008 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 13:13
  • msg #23

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Konrad Bayer:
Cap'n Rae:
"This may be made more difficult by what these people- what should we call you?"


"Rataj's 1st Independent Commando." Bayer answers.

"Gotta nice ring to it," Tucker thinks to himself.
Jan Cerny
player, 867 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 15:15
  • msg #24

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan watched Thor and his pantomime actions and just shook his head in response.  Though Jeff had asked a question of Konrad, Jan chose to answer it, speaking in Polish.

“The village Jeff is referring to is Gora Kalwaria and Rataj's 1st Independent Commando are based out of there currently.  The village itself has a militia of about a hundred armed men, mostly armed with firearms and a couple of heavy weapons, and there are a core of experienced former Polish soldiers who provide the leadership and NCOs.  We captured one of the Baron’s D-30’s and that is now based there, though it has hardly any shells at all and is therefore only really useable in a defensive situation.  They also have a M-37 mortar but without any shells at all.  If you have spare shells for either of those that would be interesting.”

Jan then glanced at Konrad and smiled to himself.  Rataj's 1st Independent Commando indeed!

“There is also a boat under the command of Captain Rataj and that was heavily involved in destroying the Baron’s pirates.  Mounted on board are a large collection of heavy weapons.  There is a MT-12 Rapira AT gun and a Vasilek Mortar but neither has very many shells left.  There are also two DShK machineguns and a Mk-19 grenade launcher and they have plenty of ammo, well certainly for the machineguns.  I do not know if it is possible to move them off the boat however and the boat is armoured anyway so it might be best to leave them on board and make use of the boat against targets near the river.”

Jan then pulled a small pouch from inside his grenade vest and walked over to Major General Koronev.

“When we met Jeff we ambushed a patrol of horsemen working for the Baron who were pursuing him.  We recovered a load of weapons and buried them nearby.  We had thought to take them back to Gora Kalwaria for their militia but we are agreed that the 10th will make better use of them in the short term.  Therefore we give you this pouch that contains the firing pins from them all.  You will have to send some men to dig the firearms up but Jeff knows where they were buried.  We also recovered some spare weapons and ammo from our recent fighting with the Baron and we give these to the 10th as well.  I think that that is a sign of our good faith!”

“I may also have a contact in Warsaw who might be able to help us.  I need to talk to her further over the radio and arrange to meet her before I can tell you more however.  I think that that is everything but if I have forgotten something I am sure that someone will remind me.”  He glanced round his comrades as he spoke, in case someone could think of something that he had missed.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:51, Fri 28 Jan 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 7 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Fri 28 Jan 2011
at 23:02
  • msg #25

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Matias was still very lost.  He understood an attack on Warsaw, and that was about all.  The other information was all completely out of context, and lost on him.

When there was a pause, he leaned over to Mariusz and whispered in Polish "What is happening?  What are we talking about?"  He hoped that Mariusz, who had been with the group for longer than he had, understood what was happening.
Craig Sutherland
player, 301 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 04:39
  • msg #26

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Making the most of the break in the action Craig has spent as much time in a chair as possible. He has primary been focused on his wounded leg but as the discussion becomes more in depth he decides to add his own two pence worth.

”To be honest I wouldn't like your chances in convincing the Barons troops to change sides. I would give you credit that some are there against their will, some are there for the protection and some are there cause they enjoy it. It's just getting close enough to actually talk and then convince them there is an alternative.”

”Captain Zawadzki are there any other communities that you are in contact with who may also be persuaded to help ? Also since we seem to be giving over the weapons from the Cavalry, you may want this.”

He digs around in one of this PLCE pouches and produces a bag with 298 rounds of 9mmN.

"I was keeping it for the villagers but what the hell maybe well find some more."
This message was last edited by the player at 08:18, Sat 29 Jan 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 869 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 08:26
  • msg #27

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan turned to the Poles who had recently joined them.  "How strict a rule does the Baron keep on the city?  Are there any communal areas like markets and does anyone have any permission to move around the city besides his Black Guard?"

He then switched from Polish to English and directed a quick comment to Craig with a grin.  "Damn, if I had known that you were carrying round a load of 9mm Parabellum rounds I would have taken five off your hands to fill up one of my pistol mags!"
Craig Sutherland
player, 302 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 08:37
  • msg #28

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #27):

Sliding the plastic bag across the table to Jan, Craig adds:

"Finders first then, if anyone else needs to top off magazines feel free."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 869 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 09:52
  • msg #29

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Mariusz looked over at the new guys and smiled at Mataias, "Several of us were a security team for a tug boat trying to get to Warsaw. We reached teh town of Gora Kalwaria and discovered the people there trying to fight against the pirate element of the Baron's forces. We helped them to defeat the pirates and because our employer realised he couldn't find his family in Warsaw with the Baron around we joined forces with Gora Kalwaria to try to eliminate the Baron. Our reconnaissence of the city became a sort of running battle and we ended up at your outpost."

He grinned again, "Now we're talking about co-ordinating an attack with the militia of this town, the 10th, which is a bunch of three hundred ex-Soviets under the direction of the CIA and any forces we can summon from our base. That might be hard because we've been out of contact for a few days and they might think we're dead. Any help you can give us using the radios would be great."

"At present," he pointed at the meeting, "the militia are willing to launch a diversionary attack but not commit decisive forces, understandable and generous when you look at their position, and the 10th are a potent force but starving and not able to take out the Baron by main force."

"We've been suggesting infiltrating snipers and small hunter-killer groups into the city to disrupt the enemy before the main attack." Mariusz continued, "Your knowledge of the Baron's forces and tactics as well as recent knowledge of the city will be invaluable to the discussion. When we plan things, everyone has a say and the Kaptain picks what he thinks is the best course. Don't hesitate to speak up, I'd rather be called a fool here than dead because you had a better idea and didn't want to offend anyone by speaking up. I speak decent English and Russian so if you have anything to say say it and I'll translate."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2262 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 11:36
  • msg #30

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #19):

Dawid leaned over to Konrad and made sure the Russians couldn't overhear him.

"Do we want to mention the nerve gas shells for the mortar? Er, sorry, howitzer. They're not ours, but they could be useful."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:02, Sat 29 Jan 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2170 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 16:06
  • msg #31

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Dieter Brandt:
"Calling Dreamer or Boyar, this is Thunder. Radio check, over." He repeated this message, in English and then in Polish, over and over again until he could either get a response, or it was clear nobody was listening.


Try as he might, Dieter can't raise the Queen or anyone in Gora-Kalwaria. The radio's battery is running low on juice and the set might just not have the power and range to get a coherent signal to where he wants it to go.

Some sort of long field-expedient antenna might help. Also, if there was some way to amplify the radio's power output, the signal might have the energy to cut through to the tug.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2171 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 16:39
  • msg #32

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Teh meeting breaks up temporarily for a quick dinner of lamb stew, bread with butter, and a thick, locally brewed beer. It's warm, tasty, and filling. General Koronev, in solidarity with his hungry troops, limits himself to one modest helping. In a show of support, Johnstone reluctantly follows suit.

All the players are there but this is a more informal atmosphere than the planning conference it's interrupting. Small groups of friends gather here and there to eat and chat in relative privacy.

After about 30 minutes, the planning meeting will resume.
Jan Cerny
player, 872 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 16:52
  • msg #33

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan excused himself briefly from the meal, after eating his share as quickly as possible, and borrowed the backpack radio that Quyen had been carrying around.  He took it off to a quiet corner and tuned it to a particular frequency that he appeared to have memorised.

He then started transmitting, repeating the same message in Polish he had used the previous time he had tried to contact the woman in Warsaw.  "Motyl.  To jest Żołądź."


OOC: "Motyl.  To jest Żołądź." hopefully means "Butterfly.  This is Acorn." in Polish.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2172 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 17:57
  • msg #34

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan Cerny:
Jan excused himself briefly from the meal, after eating his share as quickly as possible, and borrowed the backpack radio that Quyen had been carrying around.  He took it off to a quiet corner and tuned it to a particular frequency that he appeared to have memorised.

He then started transmitting, repeating the same message in Polish he had used the previous time he had tried to contact the woman in Warsaw.  "Motyl.  To jest Żołądź."


Seconds passed. Then a minute. Then two. He'd repeated his transmission several times already and still no response. Perhaps "Butterfly" had shut down her set- this wasn't the prearranged contact window. But darker thoughts started to creep into Jan's mind. Had she been compromised? Were the Baron's men monitoring this frequency? Did they have the equipment and wherewithal to track transmissions? Had he killed managed to accidentally kill two DSGE agents? Was it all just...

"Acorn. Butterfly. Wait one."

Thank God.

After a brief delay, Jan's contact spoke again in rapid-fire French, thick and dirty. "Acorn, I am happy to hear from you. The Baron is in quite a rage. He rounded up 100 civilians this afternoon and had every tenth one shot, for 'helping the foreign raiders', he said. He's getting desperate. My contact in Legion says there's talk of disarming the NATO company. The Polish fighters want to kill the Ukranians for a shooting earlier today. Some of the irregulars have disappeared on the west bank. A couple more were shot trying to cross over. If there was ever a time to strike, it is now. The only thing going in the Baron's favor is that his second tank is now operational. It's posted outside his HQ. The other is still at the old stadium. There's rumors that he may try to launch a big attack a hostile force up north. What is your status? OVER."
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:58, Sat 29 Jan 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 10 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 18:07
  • msg #35

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Matias looked relieved upon hearing Mariusz's explanation.  The extra information helped immensely, filling in a great many gaps.  With a new understanding of the situation, Matias began to search his memory for anything that could be of use to the team.

But first, he remembered his manners.  "Dziękuję* Mariusz, that helps a great deal.  I speak a little English too, so I've been able to follow along.  But without knowing the purpose, it was hard to understand."




* Thank you.
Good link for the Polish speakers:
http://www.polish-translator.net/polish_phrases.html
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 9 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 18:44
  • msg #36

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

When the group takes a break Piotr signals for the group of new recruits to gather around him before he starts rummaging in his backpack. Moments later he takes out a well used map and starts spreading it out. Waiting for the others to join him before he starts talking to them only occasionally taking a bite of food.

Any of the others want to join in on this little party don't be a stranger.

Those that join Piotr will notice the map he has unfolded is actually a military map of Warsaw with several pre-marked fire missions and other useful tactical locations marked out.

“I've been holding on to this map for a while now. Most of the markings should still be valid, but maybe you can all have a look at it and tell me if you think of any positions that have changed. If we can finish the map before the group comes together again it might be a great help with their planning, don't you think."
Piotr looks around the group before he continues.

“As far as I can see most of the major defense positions are still on this. Only thing of interest maybe is the hostage location right here” marking it out with a pencil “And of course the construction site right here” After that he waits for other suggestions and marks them out as they are suggested.

Finally as the map appears updated he once more looks around, serious concern on his face“If any of you have an idea of how we can contact some of our less fortunate comrades I'd be interested to know. If we can convince others to follow our example it's one more saved from the Baron's grasp and more importantly one less enemy to fight against.”
Matias Adamczyk
player, 11 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 19:02
  • msg #37

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Matias went with Piotr; he was already used to following the older Pole's instructions, and he respected Piotr's ability to lead the group effectively.

Matias pointed at the northernmost set of barracks, near the Castle construction site Piotr mentioned.  "This was my barracks.  There are 3 companies of troops stationed there.  2 volunteer and 1 conscript.  I don't think we'd be able to turn the volunteers, but ah..... maybe half of the conscripts would be interested in deserting, given a reason and a chance to get home."

He stepped back and thought for a moment.  Just when it seemed like he was done, he spoke again: "I always thought that the defenses near the nuclear zone were light.  According to this map, we could take the 634 southwest to Zabki, then pull off to side streets and drive right up to the Castle, or the Artillery Battery.  We'd have to skirt the nuclear zone, but it's not that close."
Craig Sutherland
player, 303 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 29 Jan 2011
at 21:19
  • msg #38

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Craig finishes his food before moving towards Piotr and the map.

Piotr Pawlowski:
Finally as the map appears updated he once more looks around, serious concern on his face“If any of you have an idea of how we can contact some of our less fortunate comrades I'd be interested to know. If we can convince others to follow our example it's one more saved from the Baron's grasp and more importantly one less enemy to fight against.”


"It's getting into the city that is the stumbling block. That little system of lights was incredibility effective. We could use it to our advantage though, ambush the reaction force then in the confusion a "small" party could break away and head further into the city."
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 352 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 05:07
  • msg #39

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan Cerny:
“I think that that is everything but if I have forgotten something I am sure that someone will remind me.”

"Jean forget sokol smok."
Thor was obviously struggling with language, searching for the right words to get his point across.
"Umm, bird. Falcon. Fly!"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2263 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 10:19
  • msg #40

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

It had been a while since they'd had a chance to relax. Dawid took the opportunity to do some things:

1) Set up a charger on the truck's alternator.

2) Charge any batteries that needed charging.

3) Check everyone's feet and assess any wounds for himself.

4) Make sure everyone had something to eat.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 872 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 10:24
  • msg #41

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Mariusz walked over to the new members of the unit and said, "Are there any other questions you have about what we've done? It looks like we'll be going back into combat soon so you might not have the chance again."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2264 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 10:37
  • msg #42

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #41):

Dawid nodded in agreement. "Yes, you all know me of course, at least from the short time we were together and that damned BTR charged us!"

"Mariusz, you're doing a fine job of getting our new friends settled in. By the way, have you introduced them to the Kaptain yet?"

This message was last edited by the player at 13:50, Sun 30 Jan 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 77 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 13:46
  • msg #43

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Monika is moving about during the lull seeing if anyone needs her brand of help.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2173 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 17:09
  • msg #44

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


Much like his earlier attempt with the BTR, Dawid is unable to rig up a battery recharger using the old Ural truck's nearly worn out battery or ancient alternator. He avoids getting a nasty shock or acid burns during the build process, but, try as he might, the completed device does not appear to be passing a charge on to any of the radio or NVG batteries to which he attaches it.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2174 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 30 Jan 2011
at 23:33
  • msg #45

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Craig Sutherland:
”Captain Zawadzki are there any other communities that you are in contact with who may also be persuaded to help ? Also since we seem to be giving over the weapons from the Cavalry, you may want this.”


The Serock militia commander gratefully accepts the bag of 9mm N rounds.

"Ah, thank you. Oh, these are parabellem rounds. Very good. Thanks again.

Handing the bad to adjuntant, he addresses Craig's querry.

"Unfortunately, I doubt any of the small communities in this region will want to get involved in a fight over the ruins of Warsaw. Most of the communities within a dozen kilometers of the city have been co-opted or forcibly evacuated by the Baron. Those further out are either empty, too small to bother about, or too distant to conquer. I'm sorry to say that there are not many like us that are too strong to overcome. We are in contact with some mostly independent settlements further north and northwest, downriver along the Vistula, but they have warlord issues of their own to deal with. I believe the national government controls things farther on, up around Torun. I don't know about communities south of Warsaw. With the Baron effectively in control of the river in this area- at least until recently, if I understand correctly- we haven't had any contact with anyone up-river from here. You know more about that than I do."

You remember the warry residents of Minsk Mazowiecki. They seemed to be independent and rather warry of outsiders.
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:38, Sun 30 Jan 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 304 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 09:48
  • msg #46

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


As he listens to the Captain a look of concern crosses Craigs face.

”It would seem that with so much to gain from the removal of the Baron that more of the communities would be more proactive.”

”We have only been operating for a short time and this is the first time that the10th has been factored into the assault so maybe if the villages where informed they maybe more forthcoming ?”
Dieter Brandt
player, 322 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 12:28
  • msg #47

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

As the battery in his radio started to lose power, Dieter eventually gave up in his attempt to contact the Queen. He packed up the radio and went back to the others. Located his commander, he said "Herr Bayer, I have tried to make contact with the Queen, but cannot get through. My battery is low, so I gave up."

To Dawid he continued, "Herr Dawid, if you are trying to charge batteries my radio could do with some more power; it is weak."

Once done he headed to the mess area and helped himself to a helping of the stew. It wasn't great, but it was warm and filled his belly. The beer was, by German standards, disgusting, but he forced himself to drink some, as much as to be polite as to quench any thirst he had.

Once he had completed his meal he approached one of the NCOs of their new host. In his best Polish he said, "Excuse me my friend, is there somewhere where we can freshen up? We have been travelling and fighting for many days, and could do with a wash."

If he receives a blank look he will try again in his basic Russian.

Assuming he received a positive response, he followed up with, "And also, we lost some equipment in our travels, and could use some rucksacks. Do you have any spare?"
This message was last edited by the player at 13:28, Mon 31 Jan 2011.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 353 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 12:49
  • msg #48

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

With a look bordering disgust at having to use such a word, Thor finally struck gold.
"Helikopter! Glaðsheimr have helikopter!"
"Good, no?"

Maybe the General would take notice now...
"Sjåføren hurt. You have?"
He mimed holding a stick between his legs, leaning right and left as he moved the imaginary control.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1363 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 13:06
  • msg #49

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Dieter Brandt:
Located his commander, he said "Herr Bayer, I have tried to make contact with the Queen, but cannot get through. My battery is low, so I gave up."


Bayer nods as Dieter makes his report, and replies quietly, "It's long ways back. We'll probably have to rig up a directional antenna if we can find a signaller in the 10th."

He then removes the batteries from his NVGs and radio to be passed on to Dawid to be charged.

Bayer then says aloud, "I like the idea of trying to turn some of the urban miltias to our side. However, I feel there we simply don't have the needed time to spare. It would also be incredibly dangerous with absolutely every attempt to make contact potentially ending up as another running breakout. There are too many unpredictable factors and risks - including giving up operational security."

"For those reasons, I think we should focus on direct action only - the infiltration and elimination of vital targets in the city core, coupled with larger scale efforts driving down from the north. And utilizing only the assets that we already have... or those we can rely on, such as Jan's support in Warsaw."
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 354 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 13:20
  • msg #50

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Once the discussions were concluded, Thor turned his attention to scrounging. although it was unlikely he'd find any amongst the "enemy", the 10th TD was the best chance he'd had in a long time to score some more ammunition for Mjollnir.
While he was at it, he might as well find a battery charger, spare packs, blankets, cold weather clothing and a compass.

The Q store, or whatever passed for it around here was his best bet, so, with a run of his fingers through mud caked hair to make himself look presentable, off he went...
This message was last edited by the player at 13:21, Mon 31 Jan 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2265 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 13:58
  • msg #52

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Cap'n Rae:
Much like his earlier attempt with the BTR, Dawid is unable to rig up a battery recharger using the old Ural truck's nearly worn out battery or ancient alternator. He avoids getting a nasty shock or acid burns during the build process, but, try as he might, the completed device does not appear to be passing a charge on to any of the radio or NVG batteries to which he attaches it.


Regretfully, Dawid passed all the batteries back.

"Sorry, I can't seem to do it with this old alternator. I'll have another look later, right now I just can't seem to get it to work."
Jan Cerny
player, 873 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 20:34
  • msg #53

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Cap'n Rae:
After a brief delay, Jan's contact spoke again in rapid-fire French, thick and dirty. "Acorn, I am happy to hear from you. The Baron is in quite a rage. He rounded up 100 civilians this afternoon and had every tenth one shot, for 'helping the foreign raiders', he said. He's getting desperate. My contact in Legion says there's talk of disarming the NATO company. The Polish fighters want to kill the Ukranians for a shooting earlier today. Some of the irregulars have disappeared on the west bank. A couple more were shot trying to cross over. If there was ever a time to strike, it is now. The only thing going in the Baron's favor is that his second tank is now operational. It's posted outside his HQ. The other is still at the old stadium. There's rumors that he may try to launch a big attack a hostile force up north. What is your status? OVER."

"We're deciding how to proceed." Jan replied in French over the radio.  He hated talking in the open like this but there wasn't time to arrange a face to face meeting so they had to rely on the Baron's forces being unable to understand French.  Tenuous but it would have to do for the moment!  "Are there any high priority targets we should know about?  What other AFVs does he have still besides the two tanks?  We've heard something about hostages being held somewhere but who are they?  Also, where is the Baron's HQ?  Over."

He know a lot of the answers to those questions already but it was worth checking with another source to corroborate their current intel.  He held off telling Acorn of the death of her husband for the moment.  He needed any information he could get from her at present!
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 10 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 31 Jan 2011
at 21:12
  • msg #54

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Matias Adamczyk:
Matias went with Piotr; he was already used to following the older Pole's instructions, and he respected Piotr's ability to lead the group effectively.

Matias pointed at the northernmost set of barracks, near the Castle construction site Piotr mentioned.  "This was my barracks.  There are 3 companies of troops stationed there.  2 volunteer and 1 conscript.  I don't think we'd be able to turn the volunteers, but ah..... maybe half of the conscripts would be interested in deserting, given a reason and a chance to get home."

He stepped back and thought for a moment.  Just when it seemed like he was done, he spoke again: "I always thought that the defenses near the nuclear zone were light.  According to this map, we could take the 634 southwest to Zabki, then pull off to side streets and drive right up to the Castle, or the Artillery Battery.  We'd have to skirt the nuclear zone, but it's not that close."


When Matias speaks Piotr marks out the locations and scrabbles a few words in the corner. With his finger he trails the route Matias is speaking about. He nods agreeingly. “When you're right about those defenses around the nuclear zone, that might be an option to consider, great report Matias.”

Craig Sutherland:
Craig finishes his food before moving towards Piotr and the map.

"It's getting into the city that is the stumbling block. That little system of lights was incredibility effective. We could use it to our advantage though, ambush the reaction force then in the confusion a "small" party could break away and head further into the city."


“Unfortunately I agree with you. Honestly how much I'd like to protect our less fortunate comrades I have no clue as to how to accomplish that.”

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz walked over to the new members of the unit and said, "Are there any other questions you have about what we've done? It looks like we'll be going back into combat soon so you might not have the chance again."


Piotr looked at Mariusz it was a friendly gesture and he was right they really did not know much about this group on the other hand that obviously went both ways.

“Thank you... Mariusz, that's your name right? I'm really interested in your stories,but I think if we're in combat soon, it's better you lot get to know us first and figure out how we best fit in, maybe share some basic SOP. You all have worked as a cohesive unit and we're the new guys on the block. Best to get to know the new guys, survive the next battle, and share our stories over a campfire afterward.” The last words even came with a little smile.

Suddenly Piotr appears to reconsider his last words, maybe there was one question.

“One think I was wondering about though, the one that did the talking ” pointing at Jan or if out of sight the general direction where he was last seen “mentioned a female contact in Warsaw during the meeting. Do you know anything about that? Maybe this contact can help arranging the diversion we need”

When the commanders reconvened Piotr made sure he was there with the updated map.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:13, Mon 31 Jan 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2175 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 00:08
  • msg #55

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw


A messenger- one of the Russians by the looks of him- entered the farmhouse and spoke quietly with General Koronev. Johnstone was there in a flash.

The General laughed but his face expressed some worry. His announcement to those gathered marked the resumption of the evening planning conference.

"Apparently, this Baron Czarny has sent an envoy of sorts to Wyszkow- a van mounted with large speakers. He has asked my men to join his Black Legion. He offers food and shelter. My men are loyal, but many of them are no longer thinking with their heads. With night coming on, some of them might take the opportunity to slip off and see what's on the menu in Warsaw. Czarny is a cunning bastard, to be sure. I will need to return soon to make sure that I have a division in the morning. I would like you to come with me. Perhaps if my men see some of our new allies, they will be less inclined to consider throwing in their lot with the Baron."
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:13, Tue 01 Feb 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2176 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 00:20
  • msg #56

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Jan Cerny:
"We're deciding how to proceed." Jan replied in French over the radio.  He hated talking in the open like this but there wasn't time to arrange a face to face meeting so they had to rely on the Baron's forces being unable to understand French.  Tenuous but it would have to do for the moment!  "Are there any high priority targets we should know about?  What other AFVs does he have still besides the two tanks?  We've heard something about hostages being held somewhere but who are they?  Also, where is the Baron's HQ?  Over."


"Well, the Baron's palace, his motor pool, and the granary are all important targets. The hostages are civilians chosen for various reasons to live under guard near the Baron's palace. He keeps them to discourage active dissent.

AFVs must be armored vehicles? Last I saw, which was two days ago, he had the two tanks, three light tanks, two tracked infantry carriers- one of which can swim apparently- and three armored cars. He also has one canon. He used to have two but rumor has it that he lost one."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1365 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 01:03
  • msg #57

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Cap'n Rae:
"I will need to return soon to make sure that I have a division in the morning. I would like you to come with me."


Bayer nods, signaling agreement, and says, "We're ready." He then adds, "There are some things my team could benefit from that your unit may be able to assist with."

He lists only two of the basics, not wanting to overwhelm the officer with more than his meager force could provide, "We need batteries charged - and somebody with radio communications training to help setup a long range directional antenna with some wire."

Bayer then turns to the NCOs and says, "Get everyone ready. We'll be leaving shortly."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:04, Tue 01 Feb 2011.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 355 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 02:18
  • msg #58

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Leaving was good. They had a truck to carry them and spare their weary feet. Moving to the main body of the Division might make finding the odds and ends he was after easier too.
Quickly ready, he offered his assistance where needed.
"Ready Magni? Need help Sunna?"
Matias Adamczyk
player, 12 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 02:34
  • msg #59

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Matias was pretty sure that Thor had called him 'Magni'.  He looked at the large man skeptically, wondering if a correction would be worthwhile.....

"I am Matias," he said slowly in Polish, then German and English.  Surely the man had to speak one of the 3 languages?

Other than the oddity with the Norweigan, Matias was sad to go.  The food had been wonderful, much better than the Baron's mess tent.  When there even was a mess or food provided, that is.  If he understood everything going on around them, maybe he should tell the Russians that.  They might get a meal or two, but then they'd be the Baron's dogs; only fed at his leisure.

Matias supposed he'd get used to this nomadic lifestyle.  He grabbed his pack and went along with the group to join the Russians.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 197 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 02:38
  • msg #60

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

"Is the envoy still here?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 306 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 05:47
  • msg #61

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Piotr Pawlowski:
“Unfortunately I agree with you. Honestly how much I'd like to protect our less fortunate comrades I have no clue as to how to accomplish that.”


"We will just have to make any attack during daylight. We learned that most of the housing is empty during the day. If we where able to get the APC running well and make a fake turret we could use it to gain entry to the centre of the city. Make out we are black guard troops"

"It would require a lot of luck and some good acting on your part, but I believe it could be done."


Cap'n Rae:
"Apparently, this Baron Czarny has sent an envoy of sorts to Wyszkow- a van mounted with large speakers. He has asked my men to join his Black Legion. He offers food and shelter. My men are loyal, but many of them are no longer thinking with their heads. With night coming on, some of them might take the opportunity to slip off and see what's on the menu in Warsaw. Czarny is a cunning bastard, to be sure. I will need to return soon to make sure that I have a division in the morning. I would like you to come with me. Perhaps if my men see some of our new allies, they will be less inclined to consider throwing in their lot with the Baron."


"Intelligence gathering more then anything else. They should be captured or attacked, though it does give us another avenue of approach. A fair more dangerous one mind you. We could play a deserter group, several people in the group speak passable Russian we could even take a couple from the 10th with us ?"

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then turns to the NCOs and says, "Get everyone ready. We'll be leaving shortly."


With no concrete plan in place Craig gets ready to go. Most of his diminished gear is close at hand so he begins another task he was meaning to complete.

Taking out one of the 30 round mags in his PLCE he empties the ammunition into a plastic bag and begins inspecting each round. He then takes his bayonet and cuts off some the copper casing on the bullet exposing the tip of the lead core. Finally he scores the tip of the lead and reloads it in the magazine. He does this with the four 30 round magazine and the six 45 round mags he is currently carrying. It passes the time on the truck ride.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:48, Tue 01 Feb 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 875 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 11:02
  • msg #62

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Cap'n Rae:
"Well, the Baron's palace, his motor pool, and the granary are all important targets. The hostages are civilians chosen for various reasons to live under guard near the Baron's palace. He keeps them to discourage active dissent.

AFVs must be armored vehicles? Last I saw, which was two days ago, he had the two tanks, three light tanks, two tracked infantry carriers- one of which can swim apparently- and three armored cars. He also has one canon. He used to have two but rumor has it that he lost one."

"Thanks for the intel.  It will prove useful in fighting the Baron." Jan replied to Acorn, continuing in French, and making some mental notes of the information she was giving him.  He then paused for a couple of seconds before continuing.  He felt indebted to her for the information she had given freely and he felt that he had to give her something in return, even if it was bad news.  “Before I sign off for the moment I must give you some sad news.  Labędź was killed a few weeks ago, not long after I met up with him.  I’m sorry for your loss and I'm sorry to be the bearer of bad news but I felt that you deserved to know.”

Jan avoided telling her any details of her husband’s death – she didn’t need to know that the warlord who had had her husband executed, along with the other seven members of Jan’s French Foreign Legion team, had made an example of them.  The warlord’s men had stripped them, strung them up from trees and then disembowelled them, even the dead Legionnaires who had been killed during the fighting before they were captured.  It had been a statement to the people he dominated!

After another pause Jan continued.

“I will contact you again and help where I can.  Labędź planned to get you out of Warsaw and the country and I will see what I can do with that.  Getting you out of Warsaw should still be possible, assuming that that is something that you still wish to do.  Anyway, I will contact you again when I can and hopefully we can meet up.”



The radio conversation completed Jan returned to the main room where the others were to update them on what he had found out.  He addressed his report to Konrad but spoke loud enough for all present to hear.

“My contact says that the Baron is extremely angry.  Earlier on today executed ten civilians at random for helping the foreign raiders.  He is apparently talking of disarming his NATO company, the Polish troops want to kill the Ukrainians over friction between the two groups and some of his militia have started deserting.  He has shot some deserters to make a point but my guess is that the morale of the majority of his troops is still very bad.  There is a rumour that he may launch a big attack against a hostile force to the north of Warsaw but that sounds like propaganda designed to make him sound more powerful than he really is.”

“I have been told that he now has two tanks operational, one positioned outside his HQ and the other positioned at the old stadium.  As of two days ago he is reported as having those two tanks, three light tanks, two tracked infantry carriers, one of which is apparently amphibious, three armoured cars and one canon, which is probably the other D-30 howitzer.  Now we have done some serious damage to that count of vehicles so if it is accurate then we have knocked out most of his armoured vehicles besides the two MBTs.”

“I have not been able to identify any further priority target locations apart from the ones that we already know.  My contact was able to tell me that the people held as hostages are civilians chosen for a variety of reasons in an attempt to discourage active dissent.”

Jan then turned to General Koronev and switched to Polish.

“General, if you have any spare rockets for an RPG-7 I think that we still have a launcher and some AT capability would be good if we’re going tank hunting!”

Once someone brought Jan up to speed regarding the Baron’s offer to recruit some of the 10th Jan added a comment of his own.

“General, it would be worth telling your men of the Baron’s losses and his distrust of his own troops.  Should they choose to join him they would probably find themselves disarmed and either executed or used as forced labour!”
This message was last edited by the player at 11:28, Tue 01 Feb 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 873 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 18:15
  • msg #63

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Mariusz grabbed his kit and smiled at the others, "We're off again, you'll get used to it, so far since I've been in the group I've ridded on bikes, trikes, trucks and tanks as well as tugs and boats, all I need is a train and a plane to get the whole set!"
Monika Sawicki
player, 78 posts
Polish
Medic
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 21:03
  • msg #64

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Monika took a break to get some of the stew and awful beer.  Monika learned early that you didn't turn down a chance to eat.  After all, you never knew from where your next meal would be coming.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 357 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Tue 1 Feb 2011
at 23:52
  • msg #65

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #63):

"Horse. Cart. Máni forget," he chipped in with a wink.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2177 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 00:12
  • msg #66

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Thor Halgeirsen:
With a look bordering disgust at having to use such a word, Thor finally struck gold.
"Helikopter! Glaðsheimr have helikopter!"
"Good, no?"

Maybe the General would take notice now...
"Sjåføren hurt. You have?"
He mimed holding a stick between his legs, leaning right and left as he moved the imaginary control.


The general watches and listens as Thor does his heli-dance. He can't help himself but smile a bit as the large, hirsuit barbarian tries to communicate with the others. The man is odd in any language.

[In Russian]"Is he trying to tell us that he has a helicopter? That seems like something you would have mentioned already."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1009 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 00:29
  • msg #67

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Robert gets up and shouts for his team to assemble.  "MY PEOPLE, ON ME!"

Once they all gather from around the camp, "OK, we're going to be pulling out of here pretty soon.  Gather up whatever you can and I'll have to check on any extra packs to see if we're lucky enough to get any.  Make sure yer kits are ready to go.  That's all I got for now so, just be ready to move out quickly once the ball gets rolling!"

Once he disperses from his team gathering, he will approach Konrad, "Hey boss, we get any spare packs from these guys?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1366 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 02:01
  • msg #68

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Once he disperses from his team gathering, he will approach Konrad, "Hey boss, we get any spare packs from these guys?"


Bayer shakes his head as he throws his tac vest over his parka, "I don't know Robert. I'll leave the logistics and administration to you and the other NCOs to handle."
Jan Cerny
player, 876 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 13:52
  • msg #69

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

Cap'n Rae:
[In Russian]"Is he trying to tell us that he has a helicopter? That seems like something you would have mentioned already."

After this was translated for Jan he offered an explanation to the General.

“Some kind of observation helicopter landed at Gora Kalwaria shortly before we left,” he replied in Polish.  “The pilot was wounded and the passenger died shortly after joining us.  I think that the villagers still have the helicopter but I do not believe that it has any weapons mounted or much fuel.”

Switching to English he spoke to Konrad, though not privately.  “Capitaine, what are our immediate objectives?  Are we going tank hunting?  If we are then we need some more AT weapons!”

As the discussion neared its end Jan got all of his gear ready to move out and also asked Monika to redress his wounded arm.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 11 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 17:21
  • msg #70

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

When sergeant Tucker called out for his squad Piotr tapped Janek and Lech on their shoulders pointing at their assigned NCO. “ You better join him, he said.”

Stuffing the map back into his vest, he collected his kit, throwing it into the back of the truck before looking for Dawid and the rest of the squad helping out where possible.

Catching Matias’s eyes and could guess his thoughts. Having fought on the move for most of the war since ’96, Piotr was used to the constant travel, but he could imagine how this was on the young lad. putting a hand on the young man’s shoulder he voiced  “You’ll get used to it my young friend. Eventually you’ll learn to sleep while on the move” adding almost laughing when he recalled a prank he once played on his truckload of passengers “If the driver lets you that is.”
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 359 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 23:12
  • msg #71

Re: Ch. 16: The Battle of Warsaw

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #69):

"Sokol. Double you 3 Sokol," he added with feeling.
"Lift, strong. No look helikopter. Strong."
He held his arms out to his sides to indicate something large and powerful.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2178 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 23:32
  • msg #72

Ambush!


Wednesday, October 25th, 2000
2130 hrs.
34F
clear skies; slight breeze from the northwest
Jackowo Gorne, 6.5km west of Wyszkow, Poland



The sun has set, leaving darkness and renewed cold in its stead.

With the general anxious to return to his men, especially in light of the increased risk of desertion created by the Baron's latest gambit, the party climbs aboard the Ural (the general and his party piles into a civilian sedan) and the tiny convoy heads for Wyzckow, with the general's motorcycle riding messenger on point. The Serock contingent heads the opposite direction, back to their homes after having established a tentative agreement to reconvene the planning conference- either in Serock, Wyszkow, or Jackowo Gorne- in the morning.

You drive about 6km east down the 62, rolling through fallow fields, mostly denuded of snow, and passing a few abandoned homes.

It occurs to you that this dark stretch of straight rural road, just a few kilometers north of the Baron's fiefdom, would make a pretty good place for an ambush.

It's at that moment that gunfire rakes the three-vehicle column. Green tracers leap from the darkness to the south and streak past you in a pyrotechnic display of supersonic death metal. The steady hum of the Ural's old engine is drowned out by the staccato snare drumbeat of automatic weapon's fire. It's all you can do not to loose your bowels. The evening's hot meal feels like a lump of iron dropping suddenly from your belly down to your genitals.

The tracers are blazing past from south to north. Up ahead, the motorcycle is down in a shower of sparks, its rider lost in the darkness somewhere on the side of the road. The general's sedan swerves into the ditch on the north side of the road, where it clumsily crashes to a halt.

In the cargo bed of the Ural, several of you are showered with blood and bits of skull and brain matter as someone on the right side bench is struck in the head. You're pretty sure it's one of the new guys- Lech or Teo or Janek- but it's hard to remember with all of the incoming gunfire. You estimate that at least 10 men are lighting you up with at least one LMG and several automatic rifles. The dead man lurches forward and falls face-first on to the deck, his ass sticking up in the air. Bullets punch through the Ural's thin skin or ricochet off into the darkness.

It occurs to you that this is how the Spider relief detail must have felt as you cut them to pieces just 24 hours ago.

Vita [NPC'ed] is driving.


Next Moves?


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...38,0.016469&z=17
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:48, Wed 02 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1368 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 2 Feb 2011
at 23:46
  • msg #73

Re: Ambush!

"Stop the truck! STOP!" Bayer shouts to the Vita. Then over his shoulder to the men in the bed, he yells, "Dismount! Dismount! Out out out!"

Bayer will then exit the vehicle, waiting only as long as it takes for it to slow to a safe speed (not stopped). He'll then drop into a prone position facing the enemy.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:02, Thu 03 Feb 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 544 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 00:12
  • msg #74

Re: Ambush!

Quyen was just starting to nod off when the violence up ahead startled her. Tightening her hold around her rifle, she climbs over the truck's bed rails and holds on with her other arm. She watches the snowy ground passing by, judging when can let go and then does so. Then once she's off of the truck, Quyen will find a low firing position.

Quyen
AK74 (30/30)
Evacuating over the side
Tucker's Team

Jeff D. Warren
player, 199 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 00:18
  • msg #75

Re: Ambush!

Jeff had been sound asleep in the left side of the truck when the ambush had commenced.  Instantly awake, he watches as the car carrying both of his bosses swerves off the road.  He curses, and expects to feel the truck to accelerate through the ambush.  As Konrad orders it to slow instead, Jeff prepares for a dismount over the North side.  As soon as it's slow enough to be safe, Jeff is out and over, and instantly in the ditch on the north side of the road.

"I'm going to get the men out of the car and into cover!" he shouts over the incoming fire and still running truck engine.  With that, he crawls his way to the sedan.  Keeping below the lip and away from the bullets.


Jeff Warren
Crawling to Sedan to check passengers/throw them into cover
AK-103 [30/30]

Thor Halgeirsen
player, 362 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 00:26
  • msg #76

Re: Ambush!

Thor reacted fast for somebody who moments ago had been bordering sleep.
Mjollnir remained on the truck floor, Gríðarvölr taking it's place in Thor's hands as it spat lead back in the direction of the incoming tracers.

"GO, GO, GO!!!" he screamed at the top of his lungs, attempted to drown out anyone ordering a halt and hoping that the drivers training to hit the accelerator and push through would take precedence.

Thor "The Thunderer"
Fire bursts at suspected ambusher location
Wz.88 Tantal/BG-1 (30/30)/(1/1HE) + 3x30 / 2xHE ("Gríðarvölr")
Barret M82A1 ("Mjollnir") (2/10) + 3x10 + 1x7
H & K USP-9SD, 9mm (14/15) + 3x15 ("Fatle")
M-26A1 hand grenade, x2
Bayonet/knife
Individual Tactical Radio

This message was last edited by the player at 02:05, Fri 04 Feb 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1010 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 00:42
  • msg #77

Re: Ambush!

Tucker watches as the person hits the floor and grabs his shit and shouts out, "GET OUT!  FUCKIN' DISPLACE AND GET SOME RETURN FIRE BACK!"

Tucker gets out behind Minh and tries to move with her to find some cover and get some fire back on the ambushers from the other side of the road.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [BUCK SHOT] - {SAFE/SLUNG BACK Rt. Side)} {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'OFF' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[1] Full 12 round / [1] 10/12 Round mag}

Salvaged Gear:
*Claymore Mine & Pouch    2.0
Mag Bandoleer [6 MAG 30] 3.0  {5x30, 1x22/30}
[1] M-16 mag (BDU Pocket [18/30])

*NOTE: Claymore given to Sutherland (remove upon use)

This message was last edited by the player at 01:02, Thu 03 Feb 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 79 posts
Polish
Medic
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 03:20
  • msg #78

Re: Ambush!

    The medic snagged her backpack and rolled out of the back of the truck.  She ran for what she took as cover.  Knowing that muzzle flashes are a terrific indicator of where you are, Monika drew her suppressed PB/6P9 and looked for someone to shoot.


Monika Sawicki
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra mag
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 3 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (18/25)
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra mags
Waiting for target

This message was last edited by the player at 03:21, Thu 03 Feb 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 13 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 05:04
  • msg #79

Re: Ambush!

Matias is knocked out the back of the truck in the commotion and lands in a sprawl.  With the adrenaline pumping, he barely feels it though.  He flips over and begins to crawl, trying to get to the southern edge of the road and any available cover.

Matias
PM-63 (25/25) + 4 extra mags, all (25/25)
Seeking cover

Craig Sutherland
player, 310 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 07:27
  • msg #80

Re: Ambush!


When the firing starts Craig drops to the floor of the truck bed. As quickly as he can he moves to the opposite side of the incoming fire and when the truck slows he will clamber over the side. He tries to land on his good leg falling into a crouch beside the rear wheels. Once on the ground Craig will use the ditch to the side of the road for cover. He flips down the Russian NVG's and tries to ID targets

He will begin to return fire, short bursts at the support weapons if he is able to I.D them. Once he hears Dawids order Craig will use the road and ditch to move as fast as his leg allows to the Generals car.

Small edit to reflect the OOC decision


Assault squad
Getting out of the truck

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 4x45 (1/1 HE) + 1x40mm HE- held at shoulder
AKS-74U (35/45) - wedged in webbing
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 23:30, Thu 03 Feb 2011.
Dieter Brandt
player, 329 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 09:00
  • msg #81

Re: Ambush!

Dieter had been wide awake when the firing started. He never slept well, and had rested most of the day so couldn't sleep in the battered truck on the equally batter road. As Konrad was in the process of giving the order to move, he was already half out the back of the Ural. He hit the ground running, sprinting to the south as hard as he could.

After covering 50 metres or so he hit the ground and kept crawling for another few metres, before bringing his SVU-AS to his shoulder and deploying the bipod. He calmed his breathing and looked for targets in the gloom.

Dieter Brandt
Running South approx 50m then taking cover. Prone, looking for targets
SVU-AS with bipod, 10/10

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2268 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 13:08
  • msg #82

Re: Ambush!

Before they left, Dawid made a count of how many backpacks they needed by physically going around and counting.




Dawid short-circuited Thor's bellowing by poking his head into the cab and calmly saying to Vita, the driver, "please stop and exit the vehicle, now," in Polish.

"Out, out, out!" he yelled in Polish, knowing Konrad had already covered the English part of the spectrum. He switched back to English.

"You shut the fuck up, Thor, and get the fuck out now!" Resisting the urge to kick the larger (but not by much) man in the ass to encourage him to follow his orders, Dawid grabbed the PKM and spare ammo can and bailed out the right side of the truck. It was the one closer to fire but there was no guarantee of safety on the far side.

"Sutherland! Take the rest of the group and help Tucker get the General out of the car!" "Follow Sutherland! Follow Sutherland!" The Poles in his group may or may not understand they needed to follow Sutherland, but that wasn't his problem now. When they got the chance, he intended to at least get most or all the Poles under his command, so he didn't have to keep repeating himself.

After gathering himself, he then ran in a crouch across the road to set up the PKM on the far side.


Dawid Piotrowski

PKM GPMG (100/45)
Ural, then right (south) side of road.
Telling Vita to stop, then bailing out right side of Ural, moving across road.

Jan Cerny
player, 880 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 16:30
  • msg #83

Re: Ambush!

Jan had been sleeping when the truck was ambushed.  The pain from his wounded arm was now a dull, repetitive throb unless he knocked it and so tiredness had caught up with him.  He was jolted awake as the truck came under fire and the shot of pain through his arm woke him up fully.

He scrambled off the back to the truck as quickly as possible, more falling out of the back than dismounting gracefully.  He spotted Konrad nearby, lying prone and aiming off to one side.

“My squad on the Captain and return fire!” Jan yelled in Polish as he dived down beside his friend.  He quickly brought his rifle up to his shoulder and started scanning around for targets, firing single shots at any targets he could see.  It was dark though so if he couldn’t pick out anyone he lowered his rifle and pulled out his IR goggles so that he could try to identify targets.

That wasn’t the only option though so he said calmly to Konrad, in English.

“Capitaine, do you want ILLUM?”


Jan
Diving prone near to Konrad
Scanning for targets and firing single shots if he can see some or getting out his IR goggles if he can’t
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 8x HE, 3x HEDP & 2x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 874 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 17:23
  • msg #84

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz blinked as hot blood splashed across his face and a shard of the dead man's skull scoured his cheek, a firey score of pain amrking its passage over his flesh.

More death, more fighting, people were dying so fast that he wasn't even able to know their name. He saw a blur as his companions new and old started to fly from teh death-dealing fire from the ambush. They needed time to get into cover and return fire, time they wouldn't get if the enemy knew their buisness.

Mariusz stood in the rear of the truck and turned to face the strobing flashes that indicated the enemy's rough position. He raised the AK-74 to his shoulder and pulled the trigger of the grenade launcher, sending a HE grenade in the general direction of the enemy position. Once the grenade was launched, he squeezed the trigger of the rifle and sent automatic fire blazing back toward the ambushers.

Mariusz continued to fire, yelling his defiance and hoping to buy his friends enough time to get to safety.
Viktorya Nowak
player, 41 posts
Russian
Deserter
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 17:29
  • msg #85

Re: Ambush!

Vita knew one thing, stopping in the kill zone was not a good idea.  She basically ignored the shouts to stop, at least initially.  She was not the best infantry soldier, but she had intelligence and more importantly common sense.  A moving target would be harder to hit.  She floored it until they were a couple of hundred meters out of the kill zone before bringing it to a stop in the woodline as close as she could get without crashing or hopefully being stuck so the troops could dismount and possibly flank the enemy ambushers.  She was not trained in executive protection, so the fact that the general was stuck did not even occur to her.  She could have stopped and backed up, but that would be more time on the "X" that wasn't worth it.  She made her decision.  Everyone could Monday Morning Quarterback later.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 12 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 3 Feb 2011
at 20:05
  • msg #86

Re: Ambush!

At the first sound of gunfire Piotr's grip on his gun tightened. Some blood splatter hit his face but he ignored it. Adrenaline and experience had taken over.

Hearing the captain order the truck to stop he crouched, preparing to move over the side as soon as the vehicle speed allowed for a safe landing. To his surprise though the vehicle instead of decelerate did just the opposite. Not only surprising him, but obviously everyone acting on the CO's orders.

Cursing loud polish words, especially questioning the sanity of women driving and women stubbornness getting people killed, he looked for the best spot of cover before he followed Mariusz example and started putting fire on the enemy.

Piotr Pawlowski
On the truck
SVD  [10/10]
Take cover on truck before taking aimed shots at enemies based on gun flashes if none visible.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2270 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 4 Feb 2011
at 00:44
  • msg #87

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Viktorya Nowak (msg #85):

The sound of the truck behind him speeding up made Dawid whip his head around in shock. Where the fuck is she going? Did someone actually listen to Thor? That's a first! Well, no time to ponder the implications, just deal with the situation.

Looking around he noticed it wasn't Tucker who was going for the car but Warren. He could correct that.

"Correction! My group, go with Warren to the General! GO WITH WARREN!"
He pointed in the correct direction.

It seemed none of the other Poles thought to get out, a black eye on his people, but at least he didn't have to repeat himself. At least his friend Woj was alive and with him. "Woj, come here and help me. Look for anti-personnel fragmentation mines."

Once set up he started returning fire.


Dawid Piotrowski

PKM GPMG (100/243)
Ural, then right (south) side of road.
Telling Vita to stop, then bailing out right side of Ural, moving across road.

Firing bursts at ambushers.

This message was last edited by the player at 13:52, Fri 04 Feb 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2185 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 00:36
  • msg #88

Re: Ambush!


Ural

Heedless of the enemy fire striking all around him, Mariusz stands up in the bed of the slowly rolling Ural and begins to return fire, sending a hastily aimed 40mm S HE grenade towards the enemy firing line. Before the grenade impacts, Mariusz is felled by a powerful body-blow. He crumples to the floor next to the ambush's first casualty, trying to catch his breath and assess the damage. To his surprise, it appears the bullet that struck him in the midsection was stopped by a combination of two of his AK-74 magazines and his Russian para's flack vest (Mariusz -1 40mm S HE; -2 full magazines damaged).

Thor also attempts to return fire. He's able to squeeze off two rounds before he too is knocked down by a ricochet to the abdomen. The bullet is bled of much of its energy as it passes through the filthy hides and winter jacket in which Thor is clad and it fails to puch through the pasty white flesh of his belly and into his abdomen. Nevertheless, he's knocked down by the impact and gasping for breath. (Thor -2 rounds) (Thor: slight wound to belly)

Piotr crouches down behind the truck's thin side wall and tries to pick out a muzzle flash through the narrow field of view afforded by his SVD's scope. He's able to line up a target just before the truck lurches forward and he fires a single shot. The Ural's sudden acceleration tugs at the long barrel of the Dragunov, and he has to struggle to remain upright AND hold on to the rifle. As the truck continues to pick up speed, he finds that it's almost impossible to line up another aimed shot through the scope. (Piotr -1 round)

The other Poles still aboard the Ural are unable to return fire because of the pile-up of bodies- living and dead- quickly building in the bed of the truck.

After the initial shock of the sudden ambush, and the brief cognitive and vehicular slow-down it causes, Vita puts the pedal to the metal, accelerating through the kill zone. The truck races past the shot-up sedan (to its left) and bumps over something (or someone) lying in the road near the overturned motorbike. The truck handles about as well as it did before the ambush, probably indicating that it hasn't sustained any damage to its engine or tires.

Roadside

Screened by the slowly rolling truck- which is drawing the lion's share of the inicoming fire- most of the dismounts scramble for cover in the shallow roadside ditch furthest from the enemy. Warren immediately starts crawling towards the sedan, stopped in the same ditch about 35m up ahead. There's movement inside and the rear passenger side door pops open. One of the general's bodyguards crawls out headfirst dragging something or someone behind him (it/he is still in the back seat, at this point).

Dieter takes the opposite tack and charges south, towards the right (west) end of the enemy's linear ambush in attempt to single-handed flank it. It's a bold move but it almost costs him his life. Dieter feels as if he's run straight into a fense cross-beam set at stomach level. He stops dead in his tracks and falls to the ground, the wind knocked completely out of him. He struggles to breath, fighting back panic. Clutching at his stomach, he reflexively yanks his hand back after cutting and burning it on something jagged and hot.  (Dieter: slight wound to right hand; slight wound to abdomen)

Jan and Dawid attempt to wring order from the chaos, issuing orders and looking for clear-cut targets at which to return fire. By the time they've set up their weapons (Jan is slowed by his arm wound), the enemy fire has stopped.

Minh, Tucker, Matias and Monika also find cover and begin searchng for targets. Once again, by the time they are situated behind meager cover and oriented towards the enemy, the incoming fire has ceased. Craig reopens his leg wound while unassing from the truck and the renewed pain throbbing through his halmstring overwhelms him for a moment. By the time he's recovered enough to take offensive action, the firefight appears to be over.

The Ural is well past the kill-zone and no longer drawing any fire. The enemy, last seen some 60 yards away from where the dismounts are crouching or lying prone, has ceased firing. The flaring after-image of multipe muzzle flashes dance before your eyes (assuming you were looking at the enemy), making it difficult to see what's currenly going near the enemy's position. There's some movement there, but it appears that the hostile force is now moving away from you.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:31, Sat 05 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1371 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 01:32
  • msg #89

Re: Ambush!

Jeff D. Warren:
"I'm going to get the men out of the car and into cover!"


Bayer heard this the very moment he was about the shout the same thing to the very same person. Pleased the man shared the same concern as him, he silently wished him on.

Jan Cerny:
“Capitaine, do you want ILLUM?”


"Illumination!" Bayer calls from the side of the ditch. When the flare is launched, Bayer will keep one eye closed to maintain his night vision.

He'll then assess the situation and for the moment to advance. While waiting, he inserts a 40mm HE round into his launcher and shouts to the rest of the dismounted team when he hears the pop of the illum round overhead, "Targets front... 75 meters... rapid fire!"
This message was last edited by the player at 02:08, Sat 05 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 311 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 02:08
  • msg #90

Re: Ambush!



Stifling the urge to yell out, Craig rolls off the road and into the ditch. He tries to orient himself towards the enemy. He realises that he can not respond to Dawids order to move towards the generals position so prepares to fire from where he is.

He waits for the ordered flare to be fired as he raises his AK's muzzle and prepares to fire the grenade launcher at the lead enemy infantry.


Support Group
Firing GL on lead infantry

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 4x45 (1/1 HE) + 8x40mm HE- held at shoulder
AKS-74U (35/45) - wedged in webbing
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 875 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 12:04
  • msg #91

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz lay on the bed of the truck breathing heavily. He clutched at his chest and felt the bent and twisted magazines that had helped save his life. He dug deeper and found the distorted bullet that, but for a twist of fate, would have taken his life.

He remained on the floor of the truck and slipped the spent bullet into a pocket before reloading the grenade launcher and looking around to see what was happening.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2272 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 13:01
  • msg #92

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #88):

Crossing himself for his miraculous luck, he noticed Monika was nearby. He yelled in Polish, "Monika, go see to the General in his car, now!"

Konrad Bayer:
"Illumination!" Bayer calls from the side of the ditch. When the flare is launched, Bayer will keep one eye closed to maintain his night vision.

He'll then assess the situation and for the moment to advance. While waiting, he inserts a 40mm HE round into his launcher and shouts to the rest of the dismounted team when he hears the pop of the illum round overhead, "Targets front... 75 meters... rapid fire!"


"Yes sir! Firing!"

He started firing 5-round bursts in the direction that Konrad indicated when the flare went up.


Dawid Piotrowski

PKM GPMG (100/243)
South side of road.
Firing bursts: suppressive fire

This message was last edited by the player at 13:32, Sun 06 Feb 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 13 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 13:12
  • msg #93

Re: Ambush!

Recovering from the changed situation Piotr lowers his gun and evaluates their position. Quickly moving  to the cap of the truck he slams his hand hard against it hoping this will get Vita’s attention.

“ Stop moving !!” he shouts out to the female driver.

Waiting for the truck to decelerate he  observes the bed. This is the first time he recognizes the previous owner of the fresh blood covering part of his clothes. Poor Janek. But there was no time for mourning.  Looking at the others he notices how the big Viking seemed to be injured. He wanted to move over to him checking his condition, but there was no time for that now.

“Prepare to dismount!!” he shouts to the others “Form a line to the south”  pointing his arm in the general direction of the southern roadside ditch.

Piotr Pawlowski
On the truck
SVD  [9/10]
Ordering truck to stop and passengers to dismount and take position to the south side of the road. He'll act on these instructions when the truck has slowed enough.

Thor Halgeirsen
player, 366 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 14:21
  • msg #94

Re: Ambush!

Staggered and somewhat surprised at the pain blossoming in his abdomen, Thor took a moment to gather himself. The incoming fire had disappeared as expected as the truck had moved out of the kill zone, but two thirds of the unit had, strangely, jumped overboard and remained in serious danger.
And then he noticed the enemy had ceased firing entirely, even though they still held the upper hand and had many viable, and valuable targets within their sights.

A few gasped breaths later and Thor was ready for action, sore, but certainly not sorry. Once again his divinity had saved him from serious harm.

He laid the Tantal/GL aside, careful to avoid the pooling blood and gore before retrieving Mjollnir. Lying in the bed of the truck, he flicked on Megingjord and through it's green monochrome searched for the Døkkálfar.

Piotr Pawlowski:
“Prepare to dismount!!” he shouts to the others “Form a line to the south” pointing his arm in the general direction of the southern roadside ditch.

"Shut up." he replied calmly, his eye not leaving the sight.
"You no lead Polevik. Njörun lead."
"Check wounded."

Thor "The Thunderer"
Change to Barret. Lay in truck bed and search for enemy using telescope/light intensifying optics
Secondary task - assess situation of the PCs left in kill zone
Barret M82A1 ("Mjollnir") (10/10) + 2x10 + 1x9
Wz.88 Tantal/BG-1 (28/30)/(1/1HE) + 3x30 / 2xHE ("Gríðarvölr")
H & K USP-9SD, 9mm (14/15) + 3x15 ("Fatle")
M-26A1 hand grenade, x2
Bayonet/knife
Individual Tactical Radio

Matias Adamczyk
player, 14 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 15:22
  • msg #95

Re: Ambush!

Matias was confused by the conflicting orders given by Dawid & Konrad.  Especially because now it was just Monika who was supposed to get to the car and see to the General.

Not knowing what else to do, he stood up and found himself a clear line of fire to where the muzzle flashes had come from.  He fired 2 bursts from his PM-63, trying his best to find targets.

Matias
Stand up, fire bursts at enemy position
PM-63 (25/25) + 4 extra mags, all (25/25)

Monika Sawicki
player, 80 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 16:59
  • msg #96

Re: Ambush!

     Monika heard firing coming from around her position.  She kept her PB/6P9 pistol out, looking for the enemy that the others were engaging.  As she waited, she tried to locate where the car from the small convoy ended its movement.

Monika Sawicki
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 3 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (18/25)
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Waiting for target

Jeff D. Warren
player, 202 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 18:43
  • msg #97

Re: Ambush!

As the incoming fire ceases and the outgoing picks up, Jeff uses the opportunity to get up and close with the sedan faster.  He keeps an eye to the south nonetheless though.

Once at the car, he acts quickly.  "How bad?" he asks in Russian of the bodyguard.  He moves to get everyone out of the car and into cover.  As others show up, the Captain in him takes hold and he starts issuing orders to make sure they are safe and start first aid.  "Where is that Polish Medic?  Is she still in the truck?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2186 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 19:09
  • msg #98

Re: Ambush!

Jeff D. Warren:
Once at the car, he acts quickly.  "How bad?" he asks in Russian of the bodyguard.  He moves to get everyone out of the car and into cover.  As others show up, the Captain in him takes hold and he starts issuing orders to make sure they are safe and start first aid.  "Where is that Polish Medic?  Is she still in the truck?"


By the time Warren arrives on scene, the bodyguard in the back seat has dragged the general out of the sedan and propped him against the car's left, rear wheel.

The bodyguard replies, "The general's been hit!" As if to correct him, Koronev adds, "It's nothing." He's clutching his right hip and, even in the dark, Warren can see that the hand pressed to the wound is covered in blood.

The driver's door opens and Johnstone tumbles out, crawling over the obviously dead driver during his clumsy exit. His face looks all wrong. He mumbles, "Vay fot be im my fuffin' fafe!"
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:13, Sat 05 Feb 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 884 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 19:39
  • msg #99

Re: Ambush!

Following Konrad's orders Jan popped open his M203, removed the HE round inside, which he left on the ground next to him, and replaced it with a longer ILLUM round.  He then aimed up high above where Konrad seemed to be pointing and launched the grenade, hoping that the flare would reveal any fleeing targets.

He then aimed his rifle, intending on firing pairs of single shots at any targets that the ILLUM round revealed.


Jan
Lying prone near to Konrad
Loading an ILLUM round instead of a HE round in his M203, then launching the ILLUM round and finally firing pairs of single shots at any targets that the flare reveals
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 8x HE, 3x HEDP & 2x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Minh Quyen
player, 547 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 20:11
  • msg #100

Re: Ambush!

Once lying in a prone position facing the enemy's last known position Quyen waits for the flare to brighten the field. When it ignites, she'll fire 4 semi-automatic shots at the first target she sees.

Quyen
AK74 (26/30)
Firing 4 shots at any (one) target once the flare goes off
Prone next to the side of the road

This message was last edited by the player at 20:12, Sat 05 Feb 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2273 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Feb 2011
at 22:02
  • msg #101

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Monika Sawicki (msg #96):

Dawid paused in firing, noting Monika hadn't moved.

"MONIKA! FUCKING MOVE NOW! THE CAR"

Jesus Christ, we fucking Poles are useless. That's it. I'm moving to Hungary after the war, he thought as he resumed fire.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:00, Sun 06 Feb 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 204 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 6 Feb 2011
at 04:11
  • msg #102

Re: Ambush!

"Stay down, help is on its way." He says calmly to the General.  As the truck roars by, he swears softly then shouts "MEDIC!  Men down! MEDIC!"

As Johnstone stumbles out, he says "Jesus.  You weren't ever going to be poster boy anyway.  Try and control the bleeding.  The medic's are on their way, and it looks like the bad guys are running."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1011 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 6 Feb 2011
at 06:42
  • msg #103

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Roadside

Screened by the slowly rolling truck- which is drawing the lion's share of the inicoming fire- most of the dismounts scramble for cover in the shallow roadside ditch furthest from the enemy. Warren immediately starts crawling towards the sedan, stopped in the same ditch about 35m up ahead. There's movement inside and the rear passenger side door pops open. One of the general's bodyguards crawls out headfirst dragging something or someone behind him (it/he is still in the back seat, at this point).

Dieter takes the opposite tack and charges south, towards the right (west) end of the enemy's linear ambush in attempt to single-handed flank it. It's a bold move but it almost costs him his life. Dieter feels as if he's run straight into a fense cross-beam set at stomach level. He stops dead in his tracks and falls to the ground, the wind knocked completely out of him. He struggles to breath, fighting back panic. Clutching at his stomach, he reflexively yanks his hand back after cutting and burning it on something jagged and hot.  (Dieter: slight wound to right hand; slight wound to abdomen)

Jan and Dawid attempt to wring order from the chaos, issuing orders and looking for clear-cut targets at which to return fire. By the time they've set up their weapons (Jan is slowed by his arm wound), the enemy fire has stopped.

Minh, Tucker, Matias and Monika also find cover and begin searchng for targets. Once again, by the time they are situated behind meager cover and oriented towards the enemy, the incoming fire has ceased. Craig reopens his leg wound while unassing from the truck and the renewed pain throbbing through his halmstring overwhelms him for a moment. By the time he's recovered enough to take offensive action, the firefight appears to be over.

The Ural is well past the kill-zone and no longer drawing any fire. The enemy, last seen some 60 yards away from where the dismounts are crouching or lying prone, has ceased firing. The flaring after-image of multipe muzzle flashes dance before your eyes (assuming you were looking at the enemy), making it difficult to see what's currenly going near the enemy's position. There's some movement there, but it appears that the hostile force is now moving away from you.

Next Moves?

Tucker flips the safety 'OFF' on his M-16A2 and then moves to the M-203 mounted below the barrel preparing to reload the Buckshot round loaded in it's chamber with an HE round.  "Get ready to rock sweetie.  Set up a base of fire here, I'm moving up to the car." Tucker says to Minh as he reloads his grenade launcher.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 10/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

Salvaged Gear:
*Claymore Mine & Pouch    2.0
Mag Bandoleer [6 MAG 30] 3.0  {5x30, 1x22/30}
[1] M-16 mag (BDU Pocket [18/30])

*NOTE: Claymore given to Sutherland (remove upon use)
Reloading M-203 with HE round, Buckshot round back to vest & getting ready to move towards Generals car

This message was last edited by the player at 06:48, Sun 06 Feb 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 81 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 6 Feb 2011
at 13:13
  • msg #104

Re: Ambush!

     At hearing the call for a medic, as well as Piotrowski's invitation to come to the party, Monika shrugged into her backpack.  Then, with her Doctor's bag in one hand and her pistol in the other, she bent over to present a smaller target as she hurried to the General's automobile.  As she scurried, she muttered to herself, "Next war, I'm not doing house calls."


Monika Sawicki
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 3 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (18/25)
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Moving to the car against her better judgment

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2187 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 6 Feb 2011
at 21:54
  • msg #105

Re: Ambush!


Forcing his stiff, wounded left arm to work despite the throbbing pain and weakness, Jan loads his M203 with a long illumination round while most of his teammates prepare to return fire. (Jan -1 40mm N Illum)

The flare bursts low and short, dazzling the eyes of those standing by to fire. You catch just a glimpse of the top thirds of several human figures running away from you in the alternating flickering blue light and blacker-than-black shadows. Dawid espies one figure a little closer and more exposed than the others and stitches him with a line of green tracers. The target drops into the murky darkness of the furrowed field. Dawid follows up with two more bursts in the direction of the fleeing enemy, sending another string of green tracers chasing after them. (Dawid -15 rounds)

Thor, still in the back of moving Ural, attempts to find a target for Mjollnir through its night sight. The advanced NATO night optic automatically cuts out to avoid blinding its user as the blazing flare drops into its line of sight. An older night sight would have forced Thor to involuntarily pull away and blink away the fiery green afterimage seered into his dominant eye. The net effect is the same: Thor is unable to locate a target.(take your pick, Thor can't see a target this round.)

Vita (missed turn) has yet to respond to Piotr's calls to stop the truck. She continues to race towards the perceived shelter of the distant woodline, pulling further and further away from her hastily disembarked passengers. Piotr and the rest of his passengers can do little but hold on and wait for the ride to end.

Back in the road, Mattias, swept up in a wave of youthful enthusiasm, stands straight up in the shallow roadside ditch and sends a pair of short bursts towards the enemy. Minh joins in with four single shots. Neither can tell if their respective shots hit their marks. (Mattias -10 rounds; Minh -4 rounds)

Craig lobs a 40mm S HE grenade into the road just ahead of the fleeing enemy column. The momentary flash of the detonation was almost right on target. (Craig -1 40mm S HE). Tucker switches out a buckshot round for a high explosive one and tries to spot someone to drop it on.

The 40mm illumination round drifts down between you and the retreating enemy. Instead of making the bad guys easier to see, it makes it more difficult. Shadows dance all over from the strobing effect of the flare. It's like the fallow field has been transformed into a Euro-disco. It's almost impossible to see past the blazing flare. By the time it burns out, you can't see the enemy any more. They've either made good their escape or they've gone to ground somewhere out there in the darkness.

While their teammates fire on the fleeing enemy, Monika and Warren get to work on the wounded general while Johnstone sits there stunned, bleeding out of holes through both cheeks (the one in his right cheek is a neat little round hole; the one on the left is a jagged, gaping hole). Monika quickly assesses the general's wound in the dark. It doesn't look too bad. A rifle or LMG bullet- probably a heavier 7.62x39mm round- has lodged in his hip. At first glance, the bone doesn't appear to have been shattered. Based on the location of the wound, the bullet probably had to punch through the car door, bleeding off most of its kinetic energy in the process. It's really not bleeding that much but the general's hand is nevertheless covered in a dark sticky substance. A second look reveals only four fingers on the general's right hand. The ring finger appears to have been shot off.


Next Moves? 
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:14, Mon 07 Feb 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 15 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Mon 7 Feb 2011
at 03:49
  • msg #106

Re: Ambush!

Matias looked to the leadership nervously for some direction.  He kept his weapon at the ready, but would only fire if he saw a definite target.

Matias
Waiting for targets and/or orders
PM-63 (15/25) + 4 extra mags, all (25/25)

Dieter Brandt
player, 333 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Mon 7 Feb 2011
at 12:43
  • msg #107

Re: Ambush!

Dieter rolled at the bullet struck him down. For a moment he was stunned. He had never actually been shot before, so the feeling was weird. He lay back for a second, and laughed. So that is what it feels like!

It was an eerie sound, but he couldn't control the giggling. He inspected his belly, before realising it wasn't serious, so rolled a few times to move away from where he had fallen. From a prone position he raised his rifle and scanned to see where the ambushers were located. Once he spotted them he took careful aim and sent some payback their way.

Dieter Brandt
To the west of the ambush party, sniping at any target that presents itself
SVU-AS with bipod, 10/10

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2276 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 7 Feb 2011
at 13:21
  • msg #108

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #105):

Dawid continued to fire bursts at where he thought the fleeing enemy was located.


Dawid Piotrowski

PKM GPMG (85/243)
South side of road.
Firing bursts: suppressive fire

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 876 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 7 Feb 2011
at 16:48
  • msg #109

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz looked at their situation and at considered what Thor said to Piotr, he dragged himself over to Piotr and said, "Most of the people here are your crew, they'll listen to you first, call it as you see it and I'll follow, the Viking'll do as he bloody well likes anyway."

He readied himself and asked, "What are your orders?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1374 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 7 Feb 2011
at 17:19
  • msg #110

Re: Ambush!

As the team chases off the ambushers with a few more volley's of gunfire, Bayer shouts, "Dawid! Take Woj and that machinegun and setup security at the crossroads."

"Sergeant Tucker, move in fifteen meters on south side of the road and stay low. Take Quyen, Sutherland, and Matius."

He's then about to send Jan and Dieter over to the motorcycle driver when he realizes the German isn't with him and the others. "Jan. I need you to find Brandt and then meet me at the car."

Bayer will then move to the Sedan and try to place the General's two men facing north and west - but farily still close to the vehicle. He expects them to cooperate but won't press it if they refuse.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:40, Mon 07 Feb 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 14 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 7 Feb 2011
at 22:08
  • msg #111

Re: Ambush!

Piotr acted as if he hadn't even heard the bearded sniper. This was not the time and place to argue the obvious. He'd just work with it.

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked at their situation and at considered what Thor said to Piotr, he dragged himself over to Piotr and said, "Most of the people here are your crew, they'll listen to you first, call it as you see it and I'll follow, the Viking'll do as he bloody well likes anyway."

He readied himself and asked, "What are your orders?"


“Assuming you're fit to jump, we'll dismount as soon as the truck stops and take cover in that ditch assess the situation and contact confirmed enemy targets if they present themselves”

Why wasn't this truck slowing down? Silently, his frustration had passed and now, Piotr started to wonder if Vita was just panicking. This was a frightening thought as they were sort of at her mercy right now. Again he slammed the cab hard with his open palm.

“ Nowak STOP !!”

He paused for just a moment before returning to Mariusz. "You stay close to me after we dismount. I need your experience with this unit's operations."

Piotr Pawlowski
On the truck
SVD  [9/10]
Trying to get the Truck to stop, dismount and take position when it does.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1012 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 00:15
  • msg #112

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Back in the road, Mattias, swept up in a wave of youthful enthusiasm, stands straight up in the shallow roadside ditch and sends a pair of short bursts towards the enemy. Minh joins in with four single shots. Neither can tell if their respective shots hit their marks. (Mattias -10 rounds; Minh -4 rounds)

Craig lobs a 40mm S HE grenade into the road just ahead of the fleeing enemy column. The momentary flash of the detonation was almost right on target. (Craig -1 40mm S HE). Tucker switches out a buckshot round for a high explosive one and tries to spot someone to drop it on.

The 40mm illumination round drifts down between you and the retreating enemy. Instead of making the bad guys easier to see, it makes it more difficult. Shadows dance all over from the strobing effect of the flare. It's like the fallow field has been transformed into a Euro-disco. It's almost impossible to see past the blazing flare. By the time it burns out, you can't see the enemy any more. They've either made good their escape or they've gone to ground somewhere out there in the darkness.
Next Moves? 

As he reloads his M-203 launcher, Tucker notices that Matias looks like he's standing up and firing at the fleeing ambushers.  He yells out to him, "CHECK YER FIRE AND GET DOWN YOU STUPID SUNUVABITCH!"

=====================================================================

Konrad Bayer:
"Sergeant Tucker, move in fifteen meters on south side of the road and stay low. Take Quyen, Sutherland, and Matius."

"Not too sure 'bout Sutherland boss, I think he hurt himself falling out of the truck with the rest of us.  Me & Minh will move up and keep him behind us, just in case."

Tucker looks back over to Minh, "Change of plans ma'am!  Me you and Matias the Mad are going to move up and try and see what we can see.  I want a slow advance in case they're any booby traps in front of us.  I'm thinking 'no' since they would've popped them off during the ambush but, what the fuck do I know?  Let's get this over and done."

When ready, Tucker, Minh, & Matias move on the south side of the road about 15 to 20 meters and set up for observation of the immediate area.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 10/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

Salvaged Gear:
*Claymore Mine & Pouch    2.0
Mag Bandoleer [6 MAG 30] 3.0  {5x30, 1x22/30}
[1] M-16 mag (BDU Pocket [18/30])

*NOTE: Claymore given to Sutherland (remove upon use)
Moving about 15-20 meters on the south side of the road and watching

This message was last edited by the player at 00:17, Tue 08 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1378 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 00:25
  • msg #113

Re: Ambush!

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Not too sure 'bout Sutherland boss, I think he hurt himself falling out of the truck with the rest of us."


On his was to the sedan, Bayer turns and replies, "Hurt? Ok, scratch that. Just the three of you."

Bayer then walks back a bit to find the lieutenant. He'll then help Sutherland move down to the sedan with him.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2282 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 00:47
  • msg #114

Re: Ambush!

Konrad Bayer:
As the team chases off the ambushers with a few more volley's of gunfire, Bayer shouts, "Dawid! Take Woj and that machinegun and setup security at the crossroads."

"Sergeant Tucker, move in fifteen meters on south side of the road and stay low. Take Quyen, Sutherland, and Matius."


Hearing Konrad, Dawid paused after firing a burst.

"Yes sir!

"C'mon, Woj. Let's go."


As Woj grabbed the spare ammo cans, he picked up the PKM and trotted down the road to the intersection.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (85/243)
Road W of Intersection
Displacing East to Intersection

This message was last edited by the player at 10:00, Tue 08 Feb 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 16 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 04:35
  • msg #115

Re: Ambush!

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
As he reloads his M-203 launcher, Tucker notices that Matias looks like he's standing up and firing at the fleeing ambushers.  He yells out to him, "CHECK YER FIRE AND GET DOWN YOU STUPID SUNUVABITCH!"


Matias's finger flys off the trigger, and he drops into a low crouch almost immediately.  He might be an American, but Tucker and Matias's old plutunowy sure spoke the same language!

After a deep breath to calm himself, he formed up on Tucker, preparing himself for the advance.  He follows along, and follows all orders.

Matias
Following Tucker on the advance southward
PM-63 (15/25) + 4 extra mags, all (25/25)

Craig Sutherland
player, 312 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 04:50
  • msg #116

Re: Ambush!


Craig flipped down his NVG's and tried to spot the fleeing men. He takes his time and switches his AK to semi Auto as he takes aimed shots at any enemy targets.


Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Not too sure 'bout Sutherland boss, I think he hurt himself falling out of the truck with the rest of us."


On his was to the sedan, Bayer turns and replies, "Hurt? Ok, scratch that. Just the three of you."

Bayer then walks back a bit to find the lieutenant. He'll then help Sutherland move down to the sedan with him.


From behind his sights he answers Konrad:

"Popped my seam will be ok if I stay still. I can cover the advance if you want"
Jeff D. Warren
player, 206 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 05:03
  • msg #117

Re: Ambush!

Much better at taking lives than saving them, Jeff instead keeps Johnstone calm but alert while waiting for Monicka to finish with the general.

When she does get to the truck, he addresses Monicka humbly.  His Polish is understandable but the accent needs work, "Do you need assistance?  I'm not much good at first aid but I have steady hands.  In addition to the General, the American has also been shot through the cheeks.  He is alert but dazed."

If needed he helps out, but for the most part he tries to keep out of the way.  He says nothing as the others advance up the road, and instead waits for Konrad to arrive, translating for both the wounded Johnstone and the General as needed.  "Both the General and Captain Johnstone have been hit.  However they should both live."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1379 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 13:49
  • msg #118

Re: Ambush!

Craig Sutherland:
From behind his sights he answers Konrad: "Popped my seam will be ok if I stay still. I can cover the advance if you want"


"Alright." Bayer replies, "You make the call."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 877 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 17:17
  • msg #119

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz nodded at Piotr's instructions, "I got lucky, I'm good to go. I'll be ready when you are."
Jan Cerny
player, 887 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 17:47
  • msg #120

Re: Ambush!

Konrad Bayer:
He's then about to send Jan and Dieter over to the motorcycle driver when he realizes the German isn't with him and the others. "Jan. I need you to find Brandt and then meet me at the car."

"Oui Capitaine," replied Jan to Konrad's instructions.

Firstly however he ejected the expended ILLUM round from his M203 and reloaded the HE round that he had placed on the ground next to him after giving it a quick wipe to ensure that it wasn’t covered in dirt!  He knew that Dieter had climbed out of the truck with the rest of them when it had slowed briefly but he wasn’t sure where he had gone after that.  Before he moved out he quickly fitted his IR goggles and turned them on.

With his vision slightly improved Jan pushed himself up into a crouch and then started moving slowly westwards, back along the road.  His radio was turned off at present to conserve batteries and he suspected that the same was true of the manpack radio that Dieter carried, assuming that it wasn’t still on the back of the truck!

As he moved he glanced around, partly looking for Dieter and partly looking for any other enemy troops who might still be in the area.  He was ready to engage any threats that appeared.


Jan
Lying prone near to Konrad initially but moving
Turning on his IR Goggles and then moving westwards, searching for Dieter and any other threats.  If anything threatening appears he will fire a pair of single shots at them.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 8x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

This message was last edited by the player at 17:49, Tue 08 Feb 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2192 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 8 Feb 2011
at 23:58
  • msg #121

Blue on Blue


Dawid prepares to fire another burst into the area where he last saw the enemy. A figure rises from the earth, a few meters to the right and a little ahead of the sputtering flare. Dawid can't help but to notice him. This definite target appears to be bringing a rifle to bear but with the odd lighting it's hard to tell who the shadowy figure is about to shoot at. Both men quickly bring their weapons to bear on the new target and open fire, Dawid with a short burst and Craig with three single shots. A tracer round disappears into the dark profile and slams it back into the earth. (Dawid -5 rounds)

With the target down, and no additional enemy in sight, Dawid and Woj pack up the PKM and its ammo and head for the crossroads. Craig limps along behind ready to provide the machinegun team with cover fire should they need it.

Almost as soon as Dieter sits up and lifts his rifle, he's slammed back down again by several essentially simultaneous hammer blows. He lies on his side, the cold, damp earth pressed hard against his face. He can't move or feel anything from the waist down but his head feels like a balloon that's being overinflated with air. Everything's gone dark- an utter blackness darker than the darkest night. No moon, no stars, no light of any kind. He sucks in a shallow, ragged breath. It sounds like someone's slurping the last few drops of liquid from a cup through a straw. Dieter knows that he's dying. (Dieter- mortally wounded)

The flare dies, leaving the field draped in darkness.

Tucker, Minh, and Matias cross the road and push south several meters. There's a body on the ground a little ahead of them and to their right. They can hear the wounded man struggling to breath from several meters away. Looking beyond the wounded enemy, the trio sees no further sign of their ambushers. It appears that the enemy force has beat feet out of the area in a literal interpretation of the classic hit-and-run attack.

There's been no enemy fire for the last minute or so. No enemy are visible in the field.

Meanwhile, Monika and Jeff attempt to treat the wounded general and his CIA "advisor". Johnstone is clearly in quite a bit of pain. He mumbles curses as he holds a field dressing against the left side of his ruined face.

"Fuf! Fuf! Vey fuffin' fop be, vuh fiffy muvafuffas! Fuh fuff fake, viv be fum fuffin' mofeem."

The general bears his less serious wounds with more stoicism.

"Please, help Johnstone first. I will be fine."

Further down the road, Vita [NPC'ed], encouraged by Piotr's forceful shouting, decides the truck is out of immediate danger and rapidly decelerates. The truck stops over 300m west of the crossroads. The last burst of gunfire you saw was a squirt of green tracers streaking from north to south- friendly fire. That was half-a-minute ago. It looks someone survived the ambush. With the flare extinguished, Thor could probably use his night optic to survey the area. Piotr, Mariusz, and the rest of the Polish squad dismount from the truck and deploy in the ditch.


Next Moves?
Minh Quyen
player, 549 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 00:50
  • msg #122

Re: Blue on Blue

Quyen takes up position on the right of Tucker as they cross the road and move to set up their section of the security perimeter. She then signals to Tucker and whispers, "Forward and to the right." indicating the body ahead of them.

Assuming Tuck moves them forward, she'll will advance with him and cover to the flanks for anything else that me be still undiscovered.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:50, Wed 09 Feb 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 207 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 02:10
  • msg #123

Re: Blue on Blue

With the flare dead, Jeff takes a second to let his eyes readjust to the darkness.  He turns to the now very dark figure of Monika "Take care of the face wound first.  It seems worse than I thought.  Do you want me to use my flashlight to help you?  Or I can put pressure on the General's wound if you think that better."

To the others (including Johnstone, whether or not he's listening) he says in Russian "Looks like the attack is over.  You there [directed at Bodyguard], check to see if the car still works.  We can put the driver in the truck when it comes back."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2285 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 02:19
  • msg #124

Re: Blue on Blue

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #121):

"This looks great, let's set up here."

Dawid chose the shoulder at the NW corner of the intersection. Where they were located, they could cover the south and SE.

He pulled on his NVGs to better acquire targets and improve his situational awareness.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (80/243)
Road W of Intersection
Aiming and Covering South

This message was last edited by the player at 11:15, Wed 09 Feb 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 83 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 03:47
  • msg #125

Re: Blue on Blue

     Monika pointed to Johnstone's facial wounds.  "Shine the light here."  As she examined the through and through cheek wounds, she continued in Polish, "I'm a good medic, but I'm only a medic.  These men really need a Doctor.  I'll try my best though."

     Monika cleaned and tried to close the head wounds as best she could under the primitive conditions.  She got Johnstone to swallow a mild pain reliever and an antibiotic.  "I would give him something stronger, but he needs to be able to move under his own power."


Monika Sawicki
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (18/25)
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Working

This message was last edited by the player at 03:51, Wed 09 Feb 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 211 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 03:57
  • msg #126

Re: Blue on Blue

Jeff obliges with his flashlight.  He uses the red lens and his body to hide as much of the light pollution as he can.  Coupled with the fact they are currently in a ditch, it shouldn't be too bad.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:58, Wed 09 Feb 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 17 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 04:42
  • msg #127

Re: Blue on Blue

Matias saw that Tucker and Quyen were used to working together, so when she took Tucker's right, he drifted to the left to cover the maximum area.  He kept his eyes peeled for any movement, ready to fire at anything besides the already spotted body.

Matias
Following Tucker on the advance southward
PM-63 (15/25) + 4 extra mags, all (25/25)

Dieter Brandt
player, 338 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 08:43
  • msg #128

Re: Blue on Blue

SLAM.

Dieter felt himself being hammered to the floor. Lying on his side, he felt the chill of the evening envelop him, or was it just the evening? His legs were numb, like sitting in an ice bath, and his head started to pound. He tried to breath, but struggled to get a proper lungful, As his eyes closed he simply whispered,"Papa."
Craig Sutherland
player, 314 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 09:55
  • msg #129

Re: Blue on Blue


Staying behind the machine gun crew as they moved Craig continued to scan for movement in the distance. AK at his shoulder he would double tap any targets that presented themselves through the Russian NVG's.


Support squad
Firing on enemy targets

AK-74/BG-15 (34/45) + 4x45 (0/1 HE) + 8x40mm HE- held at shoulder
AKS-74U (35/45) - wedged in webbing
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Jan Cerny
player, 892 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 9 Feb 2011
at 23:09
  • msg #130

Re: Blue on Blue

Jan continued looking around, trying to spot Dieter and using his IR goggles.  He was tempted to call out to the German sniper but he wasn't certain that the enemy had fully withdrawn yet!

He kept scanning before moving back towards Konrad.

"Capitane," he muttered quietly.  "I can not find Dieter.  If the ambushers have withdrawn we should get everyone to report.  Some was hit in the truck but I am sure I saw Dieter get off."


Jan
Crouched on the road and moving back towards Konrad.
Searching for Dieter, using his IR goggles.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 8x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1018 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 10 Feb 2011
at 13:43
  • msg #131

Re: Blue on Blue

Minh Quyen:
Quyen takes up position on the right of Tucker as they cross the road and move to set up their section of the security perimeter. She then signals to Tucker and whispers, "Forward and to the right." indicating the body ahead of them.

Assuming Tuck moves them forward, she'll will advance with him and cover to the flanks for anything else that me be still undiscovered.

Tucker catches Minh's signal and gives her the nod to proceed ahead and check it out.  "Be careful," he replies quietly back to her as he looks for the other ex-Polish military soldier that was with them, Matias.  As Tucker sets up on the right-hand side of the body, Robert signals with his hand to Matias (pointing at him with his finger and then to his eyes to watch on the left) as to which sector to watch while Minh advances.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 10/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

Salvaged Gear:
*Claymore Mine & Pouch    2.0
Mag Bandoleer [6 MAG 30] 3.0  {5x30, 1x22/30}
[1] M-16 mag (BDU Pocket [18/30])

*NOTE: Claymore given to Sutherland (remove upon use)

This message was last edited by the player at 21:59, Fri 11 Feb 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 15 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 10 Feb 2011
at 20:56
  • msg #132

Re: Blue on Blue

Taking position in the ditch, Piotr looks to make sure Mariusz is within speaking distance before he starts scanning the darkness to the south while speaking to the young partisan.

“You've fought with the captain, any idea how he would proceed. Will he counter and try to run the enemy down or will he hold?”

Piotr's mind was going in overdrive. Without proper communication, in fact without any contact or knowledge of what the German commander was planning there was not much they could do from here. Even getting back to the main element was risky in this darkness.

“Teo, check our lady driver, make sure she's alright. Then secure to the north”

Piotr Pawlowski
In roadside ditch south of the truck
SVD  [9/10]
Observing south for possible enemies, talking and ordering Teo

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 879 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 10 Feb 2011
at 21:12
  • msg #133

Re: Blue on Blue

Mariusz thought for a moment and said, "The Kaptain will keep his eyes on teh most important strategic element, keeping the General alive. He'll establish a strong fire base and try to get mobile again by getting us to regroup and move on. I have a radio, if you want I can request advice, orders may come soon anyway. If you do want to pursue the enemy I'll have to radio the move in, we'll be crossing their arcs of fire and I'd hate to think of them firing at us as we blundered through their fields of fire."

He shrugged, "It's a gamble, if the ambushers have a vehicle they could hit us again before we reach the 10th, if they haven't they could fade into the night and leave us chasing our tails if we do pursue them."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1382 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 11 Feb 2011
at 15:28
  • msg #134

Re: Blue on Blue

Jan Cerny:
"Capitane," he muttered quietly.  "I can not find Dieter.  If the ambushers have withdrawn we should get everyone to report.  Some was hit in the truck but I am sure I saw Dieter get off."


Crouching at the sedan, Bayer nods as Jan reports back, "Alright. I don't want anyone left behind. See what you can do. If nothing comes up we'll have to do a sweep once the General is able to be moved."

Then with nobody else free, Bayer walks down to where the motorcycle rider ended up. He keeps to the road, in the middle of the team's permimeter, but stays low.

OOC - Mari I forgot you had a radio. What type is it?
This message was last edited by the player at 15:30, Fri 11 Feb 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 16 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Fri 11 Feb 2011
at 19:56
  • msg #135

Re: Blue on Blue

“You got a radio!?!” The surprise made him look sideways. Piotr had missed all about that. All Mariusz was telling was confirming his thoughts. He had already called the German captain a wise man earlier that day. This only reconfirmed this.

“You better try to radio call in our status and position.”

Piotr Pawlowski
In roadside ditch south of the truck
SVD  [9/10]
Observing south for possible enemies, planning and ordering Teo

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 880 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 11 Feb 2011
at 20:00
  • msg #136

Re: Blue on Blue

"No problem," Mariusz said and picked up the handset, "Kaptain," he said, "This is Mariusz, I'm with the rest of the squad by the treeline, requesting orders, over?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2198 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 00:18
  • msg #137

Aftermath


Dawid and Woj set up the PKM at the road junction. A slight upward curve in the terrain to the south about 100m from the crossroads likely conceals the enemy force from view. Craig, a few meters to the west, likewise sees no further sign of enemy activity through the lense of his NOD. From all indications, the ambushers have buggered off. You can't help but wonder why they didn't press their initial advantage or put up much of a fight when your team began to return fire.

Konrad moves a few meters to the west of the crossroads and finds the mangled corpse of the motorcycle messanger. He looks like he must have absorbed a round or two before skidding to a stop on the rough pavement. He may or may not have been dead at that point. If not, it's clear that the heavy Ural truck finished the job.

Meanwhile, Tucker and Minh close on the body 15 meters or so south of the road. Minh's hand recoils from what has become a routine scrounging operation when she recognizes the starlit face of her German comrade in arms. Dieter, somehow sensing the presence of a friend, lets go and breaths his last. (RIP, Dieter)

Matias, covering the small clearing team's left(east) flank, spots a lump in the relatively flat field about two dozen meters to his left. As he stares at it, it resolves into two suppine human forms. Neither moves a muscle and it soon becomes apparent that both are most likely dead.

Monika bandages Johnstone's ugly facial wounds. Besides staunching the bleeding, the bandaging has the added bonus of shutting him up. He settles down and waits for the pain relievers to kick in. The general's wounds are much easier to dress. The severed finger gives Monika more trouble than the clean bullet entrance wound in his upper hip but she manages to bandage both efectively on the first attempt. As instructed, the Russian bodyguard removes the driver's nearly headless corpse, climbs into the vacant seat and, after a couple of attempts, gets the car started and running again.

Several hundred meters to the east, Mariusz radios Konrad, as the Poles from the truck (and the Russian, Vita) attempt to coordinate their deployment with the temporarily stranded main force to the west. Thor, scanning the fields to the south of the ambush zone through his night optic, spots some movement about 150m or so from the road. One or two figures are moving south low and fast. Thor can only see their heads and shoulders bobbing along, close to the ground. He could take a shot, but it would be a tough one and he's running low on rare .50-caliber ammunition. Vita remains alone in the cab, collecting herself and thinking of how best to deliver a justification for her failure to follow the orders of nominally superior officers.


Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
player, 1383 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 01:13
  • msg #138

Re: Blue on Blue

Upon discovering that the General's motorcycle driver was beyond help, Bayer begins moving back to the sedan. When he arrives, he's about to ask if the vehicle can be driven again when the bodyguard restarts the motor, answering his question. Surprised by that the car was still mobile, he says, "Well Jan, at least now I don't have to tell you to piggyback the General home."

His radio then crackles with Mariusz's voice, which comes as a surprise to him. In all of the excitement and confusion following the long and tiresome days, he had forgotten that the boy was given a radio.

Mariusz Tokarski:
"Kaptain. This is Mariusz, I'm with the rest of the squad by the treeline, requesting orders, over?"


"Captain Bayer here." he replies, not bothering with his call sign. "Bring that truck back some. Only half way to the intersection though... we will come to you. Stay sharp for more enemy. Out."

Bayer then turns back to those by the sedan and says, "Warren. Jan. I've got Mariusz bringing up the truck a ways, but I don't want it to get too close or we might end up having to walk home. You two take front security in front of the car. We move shortly."

"Sawicki. I want you to ride in the car with the General."

Bayer then gets back on the radio, "Sergeant Tucker. Standby for withdraw. But first I want a sweep of the ground for Dieter. You have two minutes. Make it quick."

And, "Dawid, did you copy my last on withdraw? Your team will take the rear and follow us once we pass by your position. Everyone will RV with the truck down the road."

OOC - Basically everyone maintains a security perimeter as the car moves (at trotting speed) down the road to RV with the waiting truck.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:17, Sat 12 Feb 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 87 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 01:35
  • msg #139

Re: Blue on Blue

     Monika stopped and knelt by the body of the driver.  She gathered his belongings, both military and personal, placing them in the front seat of the car.  As she got in the vehicle, she spoke softly to the General.  "I have collected your driver's things and placed them in the vehicle.  Perhaps you can see that they get back to his family."


Monika Sawicki
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (18/25)
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Doing what she can to help

This message was last edited by the player at 02:12, Sat 12 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 315 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 07:05
  • msg #140

Re: Blue on Blue


”I can't see a thing, looks like they have turned tale and run for it.”

Craig flipped up his NVG's and turned them off. Turning towards Dawid he adds:

”Do you think we will do a sweep for bodies ? I think my grenade was on the money. They may have intel or some of the poles may know them from the Barons forces and the ammo would be good.”

He glanced at his own PLCE.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 881 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 11:14
  • msg #141

Re: Blue on Blue

"Wilco," Mariusz replied and then looked at the others and said, "The Kaptain wants us to head back toward them but only halfway to the intersection where they will join us. May I suggest we accompany the truck on foot? That way we can keep up a defensive perimeter and be able to react better if we are attacked."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2292 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 11:54
  • msg #142

Re: Blue on Blue

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #138):

"Yes, I have it," he replied to Konrad.

He turned to Woj. "Everyone will pass us, then we take the rear position. Get ready to move when I say!"


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (80/243)
Road W of Intersection
Aiming and Covering South, then moving east.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1019 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 14:45
  • msg #143

Re: Blue on Blue

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #138):

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then gets back on the radio, "Sergeant Tucker. Standby for withdraw. But first I want a sweep of the ground for Dieter. You have two minutes. Make it quick."

Tucker stares at the body of Dieter as he watches Minh's reaction.  He signals for Matias to stay where he's at for the time being as he goes to confirm the findings as his radio goes off with Konrad calling him.  "Umm yeah Boss, good copy.  Won't need that much time though.  We got 'em here.  He's um, K.I.A.. Over."

Tucker kneels down next to the body to try and figure out how Dieter bought the farm.  He looks back up at Minh, "I'm Sorry.  I know you two were close.  Stay with him OK?  Matias thinks he's found another couple of bodies over by him.  We'll take care of it, just stay low sweetie."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 17 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 19:36
  • msg #144

Re: Blue on Blue

After listening to Mariusz, Piotr seemed to consider their orders for a moment.

“You got any idea how much ground we covered after passing the crossroads?”

Not really waiting for the answer he decided to do as the captain told.
“Alright we're going to back her up. We start with 50 meters. Mariusz,  Teo, you lead the way. One on either side of the road. Call out at any sign of danger or obstacles. I'll be at the drivers side, Lech takes the other rear position.”

Looking up at Thor at the rear of the truck,

“I know you don't take my order, but please keep eye out for danger with that thing”

After assigning positions Piotr moves towards Vita to check on her. “You think you can back her up at a slow pace?” He asks while opening the door to the drivers position. “Just listen to my instructions.” After that he makes sure he can keep eye on Teo and will instruct the female driver when necessary to keep the truck on the road or maintain the right pace.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:37, Sat 12 Feb 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 551 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 19:57
  • msg #145

Re: Blue on Blue

Quyen's shoulders drop and she exhales deeply when she realizes the body is Dieter. She then kneels next to him, leaning in close and placing her ear over his face so she can listen for a moment.

When Tuck passes by with Matias on their way to check on the dead enemy, Quyen stays with Dieter. She slings her AK74 over her shoulder and collects his weapon up off the ground. Then when Tucker returns, she says quietly (knowing there still could be enemy out there somewhere), "Sergeant. The Hauptmann is going to want Dieter's body taken. How about you two carry him and I will take his weapon and cover?"
This message was last edited by the player at 19:58, Sat 12 Feb 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 894 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 12 Feb 2011
at 21:40
  • msg #146

Re: Blue on Blue

Jan's mood soured at the news, he heard over the radio net from Tuck, of Dieter's death.  He had liked the man - Dieter was one of the few people he had met since arriving in Poland who seemed to have retained all of his humanity.  Many people he had met had a cynical approach to life, regarding death and, particularly, killing people as something ordinary that didn't really bother them.  He would miss Dieter!  Dieter had reminded Jan that turning into the cynical old veteran he envisioned himself as wasn't necessarily the right thing to do!

He still had a job to do though.  Before he moved up the road to take up front security as instructed he made a quick comment to Konrad.  "Capitane, if the motorcycle rider is dead we must strip his body.  The 10th will need all weapons and equipment!"

Jan then moved off to set up front security, keeping a watch out through his IR goggles.


Jan
Moving up to set up front security
Scanning around with his IR goggles
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 8x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

This message was last edited by the player at 22:13, Sat 12 Feb 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1021 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 13 Feb 2011
at 03:21
  • msg #147

Re: Blue on Blue

Minh Quyen:
Quyen's shoulders drop and she exhales deeply when she realizes the body is Dieter. She then kneels next to him, leaning in close and placing her ear over his face so she can listen for a moment.

When Tuck passes by with Matias on their way to check on the dead enemy, Quyen stays with Dieter. She slings her AK74 over her shoulder and collects his weapon up off the ground. Then when Tucker returns, she says quietly (knowing there still could be enemy out there somewhere), "Sergeant. The Hauptmann is going to want Dieter's body taken. How about you two carry him and I will take his weapon and cover?"

Robert sighed as he got up and put his hand on her shoulder, "We can do that."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 882 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 13 Feb 2011
at 10:21
  • msg #148

Re: Blue on Blue

Mariusz nodded to acknowledge his orders and then said, "I'll take the side of the road the ambush came from, you take the other one."

He kept his eyes peeled for trouble before moving out once everyone was ready.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 368 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Sun 13 Feb 2011
at 12:32
  • msg #149

CONTACT!!!

"CONTACT!" Thor's voice cut across the airways, hopefully silencing all others.

"Movement. One fifty metre south Sunray position."
"One, maybe two move south."


Although confident in his skills, it was indeed the diminishing ammunition that held him from firing Mjollnir. But that didn't stop him relaying the enemy's position to those who were closer....

"Haptabeiðir, Jean. HE."

Thor "The Thunderer"
Calling fire from Konrad and Jan's grenade launchers upon enemy contacts
Barret M82A1 ("Mjollnir") (10/10) + 2x10 + 1x9
Wz.88 Tantal/BG-1 (28/30)/(1/1HE) + 3x30 / 2xHE ("Gríðarvölr")
H & K USP-9SD, 9mm (14/15) + 3x15 ("Fatle")
M-26A1 hand grenade, x2
Bayonet/knife
Individual Tactical Radio

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2199 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 13 Feb 2011
at 21:14
  • msg #150

Aftermath


Minh checks Dieter's still-warm body for indications of how he met his end. He's facing away from the road, towards the enemy, his legs twisted almost underneath him. There are two bullet holes in the back of his PAGST vest, and another through the back of his K-pot, just above the thick part that covers the base of the skull. Minh can't avoid the horrifying thought that Dieter was killed by friendly fire.

While Minh stays with Dieter, Tucker and Matias carefully advance on the two bodies to the southeast. Both men lie face-up, facing the road, with one man laying on the other man's legs. Both wear brown summer-weight Soviet uniforms, puffed up by the sweaters worn underneath, and an ad-hoc collection of civilian hats, gloves, and scarves. One of the men has sergeant's insignia on his uniform. Their LBE is also early model Red Army issue but their well-worn footwear is American combat boots. Two AKMs lie nearby. Even in the dark, the dead men's swarthy complexions are noticeable. A quick survey of the field beyond turns up no further signs of additional enemy, living or dead. It's too dark for amateur trackers to pick up blood trails or other spoor. (Recovered: 2 AKMS, 4 full 30-round mags 7.62x39mm, two partial mags- 12 & 23)

After taking the guns and ammo from the dead, Tucker and Matias return to where Minh waits with Dieter. Splitting up the load, they carry their dead comrade and the captured enemy gear back to the crossroads, where Dawid, Woj, and Craig have been providing overwatch.

The general's bodyguard has some trouble getting the Trabant out of the ditch. He finally manages to pull the underpowerd sedan back up on to the cracked bitumen. The dead driver's body is placed in the boot. Dieter is carefully laid on the hood. The wounded are placed in the back (Monika takes shotgun) and the car is driven off at a walking pace, with Adam's Irregulars providing security, secret service-style. There is another brief pause as the motorcycle messenger's body is placed on the hood next to Dieter.

Several hundred meters down the road to the east, the truck begins it's own walking-pace redeployment. Piotr, Mariusz, and the other Poles walk alongside the truck, keeping careful watch for signs of another ambush.

You all meet back up about halfway between the two party's stopping places.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:19, Sun 13 Feb 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 212 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 13 Feb 2011
at 22:08
  • msg #151

Re: Aftermath

Jeff remains silent as the bodies are loaded.  Dead friendlies are never a pleasant experience, even if only just met.

When the group meets in the middle, Jeff addresses the Captain.  "Sorry about your man.  The General and Johnstone are wounded but not bad.  Your medic has treated them well, and they will live.  Shall we continue at an increased level of security?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1384 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 14 Feb 2011
at 14:49
  • msg #152

Re: Aftermath



Jeff D. Warren:
When the group meets in the middle, Jeff addresses the Captain.  "Sorry about your man.  The General and Johnstone are wounded but not bad.  Your medic has treated them well, and they will live.  Shall we continue at an increased level of security?"


Bayer nods and says, "I'm sorry too." He adds, "We leave in a moment. My team has some unfortunate matters to address first though." Bayer then waves to the Dawid, Jan, and Tucker.

While the NCOs respond, Bayer motions for Piotr to join him and Warren.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:01, Mon 14 Feb 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 214 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 14 Feb 2011
at 18:12
  • msg #153

Re: Aftermath

Warren only nods at Bayer's remarks.  The cold look in his eye shows he knows exactly the situation.  He turns to Piotr and says in English. "We will watch the Northeast and Northwest.  You and your people cover the rest."

With Piotr's acknowledgment, Jeff heads to the waiting Sedan, and speaks to the driver. "Сержант Бодняк, выйти за пределы на мгновение и мне помочь покрыть наши северном фланге. Вы будете смотреть на северо-восток, и я северо-запад. Не обращай внимания на остальных членов группы и следите за своим сектором, как солдат, а. Я знаю только лучшее иметь привилегию охраны генерал."

As the driver does what he is told and gets out, Jeff adds to the General and Johnstone in the back "Генеральный другие серьезные бизнес принять участие в рамках этого блока. Лучше оставаться в машине."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 18 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 14 Feb 2011
at 22:16
  • msg #154

Re: Aftermath

Piotr listens to what Konrad has to say. Only a worried look betray his inner thoughts. When the captain finishes his only word is ”Understand”

Jeff D. Warren:
Warren only nods at Bayer's remarks.  The cold look in his eye shows he knows exactly the situation.  He turns to Piotr and says in English. "We will watch the Northeast and Northwest.  You and your people cover the rest."


“Alright we focus on Southeast until Southwest.”

After that he calls out to his people in Polish.

”Alright protective perimeter to the South, Lech...Southwest, Teo, Matias...South, Mariusz please take Southeast. Stay alert folks those fools might decide they want to become heroes.”

Keeping an eye on the deployment Piotr walks over to Vita telling her to stay behind the wheel of the truck, for now. After that he will join the perimeter guard.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:14, Tue 15 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 316 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 14 Feb 2011
at 23:24
  • msg #155

Re: Aftermath


Craig limps along with the others to the meeting with the truck. Once there he takes a seat on the rear of the truck, having let down the tailgate. When he spots Monika he asks her to have another look at his leg:

"Looks like I have popped one of my seams."

Once the rest of the team have assembled he asks:

"Did anyone get a look at any of the bodies ? What they where wearing ?"

It was at this point he noticed Dieters body on the hood of the car. He tried to remember at what point he had last seen the German, but could not place him during the ambush.

It was a great lost to the team and to the over all mission. He would be missed.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:03, Wed 16 Feb 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 18 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 15 Feb 2011
at 05:15
  • msg #156

Re: Aftermath

Matias is walking out to watch the south side of the perimeter when Sutherland asked his question.  He stopped and said "Russian uniforms.  American boots.  Carried AKM."  He wasn't really sure why Sutherland would want to know that, but he had seen the bodies and his description was accurate.

Assuming no further questions, Matias went out to watche the perimeter with Teo.
Minh Quyen
player, 552 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 15 Feb 2011
at 12:30
  • msg #157

Re: Aftermath

Cap'n Rae:
Minh checks Dieter's still-warm body for indications of how he met his end. He's facing away from the road, towards the enemy, his legs twisted almost underneath him. There are two bullet holes in the back of his PAGST vest, and another through the back of his K-pot, just above the thick part that covers the base of the skull. Minh can't avoid the horrifying thought that Dieter was killed by friendly fire.


After her startling discovery, Quyen rolls Dieter's body over to one side, effectively altering the physical evidence that he was accidently killed by their own side. When Tucker and Matias return, she doesn't say anything about how she found him or what she'd discovered.

"I cover." she says quietly as Tucker and Matias carry his body back to the waiting team.

Once back at the truck, Quyen looks to take a up a sentry position while the group gets organized for resuming the drive to the General's camp. Seeing the Poles covering to the S, SE, and SW, Quyen positions herself watching the north from the bed of the truck, using it as a height advantage.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:33, Tue 15 Feb 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 883 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 15 Feb 2011
at 17:59
  • msg #158

Re: Aftermath

Mariusz took his assigned sector to the south east and knelt down to make a harder target. He kept a careful watch whilst the unit reorganised.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1022 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 15 Feb 2011
at 21:53
  • msg #159

Re: Aftermath

Cap'n Rae:
While Minh stays with Dieter, Tucker and Matias carefully advance on the two bodies to the southeast. Both men lie face-up, facing the road, with one man laying on the other man's legs. Both wear brown summer-weight Soviet uniforms, puffed up by the sweaters worn underneath, and an ad-hoc collection of civilian hats, gloves, and scarves. One of the men has sergeant's insignia on his uniform. Their LBE is also early model Red Army issue but their well-worn footwear is American combat boots. Two AKMs lie nearby. Even in the dark, the dead men's swarthy complexions are noticeable. A quick survey of the field beyond turns up no further signs of additional enemy, living or dead. It's too dark for amateur trackers to pick up blood trails or other spoor. (Recovered: 2 AKMS, 4 full 30-round mags 7.62x39mm, two partial mags- 12 & 23)

After taking the guns and ammo from the dead, Tucker and Matias return to where Minh waits with Dieter. Splitting up the load, they carry their dead comrade and the captured enemy gear back to the crossroads, where Dawid, Woj, and Craig have been providing overwatch.
Next Moves?

Robert walks back to the rest of the group in silence as he & Matias carry the body of their fallen comrade.  "Poor bastard got it in his back!  The headshot shold've done him in quick enough so hopefully he didn't suffer," Tucker thinks to himself until they gently put the body down and then moves off with Konrad, Jan, & Dawid.
Jan Cerny
player, 898 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 15 Feb 2011
at 23:27
  • msg #160

Re: Aftermath

Jan ensured that all of the motorbike outrider's gear was also loaded onto the truck.  It was a brutal reality of the life they were currently living that both Dieter and the dead outrider would soon be stripped of anything valuable.  As he joined up with the others he muttered to Dawid, "You should check that motorbike before we leave in case it is worth salvaging."

Jan then moved off to check on the positions everyone had taken.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1023 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 16 Feb 2011
at 00:13
  • msg #161

Re: Aftermath

Jan Cerny:
Jan then moved off to check on the positions everyone had taken.

As Jan moves off, Tucker moves with Dawid off to his (Dawid's) r/h side.  Roberts hands are across his chest .
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 373 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Wed 16 Feb 2011
at 02:08
  • msg #162

Re: Aftermath

Ignored once again, Thor watched the enemy until they disappeared, fearing they would pop up again as a thorn in their side at some point in the near future.

"Bring all body. Intel," he radioed once it appeared those on the ground were getting ready to move.
"Maybe Russian deserter. Maybe recognise."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2295 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 16 Feb 2011
at 04:41
  • msg #163

Re: Aftermath

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #152):

Dawid's face screwed up with real grief when he heard of Dieter's death. Why him? Dieter was a good man, a German, true. Even then a brave and gentle soul, an intellectual. One by one the best of us like him fall, until it is the unredeemed like me that are left.

It didn't make sense, yet somehow it did. A matter of fate or chance, the result was the same. He crossed himself and said a short prayer for Dieter and the others that had been lost in the short brutal fight.

"Piotr, good man for getting people organised into a perimeter. Trust that your actions do not go unnoticed by the Kaptain and myself." he said in Polish.

After the discussion with Konrad, Jan and Tucker, he wandered with a heavy heart towards Thor, setting down the GPMG on the pavement. When he heard Thor muttering over the radio, Dawid actually thought he had a point about the Russians. Nevertheless, there were other equally or more important matters to attend to. He closed the distance with a firm tread, stopping a couple metres in front of him.

"Thor, never mind that now. It is vital we talk, my friend."

He stood in front of Thor, hands empty and unthreatening, trying to think of how to put this in words that Thor understood.

"You broke your word to obey Kaptain Bayer, uh, "Haptabeiðir" as you call him. For this, you are no longer welcome in our company. You must gather your things and leave immediately. This is not open to discussion, or negotiation, or compromise.

"The Kaptain has decided as you no longer follow, you are not a member of our company. I count you as a friend but you have broken your oath to faithfully serve our agreed leader, the Kaptain, and for that breach of trust we will no longer fight at your back, nor you at ours."

"Go with God, go with Peace. Go however you want, but just go."


He looked meaningfully at Konrad to indicate to Thor he had his blessing, then at Tucker and Jan who were there in clear support of this action.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:14, Thu 17 Feb 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 90 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 16 Feb 2011
at 13:08
  • msg #164

Re: Aftermath

    Monika made sure that her charges were as comfortable as possible, then left the General's vehicle to see if anyone else was hurt in the ambush.  She found Craig by the truck.  She took a quick look at his leg to find that he had injured it again.  She smiled at him as she cleaned the area and replaced the bandage.  "My work good.  You not break."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2201 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 19 Feb 2011
at 19:30
  • msg #165

Wyszkow


Thursday, October 26th, 2000
0800 hrs.
32F
party cloudy skies; slight breeze from the north
Wyszkow, Poland



At morning stand, you are awakened by the shouts of Russian and Kazakh non-coms rousing their own men for muster. With the men of the 10th TD providing security during the remainder of the night, you were all able to get some sleep after arriving at your village billet. Before turning in, the division's own medical officer, a proper Muscovite doctor as it turns out, successfully removed the bullet from the general's hip and repaired some of the damage to Johnstone's face. After stand-to, and using some medical supplies "borrowed" from Monika, the doctor also sewed up Jan and Craig's wounds. Despite some recent wear and tear, both men are feeling much improved. You could all use some more sleep, and everyone is longing for a hot bath.

Morning muster revealed 16 men, all Kazakhs, missing (not including the two men killed in the ambush). They could have left at any point since that last head-count at 1800 hours the evening before. No one has seen them since. Perhaps the Baron's loudspeaker unit convinced them to head for greener pastures; perhaps they just struck out on their own.


Adam's Irregulars have also lost a man. Thor, the strange, powerful, and socially inept nordic warrior, was banished on the road from Jackowo Gorne. He didn't take the news particularly well, but his reaction was not as bad as had been feared. After a brief flash of anger, and reminders of his combat prowess and loyalty, Thor acquiesced. His mood quickly changed from anger to deep sadness and several of you started to feel guilty for the decision to exhile him in the middle of nowhere. After handing over his weapons, he stood forlorn on the roadside watching you drive away into the dark in your new old Ural truck. You left his weapons in the road a couple of hundred meters away, as you promised you would, and continued on to Wyszkow, leaving him to face his fate alone. You wonder if you've seen the last of him.

Vita, with Piotr's tacit approval of the Irregular's ultimatum, relinquishes her weapons. The understanding that has been reached as that her weapons will be returned to her once the recently augmented unit has had a chance to clarify it's command structure. She looks none too pleased with her lot but she does not resist. As a remarkably attractive women, being unarmed must leave her feeling rather vulnerable. Before leaving the ambush site, Dawid recovers the 10th TD's motorcycle. It appears to be capable of running again, but the left-side foot peg has been shorn off and the front wheel/handlebars are out of alignment. Some minor repairs should get it operational again soon. When the sedan section reunites with the truck section, the bike is loaded aboard the Ural for the trip to Wyszkow.

This morning, you've met a couple of new misfits- Mrityunjay Byanjankar, a Ghurka straggler adopted by the 10th TD, and Robert Flemming, another CIA "liaison" officer. The Ghurka, in particular, seems eager to attach himself to your group. Both Byanjankar and Flemming arrive with Warren to join you for your morning repast.

Sitting around the kitchen table in a your village billet (the mayor's guest house), you enjoy a meager breakfast of bread and butter and some hot, bitter herbal tea (you surmise that the "herbs" are probably some sort of local tree bark or some such). The fare is not particularly tasty or filling but it's better than nothing. It's time to talk.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:20, Sun 20 Feb 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 884 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 20 Feb 2011
at 08:30
  • msg #166

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz watched the huge, dysfunctional Norwegian standing forlornly by the roadside as the truck pulled away from him. He felt his eyes prickly with tears as he thought about abandoning such a comrade, "Now I'll never get to have his gun when he dies," he thought, shaking his head slowly and sadly.
Craig Sutherland
player, 317 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 20 Feb 2011
at 08:34
  • msg #167

Re: Wyszkow


Craig recognised the ethnicity of the Gurkha solider almost instantly he limped slightly as he approached the new arrival:

”Namaste, Mero naam Craig ho. Ma ali-ali Nepali bolchu.”*

He had trained and served with the Gurkha battalions and was gifted one of their large knives. He proudly wore it attached to the strap of his PLCE. He knew it would be a good story as to how he ended up attached to a Russian tank division nearly as good as his own....


*Hello, my name is Craig. Sorry I only speak a little Nepalese.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 217 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 20 Feb 2011
at 17:41
  • msg #168

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff walks into the billet feeling very refreshed.  He had slept away from the unit in the night, instead staying with Flemming and Johnstone.

"Good morning.  I hope everyone is well rested.  Busy day ahead.  May I introduce Mr. Byanjankar and Mr. Flemming.  Byanjankar will be working with your unit as he doesn't exactly fit in with the rest of the Russkies or Kazakhs, and Mr. Flemming here is going to help with the wider picture, and analysis of our situation."
Jan Cerny
player, 906 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 20 Feb 2011
at 17:57
  • msg #169

Re: Wyszkow

Jan had felt a degree of tension lift from his shoulders when they had driven off, leaving Thor behind in the road.  Thor was a good soldier in a fight, very much the warrior he desired to be, but he had created so many problems for the unit in the short time he had been a member that he had become a liability.  Attempting to countermand Konrad’s orders in the middle of an ambush had been the final straw and Jan had no doubt that leaving the Norwegian behind was the right thing to do.  He was also confident that Thor was able to look after himself in the wild and, assuming that he steered clear of people and lived off the land, he expected a highly trained Marine such as Thor to make his way back to his homeland.

It was when he tried to interact with people that Thor seemed to have problems!



Jan had slept for as long as he could as they had a roof over their heads for once.  He had also been very grateful to the Russian doctor who had checked over his arm, though he continued to favour it to avoid putting any further strain on the wound.

Over the meagre breakfast Jan listened to Jeff’s introductions and noted that Craig was taking the initiative and speaking in some strange language to one of the new arrivals.  Jan had a couple of questions for everyone.

“Does the attack on the General change our timetable at all?  When are we planning to leave and what route back into Warsaw are we taking?”

Jan also had a question for Jeff and his colleague Flemming.

“As well as the weapons we can donate to the 10th I am keen to trade for some clips for my PM-84 SMG.  Who is the best person to talk to in the 10th to see if they can help?”
Konrad Bayer
player, 1385 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 20 Feb 2011
at 19:21
  • msg #170

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff D. Warren:
"Byanjankar will be working with your unit as he doesn't exactly fit in with the rest of the Russkies or Kazakhs."

"I just had to remove one member because he didn't fit with the rest of my team." Bayer says dryly. "Before people here go deciding between themselves about sending their people to us to deal with, I want to talk to them first."

Bayer then turns to Dawid and says, "In addition to any normal admin needs you are able to sort out this morning, don't forget to get all batteries recharged." He then hands him the batteries from his NVGs and radio.

Bayer then waits for the General and his aides to answer Jan's questions on their intentions.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2299 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 00:58
  • msg #171

Re: Wyszkow

Before going to bed, he assigned Vita the job of maintaining the truck, while he looked at the motorcycle. Not too bad; the forks could be straightened by hand and a new foot-peg made from whatever was at hand, even wood.

He also detailed Minh to examine their billet for possible safety and security problems. "As a military police and engineer, I trust you are well-knowledgeable about how to secure a structure. Also, Vita seems uncomfortable with being disarmed, which is understandable. I am going to suggest she comes to you with any personal concerns if she feels she can't discuss it with a man. Thank you."

Everyone else was set to cleaning their weapons, and he made sure they had something to eat.



In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #170):

"Yes, Kaptain. I'll see if Vita can hook up the batteries for charging to the truck engine, although if it's from the alternator it's most efficient if we do this while moving, of course."

He collected all run-down batteries for charging. If nothing else, maybe the Russians had some way of charging them while they fashioned something on their end.

Dawid addressed the newcomers, welcoming them with an offer of cigarettes. "Good to meet you both! I hope we can find a place for you here, should we decide to include you in our unit."

"Piotr, my friend, I heard good things about you and of course we fought well together at the ambush. I'm going to reorganise our little unit soon, I'm going to put all us Poles together if I can so we'll be working together. I trust you don't have a problem with working under someone of lesser rank, at least while working with us?" He spoke in Polish, to keep the other man at ease.

Moving along, he addressed Vita, keeping a gentle tone with her, mindful of last night's talking-to.

He said in Polish, "Vita, would you please fashion a battery charger from the alternator with the leads going into the cab of the truck? Thanks. I tried but failed, you may have better luck than I. Rest assured that you are not helpless. Should anyone harass you or do or say anything unwelcome towards you, they will answer to me. Or if you prefer talking to another woman, let Minh know and we'll deal with it."

"Also, do you prefer Polish or Russian?


He addressed everyone:

"Once we have finished our business with the new folks and I'm clear what we have available, I will be assigning people into teams."


OOC: If Vita can't make a charger, Dawid is going to ask the Russians' quartermaster if they can charge their batteries. Also, regardless, if the quartermaster has anything to trade. Finally, if they have any backpacks, enough for the team?
This message was last edited by the player at 05:23, Mon 21 Feb 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 2 posts
American
CIA
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 08:20
  • msg #172

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #171):

Rob took an old mug filled with tea. Although he loves tea, he hates this poor quality. Nevermind, its wartime-tea.
He took a place at the table and nodded to all the other guys.
"Thanks Mr. Warren. My name is Robert. I'm working for CIVGOV as polad*. Glad to see you here."

He turns to Jan Cerny.

"I think the quartermaster of the 10th can help you. Which caliber does it have? 9x18 or 9x19?"


*political advisor
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 3 posts
Gurkha
Rifleman
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 11:10
  • msg #173

Re: Wyszkow



Naik Mrityunjay Byanjankar stood naked in the stream. He quickly washed himself all over, ignoring the coldness of the water and the northerly breeze. There seemed to a lot of excitement in the camp, as a large group of newcomers had arrived during the night. He had asked one of the NCOs who spoke a little English, who had told him that a group of Americans and Poles had come into camp.

He finished washing and shook himself dry, the water flying off his smooth skin. He jumped up and down to remove the last of the water, before quickly dressing in his British Army fatigues. Grabbing his old Mosin Nagant rifle, he ran over to the billet where the newcomers had been stationed. Peering through the door, he tried to make out some faces. They seemed like a strange bunch, with a rag-tag collection of equipment and uniforms. He tried to spot insignias, but couldn't make any out. He then spotted a strange sight in the room; a woman. Was she Chinese, Korean, maybe Vietnamese? He couldn't be sure.

Suddenly behind him two faces appeared. One he recognised as an American named Flemming, who he had seen around the camp. The other was unknown to him. Flemming gestured to him to follow, and they entered the billet.

Upon entering he listened as the new man introduced him and Flemming to the group. He smiled awkwardly, looking around the group and bowing politely to each member. One man, a British officer from the look of him, stood gingerly and spoke.

Craig Sutherland:
”Namaste, Mero naam Craig ho. Ma ali-ali Nepali bolchu.”


Mritjunjay's eyes widened. It had been many months since he had heard anyone speaking his native tongue, and he certainly hadn't expected to hear it any time soon. A wide grin split his face. Excitedly, he replied, "Subha prabhat Craig-ji! Mero naam Naik Mrityunjay Byanjankar ho! Tapaaiilaaii bhettera khushii laagyo."

Looking around at the blank faces of the other members of the group, he grinned sheepishly. "Sorry. My name Mrityunjay Byanjankar. Please to call me Jay. I am Gurkha Rifle. Nice to meet you."

Jay waited for a response from the team. From what the American with Flemming had said, they would be his new colleagues. He stood there in his battered but clean uniform, complete with boonie hat, webbing and canteen, his kukri proudly strapped to his belt. Besides the WWII Mosin Nagant rifle on his shoulder, and the gurkha knife on his belt, he appeared to have no other weapons or significant equipment.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:28, Mon 21 Feb 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 911 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 17:45
  • msg #174

Re: Wyszkow

Jan nodded in greeting to the newcommer who called himself Jay but left Craig to take the lead on evaluating the man.

Robert Flemming:
He turns to Jan Cerny.

"I think the quartermaster of the 10th can help you. Which caliber does it have? 9x18 or 9x19?"

"It is 9x18mm Makarov," Jan replied, "so hopefully it will not be to hard to find.  I need clips though and not just rounds."

He made a mental note to ensure that Flemming introduced him to the 10th's quartermaster but left it for the moment.  They needed to work out the current timeframe for the plan and that was partly dependent on Jeff and the 10th.  The bits of organising he wanted to do would have to wait if they needed to leave promptly to return to Warsaw.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 19 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 18:54
  • msg #175

Re: Wyszkow

Piotr still looked tired when they gathered around the table. Only when he was sure Janek’s body was well taken care of  after they arrived in town he had been able to get some sleep. He was just savoring his mug of bark tea, personally greeting the new faces, when Dawid addressed him.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Everyone else was set to cleaning their weapons, and he made sure they had something to eat.

"Piotr, my friend, I heard good things about you and of course we fought well together at the ambush. I'm going to reorganize our little unit soon, I'm going to put all us Poles together if I can so we'll be working together. I trust you don't have a problem with working under someone of lesser rank, at least while working with us?" He spoke in Polish, to keep the other man at ease.


Piotr looked at Dawid, holding silent for a moment making his junior countryman wait just long enough for his response while he also considered the talk he’d had with the German captain in this matter before he answered.
“Depends if that someone is just as wise as the commanding officer and also knows when the listen to recommendations" Although the words were said with a big smile there was definitely a serious undertone. “You and the captain have worked together for a while, so it makes sense.”
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1026 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 21:09
  • msg #176

Re: Wyszkow

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:

Looking around at the blank faces of the other members of the group, he grinned sheepishly. "Sorry. My name Mrityunjay Byanjankar. Please to call me Jay. I am Gurkha Rifle. Nice to meet you."

Jay waited for a response from the team. From what the American with Flemming had said, they would be his new colleagues. He stood there in his battered but clean uniform, complete with boonie hat, webbing and canteen, his kukri proudly strapped to his belt. Besides the WWII Mosin Nagant rifle on his shoulder, and the gurkha knife on his belt, he appeared to have no other weapons or significant equipment.

Robert walks up to the Gurka soldier and extends his hand to him and says, "Hey.  Names Robert Tucker, foremerly of the U.S. 10th Mountain.  Mostly everyone calls me Tuck, Jay.  If you're interested, I got a Romanian AK folder and some mags if that Nagant & knife is all you got.  Even got a pistol if you want?"
Monika Sawicki
player, 92 posts
Polish
Medic
Mon 21 Feb 2011
at 21:16
  • msg #177

Re: Wyszkow

    After a wonderful night of sleep and the meager fare for breakfast, Monika found a quiet corner away from prying eyes where she inventoried her medical supplies.  The only thing she was running low on was bandages.  She sought out the Captain to tell him of this.

    Moniks waited until the Captain has a free moment, then tried to speak to him in English.  She held up her Doctor's bag.  "Have droogs.  Need..."  Monika couldn't think of the words, so she dug in the medical bag and pulled some wrapped gauze pads and a roll of white bandaging tape.  She displayed them for the Captain to see.  "...More"
This message was last edited by the player at 21:22, Mon 21 Feb 2011.
Viktorya Nowak
NPC, 43 posts
Russian
Deserter
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 02:58
  • msg #178

Re: Wyszkow

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He said in Polish, "Vita, would you please fashion a battery charger from the alternator with the leads going into the cab of the truck? Thanks. I tried but failed, you may have better luck than I. Rest assured that you are not helpless. Should anyone harass you or do or say anything unwelcome towards you, they will answer to me. Or if you prefer talking to another woman, let Minh know and we'll deal with it."

"Also, do you prefer Polish or Russian?


"Polish is fine, but my Russian is better. I am happy to help but I won't do anything without at least my pistol. This camp is full of men- Red Army men- and Kazakhs at that, and I will not go about alone and unarmed. I do not mean to be difficult but if you had seen what I have seen, you would ask for the same."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2301 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 07:20
  • msg #179

Re: Wyszkow

Piotr Pawlowski:
Piotr looked at Dawid, holding silent for a moment making his junior countryman wait just long enough for his response while he also considered the talk he’d had with the German captain in this matter before he answered.


Dawid waited for Piotr to continue at his leisure, smiling a little as he lit a cigarette, then offered the pack in a comradely fashion.

Piotr Pawlowski:
“Depends if that someone is just as wise as the commanding officer and also knows when the listen to recommendations" Although the words were said with a big smile there was definitely a serious undertone. “You and the captain have worked together for a while, so it makes sense.”


He smiled in return, obviously amused by the subtext of Piotr's words.

"Ah! So it all "depends" on if I "listen to recommendations", now, does it?"

Dawid casually waved away any response, his question being meant rhetorically.

"You did not look pleased with how I handled Vita's punishment. Please understand, unit discipline is my responsibility, no matter who it is. Vita and the rest of "your" people get no special treatment with regards to discipline, no option to follow orders or not if they feel like it. I trust you understand there cannot be two chains of command in the same unit, and that trust and a voice is not merely granted but must be earned, even by you."

"If that is not acceptable, then I'm sure something more suitable can be arranged."


Dawid saw Vita out of the corner of his eye and said to Piotr, "please pardon me, my friend, I must continue my discussion with our mechanic." He switched from Polish to Russian to talk to Vita, wondering if Piotr could follow the conversation and guessing he could.

Viktorya Nowak:
"Polish is fine, but my Russian is better. I am happy to help but I won't do anything without at least my pistol. This camp is full of men- Red Army men- and Kazakhs at that, and I will not go about alone and unarmed. I do not mean to be difficult but if you had seen what I have seen, you would ask for the same."


"Fine, I understand, Vita, and do not wish to be difficult in return. If this isn't acceptable and you wish to remain armed then of course you can see if the Russians will have need of your services, or I can have you dropped off somewhere convenient, like a community where you can find work and earn shelter."

Apparently, letting Vita keep her pistol wasn't on the table. He looked at Piotr, then back to Vita. "Your being disarmed is not just done out of spite, it's a symbol of our lack of trust you. If you want to earn back that trust then you'll abide by Konrad's decision. If not, there are other choices."


OOC: There were two interesting but parallel lines of conversation between Dawid and Piotr, and Dawid and Vita. I took the liberty of joining them. Please forgive me if it feels clumsy or forced!

This message was last edited by the player at 08:29, Tue 22 Feb 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 6 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 08:23
  • msg #180

Re: Wyszkow

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Robert walks up to the Gurka soldier and extends his hand to him and says, "Hey.  Names Robert Tucker, foremerly of the U.S. 10th Mountain.  Mostly everyone calls me Tuck, Jay.  If you're interested, I got a Romanian AK folder and some mags if that Nagant & knife is all you got.  Even got a pistol if you want?"


Jay smiled at the warm welcome he received. Certainly more friendly than the Russians. He took the proferred hand and shook it vigourously. "Subha prabhat Tuck-ji. Yes please to new gun please." He dropped the old Mosin Nagant off his shoulder and held it up for inspection. "This is good gun, but as old as my grandfather, and just as slow! Also, I think Russian want it back if I leave. I take anything you offer. I very good shot with gun. Also good with rocket. Good tank killer! I kill many!" Realising he was getting a bit too excited, he quietened down. "What pistol you have?"
Robert Flemming
player, 4 posts
American
CIA
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 14:09
  • msg #181

Re: Wyszkow

Jan Cerny:
"It is 9x18mm Makarov," Jan replied, "so hopefully it will not be to hard to find.  I need clips though and not just rounds."


Rob nodded.
"Ah, the 9x18. A bit uncommon I think. But I am not a weapon specialist. I will ask the quartermaster later on."

He took a nip from his tea-mug and started searching for cigaretts.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 23 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 18:49
  • msg #182

Re: Wyszkow

Matias was depressed.  Losing two in such a minor scuffle, and then the surprise of Thor's dismissal had taken it out of him.  Janek's death hit him especially hard.  He'd always liked the man, and had thought of him as an older brother of sorts.  Janek had given Matias the 'bird & the bees' talk about a year earlier, because Matias never got one from his own parents.  Janek's version was more explicit than his father's would have been, to be sure, but Matias had been 18 at the time, and needed to know.

Other than quickly introducing himself to the newcomers with "I am Matias," and a quick handshake, he kept to himself for now.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 885 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 18:56
  • msg #183

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz listened to Dawid's talk with Vita and said, "If Vita is worried about our Allies, I'll accompany her wherever she needs to go. I'll make sure no one takes advantage of her."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 20 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 22:01
  • msg #184

Re: Wyszkow

Piotr silently listens how Dawid makes his point. He knows when to keep quiet.

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz listened to Dawid's talk with Vita and said, "If Vita is worried about our Allies, I'll accompany her wherever she needs to go. I'll make sure no one takes advantage of her."


Giving the Polish partisan an appreciative smile he talks “Thanks Mariusz, I think that's a very good idea,... assuming you agree of course” he completed after a short pause, while looking at Dawid.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:04, Tue 22 Feb 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1027 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 22:17
  • msg #185

Re: Wyszkow

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Robert walks up to the Gurka soldier and extends his hand to him and says, "Hey.  Names Robert Tucker, foremerly of the U.S. 10th Mountain.  Mostly everyone calls me Tuck, Jay.  If you're interested, I got a Romanian AK folder and some mags if that Nagant & knife is all you got.  Even got a pistol if you want?"


Jay smiled at the warm welcome he received. Certainly more friendly than the Russians. He took the proferred hand and shook it vigourously. "Subha prabhat Tuck-ji. Yes please to new gun please." He dropped the old Mosin Nagant off his shoulder and held it up for inspection. "This is good gun, but as old as my grandfather, and just as slow! Also, I think Russian want it back if I leave. I take anything you offer. I very good shot with gun. Also good with rocket. Good tank killer! I kill many!" Realising he was getting a bit too excited, he quietened down. "What pistol you have?"

Tuck nods and smiles, "Maybe old and slow but reliable to get you this far huh?"  He takes the Russian rifle from the Gurka and inspects it and then hands it back to him.  "You keep it for now unless someone tells you otherwise OK?  It's an American Colt forty-five with only the magazine in it but, it's full," he says as he waves him over to his rucksack where he's keeping the weapons.
Viktorya Nowak
NPC, 44 posts
Russian
Deserter
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 23:15
  • msg #186

Re: Wyszkow


Vita looks from Dawid to Mariusz, weighing her options. The young man looked earnest but you could never be sure with boys of that age...

"I made a mistake. I got scared and I didn't want to sit in a kill zone. I panicked. You're going to leave me defenseless for that? After I found you and brought you to the Spider? I could have saved your lives and this is how you repay me?"

She looks pointedly at Piotr, expecting his backing.

"Well?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2204 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 23:27
  • msg #187

Re: Wyszkow


As you finish up your meager breakfast, the 10th TD's supply officer arrives. He's a thin, balding man, anywhere between 25-45 years of age. He introduces himself as Sergei Krinkov. Despite the prominent dark bags underneath his yellowed eyes, he is almost annoyingly jovial. His cheerful demeanor stands in stark contrast to his sickly visage. The stereotype of the Vodka-sodden manic depressive Russian comes instantly to mind.

"I hear that you have some weapons for us? This is most excellent. I suppose you have some needs as well?"

Someone informs him of your need for packs to replace those lost when you quite literally went underground in Warsaw.

"Packs? Of course we have packs! There's nothing in them, of course- hasn't been for weeks- so you are welcome to have a few. How many do you need? Blankets and winter gear, though, we don't even have enough for our own men. We chose the wrong time of year to defect. If we'd waited a couple of weeks, we might have gotten our winter clothing issue but I have my doubts. We've had to scrounge most of the cold weather gear we do have. The medical officer will tell you that several of our men are suffering from frostbight. Can't help you there."

When batteries are mentioned, Krinkov laughs for a good minute before composing himself enough to answer.

"Batteries? Are you serious? No, the recon team and the general have the last pair and they are both running low on power. Johnstone's 'Blackbird' dropped a few for his fancy satellite radio but that was, oh, about two months ago. We have no motor vehicles with which to charge them. Our batteries aren't as good as your NATO ones."
Jan Cerny
player, 918 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 23:39
  • msg #188

Re: Wyszkow

Robert Flemming:
Rob nodded.
"Ah, the 9x18. A bit uncommon I think. But I am not a weapon specialist. I will ask the quartermaster later on."

He took a nip from his tea-mug and started searching for cigaretts.

Jan lit a cigarette and offered Flemming a drag.  Just one, enough to take the edge off the nicotine craving.  He smoked the rest himself.

He smiled at the American's comment.  "You are not a weapon specialist as you say.  That round is the round fired by the Makarov pistol amongst others and the SMG I have is often called the Polish Uzi.  Therefore it is not uncommon in Poland, though the mags I need may be rare amongst the 10th."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:44, Tue 22 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 318 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 22 Feb 2011
at 23:58
  • msg #189

Re: Wyszkow


Craig studied the Russian supply officer before asking:

"We have an RPG-7 but no grenades. Apart from that I'll take one of the packs even though I have shit all to put in it."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2207 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 00:11
  • msg #190

Re: Wyszkow


Krinkov adds that, as far as he knows, there are no PM-84 mags among the men of the 10th. He suggests that perhaps one of the Polish townspeople is hiding one somewhere but it's plainly a shot in the dark.

To Craig, Krinkov explains,

"We have only two RPG launchers and a handful of rockets between them. Are you a good shot, because my men are not."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 221 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 00:47
  • msg #191

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff only shrugs at Konrad's reception of Byanjankar.  As the Gurkha wanders about the unit, he says to Konrad "I'm only the delivery boy.  Talk to the General if you don't want him.  Flemming is agency as well, but he's not like me.  Paperwork and analysis side of things.  Probe him if you want some more intel of the big picture.

I'm going to speak with Johnstone now to see if he's come up with anything."


With that, Jeff departs, first nodding farewell to Flemming.  With that he seeks out the General and Johnstone.

First seeking the General asks "Sir I hope your wounds are recovering well.  It is a shame about those Kazakh traitors.  I'm sure after this battle it won't be an issue again.  Anyway, the unit I came with is eager to learn their place in the battle plan.  If you want to pass this on to me so I can pass it onto the unit, they would appreciate it.  Or if you are up to it I'm sure they have many questions.  They are very impatient"  After speaking with the General, Jeff looks for Johnstone.

Upon finding him with the Doctor, Jeff asks for a moment of privacy away from the Doctor and medics.  "How's the face?  You look absurd with those bandages.

Anyway, have you had any word from higher lately?  Do we have any assets in place to help us out in regards to equipment for us, or strikes against Warsaw?  I've got good coordinates on several targets, although I suspect that our allies have some heavier firepower of their own.  Any more FROGs lying around, like that one we used outside of Pisz?"

This message was last edited by the player at 14:58, Wed 23 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1388 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 03:40
  • msg #192

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #191):

"I didn't say I didn't want him." Bayer replies. "Just hesitant and skeptical about the motives when any unit tries to unload someone onto another."

Bayer then changes the topic and says, "Find out what the Division plans on doing so my team can figure out how we can fit into things."

Turning to watch Jay for a moment, Bayer quickly gets the impression that the man is quiet friendly and open. The man seemed like a decent fellow all around actually. When Jay looks in his direction, Bayer nods to the Gurkha and says simply, "I am Kaptain Bayer." and waits to see what the man has to say - if anything.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 11 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 08:48
  • msg #193

Re: Wyszkow

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tuck nods and smiles, "Maybe old and slow but reliable to get you this far huh?"  He takes the Russian rifle from the Gurka and inspects it and then hands it back to him.  "You keep it for now unless someone tells you otherwise OK?  It's an American Colt forty-five with only the magazine in it but, it's full," he says as he waves him over to his rucksack where he's keeping the weapons.


Taking the Mosin Nagant back from Tucker, Jay replied, "I only use few time since I come here one month ago with my friend. Before, I have just this for many month in wood." He gestured toward the kukri knife on his belt. "I live in wood since my mission end, many month now. Enemy no find me, I sneaky!" He grinned and tapped the side of his nose.

Konrad Bayer:
Turning to watch Jay for a moment, Bayer quickly gets the impression that the man is quiet friendly and open. The man seemed like a decent fellow all around actually. When Jay looks in his direction, Bayer nods to the Gurkha and says simply, "I am Kaptain Bayer." and waits to see what the man has to say - if anything.


Hearing the German officer's greeting, Jay turned to face him. He snapped a formal salute, holding it as he spoke. "Namaste Kapitanbayer-ji. I Mrityunjay Byanjankar, Corporal, Firs Battalion, Seven Duke of Edinburgh Own Gurkha Rifle. I loyal British soldier, I fight good, I kill many enemy, I fight for you army now, help all friend go home." He held the salute until it was returned, and waited for the man's response. Hopefully he would be allowed to join the new team and leave the Russian's behind.
Craig Sutherland
player, 320 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 09:16
  • msg #194

Re: Wyszkow

Cap'n Rae:
To Craig, Krinkov explains,

"We have only two RPG launchers and a handful of rockets between them. Are you a good shot, because my men are not."


Craig shrugs his shoulders:

"I tagged two of the BTR's and missed two shots on the BMP, so I guess OK."

He seems to be deep in thought for a moment then adds:

"Could of been worse."

Craig is not smiling as he adjusts his position in his chair to favour his unwounded leg.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2305 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 09:51
  • msg #195

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Viktorya Nowak (msg #186):

Dawid didn't respond directly to Piotr.

Nevertheless, with Piotr's response about Vita's situation, Dawid's body language subtly changed. The tension between the two men ebbing away as some kind of non-verbal communication passed between them.

"See? Your boyfriend here thinks Maruisz's offer is a solid one." Dawid smiled at Piotr, then back to Vita. Piotr could tell this was more of a friendly jab, not a barbed comment meant to get under his skin.

"There's nothing I wouldn't like more than to get into a debate with you, Vita. Suffice to say, without the factors you mention it could be a lot worse."

"For the third and final time, no gun until we say so. What's it going to be?"

This message was last edited by the player at 10:05, Wed 23 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1390 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 12:52
  • msg #196

Re: Wyszkow

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
Hearing the German officer's greeting, Jay turned to face him. He snapped a formal salute, holding it as he spoke. "Namaste Kapitanbayer-ji. I Mrityunjay Byanjankar, Corporal, Firs Battalion, Seven Duke of Edinburgh Own Gurkha Rifle. I loyal British soldier, I fight good, I kill many enemy, I fight for you army now, help all friend go home." He held the salute until it was returned, and waited for the man's response. Hopefully he would be allowed to join the new team and leave the Russian's behind.


Bayer returned the salute, a gesture that suddenly felt strange and forgotten. He couldn't remember the last time he saluted somebody, having been on the go and in the field for so long now. But then again, considering how the past was blurring together, it might have been just yesterday.

"Right." Bayer replies finally. Then instead of giving the man "the new guy talk" like he had planned, Bayer suddenly changes his mind and simply offers the man his hand and says, "Welcome aboard."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 14 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 13:00
  • msg #197

Re: Wyszkow

Konrad Bayer:
"Right." Bayer replies finally. Then instead of giving the man "the new guy talk" like he had planned, Bayer suddenly changes his mind and simply offers the man his hand and says, "Welcome aboard."


Jay grasped the Kapitan's hand and shook it firmly, a wide grin spreading across his face. He bowed in head in a gesture of respect to the man who has just become his new commanding officer.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:27, Wed 23 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1392 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 13:53
  • msg #198

Re: Wyszkow

Monika Sawicki:
Monika waited until the Captain has a free moment, then tried to speak to him in English.  She held up her Doctor's bag.  "Have droogs.  Need..."  Monika couldn't think of the words, so she dug in the medical bag and pulled some wrapped gauze pads and a roll of white bandaging tape.  She displayed them for the Captain to see.  "...More"


"Hmm, field dressings, yes?" Bayer says while looking at the bandages. "I'm sure those are at least easier to come by than medicine." he adds, before realizing she probably didn't understand him.

Nodding slowly, he says, "Yes. Okay." and scratched a memo in his field message pad.

Following this, Bayer turns to Jan and says, "It's redundant to go chasing after supplies before we know of our mission, but once we do, I want you to deal with it. Alright?" He then passes him the scrap of paper. "You are now in charge of administrative requests."
This message was last edited by the player at 13:55, Wed 23 Feb 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 922 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 15:18
  • msg #199

Re: Wyszkow

Konrad Bayer:
Nodding slowly, he says, "Yes. Okay." and scratched a memo in his field message pad.

Following this, Bayer turns to Jan and says, "It's redundant to go chasing after supplies before we know of our mission, but once we do, I want you to deal with it. Alright?" He then passes him the scrap of paper. "You are now in charge of administrative requests."

"Thanks!" Jan replied a little sourly.  "How much time do you think we have before we need to move out?"
Robert Flemming
player, 6 posts
American
CIA
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 16:07
  • msg #200

Re: Wyszkow

Jan Cerny:
Jan lit a cigarette and offered Flemming a drag.  Just one, enough to take the edge off the nicotine craving.  He smoked the rest himself.

He smiled at the American's comment.  "You are not a weapon specialist as you say.  That round is the round fired by the Makarov pistol amongst others and the SMG I have is often called the Polish Uzi.  Therefore it is not uncommon in Poland, though the mags I need may be rare amongst the 10th."


He took a deep drag. "Lord, those bloody Polish cigaretts." But he smiled and took another nip of his tea. "Yeah, you're right." he said to Jan. "The good old Polish Uzi. I meant it could uncommon here among the 10th."

When the supply officer arrived, Rob turned to him with a small sheet of paper from his writing pad. "Good to see you sir. I've got a short list what Mr. Warren needs. And we need some ammo 9x18. 120 rounds, if possible."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 23 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 23 Feb 2011
at 20:56
  • msg #201

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Viktorya Nowak (msg #186):

Piotr was suddenly aware Vita was looking at him for support. Something he couldn't give. The fact that she'd made a decision to negotiate over a direct order only made her position worse. He wondered if she really didn't see that.

“Sorry Viktoria, it's Dawid's decision. Even if I thought it unwise for any combatant to walk around unarmed, it beats the usual penalty for your actions. Be it out of panic or otherwise.”

“Mariusz is a good boy, I completely trust him and so should you. You do what you do best, do your tinkering and I'm sure you'll be able to redeem yourself.”


After these words his eyes rested on her waiting for her to reply to Dawid's lingering question.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2306 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 07:14
  • msg #202

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Piotr Pawlowski (msg #201):

Dawid nodded his thanks to Piotr.

"Only not just my decision. Konrad's, too, which I support. You let me know what you want to do, okay? I have other things to attend to so I must take my leave."

"Oh yes, Vita, should you decide to stay then please look into the battery situation."


Leaving Vita and Piotr with a nod, he sought out the Russian quartermaster, and procured a backpack for all personnel in the unit that needed one, which was basically all personnel in the unit.

He then sought out Konrad.

"Kaptain, I can report that Vita's not happy with being disarmed, but I made it clear that was her only option. She may or may not stay, her choice. I am happy to say Piotr supports this course. I gather he was the section leader under the Baron, but I believe he's going to fit into our unit nicely, he shows initiative and cares for his people. Qualities to note for the future."

When I can, I will reorganise the unit. Any suggestions or recommendations? Or will you have Jan do this?"

"At any rate, I advocate we don't wait for the Baron to strike. Using the truck and one or more wagons we can pull many people... slowly."

"Also, if no one has contacted the Queen to make a report, let's do that now."


If no one had contacted the Queen that day, he takes care of that immediately. He asks around for the best radio operator, including the present personnel, the Russians, and the team's new personnel. He guesses it's Warren but wants to make sure!
This message was last edited by the player at 07:18, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1396 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 12:43
  • msg #203

Re: Wyszkow

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kaptain, I can report that Vita's not happy with being disarmed, but I made it clear that was her only option. She may or may not stay, her choice. I am happy to say Piotr supports this course. I gather he was the section leader under the Baron, but I believe he's going to fit into our unit nicely, he shows initiative and cares for his people. Qualities to note for the future."

When I can, I will reorganise the unit. Any suggestions or recommendations? Or will you have Jan do this?"

"At any rate, I advocate we don't wait for the Baron to strike. Using the truck and one or more wagons we can pull many people... slowly."

"Also, if no one has contacted the Queen to make a report, let's do that now."


Bayer nods and replies, "Well... keep an eye on her, as long as she is here anyway. Also, perhaps the 10th can accomodate her and take her on in some capacity - a support position or something."

"Hold off on the reorganizing. That'll happen once we know what our objective is first."
Bayer then pauses, and adds, "I have a feeling you are going to want the Polish contingent to be in one group, under yourself?"

Finally he says, "I would like to act now as well, before we lose the initiative. Only waiting to see what the General has to say, but after that we can get started. And yes, try to see if someone can setup a directional antenna for our radio."

"And the batteries!"
he reminds him.

Turning to Jeff, Bayer then says, "We need to see the General."
This message was last edited by the player at 12:45, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 936 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 13:06
  • msg #204

Re: Wyszkow

"Konrad," Jan interjected.  "After I have spoken to the 10th's Quartermaster, and while you and Jeff speak to the General, I am going to go and talk to the Mayor to get some idea of the strength of the village militia.  I will also see if they have anything worth trading for.  Is that ok?  I will take some of the Poles with me, particularly Monika as her medical skills might help the villagers stay friendly.  If we need to leave soon then we can be back quickly."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1397 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 13:12
  • msg #205

Re: Wyszkow

Jan Cerny:
"Is that ok?  I will take some of the Poles with me, particularly Monika as her medical skills might help the villagers stay friendly.  If we need to leave soon then we can be back quickly."


Bayer shakes his head in agreement, "Yes. Good idea."
Jan Cerny
player, 937 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 13:21
  • msg #206

Re: Wyszkow

"Ok," Jan announced to everyone else still present.  "I am going to see the 10th's Quartermaster briefly before going into the village to speak to the Mayor to find out more about the village and whether there is anything worth trading for.  It would also be good to find out more about the village militia.  Anyone is welcome to come along but I would like Monika and Jay to join me for certain.  Monika, it is possible that the villagers have a need for medical advice, though the 10th may have already done that, and Jay, I assume that you know your way around?  Anyone coming, we leave in twenty minutes."

Jan then repeated himself in Polish to ensure that everyone understood.

Before he left to go and see the 10th's Quartermaster Jan gave the satchel with Alexei's code books and maps in it to Konrad.  If Konrad was going to see the General then that might be the right time to share that intel.  That was for Konrad to decide though.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:58, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 20 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 13:48
  • msg #207

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #206):

"Please to come with you, mister..." he tailed off, as Jan had not yet introduced himself. "If I am leave here I must return rifle," indicating the Mosin Nagant on his shoulder. "We see quartermaster, then we go to village. I know way, I have map." At the last he tapped the side of his head, indicating that the map was in his head.

Turning back to Tuck, he said, "excuse please mister Tuck-ji. I will take the AIMS-74 if you spare." Once Tuck has handed it over he continued, "dhanybhad, thank you." He then quickly checked the weapon to make sure it was serviceable, and that the mag was correctly fitted. Finally, he checked the safety was on, before holding it by the foregrip, in a non-threatening manner.

Once Jan and the others were ready he said, "follow please, we go."
This message was last edited by the player at 16:41, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1399 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 13:53
  • msg #208

Re: Wyszkow

Before Jan leaves, Bayer says to him, as a friendly jab, "Field dressings."
Jan Cerny
player, 939 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 13:57
  • msg #209

Re: Wyszkow

"That was one of the key things I wanted to sort out and is part of the reason I am taking Monika," Jan replied to Konrad's prompt.  "I am also going to give Monika the medic bag and supplies that Anneka gave me before we left the boat.  I am not a very good medic and Monika has proved herself."

Jan realised that he hadn't introduced himelf to the new recruit.  "I am Jan Cerny," he replied in accented English, offering his hand in greeting to Jay and stressing that his first name was pronounced Yahn"Formerly a Sergent Chef in the FFL.  Dawid, Tuck and I are the Capitaine's NCOs."
This message was last edited by the player at 14:03, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 887 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 14:12
  • msg #210

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz looked over at Vita and said, "Come with me, the more useful you are the sooner you'll get your guns back."

He walked over to the Kaptain and said, "Sir, permission to try to fix up the motorcycle first. If we can't raise the Krowola from here we might be able to use it to get a radio closer to the tug."

He paused and said, "May I also draw a second weapon to issue to Vita if I deem it absolutly necessary for her survival? I've been without a gun in this world, Sir, and I don't ever want to be again. She's too pretty to last long without either a minder or a gun. I wouldn't give it too her unless our lives were under threat but I'd rather have the option than not, Sir."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 21 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 14:12
  • msg #211

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #209):

Jay took Jan's hand and shook it, again beaming a big smile. "Namaste, Yahn-ji." These people certainly seemed a lot more friendly than the Russians. As Jan continued a look of puzzlement overtook Jay's face. "You no look like cook."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1401 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 14:34
  • msg #212

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz Tokarski:
He walked over to the Kaptain and said, "Sir, permission to try to fix up the motorcycle first. If we can't raise the Krowola from here we might be able to use it to get a radio closer to the tug."


"Alright." Bayer agrees, "See what you can do. We might not have much time though."

After hesitating, Bayer looks at Dawid and then quietly addresses the second request, "If there are no objections from any of the NCOs then it may be permitted. A pistol only... and keep it unloaded with the magazine in a separate pocket. Then upon returning the pistol is to be turned back in."
Monika Sawicki
player, 96 posts
Polish
Medic
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 14:54
  • msg #213

Re: Wyszkow

     Monika examined the remaining supplies in her Doctor's bag.  After the 10th's Doctor had helped himself to what was in it earlier, there wasn't a lot left over.  Monika suspected that a few antibiotic and painkilling tablets had gone into the Doctor's pockets as "payment" for treating Johnstone's wounds.  Fortunately, he didn't go near Monika's backpack.  It would have been at best... uncomfortable... to have to explain why she would have shot him... several times... in the head.

     The medic heard the mission being given out.  Maybe she could use this as an opportunity to scrounge locate and salvage some items that the team could use.  She walked over to Mariusz.  Happy to be using a language she knew, she spoke to him.  "Would you ask the Captain if I could borrow Vita to help me?  She could help me with the villagers."
This message was last edited by the player at 15:25, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2308 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 15:58
  • msg #214

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #210):

Dawid cocked his head and replied to Konrad. "Ha, the batteries? I'll see if Vita can rig something up. So far, no luck for me or the Russians."

He shook his head as Mariusz requested a weapon for Vita.

"No need to carry something for her, if it comes to that then we'll issue her a weapon at that time."

"Also, if she's staying her priority is to get a battery charger set up. That is her main priority, that and maintaining the truck. I hope that's clear."



OOC: I know the Russians don't have a charger, can they rig one up? Sorry, I can't recall if this was settled or not, thanks!
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 888 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 16:05
  • msg #215

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz listened to Dawid and then replied, "So if I'm off with her and we get into a situation where she needs a gun, I'm to return to the unit and request one from stores, got it."

Maybe I'll just shoot her on the spot to save her any further pain, Mariusz thought.

He heard Monika's request and said, "The Kaptain's tasked us with fixing the motorcycle first. If you set up your aid station nest to where we work I can help you with the villagers as well as help Vita. Before you go, you might want to request the .45 pistol, I know your gun is only for self defence but if it jams you might want back up. It's an idea, take it or leave it."
Minh Quyen
player, 553 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 16:19
  • msg #216

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #215):

"I'll go with you." Quyen says. She then lights up one of her smokes and takes a count of those remaining in the waterproof case, eight. "Whenever you are ready."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 22 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 16:37
  • msg #217

Re: Wyszkow

Jay approached the Quartermaster and returned the rifle and ammunition he had been issued. He didn't feel the need to say anything. The man had been very rude when he had reluctantly given Jay the ancient weapon, so he was glad to be rid of him.

Returned to QM:
Mosin-Nagant Model 1891/30
25x 7.62mmR rounds

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2212 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 16:48
  • msg #218

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff D. Warren:
First seeking the General asks "Sir I hope your wounds are recovering well.  It is a shame about those Kazakh traitors.  I'm sure after this battle it won't be an issue again.  Anyway, the unit I came with is eager to learn their place in the battle plan.  If you want to pass this on to me so I can pass it onto the unit, they would appreciate it.  Or if you are up to it I'm sure they have many questions.  They are very impatient"  After speaking with the General, Jeff looks for Johnstone.


The general, resting in bed in the mayor's large house, is cleary agitated.

"They are impatient? We can't sit around here much longer. The men are literally beginning to starve. Even men I was sure would remain loyal are deserting. We are getting weaker and I suspect this Baron fool is gaining strength from our losses. He must know how weak we are now. I can't make this more clear. Your friends say they have an armored tug. Where is it? They ask for much and offer little. They talk and talk and it leads nowhere! We need that food, Mr. Warren. We will attack tomorrow, one way or another."

Jeff D. Warren:
Upon finding him with the Doctor, Jeff asks for a moment of privacy away from the Doctor and medics.  "How's the face?  You look absurd with those bandages.

Anyway, have you had any word from higher lately?  Do we have any assets in place to help us out in regards to equipment for us, or strikes against Warsaw?  I've got good coordinates on several targets, although I suspect that our allies have some heavier firepower of their own.  Any more FROGs lying around, like that one we used outside of Pisz?"


Johnstone chuckles at the memory of the mushroom cloud over Pisz. Capturing one of Ivan's own tac-nukes and then using it against him was one of their finest moments as a team.

His speech is still somewhat slurred, but it's much clearer now after receiving treatment from the 10th's medical officer.

"HQ is wooling out an airdwop vif clofe to Wawfaw. Dey have duh bird, but dey don wanna wisk it. Dey've pwomised an airdwop aftuh we take duh fity. Bwilliant, eh? I keep tewwing dem dat we're wosing the Tenf, but dey're not budgin'."
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:50, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Viktorya Nowak
NPC, 44 posts
Russian
Deserter
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 17:00
  • msg #219

Re: Wyszkow


Vita spits "This is bullshit, Piotr! And you know it!" before stalking off with Mariusz. He seems like a good kid, but all boys are the same, especially at his age- sooner or later he'd make his first clumsy, dick-brained move on her, and then what? Her sambo was pretty good...

She pops the hood on the old Ural and finds the alternator.

"I need some wires."
This message was last edited by the player at 17:00, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2215 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 17:01
  • msg #220

Re: Wyszkow


A cry goes up around the town.

"Tanks! Tanks are coming up the road!"

This morning just keeps getting better and better.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:02, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1402 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 17:07
  • msg #221

Re: Wyszkow

Cap'n Rae:
The general, resting in bed in the mayor's large house, is cleary agitated.

"They are impatient? We can't sit around here much longer. The men are literally beginning to starve. Even men I was sure would remain loyal are deserting. We are getting weaker and I suspect this Baron fool is gaining strength from our losses. He must know how weak we are now. I can't make this more clear. Your friends say they have an armored tug. Where is it? They ask for much and offer little. They talk and talk and it leads nowhere! We need that food, Mr. Warren. We will attack tomorrow, one way or another."


Standing next to Jeff, Bayer says as diplomatically as possible, "With respect General, everyone is talking - except for you. And you are the voice I need to hear before I can start issuing any orders."

"We are going to try to reestablish radio contact with our gunboat and militia allies to the south. And you will be informed immediately when that happens. Which can be in as little as twenty minutes if you have a signaller to assist us."

Bayer then says, "In the meantime General, my team is nearly ready except for some minor administrative issues."

"I want, I need, to know about your input into your division's involvement in the attack. I can't plan without knowing what your intentions are. My team will be able to infiltrate and attack point targets, but your force plays too huge a role to go ahead and plan without your input first."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1404 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 17:46
  • msg #222

Re: Wyszkow

Leaving the General's side, Bayer races back to the rest of the team, shouting, "Fall in for battle..."

"Assault One, Tucker, Quyen, Mariusz and Matias."

"Assault Two, Jan, Sutherland, Warren and Jay."

"Support (MG/Sniper) Dawid, Piotr, Teo, Janis, Lech. Teo grab that RPK-74 and some ammo."

"Headquarters, myself, Flemming, Sawiki and Nowak (medic asst.)."


Bayer then looks to whoever sounded the alarm and tries to find out which direction is the enemy approaching from and how many are there.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:24, Thu 24 Feb 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 889 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 18:08
  • msg #223

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz heard his officer's call and said, "Looks like life has caught up with us again, let's move it."

He rallied to his position and checked his gun, "Sergeant," he said to Dawid, "does this count as a situation where Vita gets a gun or should I instruct her to use harsh language against the tanks?"
Jan Cerny
player, 942 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 24 Feb 2011
at 22:52
  • msg #224

Re: Wyszkow

Konrad had issued squad assignments so Jan went into full NCO mode.  He gave Teo the RPK-74 with ten 30 round mags for it, Jay the Romanian AIMS-74 with seven 30 round mags and Flemming the AKS-74U with five 30 round mags.  It appeared that Konrad had forgotten the other CIA man Flemming so Jan also gave him the PRC-77 Manpack Radio that Dieter had carried previously and then dragged him over to Konrad.

"Konrad, we seem to have Flemming with us as well.  I've given him the spare manpack radio as well as a carbine.  He can operate as a dedicated radio operator for you if you need him to."

Jan then rushed over to the 10th's Quartermaster and pointed to the pile of 7.62x39mm weapons and ammo that had been piled in a corner.  He spoke in Polish or English, whichever the Russian understood best.  "They are for the 10th.  Issue them as you need them.  If you have any rockets for an RPG-7 or any other AT weapons you can give us we must have them now!  We will go tank hunting I believe!"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2217 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 02:49
  • msg #225

Re: Wyszkow


You move quickly, south along the main road through Wyszkow, towards the rumoured approaching armor. Those of you with binoculars or rifle scopes find good vantage points with clear LOS and peer down the road. Through the early morning haze you spot the offending "tank".

There it is- the Baron's PTSM. You've seen it before. It creaks to a stop over a kilometer away and a greeting booms towards you across the fields from a powerful loudspeaker. You can't understand more than a few words of what is said but it's not for lack of volume.

The 10th TD's quartermaster followed you from your billet and he translates for you (through one of the party's Russian speakers).

"It's Kazakh. It's one of the deserters. He's saying, 'Come join us. The Baron is a honorable man. There is much to eat and warm lodgings waiting in Warsaw. He has told us to tell you that tonight is your last chance. Tomorrow, the Baron will destroy all who remain. No quarter will be given. He has tanks and artillery- we have seen them. You don't have to die. Come, join us. You will be well treated. We have suffered enough. The Americans have given us nothing. The Baron is our true friend. If you don't leave by tomorrow at dawn, we can't save you. Goodbye, brothers. We hope to see you soon. Er, that is all."

The PTSM spins on its tracks and clanks off towards Warsaw.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:58, Fri 25 Feb 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2310 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 04:10
  • msg #226

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #222):

"Yes sir."

He called out in Polish,

"Piotr, Lech, Teo, Woj. On me!"

"Woj, you're my assistant with the PKM so grab the ammo. Teo, you're on the RPK-74. Piotr, you're our spotter."


After a short jog they got into position where they could pour flanking fire on any dismounts, but that didn't appear to be necessary. Dawid debated checking in on the radio but decided against it, instead locating himself close to Konrad so the support element could be more easily directed by the Kaptain.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 25 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 08:28
  • msg #227

Re: Wyszkow

Cap'n Rae:
A cry goes up around the town.

"Tanks! Tanks are coming up the road!"

This morning just keeps getting better and better.

Next Moves?


As the cry went out Jay quickly stuffed the magazines into his webbing, even though they were an awkward fit for his British PLCE, and stowed the rest of his new kit as best he could. Hearing the Kapitan's order he joined up with Jan, Craig and Warren, with his new weapon ready.

Finding good cover he scanned for signs of activity, first with his eyes then using his newly acquired binoculars. He spotted the tank in question. As the loudspeaker belched forth it's propaganda, he listened to the translated version, and did his best to follow it.

The message seemed to be the usual rhetoric, stay and you will die, desert and you will live. Not subtle or clever, but could be effective. Turning to his team, he said, "he lie! He bandar ko chaak!"

OOC - Rae, any chance of a new map?
This message was last edited by the player at 08:29, Fri 25 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 322 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 09:30
  • msg #228

Re: Wyszkow


Craig rose from his chair and cast a glance towards the supply officer. He made a move towards the man then turned and followed the other members of the team. He muttered under his breath "Never enough bloody time."

He made a gimace when he saw what the "tank" was;

"You know what my friends I will at some soon stage take great joy in blowing that bloody thing off it tracks."

"It looks like we are going to have to make a move sooner then later. That is bloody convincing even though it is untrue. The new recruit probably has a gun to his head and the rest of his fellow traitors are in a heap behind him."

He raises his field glasses and tries to spot any other personnel.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
"he lie! He bandar ko chaak!"


Without lowering his glasses he says:

"In the land of mad people, there are insane rituals."
This message was last edited by the player at 09:31, Fri 25 Feb 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 890 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 11:21
  • msg #229

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz joined Tucker, his team leader and said, "So, looks like the Baron's come to us. Nice of him to save us the walk. How do you think this will go down? I presume we're going to wait til dark and mount a fighting recce patrol. Find out what the Baron's got and cause as much carnage as we can. Damn, I love it when a plan comes together."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 227 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 13:47
  • msg #230

Re: Wyszkow

Turning to the others, Jeff says worriedly "His argument although false is very convincing.  We need to address the 10th and keep them from deserting.  You who've fought with him need to tell them of the horrors you've seen, which you have seen whether you like it or not.  We need to convince them that they will be treated like garbage if they join the Baron, whereas if we liberate the city we will be treated as heroes.

Additionally, we have been promised an air drop once the city is secure.  I'm not sure what will be on it, but we can sort that out after the fight."


Jeff tells the General "Sir, you need to address your troops.  The NATO unit I've been with has some deserters from the Baron's forces.  They will back up the tails of his horrors."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2218 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 19:39
  • msg #231

Re: Wyszkow


The men of the 10th are rounded up by their Russian officers and senior NCOs and brought to the village square. With some help, the General climbs atop a permanently parked car and addresses all of those within earshot. His speech, although somewhat long-winded, is rousing. Although you have yet to see him lead his men in battle, you appreciate Koronev's motivational speaking as top-notch.

The defectors from the Baron's army are introduced, and a few of them share a a couple of choice low-lights from their experience in his service. The part about the primacy of the veteran Poles and Ukranians in the Black Legion seems particularly persuasive. By the end of the impromptu rally, most of the Kazakhs seem molified, if not convinced. From the rally, you proceed to the modest town hall. The General is there, along with his senior officers. Johnstone is there too- he looks like he's got a bad case of the mumps.

"We must attack today. We can't wait for this tug of yours. Hell, we can't wait until tomorrow. I don't know how much good our little dog and pony show did. I'm afraid we'll lose even more men tonight to desertion. We must give them something to do, something to fight for. We must take the fight to the enemy. I want you to scout ahead and find targets for the 120mm mortars. According to our intelligence, there is a toll station south of here on the main highway. We'll start there. If the Baron really is preparing an attack for tomorrow, it's likely that his forces are beginning to mass there. Once the Baron's forces have been softened up, we will attack in force. We'll start there and continue to fight until we've taken Warsaw or been killed trying.

"That is, unless you have a better plan?"



Next Moves?
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 26 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 20:14
  • msg #232

Re: Wyszkow

Luckily Piotr didn't get much time to think about Vita's outburst as it only angered him.

When Bayer came back he had already picked up his rifle and gear. Listening to the Captain's orders he quickly fell in at Dawid's side. As by the pluto's orders Piotr quickly searched for the best observation spot to set up. Soon he put his eye to the scope, scanning for possible other movement, inwardly wishing the ugly vehicle to come just a little closer.

Although his Russian was not that strong the combination of the words honorable and Baron so close in the same sentence forced a moment of sarcasm to surface.

“Yeah, I'm sure he'll honorably put a bullet in your back the moment you take him up on that offer.” he voiced to no one in particular.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1033 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 25 Feb 2011
at 22:36
  • msg #233

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz joined Tucker, his team leader and said, "So, looks like the Baron's come to us. Nice of him to save us the walk. How do you think this will go down? I presume we're going to wait til dark and mount a fighting recce patrol. Find out what the Baron's got and cause as much carnage as we can. Damn, I love it when a plan comes together."

Tucker takes out one of his cigars and lights it, drawing on it until the whole thing is fully lit.  He turns to Mariusz, "It's been coming Mari.  We've been messing with him for long enough now, and I guess he's had enough.  Can't blame him really, we did do a number on his troops in a short amount of time.  Now, we're faced with either shitting or getting off the pot as they say.

I think that the leader of the 10th is going to try and talk to everyone because we're almost out of food and the desertions are going to continue if we don't act now.  He's just forcing our hand a little earlier than we would've liked.  We might be up for reecein' some of his areas for targets of opportunity.  I don't think our anti-tank capacity is all that great either."

Robert Flemming
player, 7 posts
American
CIA
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 06:28
  • msg #234

Re: Wyszkow

Rob got his new SMG and was then interrupted by the loud alarm "Tanks Tanks".
Is he attacking right now? was his first thought.
Everybody knew what to do, except Rob. Finaly he had a radio and was standing next to the German Captain. He looked at the radio and smilied because of this odd and old communication-"thing".

The words from the loudspeacker were clear for him. Therefore he didn't listened to the quartermaster. "Nice man, the baron." he said more to himself than to anyother.

In the town hall Rob listened carefully to Jeff and the General.
Then, a small flash of inspiration appeared. He turned to Jeff and whispered. "Sir, I have got some pictures of mass graves. I collected them on a recce mission a few months ago. Well, it's not a problem to say that these are deflectors, killed by the baron. Isn't it a good argument?

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 26 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 09:02
  • msg #235

Re: Wyszkow

After the rallying call from the General, things seemed to settle, for a while at least. Jay quickly returned to his original billet and gathered the last of his belongings, which didn't exactly take long. Once back with the squad heapproached approached Jan, wondering if the shopping trip to the village was still going to happen. "We go village now?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 323 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 10:04
  • msg #236

Re: Wyszkow


Seeing Jan Craig walks over and asks:

"Mind if I tag along on your shopping trip ?"

If there are no objections Craig will join Jan and Jay as they go to the village.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2313 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 10:08
  • msg #237

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #231):

“Yeah, I'm sure he'll honorably put a bullet in your back the moment you take him up on that offer.” he voiced to no one in particular.

Dawid replied, "too right, I doubt the Baron has much use for foreigners any more!"

When the situation looked like it wasn't going to explode, he sighed with relief. "Okay, let's get back. We've got work to do. Piotr, please stay on Vita, it's important we get those batteries charged, and the truck gets any maintenance it needs."

He finds the Kaptain talking with the General at the town hall. He translates, as necessary.

"This is an empty country, we could merely move out of the way of his blow. But you know? I think the time is right to strike. I'll organise the team with that in mind.

"Also, General, I offer my expertise as an artillerist. I'm one of the best there are, and I'm an expert with the 120mm mortar."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 891 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 10:41
  • msg #238

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz nodded at Tuck's assessment, "Well, I'm ready to go. I have one 40mm grenade left, a few grenades and plenty of ammo. I wonder if the 10th have any AT mines? They might be useful if we can get in close."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 27 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 14:28
  • msg #239

Re: Wyszkow

As requested by Dawid Piotr, followed by both Lech and Teo,  accompanied Vita back to the Ural. He still didn’t feel like talking to the Russian girl who, according to him, had crossed the line when she’d started to question and argue every single decision made by both of them.  He was sure she’d do it again if he gave her that opportunity.

Half way there though, a messenger reached up to the group. The captain needed someone to convey the true nature of the Baron to the men of the 10th. The three poles quickly decided Piotr’s storytelling and motivational skills were probably best suited for this.

“Lech, make sure Nowak  gets those batteries charged and the truck going. I’ll come and check in as soon as I’m finished.” He said while looking from Lech to Vita. “Lech and I go back a few years so don’t even think of arguing. Get the bateries charged and I'll put in a good word for you” He completed sternly before the Russian girl could interrupt.

After that he was off to the village square to inform the Kazakhs of the Baron’s true nature.
Monika Sawicki
player, 97 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 18:06
  • msg #240

Re: Wyszkow

     Monika was as ready as she could be for what the unit was going to do.  She stayed near the Captain, following him around as he did what he was doing.
Jan Cerny
player, 947 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 21:51
  • msg #241

Re: Wyszkow

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
Once back with the squad heapproached approached Jan, wondering if the shopping trip to the village was still going to happen. "We go village now?"

Jan nodded to Jay's question and then to Craig's request to join any trip to the village.  "I am not sure," he replied.  "It depends on when we are setting out."

He walked over to Konrad.  "Capitane.  What is the plan?  Are we leaving now or in a little while?"

Noticing Monika standing near to Konrad Jan slipped the medic bag that Anneka had given him from over his shoulder and passed it over to her.  Switching to Polish he explained.  "You are a much better medic than I.  I hope that you do not need to use the contents!"
Jeff D. Warren
player, 230 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 26 Feb 2011
at 23:40
  • msg #242

Re: Wyszkow

He whispers back to Rob "Excellent idea.  Show them to any you can, and let them know precisely what the costs are."

Next overhearing Craig and Jan, he says
"You're not going to find anything in the village that the 10th hasn't already scavenged.  We're leaving soon anyway.  As for the batteries, I may be able to rig something up, but we're best using the Comms officer if he's free.  I can help you translate."

As Johnstone, the General, Konrad and the others discuss plans, Jeff asks in English and Russian "It is a good plan, and I agree that we must leave immediately.  Am I to assume I will accompany the NATO unit? Or do you want me with some of the men?[the 10th]".
This message was last edited by the player at 23:41, Sat 26 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 325 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 00:58
  • msg #243

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff D. Warren:
Next overhearing Craig and Jan, he says
"You're not going to find anything in the village that the 10th hasn't already scavenged.  We're leaving soon anyway.  As for the batteries, I may be able to rig something up, but we're best using the Comms officer if he's free.  I can help you translate."


"Very true, but we can have a snoop around if we have the time. We also need to swing by the supply officers place to see if we can pick up some of the RPG grenades and anything else he has lying around."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1412 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 03:12
  • msg #244

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff D. Warren:
As Johnstone, the General, Konrad and the others discuss plans, Jeff asks in English and Russian "It is a good plan, and I agree that we must leave immediately.  Am I to assume I will accompany the NATO unit? Or do you want me with some of the men?[the 10th]".


After briefly conferring with the General, Bayer answers Warren's question, "I need you with us. I'm already down a man with Vita, as she will be staying behind."

"We will be conducting two recce patrols to the north of the city. I just need something else answered before I issue orders."


Bayer then adds, "We still have a couple hours before departure though. We need things like the battery situation dealt with first. See if you can use your influence would you? Perhaps even a RPG on loan?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2315 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 03:47
  • msg #245

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #244):

Dawid added, "I should say that Mister Fleming's idea of counteracting the Baron's message among the troops with our own is a valuable one."

"Also, do not fear, the batteries are being dealt with."

Monika Sawicki
player, 98 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 06:01
  • msg #246

Re: Wyszkow

Jan Cerny:
Noticing Monika standing near to Konrad Jan slipped the medic bag that Anneka had given him from over his shoulder and passed it over to her.  Switching to Polish he explained.  "You are a much better medic than I.  I hope that you do not need to use the contents!"


     Monika recognized the bag for what it was.  She took a quick look at the contents.  Tears welled up in her eyes as she spoke in Polish, "Thank you for this.  I will use this to help others.  It will not go to waste.  Again, thank you."

     After Jan left, Monika discretely placed two items of hers in the space left by the already used medical supplies.  There was plenty of remaining room in the bag, since a kilo of medical supplies takes up a lot more space than a PB/6P9 pistol and a full spare magazine.
Robert Flemming
player, 8 posts
American
CIA
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 08:26
  • msg #247

Re: Wyszkow

Before he started to leave for his tiny "propaganda-mission" he stayed and listened to the plan of recce mission.

"Captain," Rob interrupts "Does the 10th have no batteries or is their price to high?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 892 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 08:30
  • msg #248

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz thought about the issue of the armour that they might be facing and realised that their chances of getting anything useful from the stupid Russians was something near to fuck all squared. He spoke to Tuck and said, "Something we might think about is draining some of the fuel from the truck into glass bottles and adding some of the liquid soap from Dieter's wash kit. That way we'll have fire bombs to use if we get in a tight spot."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1035 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 12:59
  • msg #249

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz thought about the issue of the armour that they might be facing and realised that their chances of getting anything useful from the stupid Russians was something near to fuck all squared. He spoke to Tuck and said, "Something we might think about is draining some of the fuel from the truck into glass bottles and adding some of the liquid soap from Dieter's wash kit. That way we'll have fire bombs to use if we get in a tight spot."

"If you want to see to that Mari and can find the containers, I'm all for it," Tucker says to Mariusz.  "The new guy, Jay the Gurka, said he was good at AT weapons I'm sure if we could get our hands on some, he might be one to give one too, if they're in a trustn' mood like that already!"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 893 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 16:15
  • msg #250

Re: Wyszkow

"On it," Mariusz said.

He walked over to Jay and said, "Hello, my name is Mariusz and I've been with this outfit for a while. I am pleased to meet you, I've only ever met one other person from your part of the world. His name was Sanjay and he worked on steam trains. Did you know him? He left us for a bunch of nubile young widows," he paused and thought about it, "in fact he was probably the biggest winner we've had so far. Anyway, I hope our time together is long, fruitful and lead free. I'm looking for glass bottles, seeing as this lot are Russsian they've probably been guzzling anything remotely related to booze so there should be no shortage of empties. Do you know where they might be kept or dumped?"
Jeff D. Warren
player, 232 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 27 Feb 2011
at 19:54
  • msg #251

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff turns to the group "Before you go on your little trip to the village, one of you should come with me to see the communications officer.  That way we can get in contact with your allies to the south."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2317 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 28 Feb 2011
at 05:36
  • msg #252

Re: Wyszkow

Robert Flemming:
Before he started to leave for his tiny "propaganda-mission" he stayed and listened to the plan of recce mission.

"Captain," Rob interrupts "Does the 10th have no batteries or is their price to high?"


He answered Fleming's question, as this had already come up.

"I already talked to the 10th's Quartermaster. "They have batteries, but no way to charge them with no vehicles or generator. Once Vita rigs the alternator like she says, we can charge our batteries and their batteries, too. That reminds me, I should see how that's going."

Jeff D. Warren:
Jeff turns to the group "Before you go on your little trip to the village, one of you should come with me to see the communications officer.  That way we can get in contact with your allies to the south."


"Please, let me see if Vita's getting on with the job of recharging the b batteries, then I'll help you with the radio."

Dawid went over to Vita and the truck. Apparently, all she wanted was some wire. "Here." he handed her some wire. "Please continue, I have to go check on the radio now."
This message was last edited by the player at 09:53, Mon 28 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 326 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 28 Feb 2011
at 07:16
  • msg #253

Re: Wyszkow


Once the ruckass had died down Craig made his way back to the room where the planning was being undertaken. He approached the supply officer and offered to help move the arms and ammunition with him and to have a look at the anti-tank grenades and launchers.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 29 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 28 Feb 2011
at 08:19
  • msg #254

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz Tokarski:
He walked over to Jay and said, "Hello, my name is Mariusz and I've been with this outfit for a while. I am pleased to meet you, I've only ever met one other person from your part of the world. His name was Sanjay and he worked on steam trains. Did you know him? He left us for a bunch of nubile young widows," he paused and thought about it, "in fact he was probably the biggest winner we've had so far. Anyway, I hope our time together is long, fruitful and lead free. I'm looking for glass bottles, seeing as this lot are Russsian they've probably been guzzling anything remotely related to booze so there should be no shortage of empties. Do you know where they might be kept or dumped?"


Jay laughed. "Namaste Mariusz-ji. I know many Sanjay, but I no think any of them work on train." He looked thoughtful for a moment. "Russians no recycle very good. Dirty people. Maybe look for bottle over by mess." He gestured towards the mess area that the 10th had used as a food prep and serving area. It was no Michelin star restaurant, but it was probably the best place to look for empties.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 234 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 28 Feb 2011
at 14:17
  • msg #255

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff waits for Dawid, and then leads the man to the 10th's Communications officer.  He speaks to Dawid as they walk away
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 894 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 28 Feb 2011
at 16:28
  • msg #256

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz smiled at Jay, "Great thinking, I'll have a look now, don't let them start the war without me."

He trotted off to the back of the mess to pick through the rubbish to find unbroken bottles. The whole process reminded him of when doing this was the only way to eat, even getting shot at was better than that.

Mariusz
Digging through rubbish
Looking for bottles

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2222 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 28 Feb 2011
at 23:30
  • msg #257

Re: Wyszkow


Throughout the day, preparations continue, ableit very slowly, to launch a reconaissance operation to pinpoint the Baron's nearest significant position/force and call down 120mm mortar fire on it, in advance of a general attack by the 250 or so remaining effectives of the turncoat 10th TD.

Dawid supplies Vita with the wires she needs to rig up a battery recharger using the old Ural's alternator. Her lips say "thank you" but her tone of voice and body language clearly translate as "fuck you". Regardless of her poor attitude, she succeeds in rigging up a functioning recharger. The process of recharging the party's radio and NVG batteries is a slow one- it takes rearly all day to take care of them all- and Warren's R-392 radio set's battery and Dawid's Pn-14K NVG batteries are completely ruined during the process. The batteries now contain more juice, but likely at the expense of their longevity.

OOC: Current battery charges/capacitues- link to a message in this game

In exchange for the weapons and ammo that you donated to the 10th, the unit's supply officer furnishes you with combat packs, assorted Soviet LBE items (including one jerry-rigged 'Afghan'-Style chest harness), 1 RPG-7D (collapsable) launcher and four RPG-7 HEAT rockets.

Warren tries to raise the Queen using Johnstone's fancy satellite radio. He has no luck, but the division's senior coms officer- he looks not a day over 20- manages to get through to the Queen.

It's now just an hour or so before dark.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:46, Mon 28 Feb 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 327 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 08:15
  • msg #258

Re: Wyszkow


Craig got up to leave with the supply officer. Then stops and turns, he pulls something out of his webbing and places it on the table.

”This is the rest of the ammunition we took from the cavalry unit. Its mostly Russian and some .45 auto*. Jan I think its nearly all 9x18mmB from the machine pistols. We should probably give any that is left to the 10th.”

45ACP – 14 rounds
9x18mmR - 72 rounds
7.62x25mmB - 16 rounds

Once the supply officer hands over the RPG-7 he gives one launcher and two of the anti-tank grenades to Jay. He also rummages in the large pouch on the back of his PLCE and hands him a RKG-3 AT Grenade.

”It was from a fellow British solider.”

Then with a serious look on his face Craig adds;

”If you are close enough to use it we will be right royalty fucked.”

He then walks back to the others and helps out with prep and planning wherever he can.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 31 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 10:59
  • msg #259

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #258):

Jay happily accepted the new kit he had been issued - the afghan-style harness, the AT grenade, the RPG launcher and 2 rockets. To make room, he stowed the Uzi in his rucksack, and rearranged the rest of his kit on his webbing so it was comfortable.

OOC - if anyone wants the Uzi I am happy to hand it over. Otherwise, I will keep it in my pack for now.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:51, Tue 01 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2320 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 11:10
  • msg #260

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #257):


When she was done, Dawid inspected her work. Immune to her contempt, Dawid thanked Vita. "I am grateful for this, sister. It's badly needed. You have done well."

He was happy when the finally contacted the Queen. Depending on where they were, they might be of some use. Dawid addressed Konrad.

"Kapitan, three things: if the Queen can bring the D-30 and either the gas or fragmentation shells, and we can meet with her, then that will be a potent weapon. Second, we should send out patrols to determine if the Baron's troops are in the area. And third, regardless, we must move the camp to some other location as soon as possible."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1036 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 11:11
  • msg #261

Re: Wyszkow

Craig Sutherland:
Craig got up to leave with the supply officer. Then stops and turns, he pulls something out of his webbing and places it on the table.

”This is the rest of the ammunition we took from the cavalry unit. Its mostly Russian and some .45 auto*. Jan I think its nearly all 9x18mmB from the machine pistols. We should probably give any that is left to the 10th.”

45ACP – 14 rounds
9x18mmR - 72 rounds
7.62x25mmB - 16 rounds

Once the supply officer hands over the RPG-7 he gives one launcher and two of the anti-tank grenades to Jay. He also rummages in the large pouch on the back of his PLCE and hands him a RKG-3 AT Grenade.

”It was from a fellow British solider.”

Then with a serious look on his face Craig adds;

”If you are close enough to use it we will be right royalty fucked.”

He then walks back to the others and helps out with prep and planning wherever he can.

"Hey Craig!  Can I get a couple of those loose forty-five rounds to top of my mag here?" Tucker calls over to Sutherland.

OOC: He only needs three [3] rounds.
Craig Sutherland
player, 328 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 19:01
  • msg #262

Re: Wyszkow


"Sure everyone just take what they need. I'd take all the 45, it can't hurt to have some spare and I doubt the 10th has anything that takes it."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1415 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 22:25
  • msg #263

Re: Wyszkow

Once everyone was back at the group's billet, Bayer issues a warning order. "Alright. Attention here please."

"Warning Order."

"Situation Enemy - The Baron's forces have intensified their psyops efforts and are expected to be preparing for immediate offensive operations."

"Commander's Intent - The General intends on executing a deliberate frontal attack on the North of Warsaw."

"Probable Mission - Our platoon has been tasked as forward recce to provide early warning and locate and identify enemy targets for the division's mortar assets to eliminate. We will organize and conduct two independent patrols to achieve this aim. Objective areas to be issued after being verified with Headquarters."

"Groupings"

"Patrol One... Myself (I/C), Sergeant Tucker (2i/C), Warren, Quyen, Jay, Sawiki, Teo, and Mariusz."

"Patrol Two... Dawid (I/C), Jan (2i/C), Sutherland, Piotr, Fleming, Matias, Lech, and Janis."

"Timings - No more before... ahh thirty minutes time from now. That's all you have to make final preps, eat and drink something hot and get comms checks. Orders confirmation in ten minutes."

This message was last edited by the player at 04:10, Wed 02 Mar 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1037 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 23:03
  • msg #264

Re: Wyszkow

Craig Sutherland:
"Sure everyone just take what they need. I'd take all the 45, it can't hurt to have some spare and I doubt the 10th has anything that takes it."

Robert takes the [14] rounds of .45ACP from Craig and tops off the magazine in the H&K, replacing the magazine in the weapon and then puts the loos rounds in his right cargo pocket.  Tucker will also reload his empty & partially used mags he has on him before he gets up to wander around and just look around the camp.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:28, Wed 02 Mar 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 101 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 04:08
  • msg #265

Re: Wyszkow

     Monika spent the a part of the down time cleaning her SMG and her two pistols.  She also found a quiet, but protected spot to take a bit of a nap.  All this front line combat stuff was physically tasking.

     As a guest of the Baron, she didn't get much of a chance to get out for exercise.  She had worked out as best she could, though, to be ready for when her chance to escape would appear.  That chance did arrive and Monika had taken a hold of it with both hands.  Now, it looked as if she would get a chance to pay the Baron back for all of his hospitality.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 32 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 08:08
  • msg #266

Re: Wyszkow

Jay quickly acquainted himself with the other members of the unit who he hadn't met properly yet, especially those in his new patrol group. Once this was done he made sure all of his kit was sorted and that all weapons were in good working order. After that he went to the latrine area to pay a final visit before they set off.

Once all was done he spent the final minutes in peaceful solitude, meditating and offering prayers for his family and new friends.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1483 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 12:33
  • msg #267

Re: Wyszkow

Cap'n Rae:
Warren tries to raise the Queen using Johnstone's fancy satellite radio. He has no luck, but the division's senior coms officer- he looks not a day over 20- manages to get through to the Queen.

"This is Starlight. Send Sitrep. Over."
Major Soleblume's voice contained an equal part of relief and anger, clearly detectable over the radio. For over a week nothing had been heard and the entire recon group had been written off as lost. What was worse was the possibility they'd been captured and everything they knew about the Gora Kalwaria defences revealed under interrogation to the Baron. The continuing survival of the town had looked extremely grim.

"Defensive preparation continued my location. Supplies unchanged. Numbers unchanged. Combat ability unchanged."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1038 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 13:27
  • msg #268

Re: Wyszkow

Monika Sawicki:
     Monika spent the a part of the down time cleaning her SMG and her two pistols.  She also found a quiet, but protected spot to take a bit of a nap.  All this front line combat stuff was physically tasking.

     As a guest of the Baron, she didn't get much of a chance to get out for exercise.  She had worked out as best she could, though, to be ready for when her chance to escape would appear.  That chance did arrive and Monika had taken a hold of it with both hands.  Now, it looked as if she would get a chance to pay the Baron back for all of his hospitality.

Tucker takes his sweet time walking around and trying to get some rest and just take it easy before the big recon/assault forthcoming.  He sees the woman Monika sitting by herself cleaning her weapons.  He walks up to her, exhaling another draw from his cigar and asks her, "You good cleaning those things ma'am?"
Robert Flemming
player, 11 posts
American
CIA
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 16:31
  • msg #269

Re: Wyszkow

After finishing with the small propaganda-leaflet Rob joined the briefing. He listened to the fine and clear military-style briefing.
He rose his had when he heard his name. Group 2. He looked to all of it's members to become familiar with them.

When the breifing was over he went directly to Capt. Bayer. "Sir, I made a small information poster for our comrades from the 10th. I'm happy that I found an old typewriter."
Rob presented a sheet of paper in letter-format. On the upper half was a picture of killed soldiers in a mass-grave. The text under the pictures says
"34 soldiers killed and tortured by the Baron after the rose the white flag and requested for peace."
Monika Sawicki
player, 102 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 17:24
  • msg #270

Re: Wyszkow

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker takes his sweet time walking around and trying to get some rest and just take it easy before the big recon/assault forthcoming.  He sees the woman Monika sitting by herself cleaning her weapons.  He walks up to her, exhaling another draw from his cigar and asks her, "You good cleaning those things ma'am?"


    Monika looked up from cleaning her SMG.  She gave the one known as Tucker a strange look as she tried to puzzle out what he was saying and formulate a response in English.  She pointed to herself. "Monika, good medic."  She pointed to her partly disassembled SMG.  "Need, not good."
This message was last edited by the player at 21:30, Wed 02 Mar 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 28 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 21:24
  • msg #271

Re: Wyszkow

After his presentation at the village square, Piotr had returned to his friends. Pleased Vita had decided to work on the batteries he had taken the time to take care of his kit. Cleaning his gun and mending the few cracks or weak spots in his webbing.

 When Bayer called out the make up of both patrols he looked around taking a mental note of all the members of his patrol. After that he moved towards Matias. He hadn't been able to really talk to the boy after Janek was killed.  “Are you all ready to go on patrol?”
Minh Quyen
player, 555 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 03:30
  • msg #272

Re: Wyszkow

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
Jay quickly acquainted himself with the other members of the unit who he hadn't met properly yet, especially those in his new patrol group.


Quyen welcomes the new soldier and introduces herself, keeping things brief, but polite. She then goes about a quick cleaning on her weapons, removing buildup of gunk and scraping off the rust. And then once that priority was done, she aired out her feet, sitting back with her boots and socks off.

"Weapons done. Feet done. I'm ready." she says lightly.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1039 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 03:47
  • msg #273

Re: Wyszkow

Monika Sawicki:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker takes his sweet time walking around and trying to get some rest and just take it easy before the big recon/assault forthcoming.  He sees the woman Monika sitting by herself cleaning her weapons.  He walks up to her, exhaling another draw from his cigar and asks her, "You good cleaning those things ma'am?"


    Monika looked up from cleaning her SMG.  She gave the one known as Tucker a strange look as she tried to puzzle out what he was saying and formulate a response in English.  She pointed to herself. "Monika, good medic."  She pointed to her partly disassembled SMG.  "Need, not good."

Tucker moves up to where she has her weapons layed out and rests his rifle down so he can get comfortable and tells her, "I help.".  He looks at the pieces and and begins to clean them up and put them back together.  Robert goes slow and tries to use small sentences so she can keep up and understands what he trying to tell/teach her.  "Don't worry.  You do medic thing.  We help you if needed with guns, OK?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2323 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 09:35
  • msg #274

Re: Wyszkow

Anneka Soleblume:
Cap'n Rae:
Warren tries to raise the Queen using Johnstone's fancy satellite radio. He has no luck, but the division's senior coms officer- he looks not a day over 20- manages to get through to the Queen.

"This is Starlight. Send Sitrep. Over."

"Defensive preparation continued my location. Supplies unchanged. Numbers unchanged. Combat ability unchanged."


Dawid nodded to the comms officer and said in Russian, "well done, that is a fine job."

He authenticated his transmission with Major Soleblum, then continued with the SITREP. He seemed very pleased to talk to her, finally.

"Major, it is wonderful to hear you! Please accept my apologies for the delay, we've have an interesting couple of days. We have relatively good news. Our patrol is so far successful. We have inflicted many losses on the Baron's forces, including several APCs. We have also rendez-voused with a large unit of friendlies to the north of the city. The Baron is apparently moving north to deal with us, not south. We have taken a few regretful losses but remain a "

"Now the SITREP is complete, I need to talk to Old Adam to arrange for transport of certain items. Please put him on, thank you!"

This message was last edited by the player at 10:42, Thu 03 Mar 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 103 posts
Polish
Medic
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 13:12
  • msg #275

Re: Wyszkow

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker moves up to where she has her weapons layed out and rests his rifle down so he can get comfortable and tells her, "I help.".  He looks at the pieces and and begins to clean them up and put them back together.  Robert goes slow and tries to use small sentences so she can keep up and understands what he trying to tell/teach her.  "Don't worry.  You do medic thing.  We help you if needed with guns, OK?"



    Fire flashes in Monika's eyes as she grabs the parts of Polish SMG, taking them away from Tucker.  "NO TAKE!  MINE!"  She deftly reassembles her pistol sized SMG, slaps a fifteen round magazine into it, and holsters it.  Somewhat calmer with her weapon ready, Monika continues.  "Fix good.  Not want need."
Jan Cerny
player, 960 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 14:57
  • msg #276

Re: Wyszkow

Jan passed over the last of the bandages he had been cutting up for Monika out of the sheet they had traded for.  He had changed back into his Red Army winter field jacket now that the sleeve was repaired – the camouflage was probably going to be more helpful on the recce patrols that Konrad had planned - and he was fully geared up, ready to leave straight away.

He then went looking for Matias.  Finding him he offered the young man one of the Polish Tantal 5.45mmB assault rifles that was still lying spare on the floor of the truck, speaking Polish to ensure that he understood.  “This is spare and I can give you five full mags for it if you want to carry it as well as your SMG?  Your choice!”

Leaving Matias to make his own decision Jan then went off to find Konrad.

“Capitaine,” he asked Konrad quietly in English.  “Do you want everyone to carry all of their personal kit and what are we doing with the truck?  Are we leaving it here or bringing it with us somehow?  Also I believe that each patrol has a backpack radio so staying in contact should not be too much of a problem.  I think that Quyen has one in your patrol and I have assigned the one that Dieter was carrying to the new man Robert in Dawid and my patrol.”

Jan also had some ideas for how to organise Dawid and his patrol alongside the same lines as Konrad had done with his patrol but he would have to discuss those with Dawid after the Pole finished his radio comms with the Queen.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1425 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 15:24
  • msg #277

Re: Wyszkow

Jan Cerny:
“Capitaine,” he asked Konrad quietly in English.  “Do you want everyone to carry all of their personal kit and what are we doing with the truck?  Are we leaving it here or bringing it with us somehow?  Also I believe that each patrol has a backpack radio so staying in contact should not be too much of a problem.  I think that Quyen has one in your patrol and I have assigned the one that Dieter was carrying to the new man Robert in Dawid and my patrol.”


Bayer answers, "Anything that won't be missed if its lost goes with us. We might not have a base or a unit to return to if things go bad and I wouldn't trust the security of anything left here anways."

"The truck can't go with us... and it will be far more effective supporting the 10th anyways."


On the radios, Bayer gives a thumbs up and says, "Good. Each patrol will need at least one long range manpack. Before we leave, I want the NCOs and each of the radio operators to conduct a comms check."

OOC - Can I get a confirmation on who has a manpack? Including the status of Warren's set?
This message was last edited by the player at 15:25, Thu 03 Mar 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 30 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 16:12
  • msg #278

Re: Wyszkow

Piotr Pawlowski:
When Bayer called out the make up of both patrols he looked around taking a mental note of all the members of his patrol. After that he moved towards Matias. He hadn't been able to really talk to the boy after Janek was killed.  “Are you all ready to go on patrol?”


Matias was heartened to have Piotr's attention.  He was another man that Matias was comfortable with and respected.  He responded "Yes, I am just about ready.  I already miss Janek though."

Jan Cerny:
He then went looking for Matias.  Finding him he offered the young man one of the Polish Tantal 5.45mmB assault rifles that was still lying spare on the floor of the truck, speaking Polish to ensure that he understood.  “This is spare and I can give you five full mags for it if you want to carry it as well as your SMG?  Your choice!”


Matias was surprised at the willingness to share weapons.  In the Baron's army, weapons were power.  The higher-ups always had the best, and the average Motor Rifleman, like himself, usually had the bottom-of-the-barrel leftovers.  He happily accepted the Tantal and the 5 mags, offering a brief but warm smile to Jan.  He replied in Polish as well: "Dziękują mój przyjaciel, wy jesteście bardzo widok myśleć o mnie."

OOC
Translation: "Thank you my friend, you are very kind to think of me."
Adding the gear to my sheet now.

Jan Cerny
player, 964 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 16:26
  • msg #279

Re: Wyszkow

Matias Adamczyk:
Matias was surprised at the willingness to share weapons.  In the Baron's army, weapons were power.  The higher-ups always had the best, and the average Motor Rifleman, like himself, usually had the bottom-of-the-barrel leftovers.  He happily accepted the Tantal and the 5 mags, offering a brief but warm smile to Jan.  He replied in Polish as well: "Dziękują mój przyjaciel, wy jesteście bardzo widok myśleć o mnie."

OOC
Translation: "Thank you my friend, you are very kind to think of me."
Adding the gear to my sheet now.

Jan smiled in reply as he explained.  "You are in my and Dawid's patrol and I would rather you had a proper rifle to kill people with rather than an SMG to scare them!  We will be fighting, you can be sure of that, and if you want some grenades as well there are several left!"



Konrad Bayer:
Bayer answers, "Anything that won't be missed if its lost goes with us. We might not have a base or a unit to return to if things go bad and I wouldn't trust the security of anything left here anways."

"The truck can't go with us... and it will be far more effective supporting the 10th anyways."


On the radios, Bayer gives a thumbs up and says, "Good. Each patrol will need at least one long range manpack. Before we leave, I want the NCOs and each of the radio operators to conduct a comms check."

"OK," replied Jan.  "I will go and organise that.  Anything we are leaving behind can be given to the 10th."
Robert Flemming
player, 12 posts
American
CIA
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 17:14
  • msg #280

Re: Wyszkow

Rob put the poster down. "However, maybe it works." He continued listening to the plan and the tasks.

OOC: Rob has a PRC-77 Manpack Radio

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1041 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 22:59
  • msg #281

Re: Wyszkow

Monika Sawicki:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker moves up to where she has her weapons layed out and rests his rifle down so he can get comfortable and tells her, "I help.".  He looks at the pieces and and begins to clean them up and put them back together.  Robert goes slow and tries to use small sentences so she can keep up and understands what he trying to tell/teach her.  "Don't worry.  You do medic thing.  We help you if needed with guns, OK?"



    Fire flashes in Monika's eyes as she grabs the parts of Polish SMG, taking them away from Tucker.  "NO TAKE!  MINE!"  She deftly reassembles her pistol sized SMG, slaps a fifteen round magazine into it, and holsters it.  Somewhat calmer with her weapon ready, Monika continues.  "Fix good.  Not want need."

Robert puts his hands up as Monika grabs for the parts of her SMG and stands up away from her.  Still with a puzzled look on his face, Tucker picks up his rifle and slings it, "Not taking!  Trying to help you.  Sorry to bother you."  Not wanting to start an altercation, he walks away still not sure why she freaked and looks to make sure the rest of his element has everything they need before moving out.

Tucker will also go and see if his batteries for his NVG's are charged and ready to go when they leave this evening.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:04, Thu 03 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2326 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 4 Mar 2011
at 09:16
  • msg #282

Re: Wyszkow

When Adam came on the air, Dawid asked him about moving the D-30 closer at some point.

"Not right now, but soon. It's our most potent weapon, we need to bring it into play. If you can deliver it across the river then we can take it from there."

He also arranged a regular comms contact schedule.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 896 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 4 Mar 2011
at 16:37
  • msg #283

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz kept digging around in teh refuse in teh hope of finding some bottles.
Jan Cerny
player, 967 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 4 Mar 2011
at 16:42
  • msg #284

Re: Wyszkow

As Dawid was busy on the radio talking to the Queen, Jan organised the line of march and roles within Patrol Two, checking that everyone knew their role and position within the unit.

Jan (2i/C): RECCE element – element commander/navigator/grenadier
Lech: RECCE element - patrolman
Matias: RECCE element - patrolman
Piotr: RECCE element - sniper

Craig: SUPPORT element – pacer/AT/grenadier
Dawid (I/C): SUPPORT element – patrol commander/machine gunner
Robert F: SUPPORT element - RTO
Woj: SUPPORT element - patrolman
Jeff D. Warren
player, 242 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 01:00
  • msg #285

Re: Wyszkow

As if inspired by an unknown deity, Warren gets the idea to hand over his now dead radio to the Comms officer to fix, while Dawid chats on the radio.  At the mention of "gas"  Warren raises his eyebrows.  That will make this a whole lot easier.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1485 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 05:31
  • msg #286

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #274):

"This is Starlight. Enemy ears may be listening."
"Wait for Queen Actual."

Queen Actual was not actually Adam - it was Griet. She had been left in command of the riverine element...
Robert Flemming
player, 13 posts
American
CIA
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 06:40
  • msg #287

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #284):

Rob took a small writing pad out of his pocket and started to write down the patrol order and made a sketch of the map and their marching route.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2328 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 08:09
  • msg #288

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #286):

Dawid relayed his message about the D-30 using code words "the package" to obscure what he was asking Griet about.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 569 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 10:31
  • msg #289

Re: Wyszkow

"This is Queen Actual," Griet replied when she reached the radio, "with regards your request for the package, we are eight hours travel from the package and it would take us a minimum of twelve hours to secure the package for transit. At that point we would have to move it by river as there are no working vehicles capable of transporting the package. Estimated time of deployment anywhere it might be of use would be a minumum of forty hours. That is assuming the Bishop lets us have the package and teh means to transport it as it would drain their resources in a serious fashion. If you want me to try that, I will but be aware that if they refuse, we will be out of the fight. At present we can reach the point of conflict in around twelve hours, we have limited arty and offensive capability. The package is a huge gamble and I'd like to discuss with the commander wether he thinks that gamble is worth it."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2329 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 10:36
  • msg #290

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #289):

"The package and the delivery system for it could be crucial in our struggle. A delay is fine, especially if it makes it safer. God put the sword in our hand, if we do not use it we may as well never had it in the first place."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 570 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 11:04
  • msg #291

Re: Wyszkow

Griet listened to Dawid's assessment and then replied, "I repeat, is the commander availabe for consultation?"
Jan Cerny
player, 973 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 15:29
  • msg #292

Re: Wyszkow

Robert Flemming:
Rob took a small writing pad out of his pocket and started to write down the patrol order and made a sketch of the map and their marching route.

Seeing Rob making some notes Jan approached him, pulling a now quite battered leather satchel out of his backpack.

"I understand that you are another CIA man but that you are primarily a political advisor?" Jan said by way of opening the conversation.  He offered the satchel over to Rob.  "Someone who joined us for a while and died a couple of days ago had this on him.  Inside are some maps and codebooks, all in Russian, that, we believe, contain some information about the positions of some Russian units.  You might be able to make use of that information."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1432 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 20:41
  • msg #293

Re: Wyszkow

Following his brief co-ord with the General, Bayer returns as to the group. As everyone is getting their final preparations complete, he brings them together to confirm their orders. He lays out the large map that Adam had given him and orients it to the ground with his compass, then says, "Attention. Mission orders confirmed."

Running his finger along a long, mostly straight highway that runs from the camp, southwest towards Warsaw, Bayer says, "10th Division will be moving along this path, with their axis of advance centered on the S8/E67 Highway."

"Our two patrols will also use this road as the operational boundary - with Patrol One operating on the West side and Patrol Two operating on the East side. The outer boundaries are not to exceed four kilometers from the highway."

"Enemy positions and movements are to be identified and relayed back to the 10th - we are their eyes and ears. If any enemy forces are determined by the the 10th, to be a viable mortar target, the patrol will then act as FOO for their fire mission. Patrols are to resume the momentum of the advance however, and not linger too long, as the 10th will be marching on close behind us. Speed is essential."

"Each patrol will also report their progress to the division and counterpart patrol. To maintain radio security, stop lines will be used instead of grid coordinates. I will mark your maps with the stop lines and pass this on to the division prior to departing."

"The patrols are not to advance past the major checkpoint known as the "Crab". Eliminating that obstacle will be a coordinated effort."

"Avoid combat as much as possible, in order to maintain momentum, not fall behind the 10th, and to avoid casualties. If any casualties are taken however, and they can't walk, provide first aid, and then leave them in a safe location near the road for the 10th to collect them."


Bayer then concludes his confirmation orders and asks, "Any questions?"

Bayer then hands Tucker a small scrap of paper from his notepad which displays the patrol organization and order of march. "Sergeant." he says, "This is us. Each patrol have a man pack radio yes?"

Bayer (I/C): RECCE element - commander/navigator [Tac-radio)
Warren: RECCE element - sharpshooter/communicator [Manpack radio]
Jay: RECCE element - patrolman
Quyen: RECCE element - patrolman

Mariusz: SUPPORT element - pacer [radio???]
Sawiki: SUPPORT element - medic
Teo: SUPPORT element - machine gunner
Tucker (2i/c): SUPPORT element - support commander/grenadier [Tac-radio]
This message was last edited by the player at 20:46, Sat 05 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2330 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 21:52
  • msg #294

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #291):

"Yes, I will pass you over to the commander. Stand by."

Dawid passed the comms over to the siganller, then got Konrad.

"Kapitan, we have contact with the Queen. Your presence is required."
Craig Sutherland
player, 330 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 23:44
  • msg #295

Re: Wyszkow


Craig stood and took notes as the captain went over the up coming mission. These notes where mainly to do with the map and the stop lines. He also makes a note on the comms to be used.

Once the briefing was finished he did a check over his gear and made sure the PSG was secured to the side of the russian pack. He had made a cover for the receiver out of a plastic bag and some tape. It meant the rifle was unusable for the upcoming engagement but it would get back to the village clean and dry.

Finally he checks his load out of ammunition and tops off the magazines with his improvised dum-dum bullets.
Monika Sawicki
player, 105 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 00:02
  • msg #296

Re: Wyszkow

    Monika took the opportunity allowed by the preparation for the patrol to load the seven rounds she had gotten earlier in the day into her partially filled PM-63 mag.  These rounds filled all of her magazines.  Monika tried unsuccessfully to recall the last time that she had full magazines for her weapons.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 36 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 09:16
  • msg #297

Re: Wyszkow

Jay listened intently to the briefing, taking in as much information as he could. It seemed pretty simple to him - move quickly, stay quiet, avoid combat if possible, but hit hard if you have to. He liked the plan!
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1043 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 17:10
  • msg #298

Re: Wyszkow

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then concludes his confirmation orders and asks, "Any questions?"

Bayer then hands Tucker a small scrap of paper from his notepad which displays the patrol organization and order of march. "Sergeant." he says, "This is us. Each patrol have a man pack radio yes?"

Bayer (I/C): RECCE element - commander/navigator [Tac-radio)
Warren: RECCE element - sharpshooter/communicator [Manpack radio]
Jay: RECCE element - patrolman
Quyen: RECCE element - patrolman

Mariusz: SUPPORT element - pacer [radio???]
Sawiki: SUPPORT element - medic
Teo: SUPPORT element - machine gunner
Tucker (2i/c): SUPPORT element - support commander/grenadier [Tac-radio]

Tucker listens to the orders from Konrad and doesn't have any questions other than about the manpack radio.  "Question about the manpack.  I think that someone else had it, maybe Minh had it.  None of my people have one."
Robert Flemming
player, 15 posts
American
CIA
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 21:05
  • msg #299

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #292):

"Yes, you're right. I am a political advisor."

Rob took the stachel and looked inside. Several codebooks and maps. He started to check the files curious. Some codebooks were old and known to him. The maps were quite interesting.
"Looks interesting." But he refused to say more before he had a chance to check and verify the files.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:06, Sun 06 Mar 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 977 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 7 Mar 2011
at 13:35
  • msg #300

Re: Wyszkow

Having passed the satchel across to Rob, Jan finished organising his own gear before conducting a radio check with anyone who had one.  He made sure that the frequencies and callsigns were changed, just in case either Thor or Vita were captured and interrogated by the Baron's forces.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 897 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 7 Mar 2011
at 17:17
  • msg #301

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz spoke to Jan as he recieved his new callsigns and frequencies, "Does the Queen know about these changes? If we're going to try to work with tham maybe we should share them."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1436 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 7 Mar 2011
at 17:26
  • msg #302

Re: Wyszkow

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kapitan, we have contact with the Queen. Your presence is required."


With the conclusion of his orders, Bayer steps outside and walks over to where the radio was setup. After the handset is passed to him, he sits down and says, "Queen, this is Sunray. Send. Over."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 571 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 7 Mar 2011
at 17:39
  • msg #303

Re: Wyszkow

"Sunray this is Queen," Griet replied, "good to hear you are all alive and in the game. We were preparing to say a Requiem Mass for you. I have fully crewed weapons and a shore party ready to hit the target withing twelve hours if you need it. Dawid seems very keen to get the package from Gora Kalwaria. I've made a study of the logistics of this. One, it is too heavy for us to handle and we only got it back to GK with enormous effort, to do so again will take upwards of forty hours. In addition there is no prime mover, GK won't let us use the pontoon to move far down river so we can basically get it to the opposite bank. Add to that the fact that the Bishop and Daddy are both screaming that we can't use the gas, makes sense as we'd be dropping it on populated regions. I'd say it's a no go but if you want us to do that we will, just don't count on us having any effect on teh next engagement whatsoever."
Jan Cerny
player, 983 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 7 Mar 2011
at 17:50
  • msg #304

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz spoke to Jan as he recieved his new callsigns and frequencies, "Does the Queen know about these changes? If we're going to try to work with tham maybe we should share them."

"At the range the Queen will be from us only the manpack radios will have a chance of communication with the Queen I think," replied Jan while scratching at his head.  His hair was starting to grow too long and he was going to need to shave his head again at the first opportunity.  "It is a good idea though so I will pass it along to the Capitaine."

Jan was mildly annoyed with himself for not thinking of this in the first place.  He was more fatigued that he had realised!  "The Capitaine may have thought of this anyway."

He went off to find Konrad to pass along Mariusz' suggestion, intending on giving the young man the credit for thinking of it.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 29 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 7 Mar 2011
at 19:52
  • msg #305

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Matias Adamczyk (msg #278):

“Yes..., me too. He could tell some very good stories. I'll miss them.” The words were spoken in true sincerity, but inside he'd already said goodby to yet another fallen comrade.

When Jan came over to offer Matias the Tantal he nodded in agreement.

“Better check the weapon before we move out.” He said after Jan left. “You know how to?”
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2236 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 8 Mar 2011
at 00:08
  • msg #306

Recon


Thursday, October 26th, 2000
1930 hrs.
40F
clear skies; slight breeze from the east
New moon
Approx. 6km south of Wyszkow, Poland



For the last two hours, you've been working your way south-southwest, moving roughly parallel to the highway leading from Wyszkow to Warsaw.

The remainder of the 10th TD's recon platoon (about 10 men), are keeping pace on the highway itself, roughly 2km behind you. A fast reaction platoon consisting of about two dozen of the 10th's more reliable fighters, along with the division's solitary AGS-17 automatic grenade launcher and riding in the Ural 435, is about 2km behind the 10th's recon platoon, leading the main body of the division, strung out along the highway behind them. The division's two heavy-hitting Soviet 120mm mortars are being pulled by horse teams placed roughly in the middle of the column. Each of these elements has a Soviet manpack radio, as does the division's HQ section (which includes Johnstone).

The main body of the division resembles an accordian as it stops and starts, trying to maintain the interval between itself and the much more deliberate recon platoon. Already there's much grumbling but, so far, none of the platoon commanders have reported any deserters. The farewell chicken dinner provided by the very relieved people of Wyszkow probably helped.

So far, you've seen nothing worth reporting. You've been vigilant, moving deliberately, and taking your job seriously. The fact that many of you have functioning night vision equipment is certainly a great help. If the Baron does too, your quiet night march may be rudely interrupted. You expect to encounter pickets or enemy OPs soon.

As you approach a place where the highway enters a wooded area, you are not disappointed. Several of you notice the brief but unmistakable flare of a match being struck, followed shortly thereafter by the dull glow of a cigarette tip being passed around. After a minute or so, the cigarette is extinguished. Whether careless, overconfident, or totally incompetent, what is likely a team enemy road-watchers has just given its position away. Through your NVGs you can make out 3 or four men hunkered down behind some trees, a couple of meters into the woodline and several meters to the east of the highway. They don't appear to have noticed you yet, but it occurs to you that perhaps you have been seen and that the cigarrette was a signal of some sort. Perhaps the enemy believes you to be deserters from the 10th, or a returning allied patrol. It's difficult to tell. Without the benefit of NVGs, it's a rather dark night.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:03, Fri 17 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 41 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 8 Mar 2011
at 08:26
  • msg #307

Re: Recon

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #306):

Patrolling in the dark, Jay kept low and walked in silence, senses straining to detect any sign or sound. He had volunteered for point duty, and spotted the smokers in the distance easily. Dropping to his knee he signalled to the others to keep low. He turned and went back to the Kapitan. He gestured to indicate the location of the smokers. Whispering, he said "Kapitanbayer-ji, I take knife and deal with them, very quiet, one at a time." He tapped the kukri on his belt.

Whilst Jay loved blowing things up, he was a master of the silent kill. He had first done it when he was a rookie, in the Falklands nearly 20 years before. He had snuck up on an unknowing Argentinian sentry and had hit the man so hard with his heavy blade that he nearly took the victim's head off. Since then he had had ample opportunity to hone the skill.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2332 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 8 Mar 2011
at 11:28
  • msg #308

Re: Recon

Dawid advised Konrad that:

- "The package" is the D-30 howitzer.
- Just getting it across should be enough, if we can get the truck to haul it into position.
- If we can get the gas that would be wonderful because it gives us options: much of Warszawa is not inhabited and we could lure the Baron's troops into an abandoned area.
- 40 hours to transit is fine, it will be part of the next move in the game.

Then he made sure his gear was in order. As his NVG batteries were no longer working, he took the ones from the unclaimed set.

He also got people together before the recce to say a few words about the dead in English and Polish.

"Everyone, we lost some good people yesterday, and in fact the day before, too. Fierce Ondar, kind Dieter and Janus who I did not know as well but I know was an honourable man. They were good men, they died to free people they will never meet from the tyranny of a vicious warlord. These martyrs and their sacrifices will never be forgotten by man or God."

He took out a creased, folded piece of paper, one of many slips he kept in his well-worn bible to mark places or keep notes, and read,


"Blessed is the match consumed in kindling flame.
Blessed is the flame that burns in the secret fastness of the heart.
Blessed is the heart with strength to stop its beating for honor’s sake.
Blessed is the match consumed in kindling flame."


"Let us pray now to the Lord and the Black Madonna of Czestochowa, for our success. For our allies and friends, and the people of Warszawa. May the Lord protect us and shelter us, and absolve us of our sins."

He said the prayer to Our Lady of Czestochowa (which he also said every morning).

"O Mother of God, Immaculate Mary, to Thee do I dedicate my body and soul, all my prayers and deeds, my joys and sufferings, all that I am and all that I have. With a joyful heart I surrender myself to Thy love. To Thee will I devote my services of my own free will for the salvation of mankind, and for the help of the Holy Church whose Mother Thou art.

From now on my only desire is to do all things with Thee, through Thee, and for Thee. I know I can accomplish nothing by my own strength, whereas You can do everything that is the will of Thy Son, Our Lord Jesus Christ. You are always victorious. Grant, therefore, O Helper of the Faithful, that my family, my parish, and my country might become in truth the Kingdom where Thou reignest in the glorious presence of God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit, forever and ever. Amen."


He crossed himself and prepared to leave.
This message was last edited by the player at 10:15, Sun 13 Mar 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 16 posts
American
CIA
Tue 8 Mar 2011
at 16:58
  • msg #309

Re: Recon

Rob checked his equipment and especially his weapons. After he finished his check-up he listened to the sergeant's prayer and was happy for the small rest.

Then started the patrol. He was in the second patrol and followed in the support element. Beside his rucksack with his personal belongings he was also carring the radio. The radio check showed that the radio is in good condition and Rob was willing to take care of it.

Due to the fact that he had no NVG he moved very carfully. The night was pitch dark and he couldn't see further a few meters. When the patrol stopped because of a contact Rob kneed down and secured the rear.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 37 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 8 Mar 2011
at 17:09
  • msg #310

Re: Wyszkow

Piotr Pawlowski:
In reply to Matias Adamczyk (msg #278):

“Yes..., me too. He could tell some very good stories. I'll miss them.” The words were spoken in true sincerity, but inside he'd already said goodby to yet another fallen comrade.

When Jan came over to offer Matias the Tantal he nodded in agreement.

“Better check the weapon before we move out.” He said after Jan left. “You know how to?”


Matias nodded back to Piotr. "Yes, I was often put in charge of cleaning rifles while their owners went out drinking. But thank you," he added quickly. It was reassuring to know that Piotr was keeping an eye out for him.

-----------

Matias joined Dawid for the prayers.  He had never paid more than lip service to the Church before he had been drafted. But since then, religion had helped him stay strong & find what little peace he could.

-----------

Matias froze in place at the sudden flare of the struck match.  He could not see anything else, but that one clue was enough to tell him that someone was nearby.  He looked to the NCOs for orders of how to proceed.
Jan Cerny
player, 991 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 13:52
  • msg #311

Re: Wyszkow

As lead scout of 2nd Patrol Jan signalled to those behind him to hunker down and stay still when the brief flare of a match being lit was spotted ahead.  He pointed to the cigarette still glowing in the dark to ensure that they had all seen it.  The assumption was that it was an outlying enemy picket or guard post but at night this close to Warsaw they had to assume that the people there were hostile.

“Keep a watch all around and make sure the others have seen the light!” he hissed softly to the three Poles behind him before toggling the  transmit button on his radio.

“Falcon-1.  Mirage 1,” he sent, speaking as quietly as he could, but in English now.  “Small enemy position about 400m to my south west?  They must be almost due south of you.  Match and smoker.”  He glanced northwest as he spoke.  He could see the distinct shapes of several buildings between his position and where he suspected that Konrad’s patrol were so he wasn’t certain that they had seen the match being struck as well.

“Do we want prisoners?” he asked, continuing to transmit.  “And do you want us to support you advancing on their position or the other way around?”  As 2nd Patrol had the PKM and what appeared to be mostly open ground between them and the smoker it made sense for them to support 1st Patrol sneaking up but Konrad might well have a different view of the situation based on what his approach looked like.

Alternatively Konrad might want them to bypass the position.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2335 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 21:16
  • msg #312

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #311):

Before leaving, Dawid made sure everyone in his section understood the chain of command: that they were to obey Jan without hesitation as if it were Dawid personally giving the orders because Jan had his complete trust and confidence. These were really good people, but after the incident with Vita and Thor he wanted to be really sure! Should he or Jan be taken out or rendered unfit for command, Sutherland would take over.

Dawid saw the pinpoint of light, too. He signalled those around him to get down, although Jan was already on it. He got the PKM set up, with Woj handling the ammo and spotting. His radio hissed as Jan talked to the command group, things seemed in hand at the moment.

He looked around to make sure the rest of the patrol spread out on either side of the MG and was still covering 360 degrees. It was unlikely they'd get hit by a flank attack but anything was possible. If that was actually a signal then they would probably have already be under fire so he guessed it was just a sentry fucking up. Then again, that was also taking things for granted.

They didn't have many good options: no real cover around them, probably about an open kilometre of ground to between them and the enemy. He guessed Konrad would have them operate as fire support while the maneuver element flanked, but waited for the reply to Jan's query.

"Woj, keep an eye on the rear. Robert, watch our left flank. Pass the word... no shooting except on command. Single shots at this range, only. "

OOC: I assume while traveling Jan'e element is a little forward and to the right, Dawid's is a little to the rear and to the left of Jan. Both in wedge formation. Dawid's 4-person element is now spread out in a loose line at 10-15m intervals, with MG in the middle-right. Because they are a little behind and on the left of Jan, Dawid's group is covering the left and rear flanks (under watch by Robert and Woj). I hope that's somewhat clear!
Craig Sutherland
player, 332 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 09:11
  • msg #313

Re: Wyszkow


Craig too a knee when the signal to halt was made. He had spotted the flash of the match out of the corner of his eye as it was a lot more pronounced through his NVG's.

He continued to scan his sector for other threats as the decision of what to do was made. He did add:

"They will have those bloody flares so it will have to be quick."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 249 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 16:45
  • msg #314

Re: Wyszkow

As the patrol is halted, Jeff assumes a prone position and flips down the SVU's bipod.  "Long shot.  I can move closer, or we can go around.".  The shot is at the very edge of the SVU's range.  He takes aim on the smoking figure, but is expecting to move closer.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 898 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 16:50
  • msg #315

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz hunkered down as soon as the report came in. He watched his sector carefully and awaited further orders.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 30 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 19:07
  • msg #316

Re: Wyszkow

Piotr only looked from Matias to Lech confirming they both had heard Jan's hushed voice.

His keen eyes had picked up the little light source even without vision enhancement. A smirk crossed his face as he recalled the pre-war billboards with big letters: “SMOKING KILLS”.

After he confirmed both Matias and Lech had their eyes on their respective sectors he himself focused on his. Waiting for command to decide.
Monika Sawicki
player, 107 posts
Polish
Medic
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 00:08
  • msg #317

Re: Wyszkow

     Monika kept down and kept her mouth closed.  She didn't see what the problem was up ahead, but she was glad for the chance to take a small break.  She knew that this was going to be a long night carrying everything she owned.  She also knew that she wouldn't ask anyone to carry her belongings.  They each had their own baggage to carry, both actual and personal.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1440 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 12 Mar 2011
at 19:14
  • msg #318

Re: Wyszkow

Bayer looks around, studying the ground and then watches what he suspects is an enemy OP in the treeline. For a moment he contemplates bypassing them, but as long as it were just three men, they fell into the patrol's scope of a quick and easy target.

Bayer whispers into the radio, "Falcon-1 copies. Continue moving Southwest. Move behind the OP and check for enemy forces in depth. My call sign will deal with the target OP, your call sign will also act as cut off if needed. Report when you in position. Over."

Bayer then whispers for Jay and Quyen to move up closer to him and Warren so he could pass on everything quietly. "You two are in the breach. Take the front and close on the OP. Take it out quietly. Alive or dead it doesn't matter. Warren and I will be a short distance behind you and setup to provide backup if needed. Sergeant Tucker will move the rest of the patrol into a flanking position in case this in an OP for a larger force in the forest. Mirage will be doing the same."

He then pulls out his map and compass and quickly plots the OP's position. When he's done, he taps Warren and takes the manpack's handset and calls the division's mortar battery to register the OP for a mortar fire mission (register - not to actually fire).

Handing back the handset he looks at the three faces in the dark and asks, "Clear?" Then "Be careful."

As the patrol moves out, Bayer also makes a mental note for himself to get his patrol back on the other side of the S8/E67 Highway*, once this issue was taken care of.

* OOC - Falcon is supposed to be on the West side of the road and Mirage on the East.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:05, Sun 13 Mar 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 250 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 12 Mar 2011
at 20:22
  • msg #319

Re: Wyszkow

Jeff secures the radio once Konrad is done, and makes sure that the volume is still super low so only he can hear it.  Once ready he nods to Minh and Jay and gestures with his rifle to signify they can lead the way.  He keeps back and slightly to the side of them, waiting for Minh to designate a good spot for him to set up, or one he spots on his own.  (Unless they're going hand to hand, 35-50 meters behind.)  In position, he slowly and carefully sets up the bipod, and blends into the shadows, sighting in on the nearest enemy (or one with a radio).  He is impossible to spot in the darkness.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:02, Sat 12 Mar 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 997 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 12 Mar 2011
at 23:01
  • msg #320

Re: Wyszkow

"Mirage 1 understood," Jan replied quietly over the radio.

He then crept over to Dawid and checked that his patrol leader had heard the instructions.  Once that was done Jan returned to the other three people in his element and brought them up to speed.

"We are moving further southwest to get behind the OP we have spotted to check for other enemy forces.  The other patrol is going to deal with the OP and we are to act as a cut off for them should that be necessary.  While we are moving I will continue leading in front, Matias and Lech will watch the sides and Piotr will keep watching the OP, just in case they spot us bypassing them.  Any questions?"

As long as no major questions arose Jan then led the way southwest, moving cautiously and listening as much as studying what he could see through his IR goggles.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 40 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 12 Mar 2011
at 23:09
  • msg #321

Re: Wyszkow

Matias followed Jan's lead, staying a handful of meters behind the Frenchman, and keeping his awareness focused to his appointed side for any surprises. He did ocassionally look toward the spot they had originally seen the cigarette light, but it was just to make sure that nothing had changed since they first spotted it.

He had his new Tantal out and held at the ready, should it be needed. He did spare one moment to make sure that his bayonet was ready in his webbing, just in case.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2339 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 10:32
  • msg #322

Re: Wyszkow

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #318):

It was dark, they were almost a kilometre out. Nothing was going to happen just yet unless the OP had serious night-vision optics.

Dawid signaled Jan to come over so they could talk. Jan seemed to understand Konrad's message fine, no need to go over it again.

"Questions? Like who cut your hair, man? old movie. Okay, here's the plan: you continue to handle comms, I don't see a need to change that, and you take the point. We'll go on a bearing of 4800 mils... ah, 270 degrees. For 1200 metres. That will put us directly southwest of the enemy position, then north 500 metres, so we end up behind them. We'll pace off, double-check each other. Sounds good?"

It was a difficult maneuver to pull off at night without being detected, but well-worth it.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:28, Sun 13 Mar 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 899 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 11:02
  • msg #323

Re: Wyszkow

Mariusz moved forward as quietly as he could, keeping in position relative to the others.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 31 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 18:21
  • msg #324

Re: Wyszkow

As the group moved to bypass the OP, Piotr took the rear of the group. Keeping an eye on the known enemy position as instructed by Jan.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1047 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 21:32
  • msg #325

Re: Wyszkow

Tucker kneels down and addresses his team.  "OK, here's what's going' on.  Bayer and his element are going to assault What we believe is an OP, or an Observation Post.  The other unit is going to go around and block them in while se'rte going to go around the front of them and flank them and block them in.  We're going to move slow because if this is an OP, there might be booby traps or trip flares set up so we need to move carefully.  Questions?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2241 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 22:33
  • msg #326

Creeping & Crawling


Thursday, October 25th, 2000
2015 hrs.
40F
clear skies; slight breeze from the east
New moon (very low natural light)
Approx. 7km south of Wyszkow, Poland



After Konrad radios back to the 10th TD to inform them of the likely enemy OP and the slow-down that will inevitably result from dealing with it stealthily*, both teams (Falcon and Mirage) begin moving slowly and carefully towards the source of the now-extinguished cigarette glow.

Mirage was in the process of crossing a relatively open, fallow field when the glow was initially spotted. The first few minutes of the patrol's renewed movement to the southwest are particularly nerve-wracking. An old roadbed cuts south-southwest across their path. Low trees and wild hedge growth running along either side of the road provide excellent concealment from the eyes in the treeline to the west-southwest. Once Mirage reaches the old road- apparently unseen by the watchers- they are able to move more quickly. Following this secondary road, Mirage will just about be able to get behind the suspected OP before having to expose themselves briefly to get into the wood into which the main highway disappears.

Falcon, on the other hand, has better innitial cover and concealment as it begins moving towards the target area. A hamlet of widely-spaced, seemingly abandoned farmhouses, with mature trees growing in many of the gaps, screens the recon team from the spot where the light was seen. Falcon creeps easily among the empy buildings and dying trees, moving closer to the suspected OP. The final approach, however, will be more problematic. The hamlet terminates about 200m from the woodline where the light seems to have come from, giving way to a wide, open field on the west side of the highway. An assault team would have to cross that open field in order to get to the road-watchers. It will be very difficult, perhaps just shy of impossible, to do so undetected.

After almost 45 minutes of stealthy movement, Mirage is almost due west of where the light was last seen. Falcon is close to the southern end of the hamlet, with the fields opening up again in front of them. Despite the cold, you notice that you are sweating.


*Remember to keep the 10th informed of your movements/actions!

Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...85,0.024719&z=16

(You may need to click on your patrol element in order to center the map properly.)


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:38, Sun 13 Mar 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1442 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 14 Mar 2011
at 01:35
  • msg #327

Re: Creeping & Crawling

With the layout of the ground more obvious now, Bayer signals for Warren and his group to halt. He then takes one knee and toggles his radio, "Mirage. Falcon. Cancel my last. Ground is no good here for approach. Say again, ground is no good. Adjust your route. Mirage will eliminate the OP target. Falcon will bypass and establish cutoff on far side of treeline and wait for your objective complete. Report the probability of that on your end. Over?"

Not wanting to get dragged into a pointless firefight trying to close to a lethal distance, Bayer then signals for Jay to guide them around the OP, and back towards the highway. "We're going around. You'll get another chance next time." he whispers. "Mirage will take it. And if they can't we keep going. Put us back over by the highway."

Following Mirage's reply, Bayer signals for Warren to pass back a message to the 10th, "Stop line Lublin passed." *

* As mentioned in the orders, the patrol's progress will be reported back to the 10th by means of code named stop lines, instead of grid references. This eliminates the risk of being discovered even if the radio net has been compromised.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:35, Mon 14 Mar 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 557 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 14 Mar 2011
at 01:58
  • msg #328

Re: Creeping & Crawling

Quyen flashes a thumbs up to the Hauptmann, making it clear she understands the change of plans. She then backhands Jay's arm and whispers with a smile, "Next time."

When the patrol is ready to move again, Quyen will follow behind Jay.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 42 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 14 Mar 2011
at 16:10
  • msg #329

Re: Creeping & Crawling

Jay listened carefully as the Kapitan changed his orders. Despite being gutted at being denied the opportunity to prove his skills, he responded with a simple, stoic nod.

As the Falcon patrol group moved off again he took point once more, carefully navigating through the dark. He picked the route carefully, watching for IEDs as well as noise hazards that might give them away. He scanned the surrounding area carefully, watching for signs of activity, particularly where the smoker had been. If that soldier had been so slack in observing simple night-time protocols then others might do the same.

Once he reached the designated cut-off location he paused, checking the area was clean, before hand-signalling to the squad, gesturing towards various cover locations. Once they had moved towards their chosen locations he found cover himself, dropping to one knee so that he could set off quickly, or drop to the ground as needed.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:11, Mon 14 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2342 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 14 Mar 2011
at 21:02
  • msg #330

Re: Creeping

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #327):

Dawid was pleased at the route Jan had found. The road was a God-send both for night navigation (always difficult) and to conceal them.

After a request for a short standby was relayed to Konrad, Dawid waved Jan, Piotr and Sutherland over for a quick talk.

"We're halting here for a moment. There's a change in plans. Piotr, take command of the unit for a moment, thanks."

He addressed the other two, as he looked over the fields with his NVGs, then at his map.

"There is broken terrain in between us and the OP. Small buildings, trees, hedges. Enough to allow us to approach undetected and then close assault (the only real way to prevent a signal getting off).

"Therefore I see two options. First: approach the target directly from the west and then use the machinegun at short range over the fields to their front. Second: keep bypassing a little along the road, then come up along the tree line from their southeast. Those are the main two options as I see them, I have no preference. Navigation might be tough, locating the target even tougher. But those are the cards we're dealt."

"Honestly? This maybe not what the Kaptain wants, but I'd have Falcon or us come up the road and take the OP from behind. Much easier for navigation if they follow the road! Falcon's already going halfway there to the far side of the woods, they have a couple commando-types who can approach and kill silently. Or have them locate the OP exactly and mark it using an IR light only we can see."

"Alternative suggestion? Opinions?"


http://tinyurl.com/5r4wljw

(This map should be player-editable.)
Craig Sutherland
player, 333 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 14 Mar 2011
at 23:40
  • msg #331

Re: Creeping


Looking at the two options Craig answers:

”Route B would be the best tactically but if does expose us to being seen for longer. They probably have flares so it needs to be quick and do you need it to be quiet ?

He un-holsters his sidearm and with the silencer in place gets ready to move off with the others. He chambers a round and checks the twenty round magazine. He had not offen used the pistol or its subsonic HP ammunition having acquired it in Northern Ireland. This SAS “car” gun had always done what he had asked of it though.
Robert Flemming
player, 18 posts
American
CIA
Tue 15 Mar 2011
at 16:50
  • msg #332

Re: Creeping

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #331):

Rob, still carring the radio, crawled to to the small discussion group with Dawid, Jan, Piotr and Sutherland. He noticed the discussion and was aware of the attempt to overthrow the OP.

"Mr Cerny. I don't think that attacking the OP is the best idea we have. If we try to move closer, we have to be very carefully because of flares and other booby traps. And as far as I can remember, the Captain's order were to avoid combat as much as possible. Lets radio the OP's position to the 10th, and they can handle it. Even with mortar fire. Speed is curcial in recce missions, isn't it? Therefore we should not deal with such guys as long as they are not our problem."

He looked expectant to his other four team mates.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2346 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 09:27
  • msg #333

Re: Creeping

In reply to Robert Flemming (msg #332):

Dawid shook his head and tried to straighten Robert out.

"Sorry, Flemming. The Kaptain changed our orders to dealing with this OP, and our instructions reversed from our earlier radio message. We are to be the attacking element, while Falcon is to be the backstop. I agree, attacking from the southern flank is better than the front."

"For what it's worth, I agree, as a recce element we're supposed to avoid trouble. The 10th could better take care of this problem now they know where it is. For that matter we still do not know where the parent unit (who they report to) is located. But so far that's what we've been told to do and that's what will happen. I will pass on your suggestion but I will not make any promises, and if we're told to attack, then, well, let's get on with it."


He took the nearest radio handset and transmitted, "Mirage calling Falcon."

"Mirage. I suggest we bypass this problem and let the main force deal with it, and we should also locate the OP's main unit. Alternatively, perhaps if you send a team up the road from the rear they will have more success and be quieter. If not, we are happy to carry out your instructions and engage when you have achieved your position."

This message was last edited by the player at 10:38, Wed 16 Mar 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1444 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 11:33
  • msg #334

Re: Creeping

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He took the nearest radio handset and transmitted, "Mirage calling Falcon."

"Mirage. I suggest we bypass this problem and let the main force deal with it, and we should also locate the OP's main unit. Alternatively, perhaps if you send a team up the road from the rear they will have more success and be quieter. If not, we are happy to carry out your instructions and engage when you have achieved your position."


Moving again, Bayer replies quietly over his radio, "Falcon. If the ground and setup on your end places you in a disadvantage then bypass it... I've already registered it with the 10th. A brief search the forest to the south for a main body is necessary though."

He then ends with, "My call sign is heading East to get back into our own sector again. Let me know your decision. Over."

OOC - Dawid, as per his last transmission, Bayer wanted to know the probability of success from your interpretation of the ground and everything (I'm purposely not reading your patrol's narrative too closely). If you think you should leave it alone, then Bayer supports the call.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 900 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 16:28
  • msg #335

Re: Creeping

Mariusz continued to peer into the darkness of the night and held his position until told to move.
Jan Cerny
player, 999 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 18:14
  • msg #336

Re: Creeping

Jan listened to the discussion between Robert, Dawid and Craig and then Dawid's radio conversation with Konrad.  He nodded as he listened to the decision that was given to Dawid to make.

"I think we should bypass the OP and then search the woods to the south," he interjected, offering his own opinion.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 32 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 19:46
  • msg #337

Re: Creeping

Piotr nods at Dawid's instruction and turns to signal the rest of the team to silently form a defensive circle, while keeping an eye out for any indication of movement at the last known OP position.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2347 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 20:34
  • msg #338

Re: Creeping

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #334):

Dawid thought a bit. Konrad had left the decision on the odds of success to him, so it was up to him to make the call. It wasn't fair! He was just a WP NCO, such decisions were usually the officer's province. "It seems we are in agreement, then. Let's go around to the south, not engage to the south."

He transmitted,

"Falcon, ah, odds of successful penetration and locating target are low, less than fifty percent. Recommend this unit bypasses around to the south, continue moving to southwest. We will check the forest area to south for enemy Main Force. You will head west to RV with us? Clarify?"

Dawid was a little confused; if Konrad moved east, he'd be going backwards, but that was why he asked for clarification.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1445 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 16 Mar 2011
at 20:58
  • msg #339

Re: Creeping

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He transmitted, "Falcon, ah, odds of successful penetration and locating target are low, less than fifty percent. Recommend this unit bypasses around to the south, continue moving to southwest. We will check the forest area to south for enemy Main Force. You will head west to RV with us? Clarify?"


Bayer shakes his head, annoyed with himself with the simple mix up and transmits a reply, "Falcon. Clarification, my call sign is heading West and then back onto the normal Southern axis to continue patrol route. Confirm, Mirage will bypass the OP and check wooded area. Out."
This message was last edited by the player at 20:59, Wed 16 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2348 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 17 Mar 2011
at 07:47
  • msg #340

Re: Creeping

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #339):

Communications finished, Dawid addressed the men around him.

"Okay, looks like the 10th is going to take care of these guys, which is fine by me. We will continue southwest, then west to bypass the position and come up behind. That OP must be reporting to someone, we must find out where the main body is. Probably in the woods south, or billeted in the closest buildings along the route. Once we know more, we'll go from there."

The idea was to keep going southwest along the road for navigational purposes to bypass the OP, then cut back north to get in behind to check out the woods.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:37, Sat 19 Mar 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 41 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 19 Mar 2011
at 19:47
  • msg #341

Re: Creeping

With the change in plans a done deal, Matias prepared to move out. He still kept his attention toward where they had seen the cigarette glow, just in case.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2245 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 19 Mar 2011
at 21:00
  • msg #342

The PTSM


Thursday, October 25th, 2000
2200 hrs.
40F
clear skies; slight breeze from the east
New moon (very low natural light)
Approx. 10km south of Wyszkow, Poland



Both patrol elements cautiously bypass the suspected enemy OP, leaving it up to the 10th TD's point platoon to deal with it. The woods through which the highway passes are difficult to navigate. The branches overhead are mostly bare, but they are so thick that it's hard to get a fix on the stars. Both patrols move roughly southwests, trying their best to travel parallel to the highway. After about an hour, the chattering of small arms fire filters through the trees. The firefight is short but sharp. Konrad orders both patrols to halt while the firefight is resolved- the sound of gunfire, though muffled by the thickly wooded terrain, makes it difficult to listen for other sounds which might signal immediate danger for the patrol. The 10th's recon element radios back that the enemy OP has been overun, with two enemy KIAs and two friendly WIAs, one serious. No radios or other signalling devices were captured. It's possible that some of the enemy road-watchers got away, and if they had a radio, it's a good bet that the Baron knows that someone is coming. Even if they didn't have a radio, if there are other enemy forces nearby, they've likely been alerted by the sound of the gunfire that something is amiss.

The recon patrols move out again, this time with even more caution. After about another hour, the patrols enter an even thicker band of woods flanking the road. Each patrol arrives at the southwestern edge of these woods and look out upon a wide, clear area. There's some sort of railway facility up ahead. There's nothing really in the way of standing structures, but the tracks curl and wind in an odd formation. Only a railway worker could tell you what this was meant to do. In the midst of these ribbons of tracks is your old friend, the PTSM amphibious tracked carrier. The crew appears to be on alert. An HMG of some sort is set up on a tall tripod mount in the PTSM's cargo bed. A tent is set up nearby. Through NVGs you can see perhaps a dozen or so men in the area, most of them looking expectantly up the road (to the NE). Whether it was a radio distress call, sound of distant gunfire, or a recently arrived survivor of the OP, the enemy is ready for company.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...09,0.024719&z=16


Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2351 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 21 Mar 2011
at 09:12
  • msg #343

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #342):

Dawid signaled his patrol to gather around, while keeping a 360-degree watch.

"No word from Falcon just yet. The amphibious carrier is ahead, with a dozen crew and a machinegun. No sign of additional personnel."

"Assuming that's all there is, then we have a couple options. We can bypass and let the 10th handle this problem, like before. Or we can coordinate with Falcon, maybe one unit getting in behind while the other provides a distraction. We could take the tractor intact."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 901 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 21 Mar 2011
at 16:10
  • msg #344

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz gripped his gun tightly as he glared at the vehicle and waited for orders.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 43 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 03:48
  • msg #345

Re: The PTSM

Matias looked dubiously back over his shoulder. "Do you think that the 10th could take this out without heavy losses? I think we are better able to handle this task," he said in Polish.

He thought for a moment and then added "Besides, what better way to get into the city than by their own vehicle?"
This message was last edited by the player at 04:16, Tue 22 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2353 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 04:13
  • msg #346

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Matias Adamczyk (msg #345):

Looking through his NVGs before handing them to Matias, Dawid translated his comments for the others.

He replied in Polish, "I see basically a section with a machinegun, and not even dug-in. Not exactly Stalingrad! Ha!

"The 10th would have no problem dealing with this, although they could take some casualties, sure. This is a platoon or company-level objective.

"I'm more worried about them getting away to warn their parent unit. Plus, I want to capture that vehicle! So I'm also of the opinion that we should try and capture it for ourselves and not wait for the 10th to come up."

This message was last edited by the player at 04:26, Tue 22 Mar 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 334 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 06:46
  • msg #347

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #346):

With his back to Dawid Craig turns his head:

"Agreed, the vehicle is a priority. Also with the heavy MG they would do some serious damage. How do you want to go about it ?."

He then turns back and scans his sector.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:20, Tue 22 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2354 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 08:03
  • msg #348

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #347):

Dawid nodded.

"I notice they are mainly focused on the front, perhaps overly so. A classic approach would be to, say, have Falcon infiltrate around to the north. Then we demonstrate from the front, fix their attention while they get in close to strike."
Jan Cerny
player, 1001 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 13:59
  • msg #349

Re: The PTSM

“Capturing the vehicle sounds like a good idea to me,” interjected Jan.  “I think that it is likely to have a working radio as well so it would give us further information about the Baron’s comms set up.  And picking off his men in small groups sounds like a good idea to me!  We should keep bleeding his strength.”

He kept scanning around as he spoke, just in case there was an outlying picket that they had missed.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1048 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 14:17
  • msg #350

Re: The PTSM

Robert moves up next to Mariusz and awaits in silence for further orders.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2355 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 20:57
  • msg #351

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #349):

"I think we're basically in agreement. I'll let the Kaptain know so he can make his decision."

He decided to pass along the recommendation to assist Konrad if possible in making his decision, although whatever order he gave would be obeyed.

"Mirage calling Falcon.

"Recommend we assault to secure the vehicle now. Suggest we continue moving up on both flanks. Mirage will stop south of position, then provide distraction to allow Falcon to close assault. Is this acceptable?"

Craig Sutherland
player, 335 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 22 Mar 2011
at 23:27
  • msg #352

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #348):

"Are we in a better position to use the cover of the trees to get close to assault ? Wouldn't falcon have to advance over the open ground ? They do have some cover to loop around but that may take some time."

"Is the distraction sniper fire and 40mmB grenades ?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2356 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 23 Mar 2011
at 00:29
  • msg #353

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #352):

"Even with night-goggles, it's hard to tell what cover they have at this angle and distance. My map is years out of date and no help, and it's not like we can look down from a satellite like you used to! So it's not important who goes in, I figure, except they're a little better equipped for a quick and stealthy approach.

"We're still the support element, so I was thinking 7.62mm tracer fire from the PKM off to their right would be our best "distraction", as long as we're not firing into Falcon's positions."

This message was last edited by the player at 00:32, Wed 23 Mar 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1447 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Mar 2011
at 02:10
  • msg #354

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Mirage calling Falcon.

"Recommend we assault to secure the vehicle now. Suggest we continue moving up on both flanks. Mirage will stop south of position, then provide distraction to allow Falcon to close assault. Is this acceptable?"


Bayer holds up his hand, signaling for his patrolmates behind him to halt and go down on one knee. He then turns on his NVGs and studies the PTSM while replying over the radio, "Falcon. Roger. Suitable target for assault. Close in and setup a diversionary firebase. Falcon will quick assault. No move until all in position. Over."

Bayer then turns and whispers, "Alright. Jay and Quyen. Take the lead. Bring us closer to that position. Use the ground, the dips, the grass, and what looks like that dirt road over there for cover. We crawl if we have to."

Bayer then fixes a bearing on the PTSM and quickly plots a fire mission for the 120mm mortar - in case things go sour. The delay will also allow Mirage to have a bit of a head start, as it's probably best they get into position before Falcon does (or gets seen trying). Then tapping Warren on the shoulder, Bayer passes on the targeting data to be relayed to the mortar.

Short wait...

"Alright. Head off." he whispers to Jay and Quyen. "As slow as you need to without getting us seen." Despite the enemy not erecting a prepared defensive position, he also warns them, "Watch for trip flares and sentries."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:11, Wed 23 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2357 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 23 Mar 2011
at 07:42
  • msg #355

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer holds up his hand, signaling for his patrolmates behind him to halt and go down on one knee. He then turns on his NVGs and studies the PTSM while replying over the radio, "Falcon. Roger. Suitable target for assault. Close in and setup a diversionary firebase. Falcon will quick assault. No move until all in position. Over."


"Okay, we'll move through the woods to the stop line marked by that road extending to the southeast from the target. that will put us at 100m out and our fire will be going northwest, so take care."

He related the instructions to the rest of the unit (in English and Polish), making sure to take an exact bearing so they wouldn't get lost.

"All right, let's move! Along the inside the tree-line to the road."


http://tinyurl.com/5w7tvtn
This message was last edited by the player at 09:16, Thu 24 Mar 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 45 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Wed 23 Mar 2011
at 15:23
  • msg #356

Re: The PTSM

Matias gripped his Tantal tightly and pulled down into a moving crouch. They might be the distraction, but he didn't want to draw any fire before they were in position and prepared for it.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 252 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 23 Mar 2011
at 18:09
  • msg #357

Re: The PTSM

Jeff waits patiently as the orders are carried out.  The thought of casualties amongst the 10th's recon team bother him, but they are acceptable.

"Good plan.  I'll set up at the edge of the woodline once we get in position to assault for long range fire"

Once the team moves into position, Jeff deploys in cover, bipod extended, just shy of the edge of the woodline.  Hopefully the darkened trees will further obscure him.  He will aim for the gunner of the PTSM, then adjust fire to exposed riflemen.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 46 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 08:19
  • msg #358

Re: The PTSM

Jay nodded in silent acceptance of the orders from Kapitan Bayer. He moved off quietly, keeping low and moving as silently as possible. watching for IEDs, sentries, etc.

As they approached the target he gestured for good cover positions for Warren, and others who were hanging back to use ranged weapons. Next to Warren he quietly stowed his pack, and made sure the rest of his gear was fitted correctly to minimise noise. He then moved off again, sometimes creeping slowly, sometimes crawling on his belly, to get even closer.

It was his intention to spot sentries and take them out with his knife. If he could spot an officer or NCO that he could take down silently then he would do so, but would aim to capture them rather than kill, as they could be useful for intelligence.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Silently approaching the enemy location from N/NW
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 902 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 16:12
  • msg #359

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz crept forward to get closer to the others and then waited for instructions.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2247 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 19:56
  • msg #360

Re: The PTSM


Thursday, October 25th, 2000
2300 hrs.
40F
clear skies; slight breeze from the east
New moon (very low natural light)
Approx. 15km south of Wyszkow, Poland



As both teams begin moving into their attack positions, a spotlight flashes on from the bed of the PTSM. The bright beam shines directly down the highway into the thin treeline to the northeast. You can make out a few distant shouts- the sound is too weak and muffled to make out what's being said. Silently observing events unfold, you see that someone on the road is approaching the enemy position from the direction of the now illuminated treeline. A couple of men rise up from unseen positions to the east of PTSM and meet the man on the road. From there, they appear to half-carry the interloper back towards their little camp site. The beam of the searchlight sweeps the treeline in arc, roughly from the 9-o'clock of the PTSM (relative to its nose, which points northeast along the road) to its to its 3-o'clock. The first sweep is fast and quickly passes over both Falcon and Mirage. The second is much slower, much more thorough. It's if the light is reaching out just for you.

You hold still, hunker down behind cover and/or hug the ground. Your team is a couple of meters inside the treeline and the enemy don't appear to spot you on either of the sweeps. The light is powerful, turning darkest night into a perversion of broad daylight. After the second, more deliberate sweep, the beam of the spotlight swings rapidly back down the length of the road to the northeast. It stays on for a couple of minutes, making darting little sweeps to one side or the other and then abruptly switches off. Darkness falls again like a heavy blanket.

The enemy is clearly on high alert now. It's unclear whether they have any night-vision capability, but they did somehow spot the lone man approaching down the road, some 400m or so away as he emerged from the treeline. Either way, the spotlight is an effective, if old-fashioned and somewhat limited, counter to the darkness. You've only seen 5-6 men but you estimate that there are at least a dozen in position around the PTSM. Chances are also good that vehicle also likely has a working radio.

You proceed slowly and cautiously, moving into position to attack and, hopefully, capture the Baron's PTSM.

Mirage stays within the treeline, using the cover of the mostly naked trees to avoid detection. Sheltered somewhat from the sun, the ground inside the woods is still patchy with snow. Mirage moves in a wide, sweeping arc in order to stay inside the teeline. The manouver takes time. Almost an hour passes as the team transits the kilometer or so between their original vantage point and the woods 200-300m southeast of the enemy campsite. As the members of Mirage squad begin to locate and settle into suitable firing positions, disaster strikes.

Falcon has a much more exposed route towards their attack positions. They use the available cover- shrubbery, folds in the terrain, and an old dirt road-bed- to their advantages, stalking ahead at a snail's pace in order to avoid detection. Warren lags behind to set up overwatch inside the edge of the northern treeline. The rest of the team is about 50 meters outside of the treeline when someone atop the PTSM shouts a warning. The Falcons freeze and wait to be caught like deer crossing the road when a tractor-trailer comes hurtling around the bend. The spotlight switches on and sweeps southeast, towards where Mirage should be.

Mirage is caught in the bright glare of the spotlight. Those who's NVGs were in use turn away in order to avoid being temporarily blinded. A couple of AKs open up into the treeline. Bullets buzz overhead, dropping small branches and bits of treebark on the heads of the Mirage patrollers.

Relieved that they are not the ones in the spotlight, the Falcons carefully crane their necks to see the tripod-mounted HMG in the bed of the PSTM, aft of the spotlight, swinging around to lay along the path of the glaring beam. It's only a matter of a second or two until the devastating firepower of the HMG is brought to bear. So far, the enemy appears to be preoccupied with Mirage. Falcon is about 250m from the PTSM. Warren is about 300m away from it.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...09,0.024719&z=16


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:03, Thu 24 Mar 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1448 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 20:28
  • msg #361

Re: The PTSM

Bayer toggles the transmit button quickly and says, "Warren, initiate the fire mission. Spot and two rounds for effect." And to Mirage, "Mirage open fire. Falcon is closing from the North."

He then hisses loud enough for Quyen and Jay to hear over the gunfire, "Close in." (pointing south towards the PTSM) "That way, one hundred fifty meters."

Bayer then turns towards the rear of the patrol and says, "Robert. Firebase here. Fire on my signal or if we're spotted. Do not fire left of the carrier, that's Mirage... and I'll trust you not to hit us either. I'm leaving you Warren in the rear, so I'm stealing Mariusz."

He looks to the boy and says, "Up. With me and stay close. No shooting."

Bayer then moves a low crouch behind Jay and Quyen, carefully guiding them in the direction he wants - which is in a narrow route towards the PTSM but not in either the line of fire of Mirage or his own firebase.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:32, Thu 24 Mar 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 46 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 20:32
  • msg #362

Re: The PTSM

Matias panicked when the spotlight swept through the second time. When the gunfire started, he ran forward and off to the side, desperate to put some space between himself and his squadmates. He hunched over, hoping to keep his profile low, and looked around for anything he could use for cover: a bigger tree trunk, a small ditch, a large stump, anything.

When he saw something suitable, he would dive behind it. Then he'd try to set himself up to return fire, if possible.

Matias
Mirage-3
Diving for cover
Tantal Wz88 (30/30) + 4 spare mags, all 30/30
PM-63 (15/25)

This message was last edited by the player at 20:13, Fri 25 Mar 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 903 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 20:56
  • msg #363

Re: The PTSM

"No problem, Sir," Mariusz replied to his commander. He checked his rifle and followed his leader, staying as close to the man as Bayer indicated was acceptable.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:06, Thu 24 Mar 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 558 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 21:04
  • msg #364

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
He then hisses loud enough for Quyen and Jay to hear over the gunfire, "Close in." (pointing south towards the PTSM) "That way, one hundred fifty meters."


Quyen looks at the Hauptmann first and then in the direction he was referring to, making sure she understood what was expected of her. "Right." she says, giving him a thumbs up.

Tapping Jay to signal she was ready, Quyen moves forward, keeping a low profile. She will use the terrain as best she can and adjust her stance as required as she creeps forward, her movements similar to that of a monkey (moving on three limbs with fourth holding weapon up). All the time she will keep her weapon at the ready in case they are spotted.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:05, Thu 24 Mar 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1049 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 24 Mar 2011
at 21:36
  • msg #365

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then turns towards the rear of the patrol and says, "Robert. Firebase here. Fire on my signal or if we're spotted. Do not fire left of the carrier, that's Mirage... and I'll trust you not to hit us either. I'm leaving you Warren in the rear, so I'm stealing Mariusz."

Tucker nods his head to Bayer and taps him on the shoulder, "Gotcha boss.  Good luck!"  He rolls back to Teo & Monica and relays to him the plan.  "OK listen.  Teo, I want you to set up a base of fire here.  Do not shoot to the left of the truck!  Our people are that way.  We have one of ours behind us.  No firing until I do!  You understand?" he asks the both of them to make sure that they both understand what he wants.  He uses his hands to point in the direction of movements, where their friendlies are, and where to shoot & don't shoot.  He also tries to find some kind of cover to set up for the three of them.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 12:48, Fri 25 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2359 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 04:03
  • msg #366

Re: The PTSM

It would be nice to take out the crew without damaging the PTSM but sometimes you have to deal with the world as the way it was.

Dawid dove behind a fallen tree as his goggles cut down the glare. He flipped them up as he said, "return fire - Friendlies to the RIGHT of the target!"

Once on the ground and behind whatever solid cover was at hand he pressed the trigger on the PKM, sending a stream of tracers towards the target.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (100/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Taking cover, returning fire with full bursts.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:49, Fri 25 Mar 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 336 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 08:26
  • msg #367

Re: The PTSM


Flipping up his NVG's after surveying the terrain for the advance Craig nodds at Dawid and with his AK at his shoulder he moves off with the others.

Once at their intended destination Craig finds cover behind one of the larger upright but blown apart trees. Using it as cover he aims at the gunner in the bed of the truck resting the fore grip on his hand that is braced against the tree. As the spotlight begins to turn he changes his point of aim towards it and waits.

Craig didn't know what had set off the alarm but when the shit hits the fan he lets out a long burst towards the light and hopefully the operator behind it as well. Once he had fired his initial burst he swung back behind the tree.


Support Element
Firing burst at spot light

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 48 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 12:37
  • msg #368

Re: The PTSM

Jay nodded at the Kapitan and grinned when Quyen tapped him on the shoulder; his bright white teeth the only things visible in the darkness. He set off quickly, as before, constantly assessing the ground for hazards, as well as watching for unseen enemies.

As tracers flew around he kept low, not a tricky proposition for a man of his stature. He moved silently across the ground, making sure he would not be seen or heard. His heart raced as the adrenaline rushed through him, he loved this kind of warfare, in fact he lived for it. Night time, close up, perfect!

He inched forward, making sure that he didn't stray across anyone's LOS or expose himself to the enemy, until he reached the designated spot 150m from the enemy. Then he directed Quyen, Mariusz and the Kapitan to good cover positions and awaited further instructions.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Silently approaching the enemy location from N/NW
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Robert Flemming
player, 19 posts
American
CIA
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 12:46
  • msg #369

Re: The PTSM

When the spotlight hit Mirage, Rob, like all others, dove to find suitable cover. Finally he reached a small ditch to take cover.
He orientated himself to know where his teammates are.

Rob Flemming
Callsign Mirage 7
takes cover
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags

Piotr Pawlowski
player, 33 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 20:35
  • msg #370

Re: The PTSM

When the spotlight ominously moves towards their patrol Piotr swears some silent polish phrases as  the bullets start hitting the trees around them. Keeping low he rushes for cover away from the light.

The moment he finds cover that offers sufficient protection he sets up the Dragunov searching for targets. Prioritizing the HMG gunner and those around him.


Piotr (Mirage 4)
SVD 10/10
Woods SE of enemy position
Taking cover, returning fire aimed shots with priority to the HMG crew.

Jeff D. Warren
player, 253 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 21:34
  • msg #371

Re: The PTSM

In fluent Russian, Jeff calls into the radio "Kinzhal-1, this is Sokol-2, immediate suppression 1 round HE.  Prepare for 2 rounds follow on.  Target ref BW12.  Danger Close.  Over."  (Dagger-1 = Mortar, Sokol-2 = Falcon-2)

While waiting for the rounds to fall, Jeff sites in on the upper back of the gunner in the tractor.  With barely in pressure left in the trigger, he asks Konrad "Should I take the gunner and the spotlight if they open up?"  If Konrad answers yes, Jeff will engage both targets.  He will aim for the spotlight rather than the operator, but if that is ineffective he'll take out the operator.



Jeff Warren
Quick FO Call, aiming at Gunner, prepared to adjust to Spotlight.  Prone behind rock.
SVU-AS, Deployed Bipod [10/10]

Jan Cerny
player, 1002 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 25 Mar 2011
at 21:44
  • msg #372

Re: The PTSM

Jan pulled his IR Goggles down around his neck and dived into the nearest cover, forcing himself to ignore the jolt of pain he felt up his left arm.

"Matias!" he barked in Polish at the young man as he appeared to panic.  "Pull yourself together and start firing!"

Jan then called out to the other two men in his element, to some extent stating the obvious with his instructions.  "Piotr, make sure no one man's that HMG!  Lech pick a target and engage!"

He then starting aiming his M203 at the tripod-mounted HMG in the bed of the PSTM.  Jan had an HE round loaded in his grenade launcher, as he hadn't been anticipating trying to take out the vehicle, so he focussed on adding to the grief anyone trying to fire the HMG was about to experience.

He calmed his breathing, ready to fire once he was sure of the shot.


Jan
Mirage-1
Diving for cover nearby
Issuing orders to his element, trying to rally Matias and then aiming his M203 at the bed of the PSTM.  If there is time in the combat round for him to fire an aimed shot as well as doing all of that then he will fire.  Otherwise he will hold fire until next round.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 8x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Monika Sawicki
player, 109 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 26 Mar 2011
at 13:09
  • msg #373

Re: The PTSM

     Monika knew that her little SMG wouldn't reach out to the enemy.  She followed her usual combat technique in this situation.  Monika kept her SMG ready and her body behind whatever cover was available.  She knew that a medic shot full of holes wasn't of much use to anyone.

Monika Sawicki
Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Keeping her butt out of the line of fire

This message was last edited by the player at 01:36, Sun 27 Mar 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1449 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 26 Mar 2011
at 15:48
  • msg #374

Re: The PTSM

Jeff D. Warren:
While waiting for the rounds to fall, Jeff sites in on the upper back of the gunner in the tractor.  With barely in pressure left in the trigger, he asks Konrad "Should I take the gunner and the spotlight if they open up?"  If Konrad answers yes, Jeff will engage both targets.  He will aim for the spotlight rather than the operator, but if that is ineffective he'll take out the operator.


Before leaving, Bayer answered quickly, "Targets of opportunity." - leaving Warren free to call his own shots as he sees them. "Fire when we do or if we are spotted."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2248 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 26 Mar 2011
at 17:15
  • msg #375

Re: The PTSM


Mirage

As the Mirages scatter and dive behind cover, the tripod-mounted HMG in the back of the PTSM opens up. The metalic hammering blast of the large caliber weapon roars into the night. The first burst catches Lech as he lunges towards a large, unoccupied tree truck. The thumb-sized projectiles literally tear the man in half. The remains of his body lie steaming halfway behind the cover he was so desperately close to reaching. (Dawid -5 rounds)

Dawid dives on to his belly behind tree and instinctively brings the PKM to bear on the almost blinding light shining from the back of the PTSM. He doesn't have time to aim. He pulls the trigger and watches a tracer disappear into the glare. He sees just enough to suspect that his first burst has gone high. As he quickly readjusts, the enemy HMG nearly finds him.

The second burst is aimed at the offending PKM. Woj is in the loader's position to Dawid's right. A large-caliber round strikes Woj high on the right arm, severing it in a spray of blood, meat, and bone fragments. The sound of the strike is sickening. It's followed a second later by the beginning of a piercing, agonized scream as the pain and gravity of the massive wound kicks in.

Once behind cover, Craig draws a quick bead on the blazing epicenter of the spotlight and pulls the trigger. The beam swings skyward as the operator is presumably hit by a burst of fire. Satisfied, Craig rolls to his left behind a fallen tree trunk. As he does so, a bullet strikes him in his momentarily exposed stomach, knocking the wind out of him and violently completing the roll. He lies on his back behind the tree trunk, trying to catch his breath and checking for a wound. His hand comes away sweaty- there's no blood. (Craig -5 rounds)

Dawid's adjusted his aim by now and he looses a second tight burst. One of the tracers from the flury disappears into the dark sillouette of the enemy heavy machinegunner and he drops into the bed of the PTSM. Incoming rounds are striking around Dawid. One even burrows between the cold, damp earth and his LBE/Kevlar vest, a centimeter or so from his belly. It sort of tickles in a very startling way. (Dawid -5 rounds)

Jan, after attempting to position his squad, fights past the pain in his wounded left arm and aims a 40mm HE grenade at the PTSM. About three seconds later, the grenade bursts short and a few meters to the right of the PTSM. Disappointment is mixed relief as someone else's fire eliminates both the enemy spotlight and HMG operators. A couple of incoming rounds kick up little showers of damp earth and plant bits nearby. (Jan -1 40mm HE)

Piotr sees the entire sequence through the scope of his Dragunov. The enemy gun crew is down. He's got a good sight picture on the weapon and the spotlight (now shining at about a 45 degree angle above Mirage) should someone attempt to reman either device. Bullets whine overhead but no enemy fire appears to be directed specifically at him at this point.

Caught out by the spotlight in the first seconds of the engagement, Matias desperately scrambles for cover. He barely beats a flurry of bullets to a large fallen tree. He dives behind it just as rounds strike the thick wooden barrier. He spends a couple of seconds trying to catch his breath. By the time he chances peeking above his cover, the enemy spotlight is shining into the sky and the their HMG has fallen silent. The enemy riflemen seem to have forgotten about him.


Lech- KIA
Woj- WIA (crit)*



Falcon

Warren is watching the PTSM's HMG as it opens up into the woods where Mirage is taking cover. He does his best to keep the target in his scope as he gets on the horn and contacts the 10th TD's mortar battery. The battery commander rushes to get one of the heavy mortars in position to fire, then asks Warren to reconfirm the fire mission coordinates. Warren has to repeat the grid references twice more before the battery commanders radios "round out". By that time, both the heavy machinegunner and the spotlight operator appear to be down.

Jay and Minh meanwhile are leading the approach towards the unengaged side of the PTSM. They were on the move before the enemy HMG had fired it's first burst. Jay has covered about 20m when his keen eyes spy a figure about 50m ahead, crouching in a shallow road cutting. The man is backlight by the lit-up bed of the PTSM. Jay spotted the movement of the man's head as he looks back and forth between the firefight behind him and his sector of responsibility. The man's night vision must be shot all to hell. Jay can see him, though, just fine. The Gurkha signals Minh and the others following behind him before putting the unwitting enemy sentry in the sights of his AIM-74.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...56,0.024719&z=16

*Please note that Mirage is out of cannon fod... er, I mean NPCs.

Also, expect the first 120mm spotter round to impact during the next turn.



Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:20, Sat 26 Mar 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 47 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 26 Mar 2011
at 21:23
  • msg #376

Re: The PTSM

Matias took a few deep breaths to calm himself down. He repositioned himself to keep the cover, but so that he could return fire. He looked at the area around the PTSM & spotlight, trying to find anymore of the Baron's troops. He'd fire single aimed shots at them, if given the chance.

Matias
Mirage-3
Under cover, looking for enemies
Tantal Wz88 (30/30) + 4 spare mags, all 30/30
PM-63 (15/25)

This message was last edited by the player at 22:44, Sat 26 Mar 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 337 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 26 Mar 2011
at 22:37
  • msg #377

Re: The PTSM


Craig lay on his back as light burst underneath his closed eyelids, his breathing was shallow and ragged. He tried to turn over but decided to stay on his back as the large calibre rounds impacted into the trees overhead and to his right. Feeling under his body armour he glances at his hand and lets out a breath as he realises that the armour had taken most of the shock.

Someone was screaming further along their defensive line, “shit” he thought. His out-stretched right arm was only millimetres away from the stock of his AK, he looped his fingers around the rear sling swivel and dragged the weapon by its sling towards him. Still on his back he checked the chamber of the weapon and used his legs to push himself into better cover without rising.


Support Element
Staying down and looking for good cover

AK-74/BG-15 (40/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Monika Sawicki
player, 111 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 01:42
  • msg #378

Re: The PTSM

     Monika heard the sound of gunfire.  When bullets flew, people got hurt.  When people were hurt, they needed help.  She closed her eyes and took a deep breath.  She let it out slowly.  Monika opened her eyes and sighed quietly.  She holstered her sub gun, then began to carefully crawl toward the gunfire.

Monika Sawicki
Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Doing her job

This message was last edited by the player at 13:04, Tue 29 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2362 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 10:21
  • msg #379

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #375):

There was no relief at his triumph in the short but deadly "machinegun duel", merely a slight lessening of terror. He sensed but tried not to think of his friend beside him getting hit, there was no time to help. It had been so close; the bullet that burrowed just beneath him reminding him that there but for the grace of God went he. The tree he was partially sheltering behind wouldn't have done fuck-all to protect against a bullet from the heavy machinegun's fire.

"We have wounded! Over here!" he yelled as he shifted fire to the closest group of dismountes, sending streams of tracers their way. He flipped his NVGs down to assist his vision and targeting, as he could easily see the fall of the tracers and he wasn't using the weapon's iron sights.

It was quite novel to have medical personnel attached on the section/squad level. In the Polish and other WP armies, there would be an ambulance with a full doctor at the battalion level at the lowest, never up front with the troops. Still, while Monika was several hundreds of metres away and not able to attend immediately maybe someone close by had some medical knowledge, enough to save his friend's life.

"Jan, fire on the left group! Everyone else, cover the vehicle and machinegun!" Firing at the far right group of enemies would put Falcon in direct danger due to the line of fire; their comrades would have to fend for themselves with regards to that group. As it was firing at the troops closest might still put Falcon at some risk but that couldn't be helped if Mirage wanted to survive the next few seconds.



Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (90/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Firing full bursts NW with PKM at the closest group of dismounts.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:08, Mon 28 Mar 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 20 posts
American
CIA
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 12:30
  • msg #380

Re: The PTSM

Rob noticed by the scream that they have wounded. He treid to localize the poor but the way to them was not save. Because he had the radio, Rob started to crawl to catch up with Craig.

Rob Flemming
Callsign Mirage 7
takes cover
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
SE crawling to Craig

This message was last edited by the player at 12:31, Sun 27 Mar 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 34 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 16:49
  • msg #381

Re: The PTSM

Piotr listens to the sounds of battle around him while he kept his sight on the vehicle bed. The screams around him more than confirmed how effective both the light and machinegun had been.

“Machinegun is out. I'll keep it clear” He shouted hoping the others would trust his marksmanship enough to focus their effort on the riflemen.


Piotr (Mirage 4)
SVD 10/10
Woods SE of enemy position
Overwatch on machinegun and spotlight position taking anyone that attempts to reman the positions.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1050 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 17:48
  • msg #382

Re: The PTSM

Monika Sawicki:
     Monika heard the scream of the wounded man.  She closed her eyes and took a deep breath.  She let it out slowly.  Monika opened her eyes and sighed quietly.  She holstered her sub gun, then began to carefully crawl toward where Mirage was positioned.

If Tucker sees her moving away, he will call out to her, "Monika!  Stay here for now.  It may not be safe to move right now.  We don't need you getting shot!"
Monika Sawicki
player, 113 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 20:39
  • msg #383

Re: The PTSM

     Monika heard something being said to her, but she couldn't make it out.  She assumed that it was a call to be careful or something like that.  She paused as she spoke softly, hoping that her English words would carry.  "Going now.  Is job to go.  People hurt maybe."  Monika continued on.

Monika Sawicki
Callsign: Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Just doing her job

This message was last edited by the player at 12:54, Tue 29 Mar 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1005 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 27 Mar 2011
at 20:50
  • msg #384

Re: The PTSM

As Lech went down, killed instantly by an HMG round, Jan swore to himself in French.  He hadn't known the Pole for very long at all but he still felt a sense of responsibility for the death of a man under his command.  It was a feeling that he hoped he never got used to – if he did then that would mean that he had truly lost his humanity!

He didn't dwell on Lech’s death though - that would only lead to further casualties, quite possibly his own!

"Piotr!  Good job!  Maintain your current target!" he ordered, continuing to bark like a drill sergeant.  Jan wasn't sure who had taken out the enemy machinegunner but he was happy to assume that it was Piotr.  "Matias, fire at the group to the left of the vehicle!  Give them something to think about!"

Jan didn't fire at the same target as he had instructed Matias to engage though.  He focussed on the closest group that Dawid's element were engaging and made use of the optical sight mounted on the Steyr.  It contained traces of something mildly radioactive which glowed slightly in the dark, designed to help with aiming at night.  If he spotted a target he planned to fire a double tap at them.


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a tree for cover
Using the 1.5x optical sight with its slight help for night fighting to try and spot a target in the closest group of enemy dismounts, firing an aimed shot followed by a quick shot if he spots someone
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (0/1 - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Jeff D. Warren
player, 256 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 28 Mar 2011
at 03:02
  • msg #385

Re: The PTSM

With the first round now in the air, Jeff acted quickly.  His initial targets already down, he shifted his target to the cab and exhaled slowly.  From his best guess, the movement either meant the tractor getting away, or sending out a radio message.  Neither of which was good.  To be on the safe side, he fired three rounds in rapid succession into the movement.  He hoped the enemy would be unable to identify his position from the shots, but just to be safe, he scanned the area for anyone now looking in his direction, as well as considering a position to relocate too.


Jeff Warren
Neutralizing movement in the cab
1 Aimed shot + 2 quick at movement in cab of PTSM
SVU-AS [10/10]

This message was last edited by the player at 02:35, Tue 29 Mar 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 48 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Mon 28 Mar 2011
at 15:04
  • msg #386

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #384):

Matias somehow heard Jan's voice through all the noise, and he tried to follow the order as best he could. He shifted his focus to the left of the PTSM and fired single aimed shots when possible.

Matias
Overwatch: left side of PTSM, firing single aimed shots
Tantal Wz88 (30/30) + 4 spare mags, all 30/30
PM-63 (15/25)

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1051 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 28 Mar 2011
at 23:31
  • msg #387

Re: The PTSM

Monika Sawicki:
     Monika heard something being said to her, but she couldn't make it out.  She assumed that it was a call to be careful or something like that.  She paused as she spoke softly, hoping that her English words would carry.  "Going now.  Is my job to go."  Monika continued on.

Tucker just shakes his head, "Fuck it all, right?  It's your job to stay here until it's clear!" 
Monika Sawicki
player, 114 posts
Polish
Medic
Tue 29 Mar 2011
at 01:49
  • msg #388

Re: The PTSM

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker just shakes his head, "Fuck it all, right?  It's your job to stay here until it's clear!" 


     Monika understood enough of Tuck's words to figure out that he wanted her to stay here.  He just didn't understand why she had to go.  Maybe he never would.  Either way, she didn't have time to explain it to him.  "You say same if you there not here?"

     Monika took a few moments to remove the PB/6P9 and the spare mag from the medic bag.  The mag went into her pocket.  She tucked the pistol into her waistband.  She looted her Doctor's bag to add bandages and other supplies to the contents remaining in the Medic bag.  Next, she shrugged out of her backpack and her combat webbing.  "Tuck, you want help?  Keep for me.  I want back later."  Taking only her medic bag and her pistols, the unit's medic began making yet another house call.


Monika Sawicki
Callsign: Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Just doing her job

This message was last edited by the player at 01:53, Tue 29 Mar 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 49 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 29 Mar 2011
at 07:26
  • msg #389

Re: The PTSM

Jay ignored he explosion of light and sound as the firefight erupted on the other side of the road. He focussed on his intended victim, the sentry about 50m away. He stayed as low as he could, but continued towards the man, keeping him firmly in the sights of his AIMS-74. Like a ghost in the night, he crept forwards, controlling his breathing and stepping like a cat, ensuring no noise was made to alert his target. Slowly he crept forward, occasionally glancing from side to side to make sure he hadn't missed any other targets.

It was his intention to get close enough to the man to silently take him out with his kukri knife, but just in case he will keep his weapon focused on the man. If the sentry spots him, or he is spotted by another sentry, he will immediately fire a burst, aiming at the man's chest, before diving and rolling for cover. If not spotted he will go all the way for a silent kill.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Silently approaching the sentry, aiming for silent kill with knife
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Konrad Bayer
player, 1451 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 29 Mar 2011
at 11:19
  • msg #390

Re: The PTSM

Bayer follows Quyen and Jay, keeping a short distance from the two as he ensures they didn't stray outside of the "safe lane" and inadvertently wander into Mirage's fire. When he sees them closing in on the sentry, he lets them go, confident they could get his assault team even closer to the objective by dealing with the enemy soldier quietly. They still had a few moments before the mortar fire mission anyways.

As he trails the two silent killers, Bayer keeps his weapon up at the ready and will fire single shots at anyone who spots them.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 904 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 29 Mar 2011
at 16:48
  • msg #391

Re: The PTSM

As his commander moved off, Mariusz followed him, keeping close enough to react to any threats to the Captain but far enough away not to hinder the man's stealth.
Minh Quyen
player, 559 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 29 Mar 2011
at 19:39
  • msg #392

Re: The PTSM

Quyen keeps moving, hunched over to lower her profile as much as possible, and covers Jay as the sentry is targeted for a quiet kill. She's slightly annoyed at her partner for occasionally looking around though. As wingman, that was what she was for.

With her weapon held ready, she will shoot two rounds and then quickly dash forward a short distance if they are detected.


Quyen
AK74 (30 rounds)
Creeping up on sentry ready to fire and charge if spotted

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2254 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 29 Mar 2011
at 23:59
  • msg #393

Re: The PTSM


The next few seconds are a violent blur of action and sound.

Falcon

Warren, scanning the cab of the PTSM through the PSO optic of his "new" SVU, spots movement inside. Someone is moving around in the amphib's crew compartment. Warren takes careful aim and fires a single shot. The target jerks spastically and then abruptly slumps out of view- a near certain hit. (Jeff -1 round)

Jay and Minh, meanwhile, are creeping closer to the lone sentry. Minh keeps a careful lookout for additional sentries on the north side of the PTSM but spots none. They both freeze in their tracks when the muffled blast of a gunshot cracks behind them. Somehow, the sentry fails to notice it. Jay continues stealthily forward, followed by his wingman (or woman); they are about 20m away from the man when, for whatever reason, he turns his head towards them. The sentry peers into the darkness, letting his eyes adjust. Jay locks eyes with the man and recognizes in them the startled glimmer of recognition. Before the man can shout a warning or engage the intruders with his weapon, Jay fires a tight burst into his torso. The man rocks back and crumples into a heap and then starts to moan pitiously. (Jay -3 rounds)

As this is going on, the rest of team Falcon, sans a small element led by Sgt. Tucker, creeps forward behind the point team (Jay & Minh).

Before Jay can get any closer to the badly wounded sentry, a tremendous explosion errupts about 50m NE of the PTSM. The blast is close enough to the enemy's forward positions to almost certainly cause blast and/or fragmentation casualties among them.

You can feel the fading concussion wave bundle into you. It's not quite enough to knock you down, but it does give you pause.


Mirage

The surviving Mirages continue to fight back. Dawid flips his NVGs back down and fires a short burst at the nearest enemy. The muzzle flash of the PKM is bright, but not unbearably so, and the outgoing tracers are even more noticeable through the light amplification of the goggles. Thusly, he watches the burst go over the heads of the nearest enemy (it looks like only one or two men). Someone else has more luck as the man firing back lets out a scream and sinks down into the darkness. Jan happens to notice this as well, as this very same man was in his sights when he just pulled the trigger [twice] on his Steyr F88. Dawid sees another sentry a few meters from the one that's just gone down hit. He appears to be crawling to a new position a little further west. (Dawid -5 rounds; Jan -2 rounds)

As ordered, Matias focusses his efforts on the more distant enemy muzzle flash to the northwest and fires a few carefully aimed single shots. The enemy weapon, however, continues to strobe away. (Matias -3 rounds)

Piotr, meanwhile, is waiting for someone to reman either the HMG or the spotlight in the back of the PTSM. A figure pops up from the darkness of the ground and climbs into the bed of the amphib. Piotr takes aim and fires two shots. The man flinches but continues to try to bring the bulky HMG to bear. As he tries to swing the barrel back to the southern treeline, a huge explosion about 50m ahead of the PTSM rocks him back on his heels. (Piotr -2 shots)

You can feel the fading concussion wave bundle into you. It's not quite enough to knock you down, but it does give you pause. As the outgoing fire from Mirage comes to a halt, you notice that Woj has gone quiet.

Only one enemy appears to be firing at you at the moment. He is roughly 50m west of the PTSM, near the road. There does appear to be some movement low to the ground near the southern sentry just dispatched by Jan. There is also the man in the back of the PTSM, straining to operate the HMG mounted there.


Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...56,0.024719&z=16


Next Actions?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:13, Wed 30 Mar 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 50 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 30 Mar 2011
at 07:38
  • msg #394

Re: The PTSM

As he fired the burst which took down the sentry, Jay immediately dove for cover and rolled into a firing position. He could hear the sentry start to wail in pain, as the realisation of his predicament overtook him. A split second later the explosion shook the ground. Jay guessed that this was the first mortar round. Using the noise of the explosion and the gunfire as cover, he quickly got back to his feet and dashed across to where the sentry had fallen. He kept low, and kept his weapon ready. He rapidly covered the short distance, before spotting the man lying on the floor, blood seeping from his chest and stomach wounds. At the last moment Jay switched his rifle to his left hand and pulled out his kukri knife. This wasn't how he had planned the sneak attack, but it would have to do. He pounced on the man and slashed downwards at the man's throat with the knife, using it like an axe, pounding repeatedly until he was certain the man was dead.

As soon as he was done he quickly wiped the blade on the dead man's sleeve and then stowed it back in it's sheath. While doing so he glanced around for other threats, before swapping his rifle back into a firing position. Once he was satisfied that their was no immediate threat he turned and gave a signal to the others that they could advance. Once done he stayed prone and kept his rifle ready, awaiting further instructions.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Finishing off sentry with knife, then prone ready to fire
AIMS-74 - 30/27
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

This message was last edited by the player at 11:47, Wed 30 Mar 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2369 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 30 Mar 2011
at 09:42
  • msg #395

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #393):

"Sutherland, target 50 metres in front! Jan, keep firing at the left element! Piotr, cover the machinegun! Robert, on me!"

Dawid started firing at the machinegunner, as that was the biggest threat at this point and the closer enemies seemed down. The mortars firing at a target when friendlies were this close worried him, considering how inaccurate they were (as he well knew). So far so good, but if rounds started coming closer then he wanted to be able to contact the battery directly, for safety's sake.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (85/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Firing full bursts NW with PKM at the PTSM.

This message was last edited by the player at 10:08, Wed 30 Mar 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 339 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 30 Mar 2011
at 09:47
  • msg #396

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Sutherland, target 50 metres in front! Jan, keep firing at the left element! Piotr, cover the machinegun! Robert, on me!"


Rising was a painful experience, but he was already sitting when he heard Dawid call. Using the tree as cover he raised his rifle to his shoulder. He scanned for the man crawling to their front and opened up with a short burst of fire.

He then changed his angle of fire and tried to hit the lone gunman West of the PTSM with a second burst.

Support Element
Firing a burst forward and to the west

AK-74/BG-15 (40/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 09:50, Wed 30 Mar 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 22 posts
American
CIA
Wed 30 Mar 2011
at 11:10
  • msg #397

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #395):

Rob heard the shout from Dawid. He looked around and started to move to Dawid.
"I am on the way."

If there it is a short and save distance he will make a quick jump and run to get to his position. Otherwise he moves carefully his SMG pointed into enemy's dirction.

Rob Flemming
Callsign Mirage 7
Moving to Dawid
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags

This message was last edited by the player at 11:11, Wed 30 Mar 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1008 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 31 Mar 2011
at 22:32
  • msg #398

Re: The PTSM

Jan had seen the target he had fired at go down, mostly likely as a result of his own fire, and he couldn't see any other clear targets in the same location, though there was someone moving nearby.  Dawid was still engaging with the machiengun though so he switched targets to assist Matias in firing at the single gunman to the west of the vehicle.

The young Pole was doing well, firing semi automatic and not just blasting away with his rifle on automatic like some hot shot in a film!  "Matias," he called encouragingly in Polish.  "You're doing well.  Keep firing!"

The man Matias was firing at was a couple of hundred meters away though so Jan steadied his Steyr and aimed at the flashes from the man’s rifle as he fired.  He tried to pick out his target using the Steyr's optical sight and then fired a couple of aimed shots at the man, taking his time to steady the weapon and control the recoil between shots.  The recoil would normally be negligible on a Steyr but between his wounded left arm and the underslung grenade launcher he wasn't controlling the weapon as well as he had previously.


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a tree for cover
Using the 1.5x optical sight with its slight help for night fighting to fire an aimed shot at the single enemy dismount to the SW of the PTSM
F88 Steyr AUG (28/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (0/1 - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Matias Adamczyk
player, 49 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Fri 1 Apr 2011
at 00:01
  • msg #399

Re: The PTSM

Matias continued to return fire to the position southwest of the PTSM. He didn't seem to be having much success, and he attributed it to the distance. He pulled his head up to survey the area for a moment, contemplating a move forward. But he brought it back down a moment later and resumed firing. "Can't move without exposing myself. Too close to the other enemy position,," he thought to himself.

Matias
Continue firing single aimed shots at enemy SW of PTSM
Tantal Wz88 (27/30) + 4 spare mags, all 30/30
PM-63 (15/25)

Jeff D. Warren
player, 260 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 1 Apr 2011
at 05:38
  • msg #400

Re: The PTSM

Satisfied with his shot, Jeff looks for more targets.  Given the burst of fire to his front right, he figures Falcon is now nearly on the enemy.  Too close for the rest of the mortars.  Jeff calls in canceling the rest of the fire mission, before scanning the zone of the first impact to see if there are any survivors he can pick off.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 905 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 1 Apr 2011
at 15:16
  • msg #401

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz remained close to Bayer and waited for any instructions or to react to any threats to his commander.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 35 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Fri 1 Apr 2011
at 18:46
  • msg #402

Re: The PTSM

Although the light dispersion of the searchlight did help in finding target it also created annoying shadows. Piotr cursed these shadows as he missed his target. His curses cut short while he ducked away to cover from the concussion wave.

When the wave dispersed he immediately put his sights on the machinegun position. Ready for an aimed shot as anyone tried to man the weapon. Already fixed on his target Dawid's words got a simple "Aye" in acknowledgement.

Piotr (Mirage 4)
SVD 8/10
Woods SE of enemy position
Overwatch on machinegun and spotlight position taking aimed shots at anyone that attempts to reman the positions.

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2255 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 2 Apr 2011
at 19:56
  • msg #403

Re: The PTSM


Mirage

Piotr resights on the brave HMG'er as the man struggles to bring the weapon on target. He fires just as the man triggers a short burst into the ground a few meters in front of Dawid's position. The replacement gunner staggers back hit, releasing the butterfly triggers of his weapon. Dawid returns the favor with a five-round burst of his own and the man is thrown backwards out of the bed of the PSTM. A green tracer hits the tripod of the HMG and bounces off into the darkness to the northeast. (Piotr -1 round; Dawid -5 rounds)

Craig catches sight of the enemy rifleman scrambling east, just under 100m away to his front. He triggers a quick burst and sees the man drop. Craig assumes that he hit the target but the enemy might be wilfully hugging the dirt. Either way, there's no more movement 100m out. (Craig -5 rounds)

Jan and Matias, meanwhile, try to eliminate the shooter to the west. Jan sees the man cleary through his F88's 1.5x scope and Matias hones in on the man's muzzle flash. Jan sends two aimed rounds downrange while Matias sends three. Jan is fairly certain that one or the other Mirage registers at least one hit on the target. But, it's second too late. One round from the man's final burst sizzles across the back of Dawid's left thigh, causing a painful but superficial wound. The culprit to the west, however, has most likely been eliminated. (Jan -2 rounds; Matias -3 rounds) (Dawid slight wound left leg)

The enemy between Mirage and the PTSM, and the lone shooter to the west, appear to have been neutralized. The danger has not quite passed, however, as someone to the northeast, near where the mortar bomb exploded, opens fire. His aim is high, though, snapping through the tree branches overhead.


Falcon

Jay quickly covers the last few meters to the wounded sentry, drawing his Kukri as he does so. The man realizes the danger too late and reaches for his dropped rifle just as the Gurkha is upon him. Jay brings the Kukri down on the back of the man's neck, severing his spine with a wet crunching sound.

Minh, acting as Jay's wingman, spots movement in the weeds nearby. An enemy sentry, heretofor unseen and apparently playing possum, pops up about 5m from where Jay is finishing off the wounded sentry and aims his rifle at the Gurkha. Minh reflexively fires three rounds at short range, knocking the man down. He starts to scream in pain, wounded by at least two bullet strikes (Minh suspects all three shots struck home) (Minh -3 rounds)

The rest of the assault team is moving in behind Jay and Minh, weapons up and ready. The action happens so fast, none of them has a chance to help before both sentries are down (one definitely KIA, the other WIA).

After contacting the 10th's heavy mortar team to call off the fire mission, Jeff sets the sights of his SVU on the impact area. The smoke and dust of the recent blast has just begun to settle. The upper reaches of the cloud glow faintly from the beam of the spotlight. It's an erie effect. Searching ground level, Jeff spots a hint of movement, suggesting that at least one of the enemy stationed there near the road are still alive. His suspicions are confirmed when a gunman opens up on Mirage. The shooter is either unaware of Falcon's proximity to the PTSM or he is simply preoccupied with the overwhelming firepower that Mirage has been putting out.


Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...57,0.024719&z=16


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:04, Sun 03 Apr 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 340 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 2 Apr 2011
at 22:52
  • msg #404

Re: The PTSM


Scanning left to right with his AK at his shoulder, Craig tries to pick out movement to the front and to the west. He holds fire on the only shooter to the north on the off chance his fire would hit Falcon.

He could feel the dull pain from what he suspected was extensive bruising under his body armour.

”Should I take out the spotlight.”

He asked Dawid in between his firing.

Support Element
Firing on movement to the front and west

AK-74/BG-15 (35/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2370 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 08:43
  • msg #405

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #404):

The bullet scored a line of fire across the back of his thigh.

"Ah shit! Fuck!" There was no time to assess the wound. His leg seemed to be working despite a trickle of warmth from the blood, that was the extent of the attention he could devote to that problem.

He kept the GMPG aimed at the MG mount on the vehicle. The next brave soul who got up there would find themselves getting down in a hurry, one way or another.

Dawid answered, "Craig, affirmative!

"Piotr, keep covering the vehicle!

"Jan, I hope those bastards over there on the left are dead! If they are, shift fire to right group!"


He said to Fleming, "well, I think we got their attention! Please look after my friend Woj, he's badly injured."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (80/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Aiming to cover the PTSM's MG.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:43, Mon 04 Apr 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 341 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 08:59
  • msg #406

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #404):
Dawid answered, <Blue>"Craig, affirmative!



When Dawid gives the all clear Craig centres his aim on the spotlight. Once certain of a hit in his own mind Craig lets off a single shot then a short burst.

He then drops down his NVG's and surveys the battle field for any movement from cover. If he spots anything he will let the others in his squad know.


Support Element
Taking out spotlight

AK-74/BG-15 (40/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Monika Sawicki
player, 119 posts
Polish
Medic
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 11:54
  • msg #407

Re: The PTSM

     Monika continued moving toward the sounds of gunfire.  She hoped that no one was badly hurt, but in her heart she knew that when bullets fly, some of them find bodies.

Monika Sawicki
Callsign: Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Just doing her job

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 54 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 12:03
  • msg #408

Re: The PTSM

As the second sentry popped up, Jay kept low to avoid getting in the way, confident that Minh would do her job properly. She did, and he watched as the victim collapsed to the floor. He stayed put by the body of the man he had just nearly decapitated, leaving Minh to finish off her victim. He nodded a silent thankyou to her, and then scanned quickly for others as the remaining Falcons caught up with them. Once they were there he quickly checked the sentry's body, seeing if the man had been carrying anything of interest. He didn't expect to find much, but you never knew. Of most interest would be ammo, grenades and any intel.

Once the quick search was completed he went back to keeping watch. He kept low, both to avoid being spotted by the enemy, but also to avoid any friendly fire that might accidently come his way. As he watched he heard the shots coming from the shooter to the East. He aimed his weapon in that direction, but held fire, waiting for instructions from the Kapitan.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Checking for other targets, quickly searching corpse, waiting for instructions
AIMS-74 - 30/27
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Jeff D. Warren
player, 262 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 13:29
  • msg #409

Re: The PTSM

At the first burst of fire from the gunman's rifle, Jeff quickly hones in his scope on the target.  Taking a second to aim, he fires again to neutralize this threat, and hopefully keep anyone else up North from thinking of firing.


Jeff Warren
Aiming + Shot(s) on Active shooter in NE group
SVU-AS, bipod deployed [9/10]+ 7x10 round mags

Konrad Bayer
player, 1453 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 14:44
  • msg #410

Re: The PTSM

"Fight through! Fight through!" Bayer hisses to this two lead assaulters, just loud enough for them to hear. "Push forward towards the vehicle."

Bayer then motions for Mariusz to close the distance to Jay and Quyen with him. It was very unorthodox assault, with confusing lines of advance and arcs of fire, so he was more focused on controlling the action rather than ready to engage any threats.  Toggling the radio, he says on the move, "Mirage do not engage right of the vehicle. Tucker, move southeast one hundred meters and standby to engage enemy at, uh, reference mortar impact area."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:00, Mon 04 Apr 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 55 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 16:09
  • msg #411

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #410):

Hearing Konrad's command, Jay finished looting the corpse and pushed forward again. He kept low and made sure he didn't move too quickly or make himself a target. He kept his AIMS-74 ready in case more targets presented themselves.

OOC - I will confirm what I took from the dead sentry once Rae let's me know what there was to take.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 906 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 17:53
  • msg #412

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz picked up the pace to match that of his commander and scanned ahead to see if anyone threatened the man he was protecting. He realised taht Bayer would be too busy co-ordinating the attack to watch out for himself, Mariusz needed to be the eyes and ears for both of them.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2373 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 18:59
  • msg #413

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Toggling the radio, he says on the move, "Mirage do not engage right of the vehicle. Tucker, move southeast one hundred meters and standby to engage enemy at, uh, reference mortar impact area."


Not wanting to do it himself and cease aiming, he instead said, "Fleming, acknowledge that and confirm we're covering the vehicle. Let us know when they're there."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Aiming to cover the PTSM's MG.

Jan Cerny
player, 1015 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 4 Apr 2011
at 21:57
  • msg #414

Re: The PTSM

Hearing Konrad’s orders Jan relayed them to the surviving members of his element.  He heard Dawid ordering Robert to acknowledge the instructions to Konrad so Jan didn’t clutter the airwaves with additional transmissions.

“Matias.  Piotr.  Do not fire to the right of the vehicle.  You will run the risk of hitting members of Falcon.”

As the man Matias and he had been firing at had gone down Jan glanced around for further targets in the sector they were safe to fire in to engage.  As he did so he reflexively reloaded the M203 mounted on the Steyr, replacing the spent 40mm HE grenade with a new one he pulled from the grenade vest he was wearing.


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a tree for cover
Looking for more enemy to engage to the left of the vehicle and reloading his M203 at the same time
F88 Steyr AUG (26/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (0/1 - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1053 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 01:41
  • msg #415

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then motions for Mariusz to close the distance to Jay and Quyen with him. It was very unorthodox assault, with confusing lines of advance and arcs of fire, so he was more focused on controlling the action rather than ready to engage any threats.  Toggling the radio, he says on the move, "Mirage do not engage right of the vehicle. Tucker, move southeast one hundred meters and standby to engage enemy at, uh, reference mortar impact area."

"Roger!  Moving," Robert calls back into the radio as he begins to get up to his knees and he taps Teo on the shoulder indicating that it's time to go.  "C'mon Teo, We're moving this way.  Follow me," he says getting off of his knees and trying to use hand signals, pointing, & slow talking to get his message to his partner.

Tucker will move, with Teo, about 100 meters to the southeast and set up a blocking point as best he can tell.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 01:43, Tue 05 Apr 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 50 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 04:41
  • msg #416

Re: The PTSM

Matias nodded to acknowledge Jan's instructions. He kept his attention focused on the area around the vehicle, even though he knew that the encounter was basically done.

Matias
Overwatch: vicinity of PTSM, fire single shots if needed
Tantal Wz88 (24/30) + 4 spare mags, all 30/30
PM-63 (15/25)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2374 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 06:29
  • msg #417

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #414):

Hearing Jan, Dawid echoed that.

"Yes, orders from Falcon. Don't engage right of the PTSM. Sorry Jan, should have clarified that so you weren't confused."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 37 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 18:49
  • msg #418

Re: The PTSM

Without emotion Piotr watches how his bullet strikes the brave, but stupid, machinegunner. Keeping his sight on the machinegun he patiently waits for another target to present himself, glad the searchlight is providing enough lighting. He wondered if he would even be able to see the machinegun without it.


Piotr (Mirage 4)
SVD 7/10
Woods SE of enemy position
Overwatch on machinegun and spotlight position taking aimed shots at anyone that attempts to reman the positions.

Minh Quyen
player, 560 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 20:03
  • msg #419

Re: The PTSM

As soon as the third round has left the barrel of her rifle, Quyen is up and sprinting forward toward the screaming sentry. Nimbly racing across the grass, she quickly closes the short distance to the man before leaping up and delivering a hard kick across the side of his head.

As soon as she touches down again, she spins around and brings her rifle up to bear, ready to hammer the wooden stock of the AK down on the sentry's head (if needed to finish the job). Otherwise, she will just crouch back down low again and give the area a quick scan.

With the second sentry silenced, she quickly recovers and begins advancing towards the PTMS again. Keeping low, moving crablike, and using the ground to her advantage. "Come" she says over her shoulder to Jay, slightly panting from the excitement "Bodies checked for people behind us."

Quyen
Using Agility + Acrobatics + Unarmed Martial Arts to save ammo (plus Armed Martial Arts if the needed)
Falcon Team with Jayyy

This message was last edited by the player at 20:03, Tue 05 Apr 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2256 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 23:46
  • msg #420

Re: The PTSM


The Mirages hold their fire as they are engaged by at least one rifleman situated near the mortar impact point.

Warren, continuing his string of luck, hits the lone shot with a single shot fired from about 300 meters away. (Warren -1 round)

Minh rushes the pop-up sentry she's just shot and attempts to break his neck with a swift soccer kick. She makes contact- not quite as solidly as she intended to- and the man goes limp. It's not immediately clear, however, whether he is living or dead.

The path to the port side of the parked PTSM is now open. The Falcons see no one between the enemy amphib and themselves. Tucker and Teo advance on the area where the mortar bomb hit and where the last gunman had just gone down. They move quickly but cautiously, encountering no living enemy on the way. As they move nearer to the impact point, Tucker can make out the sound of uncharacteristically loud whispering- the kind men do when their eardrums aren't quite working properly. It's coming from just north of the smoking crater of the 120mm HE impact. Tuck and Teo are about 30m from it's source.

Craig tries to knock out the spotlight with his AK. He fires a single shot, with no effect, and then follows up with a five-round burst. The beam shifts so that it is shining nalmost vertically now. Craig must have hit it, but with negligible damage. (Craig -6 rounds)

The enemy is not currently returning fire. With the paradoxical conditions caused by the combination of the natural darkness of a nearly moonless night and the strange illumination caused by the skyward-reaching beam of the spotlight, it's very hard to see anything in the area of the PTSM without using NODs. It's a near certainty that several of the enemy are dead, but it's also quite possible that others are still capable of putting up some degree of resistance. Even targets you'd seen just seconds before, mostly in sillouette, are now no longer visible. Anyone lying down and not moving around much is going to be very difficult to spot without NODs.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:21, Wed 06 Apr 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 51 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Wed 6 Apr 2011
at 00:32
  • msg #421

Re: The PTSM

The unresolved tension of the moment had gotten to Matias. He spoke over his shoulder (in Polish): "Should we approach on clean-up now?"

Then a moment later added "We should really get that light out. People can see it from miles away now."

He didn't move yet, but waited for orders from Jan or Dawid.
Craig Sutherland
player, 342 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 6 Apr 2011
at 00:45
  • msg #422

Re: The PTSM


Ah yes Craig they must have one of those armour plated spotlights he though to himself. He again tries for a more solid hit with the same pattern, single shot and a burst of fire.

Support Element
Taking out spotlight

AK-74/BG-15 (39/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 00:48, Wed 06 Apr 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2375 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 6 Apr 2011
at 05:46
  • msg #423

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #420):

Dawid answered Matais in Polish, "we must be careful, Falcon could be getting close to the objective. I will check."

He called out to Craig, "is there a problem with the light? We could have friendlies that way! Single shots!"

Deciding to contact Konrad he then transmitted, "Mirage calling Falcon. If you can hear me but don't want to give yourself away, please click your radio microphone once. If you are getting close to the vehicle, wait and then click your microphone twice."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Transmitting, Aiming to cover the PTSM's MG.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:41, Wed 06 Apr 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1017 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 7 Apr 2011
at 12:42
  • msg #424

Re: The PTSM

Jan slid his M203 closed, finishing reloading it, and started scanning around for other targets to engage.  The only person who seemed to be firing in the direction of the Mirage elements was on the right hand side of the vehicle so Jan held his fire to avoid the risk of a friendly fire incident.

He kept scanning around for other targets within the arc it was safe to engage.  If he spotted one he fired a pair of shots at it.  If he couldn't spot a viable target then Jan took aim at the searchlight and fired a single shot at it, looking to smash the glass front of it and stop it acting as a beacon.


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a tree for cover
Looking for more enemy to engage to the left of the vehicle - if he spots one he will fire an aimed shot followed by a normal shot at it - if he can't spot one then he will fire an aimed shot at the searchlight in an attempt to stop it shining up into the sky
F88 Steyr AUG (26/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1055 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 7 Apr 2011
at 19:18
  • msg #425

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
The path to the port side of the parked PTSM is now open. The Falcons see no one between the enemy amphib and themselves. Tucker and Teo advance on the area where the mortar bomb hit and where the last gunman had just gone down. They move quickly but cautiously, encountering no living enemy on the way. As they move nearer to the impact point, Tucker can make out the sound of uncharacteristically loud whispering- the kind men do when their eardrums aren't quite working properly. It's coming from just north of the smoking crater of the 120mm HE impact. Tuck and Teo are about 30m from it's source.
Next Moves?

Tucker indicates to Teo to go prone on the ground and set up his weapon.  He looks to him and points to his (Tucker) own ears and then in the direction he hears the noise (and the approximate direction) to see if Teo can maybe tell what they're saying if they're not speaking English.  Tuck contiues to view that area and brings his M-16A2 up to his shoulder and flips the safety off to burst fire.

He toggles his radio and transmits to Bayer.  "Sunray, Tuck.  Possible contact on unidentified group Three-Zero meters from my location.  Any friendlies north of impact crater?  Advise ASAP, Copy?"

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 23:43, Fri 08 Apr 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 263 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 01:44
  • msg #426

Re: The PTSM

Jeff squints, but fails to find a target.  As he readies his NODs, he calls out on the platoon net "Soko-, Sorry Falcon-2 has no target at this time, over."

With that, he flips down the NODs and uses them to scan north and south of the PTSM for targets, using one hand to try and block some of the light from the spotlight, which was fortunately pointed the opposite direction.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:45, Fri 08 Apr 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1455 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 03:00
  • msg #427

Re: The PTSM

Jeff D. Warren:
"Sorry Falcon-2 has no target at this time, over."


Bayer toggles the radio transmit button and says, "Sunray, roger. Move up and support Sergeant Tucker. Out." Still holding down the button, he quickly adds, "Tucker, cover the enemy on the road. My group is making the final assault." And in nearly the same breath, "Mirage. Falcon. Swing fire left of vehicle. Falcon assaulting now. Over."

Bayer then motions to Mariusz and moves up in line with Jay and Quyen while he waits for a confirmation from the other patrol. Pointing ahead with the muzzle of his rifle, he says, "We're bounding forward to secure that vehicle. GO!"

As he advances, Bayer will fire single shots into any enemy he spots around the vehicle.


Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/3O + HE)
Bounding forward in tandem with Mariusz while Jay and Quyen do the same
Falcon-1

This message was last edited by the player at 03:01, Fri 08 Apr 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2378 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 06:00
  • msg #428

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer toggles the radio transmit button and says, "Sunray, roger. Move up and support Sergeant Tucker. Out." Still holding down the button, he quickly adds, "Tucker, cover the enemy on the road. My group is making the final assault." And in nearly the same breath, "Mirage. Falcon. Swing fire left of vehicle. Falcon assaulting now. Over."


"Okay, Falcon, I understand!"

He yelled out to everyone, "we have friendlies on approach right now! Keep fires to left of the vehicle! No firing at the vehicle or that light!"

Switching to Polish he said to the Poles nearby, "Piotr, keep covering the MG but be sure to identify your target. Matias, Lech, fires to the left of the vehicle, only."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Transmitting.

Craig Sutherland
player, 343 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 06:13
  • msg #429

Re: The PTSM



Craig lifts the muzzle of his AK upward as he releases the pressure on the trigger.He gives Dawid a glance as he lower his NVG's and surveys the battlefield from left to right.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 52 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 13:50
  • msg #430

Re: The PTSM

Matias grunted out a quick "Yes," before he swung his arc of fire around. He was starting to lose focus, just waiting for something to happen like this.

Matias
Overwatch: left (south) side of PTSM, fire single shots if needed
Tantal Wz88 (24/30) + 4 spare mags, all 30/30
PM-63 (15/25)

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 907 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 15:38
  • msg #431

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz moved up in tandem with his commander and made sure that his NVGs were down and still working. He fired shots at anyone he could see, trying to avoid Bayer's sectors if he could.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2258 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 8 Apr 2011
at 23:26
  • msg #432

Re: The PTSM


Craig and Jan both resume firing on the spotlight before Dawid passes on the order to check fire. Sparks dance off its mount, flowed by the sound of breaking glass. The field instantly goes pitch black, leaving a faint afterimage dancing before your eyes. If anything, during the next several seconds, it's even harder to see anything than it was before.

Woj has been silent for the last minute or so.

Falcon

With Jeff providing overwatch, Tucker and Teo, with Sunray moving up in support, continue to cover the surviving enemy near the road to the northeast of the PTSM. The faint, dusty tang of activated explosives and pulverized earth hangs in the air and settles on the tongue. Tuck and Teo continue to evesdrop. Teo shakes his head at Tuck, indicating that he can't hear well enought to make out what's being said. After the spotlight is forcibly shut off, the whispering stops. It's soon replaced by a low moaning, followed by some irritated shushing, and then silence again.

Jay, Minh, Konrad, and Mariusz assault the PTSM. There's a body on the near side, crumpled up near the port side tracks below the cargo bed. Someone is kneeling over the body, his back to the four. Konrad is about to put two bullet's into the stranger when he sees the medic's pack slung over his shoulder. During the excitement with the sentries, Monika must have crept off and made her own way to the PTSM. The man she's examining is clearly dead, with two bullet wounds to the torso.

The Soviet-made amphib towers over the crouching assault group. Its cargo bed has tall, slab sides- presumably to keep it's cargo dry when "swimming"- and someone will have to climb up inside to see what's in there. The crew cab's doors are shut as well. The sharp smell of cordite, mingling with the coppery smell of blood hangs over the vehicle.


Next Moves?
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 57 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 9 Apr 2011
at 06:49
  • msg #433

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #432):

Along with the rest of Falcon, Jay moved quickly across the ground towards the PTSM. Glad that the light had been extinguished, he relied on his night vision to guide him to his target, weapon ever ready.

Upon arrival he quickly scouted for movement. Spotting the kneeler, Jay was shocked when it turned out to be Monika. She must have moved like a ghost to get there in front of them, and he considered her lucky to have not been hit by friendly fire. Leaving her to the Kapitan, he continued to check the area.

All seemed secure around the PTSM, except the vehicle itself. He gestured silently to Minh and Mariusz to provide cover while he inspected the vehicle. He stowed the folding butt on his AIMS and held it one handed, like an enlarged pistol. Firing it like that wouldn't be accurate, but it would be messy in a confined area. He held the weapon carefully, before taking a firm hold on the side of the vehicle with the other hand. He slowly pulled himself up the side of the PTSM, moving as quietly as possible, all the time keeping his eyes on the top of the vehicle, watching for movement. When he got to the top he paused before raising himself above the edge. He listened intently for signs of movement inside.

As soon as he is confident that it is safe to proceed, and that he is certain that the Kapitan has ordered Mirage to hold fire and not shoot him by mistake, he will clamber over, quickly returning his weapon to two hands, prepared to fire.

OOC - if he hears a lot of movement he will wait, possibly to use a grenade, but will wait for clearance to do so.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Climbing up side of PTSM, preparing to respond to any movement inside
AIMS-74 - 30/27
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Craig Sutherland
player, 344 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 9 Apr 2011
at 11:09
  • msg #434

Re: The PTSM


A quick smile crept across Craigs face as he lowered his NVG's and turned them on. He moved slightly into cover as he studied the battlefield in front of him with his Ak at the ready.

If he spotted anything out of the ordinary he would let his team know. He concentrated on the area around the Russian tractor trying to discern what was going on.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2379 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 10 Apr 2011
at 09:52
  • msg #435

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #432):

Dawid checked his watch, then looked through his NVGs.

"No firing directly at the vehicle, friendlies should be in the target area by now! Fires to the left of the vehicle only!" He repeated the instructions in Polish to make sure everyone knew.

"Jan, pass the word along to your group."

"Fleming, how's Woj doing?"


Shifting the MG to the left, he clicked his radio. "Falcon, we are holding fire on the target area. Fires to our left, only."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Aiming to cover left of the PTSM.

This message was last edited by the player at 07:18, Mon 11 Apr 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 908 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 10 Apr 2011
at 14:25
  • msg #436

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz nodded to Jay and scanned teh area ready to cover the doughty little warrior.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 38 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sun 10 Apr 2011
at 17:22
  • msg #437

Re: The PTSM

Piotr squeezed his eyes to adjust to the overwhelming darkness as the searchlight was finally destroyed.

Hearing Dawid shout his instructions he decides to wisely hold his fire. Unable to discern friend or foe in this light.


Piotr (Mirage 4)
SVD 7/10
Woods SE of enemy position
Observing but holding fire.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:22, Sun 10 Apr 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 120 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 10 Apr 2011
at 18:25
  • msg #438

Re: The PTSM

     Monika didn't find either of her teammate's elements, but she did find some downed opposition troops.  She found that one of the Baron's men had taken a couple in the chest.  There wasn't anything that she could do for him.  Suddenly, it occurred to her that she was sitting in the middle of the bullseye.  Maybe if she used her callsign.

     But, what was her call sign?  Monika couldn't exactly remember.  She recalled that it was some kind of hunting bird...  It wasn't the bird on their money...  Monika thought it had to be a good sized bird, whatever it was, for them to use it as a callsign.  Finially, she called out in English to identify herself, "This Big Bird Six.  Not shoot."


Monika Sawicki
Callsign: Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Just doing her job

Jan Cerny
player, 1018 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 11 Apr 2011
at 11:40
  • msg #439

Re: The PTSM

The light wasn’t shining anymore and that was a good thing!

“Piotr.  Matias.  Revision to current fire lanes,” Jan ordered, relaying Dawid’s instructions in Polish, loud enough for the Mirage commander to hear.  “Do not fire at the vehicle or to its right!  Fire only to its left!  I will watch the HMG position with my IR goggles.”

As he spoke he pushed his IR goggles back up over his eyes and secured them.  He then continued to study the battlefield, focussing principally on the rear of the PTSM where the HMG was located.  He wouldn’t be able to fire his Steyr effectively while wearing his goggles but he would be able to warn others if the machinegun was about to become operational again.  Hopefully the Falcon team would be able to secure the machinegun soon anyway!


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a tree for cover
Putting his IR Goggles back on and focusing on the HMG
F88 Steyr AUG (25/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Konrad Bayer
player, 1457 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 11 Apr 2011
at 15:00
  • msg #440

Re: The PTSM

Bayer lowes the muzzle of his rifle slightly and hisses, "Sawiki! What are you doing here?!" He then lowers it further and relieved that no harm had come, says more quietly, "You came very close to getting killed."

Turning his attention to Jay and Quyen, Bayer waves to signal to them that they're clear to proceed. "Secure it." he says. Then loud enough for everyone at the PTSM to hear, he says, pointing in the relevant directions in case people were not oriented, "Nobody goes South or East of the vehicle... or you will be shot."

Bayer then gets on the radio, "Mirage and Falcon-2, this ist Sunray. Falcon-1 is on the objective but overall position is not clear... engage any targets in your established arcs. Send SITREPS. Over."
This message was last edited by the player at 15:02, Mon 11 Apr 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1019 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 11 Apr 2011
at 15:16
  • msg #441

Re: The PTSM

“Falcon-1.  Mirage-1,” Jan replied over the radio in response to Konrad’s request for SITREPS.  He didn’t know all that had transpired but he could report the bits that he had seen.  “At least two, probably more, enemy down in and around vehicle.  Currently have HMG under observation.  Single rifleman to south west of vehicle also down.  Unsure of size and status of enemy force due east of vehicle.  Currently silent though.  Mirage-2 KIA.”
Konrad Bayer
player, 1458 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 11 Apr 2011
at 15:32
  • msg #442

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #441):

Bayer remains off the air until Tuck is able to report in. Once that is done, he will know enough to get the consolidation phase of the attack underway. His shoulders lowered a little though when he heard that Mirage lost two of their teammates - but to keep focused, he didn't ask for the details.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:34, Mon 11 Apr 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2380 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 07:10
  • msg #443

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #442):

Dawid was about to reply when Jan did so, and held off to avoid stepping on him.

"Go ahead, Jan, you can answer!" he called out.

Realising what Jan was saying, he added, "Mirage calling Falcon. I'm also hit but not bad, I'm still able to command. I think we have two dead total, maybe more. We'll let you know after we take a head count. I'm also going to ask the enemy to surrender now. That's all."

"Jan," he called out again to his 2ic, "Continue observing the tractor and the front sectors. Also, take a roll call, see if everyone's all right! Woj is dead."

Addressing the enemy he yelled in Polish, "followers of the Black Baron! it's time to give up! You are surrounded and we have mortars! Your position is hopeless, and if you surrender immediately we promise to show mercy!"
This message was last edited by the player at 10:06, Tue 12 Apr 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 266 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 12:51
  • msg #444

Re: The PTSM

Jeff had heard the shooting from the SW earlier, but had not actually seen the shooter.  With Jan's call, he shifts his focus to the area SW of the Tractor, using either the scope or his Night Vision Goggles to look for a target.

Next time one of those poles is spotting for me...
This message was last edited by the player at 12:52, Tue 12 Apr 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1056 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 13:18
  • msg #445

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
Falcon

With Jeff providing overwatch, Tucker and Teo, with Sunray moving up in support, continue to cover the surviving enemy near the road to the northeast of the PTSM. The faint, dusty tang of activated explosives and pulverized earth hangs in the air and settles on the tongue. Tuck and Teo continue to evesdrop. Teo shakes his head at Tuck, indicating that he can't hear well enough to make out what's being said. After the spotlight is forcibly shut off, the whispering stops. It's soon replaced by a low moaning, followed by some irritated shushing, and then silence again.
Next Moves?

Tucker leans next to Teo and whispers, ""Get ready to fire.  Once the grenade goes off, you open up with a couple of bursts. OK?"  Robert will kick off the attack with a fragmentation grenade thrown in the direction of the voices and will then begin to engage the area with burst frie from his M-16A2.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 13:19, Tue 12 Apr 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2259 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 23:25
  • msg #446

Re: The PTSM


Falcon

With the rest of his team pulling area security, Jay climbs up the slab side of the PTSM and drops into its cargo bed. Forewarned, none of the Mirages in the treeline to the south open fire on the diminutive sillouette that rises ghostlike above the sloping back of the distant amphib. Two bodies lay sprawled out in the cargo bed, one partially pinned by the disabled spotlight. A couple of meter aft of the knocked-out spotlight, a long belt of rounds hangs from the receiver of a tripod-mounted [a tall AA mount] Dushka HMG. The reek of blood hangs over the cargo area. The back of the PTSM is secure. The cab, however, remains unchecked and uncleared.


Mirage

Tuck readies Teo to attack the suspected enemy position by fire. Due to distance or language, Tucker doesn't seem to hear Dawid's call for the enemy to surrender. He lobs his fragementation grenade towards the spot where he believes he last heard the whispering and preps his rifle to fire when it detonates. The grenade explodes with a satisfying bang and both Tucker and Teo fire a couple of bursts into the blast radius area. When silence returns- competing with the ringing of the duo's ears- there is no clear indication of the effectiveness of the blast. A couple of seconds later, Tucker catches a glimpse of movement. A second-and-a-half later, there is a faint thud nearby as something solid and heavy lands on the damp earth. Tucker's been around the block a few times since the war kicked off and he instantly recognizes the sound of a grenade landing a few meters away. He burries his head and awaits the explosion. A few more seconds pass and the expected detonation doesn't come. (Tucker -1 frag, -6 rounds; Teo -10 rounds)


Next Moves?
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 59 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 13 Apr 2011
at 07:09
  • msg #447

Re: The PTSM

Jay dropped silently into the bed of the PTSM, instantly adopting a crouch position and bringing his weapon up ready. He scanned around in the gloom, eyes wide open to draw in every available drop of light. Keeping a firm hold of the pistol and fore grips, he quietly moved around the vehicle, checking it for personnel and potential hazards. Finding nothing to be wary of he checked the bodies; one lying awkwardly in a heap, the other a twisted mangle of human and spotlight, like some freakish mutant from a sci-fi movie. Both appeared very dead, but he prodded them with his boot to see if there was any kind of reaction.

Once satisfied that there was no threat from inside he called out, just loud enough for the Falcons outside to hear him. "Clear."

Keeping his hand on the pistol grip, he drew his flashlight from his webbing pouch and held it alongside his weapon with his left hand. He switched it on, making sure that the beam kept low. He quickly did a second check of the vehicle, looking for intel, or anything of interest.

As a blast was heard from outside (Tuck's grenade), he dropped to one knee again, just in case things kicked off again. Satisfied at this time that his colleagues had the situation under control he continued his search for intel.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
In bed of PTSM, checking bodies, then using flashlight to check for intel etc.
AIMS-74 - 30/27
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Craig Sutherland
player, 345 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 13 Apr 2011
at 10:54
  • msg #448

Re: The PTSM


Craig watched the nameless shapes enter the rear of the PTSM through his NVG's. He kept his AK at his shoulder, but with the muzzle pointed down.

When the grenade goes off he again tries to spot the enemy and maybe radio through some directions for the Falcon team members.
Jan Cerny
player, 1023 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 13 Apr 2011
at 12:00
  • msg #449

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Realising what Jan was saying, he added, "Mirage calling Falcon. I'm also hit but not bad, I'm still able to command. I think we have two dead total, maybe more. We'll let you know after we take a head count. I'm also going to ask the enemy to surrender now. That's all."

"Jan," he called out again to his 2ic, "Continue observing the tractor and the front sectors. Also, take a roll call, see if everyone's all right! Woj is dead."

Jan hadn’t realised that Dawid had been hit as well.  He was concerned for his friend, particularly as Dawid’s old comrade Woj had been killed as well, but was sure that if Dawid was still fighting then he didn’t need prompt medical attention.  Dawid would probably be offended if Jan tried to tend his wound at that point in time!

“I can see Piotr and Matias and they are ok,” Jan yelled in response, speaking in Polish, “but Lech is dead.”

He then switched to English.  “Craig.  Robert.  Sound off if you are still alive and moving!”

Before he heard any responses however he spotted movement on the cargo bed of the PTSM through his IR goggles, prompting him to confirm that it was a member of the Falcon team.  “Falcon.  Mirage-1,” he transmitted.  “I see one man on the back of the vehicle.  Confirm that he is one of yours please!”

He was fairly certain that it was a member of the Falcon team but he needed to make certain.  The figure hadn't tried to man the HMG though and that was the key thing that Jan was worried about at that point in time.  Worrying about whether the enemy had managed to transmit a warning over a radio would come later!


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a tree for cover
Continuing to observe the HMG through his IR Goggles and confirming that the figure he spotted was friendly
F88 Steyr AUG (25/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2382 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 11:37
  • msg #450

Re: The PTSM

The firing hadn't stopped, and a grenade exploded. Damn, it was too bad about Lech and Woj. More Polish sons dying to free the motherland, more friends gone.

"Jan, clear the channel and stop transmitting. Assume it's them at the vehicle."

"Everyone, remember: firing to the left of the vehicle, only. Any other targets, check with me first."


He repeated that in Polish as well, using his NVGs to scan the battlefield in front of him.

"Robert, if you're with me, keep an eye to our rear."

He hoped the enemy would give up, but it was up to them if they wanted to keep fighting.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Woods SE of enemy position
Aiming to cover left of the PTSM.

This message was last edited by the player at 11:38, Thu 14 Apr 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1460 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 12:30
  • msg #451

Re: The PTSM

Bayer crouches next to the PTSM and waits. There is little than he can do at the moment, not willing to consolidate and move too many people around in the darkness while there are still hostile personel holding out. Everyone would just have to be patient until Tucker finished off the last of the Baron's men.

Whispering to Quyen over by the cab with Jay, he says, "I need you to check the DSHK and its ammo count. Then ready it in case Sergeant Tucker needs help."

Jan Cerny:
“Falcon.  Mirage-1,” he transmitted.  “I see one man on the back of the vehicle.  Confirm that he is one of yours please!”

Bayer toggles the transmit switch and quickly confirms, "Sunray, roger. All personel at vehicle are friendly. Over."
This message was last edited by the player at 12:39, Thu 14 Apr 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1025 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 13:14
  • msg #452

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer toggles the transmit switch and quickly confirms, "Sunray, roger. All personel at vehicle are friendly. Over."

"Understood.  Out," replied Jan in English.

For Piotr and Matias' benefit he then passed on the information in Polish.  "Falcon are at the vehicle."

He then focussed on the rest of the battle to the left of the vehicle from his viewpoint, scanning for any signs of movement and using his IR goggles.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 909 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 17:42
  • msg #453

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz held position keeping an eye on teh Medic and waiting or any further orders.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2383 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 22:49
  • msg #454

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #451):

Dawid nodded in satisfaction at how things were unfolding. After Jan cleared the channel he replied, "Mirage calling Falcon. We understand. Good job! Keep us advised on targets. Also, we've taken some casualties so let's reorganise when convenient. In the mean time we will hold position and continue watch primarily to the west."

He looked around, making sure people were in effective positions.

"Jan, good job! I trust you most, so you will watch the west.

"Everyone else, targets in front or right on my command, only. It's not over yet!"


He repeated the last part in Polish to make sure everyone was clear on their instructions.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:11, Fri 15 Apr 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1057 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 23:28
  • msg #455

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
Mirage

Tuck readies Teo to attack the suspected enemy position by fire. Due to distance or language, Tucker doesn't seem to hear Dawid's call for the enemy to surrender. He lobs his fragementation grenade towards the spot where he believes he last heard the whispering and preps his rifle to fire when it detonates. The grenade explodes with a satisfying bang and both Tucker and Teo fire a couple of bursts into the blast radius area. When silence returns- competing with the ringing of the duo's ears- there is no clear indication of the effectiveness of the blast. A couple of seconds later, Tucker catches a glimpse of movement. A second-and-a-half later, there is a faint thud nearby as something solid and heavy lands on the damp earth. Tucker's been around the block a few times since the war kicked off and he instantly recognizes the sound of a grenade landing a few meters away. He burries his head and awaits the explosion. A few more seconds pass and the expected detonation doesn't come. (Tucker -1 frag, -6 rounds; Teo -10 rounds)


Next Moves?

Tucker lifts his head up slightly and looks for any targets to where he threw the grenade and last heard voices.  From the prone position, he tells Teo, "Tell 'em to surrender and we'll stop firing."   If there is return fire or they choose not to surrender, Tuck will continue to fire three-round bursts at them.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [24/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

Jeff D. Warren
player, 268 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 02:08
  • msg #456

Re: The PTSM

Jeff continues to observe the area to the South West of the PTSM.  If he can't get a solid view of the area, he'll reposition.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2261 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 00:43
  • msg #457

Re: The PTSM


The battlefield is relatively quiet and still. The only movement visible is occuring around the PTSM. At this point, you've been led to believe that this movement is the Falcon assault group. The only sound is a muffled shouting coming from the road leading east, presumably eminating from either Tucker's team, the surviving enemy road watchers, or both.

Teo shouts Tucker's belated demand for surrender. Half-a-minute passes before a reply is shouted in return. Teo turns to Tucker and translates. "He say they not stupid. We say lie once and shoot. He think we kill them if surrender. Says 'fuck you'." He must be talking about Dawid's earlier plea for surrender- the one Tucker followed up with a hand grenade and bursts of rifle fire.

Jay, prior to leaving the cargo bed of the large tracked vehicle, hears what sounds like whispering coming from the crew cab. Signalling to the those still on the ground the potential danger of the developing situation, Jay stealthily creeps closer to the open rear access hatches (windows; doors?) and strains to see inside. It's dark in the mostly-enclosed cab but he thinks he can make out a motionless human form where the driver's seat must be. Then he catches a glimpse of movement near what he surmises is a body. Before he can react, a loud whistling sound tears through the night sky above him, culminating in an bowel- shaking flash and boom about 50m to the south of the PTSM. The blast's shockwave knocks Jay down hard. He slams his head against the inside wall of the cargo bed hard enough to see fireflies swarming in front of his face but he remains conscious.

Anyone who's been under artillery fire- and that's all of you at this point in WWIII- has a pretty good idea that you are under fire from a large-caliber tubed artillery piece. Considering the loud whistling sound preceding the impact, it's probably not a mortar doing the shooting. The explosion was an airburst as well. All of you can feel the effects of the concussion wave and/or overpressure from the blast but, mercifully, none of you has been hit by any shrapnel that it's produced. Warren is farthest away from the impact area. For the other Falcons (excluding Tucker & Teo), the PTSM offers some cover from the worst of it. The Mirages are in the most danger but are fortunately spared lasting harm.


Next Moves? 
Robert Flemming
player, 24 posts
American
CIA
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 08:40
  • msg #458

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #457):

Rob was crawling to Woj who was critical injured at his arm. He pulled him out of the line of fire and tried to help by bandaging his arm. He laid him in a small hole behind a big tree so that he could stay in cover. In addition to that Rob put the bloody rest of Woj's sleeve on the tree to find this place again.
Then Rob crawled back to Dawid.
"Woj's critical hit. His arm looks very bad.He needs a medic very bad."

Rob staid close to Dawid and securing the rear.

OOC: I am back in business...
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2384 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 11:05
  • msg #459

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Robert Flemming (msg #458):

"Thanks, Robert!" He said to his friend in Polish, "hang on, Woj."

"Mirage calling..." Some instinct caused Dawid to pause, and he recognised the unmistakable sound of incoming artillery fire. "Shit, down! Na dół! Na dół!"

He abandoned his attempt to call for medical assistance, instead seeking some kind of elusive safety from the fragmentation round. With no better option he dropped flat and attempted to burrow into the earth in the instant before detonation.

"God protect us!"

The shock of the airburst slammed into the body armour covering his back and shoulders, twigs and leaves whipped into his arms and helmet, which were protecting his head. As they say, you don't hear the shell if it's coming directly for you so he thanked God he could hear this round as it came in.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:34, Sun 17 Apr 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 121 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 11:57
  • msg #460

Re: The PTSM

     Monika called out in English, "Anysbody hurt?"  Before anyone could answer, though, she heard the all too recognizable whistle of incoming death.  The medic dropped beside the body that she had just checked for vitals to utilize him for what minimal protection he could offer.  She whispered softly as the world shook around her, "I am sorry to use you like this.  You are dead.  I do not wish to be."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 910 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 12:32
  • msg #461

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz crouched down to shelter from the blast, he looked at Bayer and yelled, "Kaptain, I'll put a couple of frags in the engine to disable it, we need to run before they zero in on us!"
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 39 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 17:05
  • msg #462

Re: The PTSM

Still lying in his position all of his senses focused in an effort to spot any enemy, Piotr heard the ominous whistle and immediately realized it's origin.

Pushing his head and body even closer into the ground in a desperate effort to merge with it and offer as little a target as possible for either fragments or blast... he waits.

Moments later when the concussion wave dissipates he looks up again scanning the area in front of him for effects of the airburst.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 269 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 18:50
  • msg #463

Re: The PTSM

The blast from the shell coincided perfectly with where Jeff had been aiming.  His firs thought before the concussion reached him was Guess there's no more targets there.  The concussion was mildly unpleasant, but he knew for everyone else it would be much worse.

The way he figured, someone either got the radio call out as soon as it started, or they were either still in the cab hidden or in the woodline somewhere.  With friendlies all over the truck, Jeff instead choose to scan the woodline on his side for the FO.
Craig Sutherland
player, 346 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 17 Apr 2011
at 05:24
  • msg #464

Re: The PTSM


Propped against the tree he was using for cover Craig was spared the deadly shrapnel that rained over their position.

The roll of the concussion did not spare him he felt his chest contracted against his already bruised mussels. He did manage to fall to the ground and stay down.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 61 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 17 Apr 2011
at 09:59
  • msg #465

Re: The PTSM

Before Jay could fully investigate the voices coming from the cab, a large explosion rocked the vehicle, sending him flying off his feet and smashing into the floor of the truck. He bashed his head, which swam around for a few moments as he fought off the desired to lose consciousness. He shook his head and tried to re-focus. That was no grenade or mortar, that was artillery, and was certain to be followed up by more shells.

He jumped back to his feet, and dashed back to the inner hatch. He quickly yanked it open a few inches and stuck the barrel of his assault rifle throught the gap. He jammed down hard on the trigger, indiscriminately spraying a volley of lead around the cab until his mag was spent. Hopefully that would silence whoever was left in there.

Once done he quickly ducked back over the wall of the PTSM, dropping quickly to his feet and running at full sprint away from the vehicle, hopefully following the others who have decided to follow suit, otherwise he will head back towards where they had approached from, aiming for the ditch where he had earlier tired to decapitate the sentry. Once there he will dive for cover, before quickly replacing the spent mag with a fresh one.
Minh Quyen
player, 561 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 17 Apr 2011
at 15:48
  • msg #466

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Whispering to Quyen over by the cab with Jay, he says, "I need you to check the DSHK and its ammo count. Then ready it in case Sergeant Tucker needs help."


Quyen flashes a thumbs up in the dim moonlight and scurries around to the rear of the vehicle. As she's climbing up to inspect the DSHK, the nearby explosion sends her half diving / half falling into the bed. "Đi tiêu..." she says, nearly landing on the body of the former gunner.

Quyen will then scramble over to the heavy weaponry and quickly inspect the loaded ammunition box and any other boxes lying nearby for their amounts. Once that is done, she'll lower herself back below the top of the cargo bed's wall and call out how much ammo the gun has to the Hauptmann.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1059 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 17 Apr 2011
at 21:28
  • msg #467

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
The battlefield is relatively quiet and still. The only movement visible is occuring around the PTSM. At this point, you've been led to believe that this movement is the Falcon assault group. The only sound is a muffled shouting coming from the road leading east, presumably eminating from either Tucker's team, the surviving enemy road watchers, or both.

Teo shouts Tucker's belated demand for surrender. Half-a-minute passes before a reply is shouted in return. Teo turns to Tucker and translates. "He say they not stupid. We say lie once and shoot. He think we kill them if surrender. Says 'fuck you'." He must be talking about Dawid's earlier plea for surrender- the one Tucker followed up with a hand grenade and bursts of rifle fire.
Next Moves?

Robert shoulders his M-16A2 and begins to engage again with burst fire towards the group who doesn't want to surrender.  "Fuck 'em then!  Take 'em out," Tucker calls to Teo hoping he begins to return fire with them.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [24/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 21:29, Sun 17 Apr 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2262 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 00:38
  • msg #468

Re: The PTSM


Tucker & Teo

Despite the incoming artillery fire, Tucker stays focussed on the hidden enemy group near the road. He fires another couple of three-round bursts towards where he thinks they are hunkered down. If he stays prone, his shooting results in de facto grazing fire. If he rises up on his knees to get a better angle, he presents a bigger target for return fire. Teo, although in the same boat, follows suit with a long burst of his own. Both pause for a second to assess the results of their fire. Before they can act again, something explodes about 10m from Teo (he's on Tucker's left). Tucker's rattled a bit by the concussion, but untouched by shrapnel. Teo, on the other hand, is coughing strangely and in obvious duress. It looks like the second grenade tossed by the nearby enemy has drawn blood. (Tucker -6 rounds, Teo -10 rounds; Teo WIA)


The Falcons

Jay recovers enough to open the rear hatch of the PTSM's cab (it's unlocked), jam the barrel of his AIM-74 through the resulting crack, and empties the remainder of his magazine into the crew compartment. He can hear the last few of his 22-28 bullets ricochetting around inside as the rifle runs dry. Minh, meanwhile, searches around the floor of the cargo bed for HMG ammo. In addition to the 20-round belt hanging from the weapon, there's two more boxes of the big, belted 12.7mm bullets (somewhere between 80-100 rounds). It's a fantastic haul.

About 5 seconds after the echoes of the first airburst faded away, a second airburst blossoms about 40m south of the first. Those in and around the PTSM are buffetted slightly by the concussion. A couple of shell fragments clang against the PTSM's starboard side but none of the Falcons are hit. You are a tad bit shaken, but unperforated.


Warren

Warren, still searching for targets, is in the safest spot on the battlefield. He feels the bass thump of the explosion in his ears and chest, but that's all.


The Mirages

You are much closer to the blast area. Various-sized chunks of hot, jagged shrapnel razor through the tree cover, showering you with bits of plant parts. You feel like you were just inside a giant bass drum beaten by a bodybuilder.

[This Occurs Just Prior to the Second Blast] Fleming's valiant attempt to render aid to the greviously wounded Woj is in vain. Woj's pulse, which was faint as Flemming began to bandage the bloody stump, is gone when he checks again. There's likely nothing he could have done to save the badly mutilated man. Even a highly trained expert in treating severe battlefield trauma would have had a very hard time taking care of such a wound with the available materials, in the dark, and under fire.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...57,0.024719&z=16


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:06, Tue 19 Apr 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 25 posts
American
CIA
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 05:38
  • msg #469

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #468):

Rob had just deliverd Woj's status to Dawid when he heard the unique sound of incoming artillery fire. He looked around searching for something to cover. A small ditch nearby looked perfect and Rob made a huge jump to dug and cover.

Rob started to count the rounds to get some information about the possible number of guns.
Craig Sutherland
player, 347 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 07:48
  • msg #470

Re: The PTSM


Trying to barrow under the log he was using for cover was the only option left to Craig. He lay on his front with his hands and arms under his body and his left side against the log.

He was hoping the Barron would not want to waste all his ammunition.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 53 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 16:06
  • msg #471

Re: The PTSM

Matias had tried to press himself into the ground so hard that it had hurt. He was no stranger to the sound of incoming shells; in fact, it was the worst sound that he knew of.

When the second shell burst, he yelled out in Polish "They're getting closer!" He tried to curl up as much as he could to protect himself from any further shells.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2392 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 05:20
  • msg #472

Re: The PTSM

It was thankfully only one weapon, but it was still a big boy, likely the other D-30 they'd head about.

He looked for any improved cover from his present position as he had a few seconds to locate one, move there, then drop flat. He also tried to count off how long the third shot took to arrive. That would tell him probably how good the crew were.

"Everyone, find some cover!"
This message was last edited by the player at 09:20, Wed 20 Apr 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 911 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 08:50
  • msg #473

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz kept close to the side of the vehicle. It would shelter him from some of the shrapnel and if there was a direct hit then at least it would be quick. He looked at Bayer and waited for the officer to map out the next course of action.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1462 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 19:46
  • msg #474

Re: The PTSM

Rising up from the sheltered side of the PTSM, Bayer makes his way around to the front of the vehicle when he hears gunfire from Jay. "Secure?" he asks. Then, "Get those bodies out of there and see if you can get it started. Quickly, quickly."

Then toggling his radio, he says, "Mirage. Sunray. Get moving! RV with us south of your position. Ve'll pick you up in the transport. Out." Then, "Tucker! Warren! I need everyone up here now!"

Turning to Quyen, he adds, "Man the gun and support Sergeant Tucker."

OOC - Please ignore Bayer's previous instructions to...
- grenade the engine
- dismantle the DSHK
- run away


My orginal post below (if Rae doesn't allow the edit)

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz crouched down to shelter from the blast, he looked at Bayer and yelled, "Kaptain, I'll put a couple of frags in the engine to disable it, we need to run before they zero in on us!"


"Do it." Bayer says, rising from the side of the PTSM. And over his shoulder he adds, "Quyen! Disassemble the DSHK... quickly."

Toggling the radio Bayer cancels the consolidation and capture of the vehicle in favor of wasting any more lives, "Mirage. Sunray. Start moving out. RV with us at the next Stop Line when you can. Over."

Bayer then shouts, "Falcon... we're moving. Now! RV in the treeline West of here. Move!"

This message was last edited by the player at 11:56, Thu 21 Apr 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 40 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 20:49
  • msg #475

Re: The PTSM

Piotr didn't need any urging after the second round exploded even closer than the first. Scanning the area around him feverishly hoping to find even better cover.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 912 posts
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 21:06
  • [deleted]
  • msg #476

Re: The PTSM

This message was deleted by the player at 12:06, Thu 21 Apr 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 55 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 04:06
  • msg #477

Re: The PTSM

Matias heard the radio going and knew that they were being ordered to retreat. There was nothing else to do against artillery.

But he rolled to his side to face Dawid and yelled over "What do we do about Woj & Lech?" He spoke in Polish, being far to amped up to mentally translate to English.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 66 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 07:22
  • msg #478

Re: The PTSM

EDITED FURTHER TO KONRAD'S EDITED POST:

Jay gave the Kapitan a big thumbs up to show that the threat from the cab had been neutralised. At being given the order to get the vehicle started he looked over at Minh. "Hey, you drive? Me no drive!"

Assuming she takes over getting into the cab he will take over her duty, and prep the HMG. He was no expert on big guns either, but more comfortable with them than with motor vehicles. He quickly prepped the HMG as best he could, and aimed in the general direction of the targets that Tucker was fighting. Once ready he planned to fire short bursts at them, mainly with the aim of distracting them rather than actually doing any real damage. He would try to maintain some level of accuracy with the unfamiliar weapon.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Swapping duties with Minh and taking over on the HMG, providing cover for Tucker
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

This message was last edited by the player at 12:04, Thu 21 Apr 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2395 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 08:09
  • msg #479

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #474):

"Mirage calling Falcon: I hear you!"

He switched to Polish to answer Matias, "Later! It's not safe to run while being shelled, trust me!"

Then back to English, "Everyone, I suggest waiting right now!"

Thoughts flashed through his mind. According to what he knew, the lethal radius for a 122mm to 152mm shell typically fused for quick impact was 50m, and an airburst would double that or more. They were already taking fragments at their current position and the shells were getting closer at roughly 10-second intervals. If the Baron's men were using the incredibly rare AR-5 type radio-fused shells (how he got his mitts on them, God only knew!) then the gun crew was perhaps quite technically skilled, or at least had someone that could figure out the radar fuses.

In his opinion it really wasn't safe to move but if others felt they could outrun the shrapnel they were welcome to try! Besides, the Kapitan's orders were to move when they could, not that they should immediately.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:46, Thu 21 Apr 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1060 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 08:29
  • msg #480

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
Tucker & Teo

Despite the incoming artillery fire, Tucker stays focussed on the hidden enemy group near the road. He fires another couple of three-round bursts towards where he thinks they are hunkered down. If he stays prone, his shooting results in de facto grazing fire. If he rises up on his knees to get a better angle, he presents a bigger target for return fire. Teo, although in the same boat, follows suit with a long burst of his own. Both pause for a second to assess the results of their fire. Before they can act again, something explodes about 10m from Teo (he's on Tucker's left). Tucker's rattled a bit by the concussion, but untouched by shrapnel. Teo, on the other hand, is coughing strangely and in obvious duress. It looks like the second grenade tossed by the nearby enemy has drawn blood. (Tucker -6 rounds, Teo -10 rounds; Teo WIA)
Next Moves?

Tucker looks over to Teo when/if he hears Teo coughing or in obvious duress from a possible wound.  He shuffles over next to him while remaining prone, and tries to ask him, "Teo!  Teo?  Are you hit?  What's wrong?"  Robert will also try to keep some kind of view towards the threats down range.  If he gets a good view of a target, Tuck will continue to return fire with burst-fire.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [18/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 08:30, Thu 21 Apr 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 914 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 12:07
  • msg #481

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz remained crouching by teh big vehicle and waited to see if it could be started.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2266 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 01:13
  • msg #482

Re: The PTSM


Assuming that the next incoming shell will continue the current trend and explode to the south of the previous one, Jay, confident the crew in the cab of the PTSM have been neutralized, attempts to get the HMG up in support of Sgt. Tucker. Minh clambers past him and pulls the cab door open far enough to crawl inside. The interior reeks of blood, cordite smoke, and shit. There are two rather chewed up bodies sprawled across the seats and floor and the dashboard has been smashed up by bullet strikes. Being unfamiliar with the vehicle, she has a bit of trouble finding the ignition in the dark, cramped interior. Operating on blind luck, she somehow gets the engine to rumble to life. A plume of noxious, blue-grey smoke bursts from the sputtering exhaust as the big engine turns over.

You all wait for the next shell to burst. The Mirages, in particular, count down to what seems like the inevitable direct hit. Five seconds pass, then ten, then ten more, and still there's no third explosion.

Ignoring the fading danger, Jay swings the long barrel of the DshKa HMG towards where he thinks Tucker and Teo might be but, in the dark, without even a muzzle flash to hone in on, he doesn't have a target that he can positively ID. The circumstances are ripe for a "friendly fire" incident.

Tucker, meanwhile, stops shooting at where he thinks the enemy are dug in to check on his Polish wingman. Teo's having a hard time speaking, or even breathing for that matter. In the dark, there's not much Tucker can do to assess the wound or Teo's overall condition. Between gasps, the Pole coughs out, "I'm... hit... bad." Tucker catches a glimpse of movement to his left and about two meters above his head- a second grenade, arcing down towards Teo. It's impossible to accurately judge where it will land so Tucker throws his left arm over Teo's neck and head and burries his own under his right. The grenade explodes with a sharp CRUMP, several meters to their left. Aside from the continuous ringing in their ears, and the thump of the concussion, neither man is hurt further.

Warren, watching the area around Tucker's current position through the optic of his rifle, sees movement. Two figures rise up out of the ground and start running east up the road. One of them quickly lags behind. Jay, on the DshKa, also notices the movement. The cab of the PTSM is blocking his direct LOS down the road so he's unable to bring the gun on target. If the unidentified runners continue east on the road, he'll eventually get a shot at them (at long range).


OOC: Keep in mind that, IG, it's neary pitch dark at the moment. Please specify in your IC posts, or at least your combat tag, if/when your PC is using NODs. Same goes for any kind of visible illumination. Otherwise, please assume that you are squinting alot and using your other senses to try to get an idea of what's going on around you. I'm doing my best to walk a fine line between describing things too well (tempting possible metagaming) and accurately conveying the confusing, disconcerting, almost surreal experience of fighting outdoors on a moonless night. Please inform your imagination to operate accordingly. ; )


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:28, Fri 22 Apr 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 915 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 08:23
  • msg #483

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz scrambled onto the cargo deck of the PTS-M and made his way to the driver's cab, "Minh," he said, "do you have night vision gear so you can drive? If not, take mine."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2399 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 10:51
  • msg #484

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #482):

Ears still ringing from the thunder of falling shells, Dawid slowly looked up. He switched back and forth between Polish and English.

"Black Madonna preserve us... we're alive! I think they decided to save their shells! Kiss my ass, you amateurs! I'm going to take that gun away from you and then you'll see how a real artillerist takes care of matters!"

"Okay everyone, count off and then let's get moving south. Jan, count off everyone, let me know if we have any wounded. Have someone carry Lech and Woj's bodies, salvage their weapons. Woj should have an AKSU and a few magazines, get them for me, please. I'll contact the Kaptain."

"Matias, We'll take Woj and Lech's bodies with us. We will bury them soon, but not here."


He transmitted, "Mirage calling Falcon... we are moving out as soon as possible." It wasn't really good radio procedure to transmit before you knew the other party was listening, but Dawid wasn't too experienced with a radio, and he figured Konrad was likely listening, anyways.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 273 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 04:36
  • msg #485

Re: The PTSM

If one of the friendlies was dumb enough to be sprinting to the East in Warren's kill zone, it was about to be too bad for them, and they'd share the German Sniper's fate.  If not, they were with the Baron, and just as dead.

Focusing on the shadow, Jeff places a slight lead on the running target and fires.  The trail would be next if he could reacquire or the bastard wasn't dumb enough to stop when he sees his buddy drop. 


Warren
Engaging runners, hoping it's not Tucker.
SVU-AS [7/10]

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 70 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 06:38
  • msg #486

Re: The PTSM

As Minh took over the attempt to get the vehicle started, Jay tried to prep the unfamiliar HMG. It was a big, bulky affair, not the small but deadly type of weapon he preferred. As he fiddled, checking it was loaded and cocked, he noticed movement ahead. He swung the barrel round, but couldn't get a useful line of sight, so he moved it to a position where he might be able to engage in a few moments.

In the gloom he couldn't make out who it was. Was it the enemy trying to escape, or Tuckerji dashing across the open like a crazy man? Reluctant to open up on an unidentified target, he shouted out. "Target running east, at my 12 o'clock!"

OOC - I have made the assumption that the vehicle is facing up the road (NNE) so the moving targets are effectively directly in front of him. Rae - please feel free to edit this post accordingly if the vehicle is in a different position.

Suddenly he remembered the spotlight. Was it still working? He grabbed at it, seeing if it was broken, or simply switched off. If he could switch it on he would swing the light towards the runners. If they turned out to be friendly he would immediately swing the beam away from them, but if they were hostiles he would train the beam on them, keeping them lit, so his colleagues could deal with them. If the light didn't work he would get back on the HMG, trying to identify the target. If he is certain it is the enemy he will fire short bursts one he has LOS.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Prepping HMG, calling out location of targets, trying spotlight to see if it works
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Jan Cerny
player, 1026 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 12:59
  • msg #487

Re: The PTSM

Jan pulled himself out of the hole behind a tree he had buried himself in when the artillery rounds started falling.  He had expected a much larger barrage and was quite relieved that it was only a few rounds.

He followed David’s instructions, gathering up the two dead, their equipment and anything of value that could be gathered from the dead enemy combatants.

“Dawid,” he called back to his patrol commander speaking Polish.  “I think that you are the only one hit and still breathing.  How bad is it?  Anyone else who is wounded, sound off.” He then repeated his call for any wounded in English, just to make sure that Craig and Rob understood.
Monika Sawicki
player, 123 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 15:31
  • msg #488

Re: The PTSM

     Monika's ears were still ringing from the artillery shelling.  She checked herself to insure that she wasn't injured.  Monika then called out in English, "This Monika.  Anysbody hurt?"
Matias Adamczyk
player, 56 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 15:53
  • msg #489

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #487):

As soon as Matias saw that Jan was up and moving around, he rose and moved to help. He had to sniff a few times to clear his eyes when he first saw the bodies, but he knew that they had no time to mourn now.

He helped Jan gather up the two men's kit, then he pulled Woj's body up onto his back. With Woj's arms draped over his shoulders, he was able to approximate a 'fireman's carry'. "I can take Woj if someone else gets Lech," he said softly. He just hoped that the others would be able to make it, since they had all suffered small wounds within the last handful of days.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 41 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 17:42
  • msg #490

Re: The PTSM

When the next artillery shell doesn't come (yet), Piotr doesn't wait long before raising from his cover, gathering up his gear.

Hearing Jan call out to the group he responds in English. “Piotr, non scraches.” while using the sound of his and Matias's voice to navigate towards their position. When he comes to Matias he helpes him to lift Woj on his back “I will carry our friend” he sais in response to the young man's question.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:42, Sat 23 Apr 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 351 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 20:46
  • msg #491

Re: The PTSM


Spitting out dirt, leaf litter and god know what else Craig rises and begins a fast crawl along their shattered line to Dawids position. His chest was still aching from the pressure waves of the artillery barrage so he took short shallow breaths, he sounded like he was panting.

He gave a quick glance in the direction of the PTMS when it started up, but kept on moving. If he comes across any of his dead comrades he strips off weapons and ammunition but leaves the bodies.
Monika Sawicki
player, 124 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 20:57
  • msg #492

Re: The PTSM

      Monika did not hear any response from the others about someone being wounded.  Monika said a silent prayer hoping that the reason there were no wounded crying out was because everyone was all right, and not because the wounded were beyond any hope or need of assistance.  Monika began to search the bodies of those around her for weapons, ammunition, and anything else of value.
Minh Quyen
player, 562 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 21:19
  • msg #493

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz scrambled onto the cargo deck of the PTS-M and made his way to the driver's cab, "Minh," he said, "do you have night vision gear so you can drive? If not, take mine."


"I need more than night vision." Quyen mutters against the spurting engine. "I don't even know how I just started this."

She then turns in her seat and holds out her hand to accept the goggles, from Mariusz "I am usually too hard core for technological crutches... but just this once is ok."

Quyen will then take a moment to run her hands over the controls and to give minor tests to determine the basics of how to drive this thing. As she adjusts the focus on the night vision goggles, she yells out the window to her teammates "READY!"

Took Mariusz's night vision goggles
This message was last edited by the player at 21:20, Sat 23 Apr 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1467 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 06:19
  • msg #494

Re: The PTSM

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
Reluctant to open up on an unidentified target, he shouted out. "Target running east, at my 12 o'clock!"

"No friendlies are on the move in that area." Bayer answers. "Engage with controlled fire."

Then hearing the PTSM's engine start up and Quyen's subsequent announcement, Bayer shouts, "Mount up! Everyone mount up! Now!"

Bayer then climbs aboard and does a quick head count to ensure the group with him are all accounted for. He then toggles his radio and says, "All Faclon call signs, Sunray. Cancel my last and hold your positions. We're bringing the transport around and will pick you all up. Be ready to move. Over."

Then reaching into the cab, he pats Quyen on the back of the shoulder and says, "Ok, bring us forward and back the way we came. Watch out for men in the grass... don't run over Sergeant Tucker."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:32, Sun 24 Apr 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 72 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 06:30
  • msg #495

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #494):

Hearing the Kapitan's orders, Jay went back to the HMG. Picking up the targets again he fired short, controlled bursts at the runners, trying to either take them out or at least slow their movement.

As he did so he called to his colleagues, "Get light, get light!" Hopefully Mariusz or the Kapitan would try the spotlight and train it on his targets (if it still worked), lighting them up like a bunny in the headlights.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2401 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 08:04
  • msg #496

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #487):

Dawid transmitted, "ah, Falcon, yes, we will stay here."

"Okay Jan, just a second."

He checked out his leg using his flashlight. It didn't seem too bad, he could walk on it.

"I think it's all right. I've got two after all. Just... make sure you have my friend. We're staying here, just so everyone knows."

He sighed, thinking of Woj.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 916 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 10:02
  • msg #497

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz squeezed the top of Minh's shoulder, "You'll do fine, I'll clear the dead from your cabin."

He started to move any bodies from the cabin to the huge deck of the vehicle. He intended to clear the working area before stripping any bodies of useful gear. After that he decided he'd find where the engine was, just in case.
Jan Cerny
player, 1030 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 10:14
  • msg #498

Re: The PTSM

"OK," Jan replied to Dawid in Polish.  "I am fine.  Matias and Piotr, we are staying here so put to two departed together and make sure that you gather their weapons as well.  We will put them on the back of the vehicle shortly.  I will keep watch."

He then continued scanning around with his IR Goggles, ensuring that he covered a full 360 degree arc.  It wasn't an ideal way to keep a look out but there was a danger of someone else escaping in a different direction.

Hearing the HMG open up Jan ignored the arc that whomever was now on the HMG was engaging.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2267 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 23:48
  • msg #499

Re: The PTSM


Jeff Warren lines up the silhouette of the lead runner- the faster one- in his PSO optic and squeezes the trigger. The rifle barks its slightly muffled retort and kicks against his shoulder. Upon reacquiring the fleeting shape, Jeff knows immediately that he's missed his mark. He repeats the process a second time with the same disappointing result. The third time is the charm- or so it appears- as the man in his sights spins around and drops into the jagged inky line that marks the ground. (Warren -3 rounds)

Jay, meanwhile, is manhandling the AA tripod-mounted DshKa to bear on the fleeing enemy. He has to stand on top of an ammo crate to do so. He's firing directly over the forward crew cab. The rather pronounced muzzle flash scorches the paint on its roof. A trio of thumb-sized tracers streak into the darkness at evenly -spaced intervals. Jay can't really see if they hit anything due to the bright corona that surrounds the muzzle of the weapon with neary every discharge. Jeff, however, watches as one of the tracers passes into the lower back of trailing runner and , a fraction of a second later, spins wildy out of his chest cavity and into the darkness beyond. The runner topples over and disappears into the knee-high ground cover. Jay, trying to blink away the afterimage of the muzzle blast, releases the HMG's triggers after sending about ten rounds downrange. (Jay -10 12.7mm rounds [I'll keep track of this weapon])

The rest of the Falcons climb aboard the PTSM as Minh, using the NVGs Mariusz just loaned her, tries to figure out how to drive the big tracked amphib. She's well aware that getting it started was pretty much pure luck. After setting aside the man's weapon (an AK-74 without a stock), Mariusz shoves the mangled driver out of the open passenger door. He does the same with the passenger. Minh's having no further luck getting the PTSM to move. She's never driven a tracked vehicle before and it's quite a bit different from the HUMVEEs she's used to. The borrowed NVGs help, but they play havoc on her depth perception and the faded Cyrillic labelling the various switches and dials don't make things any easier. She finally has to give in and ask for help, shouting, "Does anybody know how to drive this damn thing?"

The Mirages, after hugging the ground for a few seconds more than the Falcons, cautiously begin to consolidate, keeping low while placing the bodies of their two KIA Polish comrades together and sharing out their gear (Woj's AKSU & Lech's Tantal). The Mirages remain just within the treeline, waiting for the captured PTSM to make its way to them.

Over two minutes have elapsed since the last shell burst just 50m from the southern treeline. Although it's hard to completely discount the possibility that the enemy artillery is now done with you, it's looking more likely with each passing minute.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:11, Mon 25 Apr 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1062 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 23:53
  • msg #500

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
Tucker, meanwhile, stops shooting at where he thinks the enemy are dug in to check on his Polish wingman. Teo's having a hard time speaking, or even breathing for that matter. In the dark, there's not much Tucker can do to assess the wound or Teo's overall condition. Between gasps, the Pole coughs out, "I'm... hit... bad." Tucker catches a glimpse of movement to his left and about two meters above his head- a second grenade, arcing down towards Teo. It's impossible to accurately judge where it will land so Tucker throws his left arm over Teo's neck and head and burries his own under his right. The grenade explodes with a sharp CRUMP, several meters to their left. Aside from the continuous ringing in their ears, and the thump of the concussion, neither man is hurt further.

Next Moves?

"Boss, Tucker.  I got a man down and no fuckin' medic because she fuckin' left on her own.  Still taking fire how copy over?"  Tucker looks back over to Teo after calling on his radio to Bayer.  "Hang in there dude!  Helps on the way.  I'm not going anywhere, you just hang the fuck in there!"  If Robert can't dfo anything for Teo, he will try to provide some cover fire while waiting for help.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [18/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

This message was last edited by the player at 23:54, Sun 24 Apr 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 26 posts
American
CIA
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 07:45
  • msg #501

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
The Mirages, after hugging the ground for a few seconds more than the Falcons, cautiously begin to consolidate, keeping low while placing the bodies of their two KIA Polish comrades together and sharing out their gear (Woj's AKSU & Lech's Tantal). The Mirages remain just within the treeline, waiting for the captured PTSM to make its way to them.

Over two minutes have elapsed since the last shell burst just 50m from the southern treeline. Although it's hard to completely discount the possibility that the enemy artillery is now done with you, it's looking more likely with each passing minute.

Next Moves?


Rob was listening carefully after the last shell explode. Nothing happend. He was happy to be still alive and moved slowly back to Dawid who called the team.
"I'm fine."

When he heard about the KIA Rob felt sad to loose two comrades.
"Damn. Waht a blood shed for this."

"I am sorry to say, but I don't think that we have the capacity to carry our deads with us. Our orders are to be scouts for the main force following us.
I suggest to place them nearby and radio the position to the 10th."


Rob Flemming
Callsign Mirage 7
in a foxhole near Dawid
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2404 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 08:01
  • msg #502

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #499):

Seriously, it was great to apparently be out from under the fist of God. Dawid's relief at surviving (for the moment) was tempered by the sorrow at losing his friend. Nothing to do but wait for pickup.

"Everyone, keep watching your sectors. Jan, good job, keep covering west and southwest (to our left). Robert, keep watch to the south and southeast (behind us). Sutherland... see what the fuck they're shooting at off to our right, eh?"
This message was last edited by the player at 15:39, Mon 25 Apr 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1031 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 19:46
  • msg #503

Re: The PTSM

Jan kept a watch out and waited for their ride to arrive.

"Dawid," he called across to his patrol commander, speaking English.  "Can you pick out the bodies of any of the enemy we killed so that we can loot them?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 74 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 07:33
  • msg #504

Re: The PTSM

As he released the trigger on the unfamiliar HMG, Jay tried to regain his night vision. The flashes from the heavy weapon had messed up his sight and he couldn't tell if he had hit anything or not. He continued to scan the target area, and widened the search to cover either side. In the deep gloom, nothing appear to move. He strained with his hears, listening for any sounds - movement, the cries of a wounded man, gunfire, anything.

Calling out to the other Falcons, he shouted, "I got no target, I think they down, not sure."

Nobody had yet bothered with the spotlight, so he went back to it to see if he could get it working again. If he can he will scan the target area again, looking for any signs of activity.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Callsign - Falcon 3
Scanning for targets using HMG, then trying searchlight
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2405 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 08:25
  • msg #505

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #503):

Dawid thought about it. It was as good an idea as anything, as he was pretty much the only person not specifically doing anything or covering a sector. If something came up he would be notified, and deal with it then.

"That's a good idea! Did anyone shoot someone within 50m? Or am I looking at those guys in front of us?"

Flipping down his NVGs, he looked around for any enemy bodies to scavenge.
Craig Sutherland
player, 353 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 08:53
  • msg #506

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"That's a good idea! Did anyone shoot someone within 50m? Or am I looking at those guys in front of us?"


As Craig arrives at Dawids position he waits while covering to his left away from the battlefield.

"No I think its the guys in front, here I'll come down with you and give ya some cover."

He then follows Dawid down with his rifle at his shoulder ready to engage any threats.
Jan Cerny
player, 1032 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 09:22
  • msg #507

Re: The PTSM

As Dawid and Craig set off to look for the men who they had shot Jan called after them.

"I think that there were two of them but I am not certain!"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1469 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 11:47
  • msg #508

Re: The PTSM

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Boss, Tucker.  I got a man down and no fuckin' medic because she fuckin' left on her own.  Still taking fire how copy over?"


Bayer taps the radio transmit and quickly replies, "Roger. Hold tight and keep everyone from moving around. Stand by... we're trying to get mobile. Out."

He then moves up towards the front of the carrier and says, "Keep trying Quyen! Don't give up yet. Another try." At the front now, near Jay, Bayer says to the man, "Shoot anything moving. Sergeant Tucker is over there and holding his position." He then checks the spotlight for damage and tries to turn it on.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:47, Tue 26 Apr 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 75 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 12:29
  • msg #509

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #508):

Jay keeps the HMG ready, looking for targets, and leaves the spotlight to the Kapitan.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 275 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 13:19
  • msg #510

Re: The PTSM

Warren's voice crackles over the platoon net  "Falcon-2 here, two runners down in front of the tractor.  No more movement visible, besides what I think are friendlies."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1470 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 13:50
  • msg #511

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #510):

As he tries to get the spotlight working, Bayer passes on Jeff's target indication to Jay.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1063 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 20:16
  • msg #512

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Boss, Tucker.  I got a man down and no fuckin' medic because she fuckin' left on her own.  Still taking fire how copy over?"


Bayer taps the radio transmit and quickly replies, "Roger. Hold tight and keep everyone from moving around. Stand by... we're trying to get mobile. Out."

"Roger that.  We're proned out waiting on relief.  Out," Tucker returns the call and waits for help trying to keep Teo calm and stable.
Robert Flemming
player, 27 posts
American
CIA
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 05:33
  • msg #513

Re: The PTSM

Rob was securing the area as told.

"No, I've seen no enemies nearby."


Rob Flemming
Callsign Mirage 7
in a foxhole near Dawid
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
watching south / southeast, ready to fire burst at possible threats

This message was last edited by the player at 05:34, Thu 28 Apr 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 917 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 08:47
  • msg #514

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz checked the two bodies over for anything useful or any intelligence.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 42 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 2 May 2011
at 19:53
  • msg #515

Re: The PTSM

After he helped carry both death countrymen and equipment, Piotr doesn't spend time to mourn over his dead friend. This war had taken to many of his friends and the living still needed him. Therefore after he finished he looked whatever sector needed his attention.
Minh Quyen
player, 564 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 2 May 2011
at 20:48
  • msg #516

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
He then moves up towards the front of the carrier and says, "Keep trying Quyen! Don't give up yet. Another try."


"Arrggh!" Quyen growls in frustration at the clunky controls of the vehicle. Then yanking on a few more levers in desperation, she yells, "I'm trying I'm trying. This bitch is not like my Honda Captain!"

Quyen will then continue to experiment with the different controls, foot pedals, buttons and levers. After slamming aside one of the shift stick looking devices into another position and trying the accelerator, her eyes water as she yells,"MOOOVE!!!"

Quyen
Giving the PTSM another try at moving forward

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2270 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 3 May 2011
at 16:46
  • msg #517

Re: The PTSM


While the Mirages wait for the PTSM to come to them (although it sounds like its engine is running, there seems to be some kind of delay). Dawid scans the area just north of the Mirages for the 2-3 enemy he's fairly certain they shot during the firefight. It proves impossible to pick out any bodies though the narrow, fairly dim, monochromatic view offered by his NVGs. No one has any better luck using the naked eye. The night is too dark; the withering knee-high grass offers perfect concealment for motionless enemy bodies (living or dead).

Displaying remarkable patience and persistence, Minh finally figures out how to propel the big tracked carrier forward. It lurches forward so unexpectedly that Jay, still behind the HMG, falls backwards, swinging the large gun towards the stars. Everyone else finds a handhold and/or gets low in the cargo bed, preparing to endure and interesting ride.

Minh keeps the PTSM on the road. She's not sure how to turn yet and Sgt. Tucker's team is somewhere up ahead. She stops when she hears Jay and Konrad shouting. Then she sees Tucker and Teo through her borrowed NVGs. She was concentrating so hard on staying on the road that she didn't notice them. Tucker helps Teo to his feet and practically drags the wounded Pole to the PTSM where waiting hands lift him aboard. Someone offers a red-filtered flashlight and Monika takes a look at Teo's wounds. It takes a minute to remove his layers of clothes. It looks like he took a grenade fragment in the ribs, probably puncturing a lung. Warren joins the rest of the group.

After picking up Tucker's element, Minh tries to turn the PTSM. To her delight, turning is fairly straightforward. She takes it slow, weary of throwing a track. Once she gets the nose of the PTSM pointed towards the southern woodline, she makes a beeline for the Mirages. Her confidence rising, she gives the carrier a little more gas. She doesn't see the curled up body until its under the tracks.

Those riding in the back enjoy a fairly smooth ride. Every couple of seconds, a clod of damp earth gets tossed up into the bed by the tracks. The smell of the engine exhaust overwhelms every other scent.

Mirage and Falcon are finally reunited at the southern woodline. They've captured a PTSM, an HMG, and five 5.45mm AKs and inflicted at least a dozen casualties, all at a cost of two KIA and one WIA. There's no doubt now that the Baron knows something's coming.


Next Moves?
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 919 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 3 May 2011
at 17:07
  • msg #518

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz made the guns he had found safe and stowed away the magazines and thought about Mihn's plight. He looked over his shoulder and yelled, "Have you tried swearing in Polish or Russian? Try this:
работайте Вы находящийся во власти сифилиса распутник матери сына шлюхи!"


The entire sum of his mechanical knowledge exhausted, Mariusz siddled nearer the cab of the PTS-M, maybe the Captain would let him drive, he'd seen every episode of Four Tankmen and a Dog ten times...

He held on as the vehicle lurched forward.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:28, Tue 03 May 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1471 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 3 May 2011
at 17:25
  • msg #519

Re: The PTSM

Squatting near the cab and bracing himself as the PTSM lumbered along, Bayer calls into the crew compartment, "Quyen. Excellent. Keep moving south. I'll let you know when to pull off into a hide once we've put some distance behind us."

Bayer then turns to face the rest of the team and says loudly over the vehicle's engine, "Well done everyone. Friends have been lost, but we soldier on as we've always done in the past."

"Our mission is still in effect. We will move into a hide and see about any adjustments we need to make. Then from there we will proceed as originally planned."


He then turns to Sawiki, and in the darkness he asks quietly, "What can you tell me about the wounded? I need to know who is out of action and what, if any, urgent requirements are needed."
This message was last edited by the player at 17:27, Tue 03 May 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 77 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 4 May 2011
at 07:53
  • msg #520

Re: The PTSM

After picking himself up from his minor fall, with little more than a bruised ego, Jay kept watch until the two squads were reunited. He was saddened to see that their numbers had reduced, but he accepted that this was the grim reality of war. He had lost many comrades over his long career, and each one hurt.

He checked the HMG was made safe, as best he could with the unfamiliar weapon, before checking his AIMS was loaded with a full mag, and ready for use. Turning to Dawid, he gestured towards the HMG and said "Mister Davidji, please you check HMG please," indicating that Dawid should check over the weapon as he was far more experienced in their usage than he was.

He then went over all of the bodies, removing them from the vehicle and lining them up on the side of the road, he also added any nearby corpses of enemy soldiers that were strewn on the ground. He went over each of the bodies, searching them thoroughly. He removed all useful items, including intel, ammo, weapons, etc. He left any personal effects. He also stripped them of useful clothing - trousers, jackets, shirts and boots, leaving underwear and badly damaged clothing. He collated all of the gathered equipment and took it to the captured vehicle. He did not go near the bodies of his fallen comrades, leaving his colleagues to do that.

He intended to distribute kit to the team as needed, before leaving the remainder in the back of the vehicle. In this cold weather the extra clothing might come in handy.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 277 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 4 May 2011
at 08:21
  • msg #521

Re: The PTSM

Once the situation was well in hand, Warren materializes alongside the PTSM, not trying to get left behind.  Once the party is assembled, he takes a place near Konrad and Dawid, and stands ready to relay messages to Konrad.

He says over the rumbling engine. "You know when we eventually abandon this, we should leave it intact for the 10th to follow on and pickup.  They're tankers, and appreciate the mobility.  They're also not going on as much stealth as we are, although...." he sweeps his hand at the blood stains in the cargo bed.  Not perfect, but it was helping his objective.

"Also, if I'm going to keep up the sniper business, I'm going to need a spotter.  We're lucky I didn't shoot any friendlies in the back back there.  Also Dawid, if you please, 9 rounds of ammo would be appreciated to refill this mag."  His remarks are directed at both Konrad and Dawid, but his request is given almost as a matter of fact.

If Dawid accepts, he refills his magazine.  OOC: PKM and SVU/SVD ammo are the same, right?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2407 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 4 May 2011
at 10:35
  • msg #522

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #520):

After climbing up into the bed, Dawid attended to his own wound, a minor scratch on his leg where he'd been kissed by a bullet. He thought that it was bullets fired from the same weapon that ended Woj and Lech's lives, but he wasn't sure as the fight was now a blur of adrenaline-fueled images. God had passed his finger over him. His hands shook a little as he dressed his leg.

Dawid looked up and nodded at Jay. After a second, he remembered to respond, and in English. "Yes, Jay, that is a splendid idea."

He got up behind the Dushka, performed a visual check to see it was loaded and undamaged. It was likely still operational; unless it took damage in the mean time the old weapon had worked well enough to take his friend's life and so it should still be functioning.

"Understood, Kaptain. We will be continuing exactly as planned, or maybe switching to another approach route? The Baron knows we're coming down this road, and he still has artillery."

"Speaking of which, anyone recover any maps? If it shows where the artillery is firing from, I should dearly like to take the Baron's other heavy cannon off his hands. If he still has that cannon in his possession when the main battle is joined, he'll chop up the 10th like liver."

"Oh, and Warren, that's a good idea about this vehicles. We need to keep the future in mind, and how best to help our allies. You know, I still do want this beast in the long run, we can use it to make an end-run down the river or cross any water obstacles. Or, tow our own D-30, which the Baron so generously donated to us earlier. As for ammunition..." He bent down and removed enough rounds of ammunition as requested from the non-disintegrating linked belt to give to Jeff, then cycled the belt through the PKM until a live round was in the chamber.

"Teo can handle the PKM while I'm manning the Dushka, eh? Eh?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1066 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 5 May 2011
at 00:32
  • msg #523

Re: The PTSM

Cap'n Rae:
Minh keeps the PTSM on the road. She's not sure how to turn yet and Sgt. Tucker's team is somewhere up ahead. She stops when she hears Jay and Konrad shouting. Then she sees Tucker and Teo through her borrowed NVGs. She was concentrating so hard on staying on the road that she didn't notice them. Tucker helps Teo to his feet and practically drags the wounded Pole to the PTSM where waiting hands lift him aboard. Someone offers a red-filtered flashlight and Monika takes a look at Teo's wounds. It takes a minute to remove his layers of clothes. It looks like he took a grenade fragment in the ribs, probably puncturing a lung. Warren joins the rest of the group.

Next Moves?

Robert slings his rifle as he tries to help carry the injured Teo and try to hook up with the rest of the element before he's left behind or injured & killed himself.  He hears a vehicle moving around and then the recognizable shouting of Konrad and someone else and he breathes a sigh of relief reassuring Teo, "Helps on the way buddy.  We'll get you patched up in no time, just hang the fuck on brother!"  When he finally gets up to the vehicle and he gets some help from Konrad and Jay to get him up, Tucker helps support him from the ground before climbing up.  He says nothing to Monika as she begins to work on him and as he climbs up handing Teo's PKM up to the others.  "Didn't think you guys were fuckin' coming, thanks."
Craig Sutherland
player, 355 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 6 May 2011
at 00:09
  • msg #524

Re: The PTSM



Clambering aboard the PTSM Craig covered the others as they got on the Russian tractor. He kept his NVG's off and tried to find any sign of movement in the gloom. He also kept an ear out for the tell-tale sound of the incoming artillery.
Jan Cerny
player, 1036 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 6 May 2011
at 10:09
  • msg #525

Re: The PTSM

Once the vehicle arrived Jan organised Piotr and Mattias in getting their two dead comrades onto the rear flatbed and also added the weapons that they had been armed with.

“Jeff,” Jan called across to the CIA man, speaking English.  “We have not been able to gather weapons from many of those we killed so make sure that the 10th search this location in daylight and gather what they can.”
Monika Sawicki
player, 127 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 7 May 2011
at 00:15
  • msg #526

Re: The PTSM

      Monika finished doing what she could for the wounded.  She would take another look at their wounds when the conditions were better suited for precision work.  She looked about and saw Tuck.  She asked him in English, "Where stuff?"

Monika Sawicki
Callsign: Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Looking for webbing and pack

Minh Quyen
player, 565 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 7 May 2011
at 02:12
  • msg #527

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
Squatting near the cab and bracing himself as the PTSM lumbered along, Bayer calls into the crew compartment, "Quyen. Excellent. Keep moving south. I'll let you know when to pull off into a hide once we've put some distance behind us."


Smiling broadly in the darkness of the cab, proud of her stunning achievement to get the large vehicle mobile, Quyen shouts back, "Roger. Tôi có chó cái này được kiểm soát."

She then adjusts the night vision goggles on her face and continues guiding the PTSM. With steering mastered, she won't press her luck and mess with anything else. Forward, left and right. That's all she needs. Stopping, can wait until the Hauptmann needs another miracle.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1069 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 7 May 2011
at 02:43
  • msg #528

Re: The PTSM

Monika Sawicki:
      Monika finished doing what she could for the wounded.  She would take another look at their wounds when the conditions were better suited for precision work.  She looked about and saw Tuck.  She asked him in English, "Where stuff?"

Tucker just glares at Monika, "Right where you left it in the field!"
Monika Sawicki
player, 128 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 7 May 2011
at 03:11
  • msg #529

Re: The PTSM

     Monika begins screaming in Polish. "Stop the truck!  Stop the truck now!  We need to go back now!"  She is getting more agitated by the second.  She appears to be having some type of panic attack as she keeps screaming for the group to stop and go back.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:29, Sat 07 May 2011.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 57 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Sat 7 May 2011
at 04:40
  • msg #530

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #525):

Matias followed Jan's instructions, loading both corpses and all their gear into the vehicle before jumping in himself. He also heard the comments about leaving the scavenging for the 10th, so he sat quietly in the back, resting and hoping to move out. That is, until Monika lost it.

He reached out to grab her arm, trying to calm her down. "What?? What is it? Why?" he asked her in Polish, before adding "She says we need to go back," in English for the others' benefit.
Robert Flemming
player, 28 posts
American
CIA
Sat 7 May 2011
at 09:04
  • msg #531

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Matias Adamczyk (msg #530):

Rob boarded on the PTSM, too. He put the radio aside and searched the crew compartment for maps and radio frequencies.

Rob Flemming
Callsign Mirage 7
onboard the PTSM, crew compartment
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
searching for maps and frequencies

This message was last edited by the player at 09:06, Sat 07 May 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2271 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 7 May 2011
at 21:07
  • msg #532

Re: The PTSM


After picking up the Mirages, Minh steers the PTSM south, following the main road. She's taking it slow, aware that her inexperience could easily result in a thrown track or shredded transmission.

The party has captured four 5.45mm AKs and 10 full magazines for them. There just isn't time to properly search the battlefield for additional gear. Hopefully the main body of the 10th will conduct a proper sweep of the area in order to pick up whatever you've left behind.

Woj and Lech's bodies are carefully laid out and clearly marked for the 10th to pick up just outside the southern treeline.

Flemming, in the crew cab with Minh, finds that, unlike most such vehicles, the PTSM had its own radio. It appears to have been recently destroyed by gunfire. The crew has a map of the greater Warsaw area but it is not marked in any way.

After conducting a cursory inspection of Teo's shrapnel wounds, Monika pulls away from Matias and leaps from the moving PTSM. She jogs off into the darkness to recover her pack and its precious contents. Teo needs aid from someone who knows how to treat a punctured lung. He's in serious pain and laboring hard to breath.

The PTSM is now on the road, facing south, just 100m or so south of the position it was in when you began your assault. Monika is running towards that original position.

Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 356 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 8 May 2011
at 06:44
  • msg #533

Re: The PTSM


Trying to get as comfortable as he can under the present circumstances Craig finds a place on the left side of the PTSM. He is effectively leaning on the side so he can give his injured leg a rest of sorts.

As he the butt of his AK at his shoulder he only got a flash of movement as the medic left the vehicle. Craig assumed she had been given permission so made not sound or movement as she left. He lowered the muzzle of his weapon and pulled down his NVG's, scanned his sector then raised them and re-shouldered his rifle.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 920 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 8 May 2011
at 09:43
  • msg #534

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz moved to one of the sides of the vehicle and kept a careful look out.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2409 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 8 May 2011
at 15:35
  • msg #535

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #532):

"Teo, I'm sorry you're hurt! Glad to see you're alive. Others were not so lucky."

"Does everyone have their gear? Do we need to go back?"

"Did we manage to find any gear these fools might have left behind, did they have a camp?"

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1070 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 8 May 2011
at 17:20
  • msg #536

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #532):

"Teo, I'm sorry you're hurt! Glad to see you're alive. Others were not so lucky."

"Does everyone have their gear? Do we need to go back?"

"Did we manage to find any gear these fools might have left behind, did they have a camp?"

As he's keeping his attention outwards of the PTSM, Tucker replies to Dawid, "Monika left her kit in the filed when she left off on her own.  Me & Teo left it there when we were ordered to advance up until Teo took his hit."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2410 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 9 May 2011
at 14:48
  • msg #537

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #536):

"Ah, I see. No wonder she's upset. Medical supplies are crucial, we will go back."

He said in Polish to Monika, "yes, sister, we will return!"

"Minh: we need to return to recover Monika's medical supplies, please. This is important."

Dawid looked over at Konrad to see if he would veto this idea, believing keeping their medic happy was important to waste a little time in a detour.
Jan Cerny
player, 1037 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 9 May 2011
at 21:54
  • msg #538

Re: The PTSM

As Monika jumped out of the vehicle, to go and retrieve her missing pack, Jan stayed in his position on the rear flatbed and started to work out how much ammo they had for the machinegun they had captured.  He also took the opportunity to top off the mag he had in his rifle, replacing the five rounds that he had fired, ditching an empty spare STANAG mag on the floor of the truck as he did so.

Having finished sorting out his personal ammo and the new MG, Jan then turned his attention to the captured mags.  “Give me the spare magazines,” he said in both English and then Polish to everyone on the back of the vehicle, “and I will share them out amongst those who need them.”  Jan then set about gathering the mags they had recovered from the enemy dead and also from Lech and Woj, working out just how many they had.
Monika Sawicki
player, 130 posts
Polish
Medic
Tue 10 May 2011
at 15:11
  • msg #539

Re: The PTSM

     Monika gets to the area where she thinks her pack might be and begins to search for it in the dark as the vehicle pulls farther away from her woth each passing second.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1473 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 10 May 2011
at 15:29
  • msg #540

Re: The PTSM

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid looked over at Konrad to see if he would veto this idea, believing keeping their medic happy was important to waste a little time in a detour.


Bayer glances back at Dawid, but doesn't say anything about the matter. He then leans back into the cab and after tapping Quyen on the shoulder, he says quietly, "See if you can stop this thing. We need to wait for a second." Then turning to those clustered in the cargo section, he says, "We're not stopping for long... but keep watch to the flanks and rear."

Bayer then asks aloud while they wait, "Quyen is a fine driver - but do we have anyone else who might be able to assist her?"

Following an answer, Bayer turns to Warren, "Anything new from Division? Pass on a sitrep from us if you haven't already... tell them we're about to continue the offensive."
This message was last edited by the player at 15:30, Tue 10 May 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2272 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 11 May 2011
at 01:57
  • msg #541

Re: The PTSM


Minh [NPC'ed] manages to stop the PTSM without stalling out the engine [thus giving someone else a chance to take over as driver].

In the near pitch dark, Monika does her best to locate the area where she remembers leaving her pack. She literally stumbles over it. Retreving her pack, she trots back towards the sound of the PTSM's idling engine, only falling twice. When she arrives, helpful hands reach down to pull her up into the cargo bed.

Teo, meanwhile, is starting to go into shock.

While they wait, Warren [NPC'ed] contacts the 10th and informs them of outcome of the hasty assault. The 10th's recon platoon is closing in on the edge of clearing (to your rear) from the east. The 10th's truck-mounted QRF is ready to move to contact. The 10th expresses interest in collecting the PTSM- a very impractical reconaissance vehicle- and using it to increase the size of the QRF. The PTSM could easily carry 30-plus, fully equipped infantry. Since most of the division is marching on foot, this would be a great boon.

Others aboard the PTSM use the pause to inventory the weapons and ammunition collected from their own dead as well as that captured from the enemy. There are a total of six 5.45mm AK/Tantals and 21 loaded magazines between them. In addition, there is a case of approximately 80 12.7mm rounds for the newly liberated DShK HMG.

You are now at the southwestern edge of the clearing, ready to proceed SW along the two-lane highway towards Warsaw. You don't know much about what's ahead of you aside from the fact that you are currently within the firing radius of the Baron's lone D-30 122mm howitzer. It's likely that a sizable force of the Baron's infantry and armor is also somewhere inside the same artillery umbrella.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:04, Wed 11 May 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 280 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 11 May 2011
at 03:09
  • msg #542

Re: The PTSM

While they continue to wait, Jeff passes back the information to Bayer  "The 10th are close by.  The lead elements anyway.  They would like this tractor when we're done with it.  They'll definitely know how to drive it better anyway, bunch of tankers and all that."

He debates snagging someone from the 10th to fill in as his spotter, but decides to wait on Konrad's response, in case they weren't going to wait.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 80 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 11 May 2011
at 05:20
  • msg #543

Re: The PTSM

After sorting through the gear Jay took 4x 5.45mm mags for himself and stashed them in his webbing. He then handed out other mags to the team, depending on their requests.

OOC - taking 4x mags. Waiting for list of other items from Rae before taking other kit.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1474 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 11 May 2011
at 18:01
  • msg #544

Re: The PTSM

Jeff D. Warren:
While they continue to wait, Jeff passes back the information to Bayer  "The 10th are close by.  The lead elements anyway.  They would like this tractor when we're done with it.  They'll definitely know how to drive it better anyway, bunch of tankers and all that."


"Danke." Bayer says quietly. "They can know we won't be using it for long or very far. I just want to use it to get us clear of this area."

While they wait, he takes a drink of water from his canteen and speaks quietly with Warren.
Craig Sutherland
player, 357 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 12 May 2011
at 09:21
  • msg #545

Re: The PTSM


Craig continues to stare off into the darkness as he covers a section of the night. At the first opportunity he grabs 5 of the magazines and puts them into his russian pack before resuming covering his sector.



Support Element
Covering a sector

AK-74/BG-15 (35/45) + 5x45 5x30(1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 05:56, Fri 13 May 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2414 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 May 2011
at 09:22
  • msg #546

Re: The PTSM

Konrad Bayer:
"Danke." Bayer says quietly. "They can know we won't be using it for long or very far. I just want to use it to get us clear of this area."

While they wait, he takes a drink of water from his canteen and speaks quietly with Warren.


"When you have a second, Kaptain..."

"Should we alter our route? If they're expecting us on foot using this route at a certain, maybe we can take a different route using this tractor and surprise them, because they obviously know we're coming now."

Jan Cerny
player, 1041 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 12 May 2011
at 14:16
  • msg #547

Re: The PTSM

Listening to the discussion that was going on Jan offered his own suggestion.

“Capitaine.  I think that we should pass this vehicle onto the 10th as soon as possible and continue on foot.  Dawid has a good suggestion though.  I think that we should now change route and look for a less obvious way into Warsaw.  The alarm has now been sounded and the Baron’s troops are expecting an approach down this road so let the 10th continue down the road and engage the Baron’s forces while we sneak behind them and attach something logistical inside Warsaw.  Or we can go tank hunting?”
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 922 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 12 May 2011
at 16:05
  • msg #548

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz yelled over the roar and squeak of the tracks, "If we try to drive closer to the enemy here or in Warsaw in this noisy piece of shit we are asking to get an RPG up our ass. We're scouts not armour, give this to the 10th and let them be the cannon magnets, we need to be on the ground."
This message was last edited by the player at 16:28, Thu 12 May 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 131 posts
Polish
Medic
Thu 12 May 2011
at 16:27
  • msg #549

Re: The PTSM

     Monika had resigned herself to spending hours looking for her backpack and combat webbing when two miracles occurred.  The first miracle happened when she literally stumbled over her pack while searching in the dark field.  The second miracle was when the track stopped on the road.

     The medic shrugged into her combat webbing, fastening it around her waist.  She then worked the stuffed bag on to her shoulders and began her return to the tracked vehicle they had recovered from the Baron's men.

Monika Sawicki
Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Back in business.  Walking towards tracked vehicle.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1072 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 12 May 2011
at 19:40
  • msg #550

Re: The PTSM

Tucker remains on lookout on top of the PTSM while waiting for Monika.  He takes the time to strip the partially used magazine from his M-16A2 and replaces it with a full one, safety 'ON' for the time being.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

This message was last edited by the player at 19:45, Thu 12 May 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 566 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 13 May 2011
at 01:21
  • msg #551

Re: The PTSM

While she waits, Quyen turns in her seat and says, "I can use one magazine here." She will then wait for the signal to continue (unless she is relieved by a more skilled driver).

OOC - +1 AK74 Magazine
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2416 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 13 May 2011
at 07:16
  • msg #552

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz yelled over the roar and squeak of the tracks, "If we try to drive closer to the enemy here or in Warsaw in this noisy piece of shit we are asking to get an RPG up our ass. We're scouts not armour, give this to the 10th and let them be the cannon magnets, we need to be on the ground."


When they idled, Dawid responded, "maybe so, I think it depends more on speed and thus not going where the enemy thinks you will be."

"Personally, I just like having the firepower of a Dushka in my hands and I don't want to lug that PKM around!"

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2273 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 15 May 2011
at 23:52
  • msg #553

Into the Woods


As Konrad considers a course of action, the PTSM slowly rumbles down the highway and into the treeline to the southwest of the clearing where the most recent battle was fought. At first, the trees are only the left side of the road, while open fields spread out to the right. After a few hundred meters, the wood stretches out on both sides of the highway.

As you move into the wood, the relatively faint natural light provided by the stars and the sliver of a moon in the sky above grows even more dim. The sound of the engine and the screeching of the tracks seem even louder in the trees.

You stare into the darkness beneath the trees, searching for sign of the enemy. There are plenty of places to hide and detecting an enemy ambush by sound would be nearly impossible under the current conditions. A squad with an RPG and a PKM would probably make short work of Adam's Auxiliaries and their tracked mount. The DShK provides some sense of comfort.

You've topped off your ammo and minor wounds have been successfully treated.
Teo needs medical aid. He's obviously got a punctured lung. He's conscious, but in considerable discomfort. He's lost quite a bit of blood as well.

You're glad for the ride, but feeling vulnerable because of it. The Baron's forces lie ahead but no one knows how far. The 10th is stretched out along the road behind you, although you haven't seen any of them since you set off on your reconaissance mission.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...41,0.049438&z=15


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:01, Mon 16 May 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 88 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 17 May 2011
at 08:05
  • msg #554

Re: Into the Woods

Jay handed over control of the HMG to the more experienced Dawid, before dishing out the captured magazines to the team. There were a lot left over, so he retrieved his bergen from Warren and stashed the remaining magazines in it.

As the PTSM trundled off on its journey, he settled back and cleaned his kukri on a bit of rag torn off one of the enemy corpses. Once done he re-sheathed the weapon before getting some rest. He felt uncomfortable being in this noisy beast for too long, as it was an easy target for an enemy squad. Hopefully they would disembark soon, and he could go back to what he did best - sneaking around in the dark!
Craig Sutherland
player, 358 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 17 May 2011
at 19:48
  • msg #555

Re: Into the Woods


Holding on as best he could while still trying to cover the side of the road. He continued to scan up towards the tree line but had given up using his NVG's.

Craig waited for orders as to whether they would be resuming their march or catching a ride on this beast into the maul of the monster.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1477 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 17 May 2011
at 19:59
  • msg #556

Re: The PTSM

Jan Cerny:
“Capitaine.  I think that we should pass this vehicle onto the 10th as soon as possible and continue on foot.  Dawid has a good suggestion though.  I think that we should now change route and look for a less obvious way into Warsaw.”


"We are Jan." Bayer replies, leaning to get a view of the PTSM's progress. "I only had us mount up to get us out of the way of any more artillery quickly... and not to leave the track where the enemy last saw it. We'll drop this thing in a couple of minutes."

Bayer then says, "We can switch to the other side of the road, but the route is set with the General's plan. It's the 10th's axis of advance. Diverting from that is not in line with our mission objective to probe and recce the division's path. We won't be able to be cut loose until we enter the city limits."

Then after a brief moment, he spots a copse of trees. "Quyen." he yells over the engine. "Bring us to the treeline to dismount."

Once the PTSM was unloaded at the treeline, he planned on guiding Quyen to drive the PTSM straight into the brush to conceal it - much like he'd done countless times before when creating a hide for his Marders.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:59, Tue 17 May 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 923 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 18 May 2011
at 15:21
  • msg #557

Re: The PTSM

Mariusz spent the short trip loading his new magazines into his chest rig. When the PTSM rumbled and rattled to a halt, he dropped off the rear ramp and kept a careful watch in the darkness as he waited for teh patrol to get organised and head off.
Monika Sawicki
player, 132 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 18 May 2011
at 15:44
  • msg #558

Re: The PTSM

     As the PTSM stops, Monika moves to examine and do what she can for Teo.  She physically compresses his lung all that she can to drive air out of the punctured lung, then tapes a plastic bandage wrapper over the wound to try to keep more air from entering Teo's chest.  Monika calls out to Mariusz in Polish, "Tell the Captain that if we try to move this man, he will die.  He might die anyway, but by staying he has a chance."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 282 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 18 May 2011
at 23:12
  • msg #559

Re: The PTSM

Jeff continues to listen in on the radio while they drive away from the battle site, despite the difficulties in hearing it over the PTSM.  It's good then that they only drive a little ways.

When they dismount, he first provides security, and then takes his place at Bayer's side, radioing in the position of the PTSM to the 10th closing behind.  He also mentions the location of the bodies at the battle site, but he doesn't really care what becomes of the fallen Poles.  He hadn't known either of them.

Standing over the wounded Teo, watching Monika work, Jeff says to Bayer in German "I've told the 10th where the Tractor will be, what should we do with this man?  They may be able to care for him, but I don't know how much they'll want to slow down."
Robert Flemming
player, 29 posts
American
CIA
Thu 19 May 2011
at 12:58
  • msg #560

Re: The PTSM

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #559):

Rob was sitting in the crew compartment and closed his eyes while they were moving. He was happy to hear that they will leave the PTSM behind. Such vehicle as nothing in common with his orders to sneak into the city.

When the vehicle stoped Rob disembarked and securing the area with his SMG.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 924 posts
Thu 19 May 2011
at 15:31
  • [deleted]
  • msg #561

Re: The PTSM

This message was deleted by the player at 16:14, Thu 19 May 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1046 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 19 May 2011
at 23:00
  • msg #562

Re: The PTSM

As he dismounted from the vehicle Jan heard Monika's comment to Mariusz and he nodded his agreement with her assessment.

"Capitaine," he said, speaking to Konrad and translating for Monika even though she had asked Mariusz to do it.  "Monika's assessment is that Teo's only chance is if we leave him with the vehicle.  He will die if we move him and so the 10th is his only chance.  My medical knowledge is not as good as hers but I agree with her."

Their orders had been to leave casualties for the 10th to pick up anyway.  He left the final decision to Konrad though and moved off to find good position to cover one arc.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1075 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 19 May 2011
at 23:22
  • msg #563

Re: The PTSM

Robert enjoys the ride while he can and then dismounts with the others while Minh hides their vehicle and get ready to set out on foot to take the battle closer to the Baron.

TUCKER
<M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON}
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:45, Thu 19 May 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2275 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 20 May 2011
at 00:15
  • msg #564

On Your Feet Again


As instructed, Minh steers the PTSM towards a break she's spotted in a copse of trees on the north side of the highway. Being a novice tracked vehicle driver, this manouver is easier said than done. During the attempt, she misjudges the space she has in which to complete the turn and, with a slight jolt, collides with a tree. The tree, although quite tall, is not very sturdy and it falls forward with a barely audible crash. The people in the bed are dusted with dead leaves and small branches. No one is injured. Minh stops the PTSM for a minute while she recovers her composure and reassesses the situation. She judges that the PTSM can safely roll over the fallen tree and she presses forward until the PTSM is no longer easily visible from the highway. Satisfied with the PTSM's new parking spot, and worried that further manouvering will likely result in a slipped track (or worse), Minh shuts the engine off.

The silence is deafening. It takes a while for everyone's hearing to adjust to the quiet of the autumn night.

After such medical treatment as her supplies, experience, and the their current setting allow, Monika covers Teo in a course woolen blanket retrieved from a bedroll recovered from one of the Baron's men killed in the bed of the PTSM. After making him as comfortable as possible, and contacting the 10th with the location of the crudely stashed PTSM and it's lone, wounded occupant, the rest of the team heads into the woods and begins to parallel the highway on foot.

After two hours, the team still hasn't spotted any more of the Baron's forces. You've walked about 5km from where the PTSM is stashed. A check-in with the 10th reveals that the PTSM has been recovered. Teo is still alive, but in critical condition. Hopefully, the 10th's medical officer, a medical doctor, can save him but you have your doubts.

You're on the southwestern edge of a large copse of woods, looking down the highway. From where you are crouched, you don't see any sign of the Baron. Ahead of you, the terrain opens up. Empty fields stretch out to the southwest as far as you can see. There are a few wooded patches a kilometer or two off of the road but cover and concealment options are limited. The maximum range of the D-30 howitzer should give you some idea of where you can expect to meet at least some of the Baron's forces (you are approximately 6 kilometers from where you were shelled).


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...204,0.15398&z=13


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:35, Fri 20 May 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2418 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 20 May 2011
at 12:31
  • msg #565

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #564):

Before leaving the track, Dawid said a prayer over the dead. He kissed his rosary, then put it back in his tunic blouse. Sighing, he picked up the PKM, looking wistfully at the Dushka they were leaving behind.

Also, he checked the tractor to scrounge for any food or water.

After they stopped, he put the team into a 360 degree watch and then motioned for Jan, Tucker and of course Konrad.

"First, as suggested by the Kaptain, we should reorganise. This will be along the lines of what we've done before. Detachments will be command, assault, support and sniper." He pointed out who should go in what group.

"Second, the howitzer could be anywhere, but typical practice would be to place it so the target area was 1/3 to 2/3 of the maximum range of 15 kilometres (so between 5km and 10km from the target). I would look for it on the lower end of the scale, as ammunition is scarce and accuracy paramount. Also, look for a concentration of troops guarding it. This gun is an important prize, the Baron will want to keep it if he hasn't moved it."

"We've come about 5km... we might be seeing it any time, now. In one of the villages around here. Again, it could be moved by now."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1076 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 20 May 2011
at 19:33
  • msg #566

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #565):

Robert moves up next to Dawid after he done speaking and asks him, "How do you want to do this?  You want to make two, two-man fireteams with one of the grenade launchers with each or do you want to keep Mari with you?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2420 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 21 May 2011
at 04:36
  • msg #567

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #566):

"Ah, Mariusz has a grenade launcher? Right. I'll switch and Matias, that'll give Jan another grenadier to work with."

"For our group, you take the other grenadier. Matias will be my assistant."

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 91 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 21 May 2011
at 06:21
  • msg #568

Re: On Your Feet Again

As the command group discussed plans, Jay made sure his gear was properly stowed, and his weapon was clean and fully loaded. His pack was heavy with the extra ammo, but it didn't burden him. He might be small, but the Nepalese are used to carrying heavy loads, in places where the air is much thinner, and much colder!

He scouted the perimeter of the area they had paused in, making sure other members of the squad were providing a full 360 sentry function. It wasn't really his job, but he thought he would make himself useful. As he scouted around he surveyed the surrounding area, looking for movement, and trying to identify any areas that might be of interest.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 926 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 21 May 2011
at 07:36
  • msg #569

Re: On Your Feet Again

Mariusz listened to the conversation and said, "If you want me to act as a grenadier, I'm going to need more ammo. I only have one grenade left and that didn't fire last time I used it."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2422 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 21 May 2011
at 15:14
  • msg #570

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #569):

"I understand.

"Tuck, can you scrounge some grenades for Mariusz? I hope Jan's arm isn't too badly hurt to use."

This message was last edited by the player at 15:01, Sun 22 May 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1478 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 21 May 2011
at 22:02
  • msg #571

Re: On Your Feet Again

While the patrol got itself sorted out, Bayer sits off to the side, plotting out the navigation route. They still have an incredibly long ways to go, so he hurries up and packs away the map after jotting down the bearings and distances on the mirror of his compass.

"Around four hours to the next probable enemy position." He says. "Team leaders prepare to move in five minutes."

Then with everyone mustered and formed up to move out, he says, "We will be at single file moving through closed country. Order of march ist First, HQ, Second, and then Warren taking up the rear." Adding, "In open country, we will break into arrowhead, Warren's team on extended point, First on the left, Second on the right, and HQ in deh middle."

"Our route will keep us on the north side of the highway which will be on our left flank. That's Second's area so I want you to keep a good watch on the far side of the road as much as you can."


His short briefing continues, "Keep vigilant for patrols, civilians, or any more ambush points - but der open fire policy is still to fire in self defense only. A toll station about four hours now is the most probable enemy position in our way. We'll stop a good one'tousand meters before reaching it though."

OOC - Rae, What time is it?
This message was last edited by the player at 22:05, Sat 21 May 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 360 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 22 May 2011
at 01:29
  • msg #572

Re: On Your Feet Again


Craig kept his back to the leadership group as they discussed the patrol make up and marching order. He was sort of glad it was up to someone else, he had leadership thrust upon him.

He continued to scan the road ahead and to the side of their probable route. Once Konrad had made the decision he did a quick prep check and then moved towards Dawid ready for the off.
Monika Sawicki
player, 134 posts
Polish
Medic
Sun 22 May 2011
at 12:24
  • msg #573

Re: On Your Feet Again

     As the team prepared to move out, Monika checked on Teo.  She gave the badly wounded soldier units of pain reliever, antibiotic, and a sedative.  She whispered to him in Polish, "I'm sorry that I cannot do more to help you.  Others will be along soon."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 927 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 22 May 2011
at 17:17
  • msg #574

Re: On Your Feet Again

Mariusz took his place in his unit and got ready to move out.
Jan Cerny
player, 1049 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 22 May 2011
at 22:40
  • msg #575

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan nodded to Konrad at the new squad assignments.  Before he went off to organise his new group however he spoke briefly with Matias, feeling a degree of responsibility for the man and speaking Polish for the young Pole's benefit.  "You have done well so far.  You are now with three good men and you can rely on them.  Follow their lead and do as you are told and they will see you through this."

Jan patted the younger man on his shoulder with an almost fatherly gesture before calling Mariusz, Quyen and Jay to him to organise them all.  He knew Mariusz and Quyen well but Jay was new to him and he needed to get to know the Gurkha rapidly in a situation where they didn't have time.

"OK everyone.  We are in the lead," he stated in English, his mixture of French and Czech accents emphasising that he wasn't speaking his native language.  "Jay, you will take point.  I will follow second.  Mariusz, you will come third and you will count paces to work out how far we have travelled and to compare with the Capitaine.  Quyen, you will watch our backs and make sure that we do not lose the HQ as they follow us.  Is that clear?  Any questions?  Oh, Mariusz.  Only Craig has any more rounds for your GL.  See if you can get a spare one." 

Putting Jay at the front would allow Jan to watch how the Gurkha operated and to gauge how he would react when the shooting started, as it was bound to do.  He was expecting to be impressed.
Minh Quyen
player, 568 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 23 May 2011
at 04:44
  • msg #576

Re: On Your Feet Again

Happy to be relieved her her driving assignment, Quyen fell with the rest of the patrol but kept mostly to herself. She only really spoke when she snuck up behind Mariusz and swatted him lightly with her bush hat before asking, "Did you want your night goggles back?"

Then feeling the chill of the night Quyen pulled her army issue wool sweater over her Adidas track top. A proper jacket would be better but at least she was dry and moving around. Then once that was done she spent the remainder of the time keeping watch until the Captain readied the patrol once again.

Jan Cerny:
"Any questions?"


"Yes." Quyen says from the darkness. "That order is only for single fire. What is our order for when were are in extended line out in the open?"

"Also. I have only nine cigarettes left."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 94 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 23 May 2011
at 07:08
  • msg #577

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
Jan patted the younger man on his shoulder with an almost fatherly gesture before calling Mariusz, Quyen and Jay to him to organise them all.  He knew Mariusz and Quyen well but Jay was new to him and he needed to get to know the Gurkha rapidly in a situation where they didn't have time.

"OK everyone.  We are in the lead," he stated in English, his mixture of French and Czech accents emphasising that he wasn't speaking his native language.  "Jay, you will take point.  I will follow second.  Mariusz, you will come third and you will count paces to work out how far we have travelled and to compare with the Capitaine.  Quyen, you will watch our backs and make sure that we do not lose the HQ as they follow us.  Is that clear?  Any questions?  Oh, Mariusz.  Only Craig has any more rounds for your GL.  See if you can get a spare one." 

Putting Jay at the front would allow Jan to watch how the Gurkha operated and to gauge how he would react when the shooting started, as it was bound to do.  He was expecting to be impressed.


Jay nodded in response to the orders given by Jan, despite struggling a bit with the man's very strange accent. He always felt more comfortable on point anyway, so it saved him the bother of volunteering. "Yes, Mister Yahnji, I go point."

As the patrol readied to move, he studied the route ahead, picking out his preferred path. As the moved he kept his senses on alert, looking for movement of enemy forces or civilians, and watching for potential hazards.
Jan Cerny
player, 1052 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 23 May 2011
at 13:11
  • msg #578

Re: On Your Feet Again

Minh Quyen:
"Yes." Quyen says from the darkness. "That order is only for single fire. What is our order for when were are in extended line out in the open?"

"Also. I have only nine cigarettes left."

Jan nodded in response to Quyen’s question, his non verbal response probably lost in the darkness.

“In Extended Line,” he answered,  “Jay will be on the right, then me, then Mariusz and then Quyen on the far left.  We will adjust our spacing as we go along.  And I have some cigarettes but we do not have time to share one now.  We will smoke one later!”
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2277 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 24 May 2011
at 23:37
  • msg #579

Re: On Your Feet Again


The team leaves the trees and moves out in open order into the fields lining the north side of the highway. The darkness is somewhat comforting. Your unit is well equipped with night vision devices and, from all accounts, the Baron's infantry are not. With barely any moon overhead, it's very difficult to see anything without them.

At some point between the firefight at the PTSM and a small, abandoned hamlet about half-a-kilometer past the last patch of woods, the faint greenish image seen through both Tucker and Dawid's respective NVGs begins to flicker and fade. After a couple minutes of this, both goggles die. Both men are left unaided to adjust to the inky darkness that surrounds them. Although most batteries these days don't hold much of a charge anymore, it's difficult not to suspect Viktorya Nowak- the woman tasked with recharging the party's stock of radio and NVG batteries- of negligence or worse.

The hamlet is more or less several scattered rubble piles criss-crossed by eroded trench lines and shallow shell-holes. You have to tread very carefully to avoid dropping into one of the various pits that pock the area. You traverse the shattered settlement and proceed into the next fallow field.

Jan is the first to spot the enemy patrol. They are about 300m out, roughly parallel to the highway and moving slowly towards you. The the men- around a half-dozen- are crouched, weapons at the low ready. If neither you nor they alter course, the two groups will undoubtedly meet. As of yet, the enemy group does not appear to have seen you. You are about 300m southwest of the destroyed hamlet. There is little good cover in the area. If you get low, the knee-high grass and weeds that cover the fields offers some concealment.


Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...204,0.15398&z=13


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:36, Wed 25 May 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1480 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 May 2011
at 01:56
  • msg #580

Re: On Your Feet Again

Bayer silently passes on the hand signal for everyone to get into the prone (a downward sweeping motion with his hand) and toggles his radio as to help speed up the event, whispering, "Everyone down." He then adds for the lead scout and his partner to pull back into the patrol as well, "Warren bring it in."

Lying on the ground now, Bayer inserts an ILLUM into his launcher. He doesn't pass on anymore information as he feels the situation is clear enough - when he fires, everyone else should open fire too!

Bayer will initiate the ambush following an assessment of the light:
A) If he thinks his men won't be able to see the enemy at 50 meters without NVGs he will launch an ILLUM when they are at 100m.
B) If he thinks his men will be able to see the enemy at 50 meters without NVGs he will fire a single aimed shot at one of the men at that range.

OOC: Rae, we're in the open so may I assume the patrol is laid out in the formation set in the last set of instructions?

Current platoon formation: Extended line with Bravo on the left, Alpha in the middle, and Charlie on the right. Delta was the point of the spear but should be pulling back into the middle with Alpha.


Also, how many enemy are there?
This message was last edited by the player at 03:20, Wed 25 May 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2427 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 25 May 2011
at 03:07
  • msg #581

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #580):

As it was relatively open ground, Dawid's group had been traveling in a loose "V" (or diamond). He was at the point, to better direct the detachment and also be physically closer to Konrad. Tucker was to his right, Craig to his left, Matias in behind him, ready to move up and assist him when needed.

The dying of his NVGs was disappointing but he wasn't quite ready to blame Viktoria for this. After all, he'd borrowed some spare batteries and if there had been some form of sabotage or incompetence, all their battery-powered gear would have failed by now. As it was, he switched Tucker and Craig so the latter (with functioning night vision optics) would be on the far right of the element and the patrol in general.

When the warning came he signaled Matias to move forward and Tucker and Craig to come on-line while going to ground. Craig was on the right, watching the outer (right) flank, he and Matias were in the middle with Tucker on the left, closest to the HQ element. He set up the PKM on its bipod by touch while making sure he had a clear line of fire and the ammunition was feeding properly.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
Field NW of town
Going to ground.

This message was last edited by the player at 11:29, Wed 25 May 2011.
Monika Sawicki
player, 136 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 25 May 2011
at 03:17
  • msg #582

Re: On Your Feet Again

     Monika dropped to the ground when the Captain dropped.  She drew her SMG and points it ahead of her.  The Polish medic kept her eyes wide open.  Without a night vision device, she could only wait for the enemy to show themselves.

Monika Sawicki
Falcon 6
PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Waiting and watching

Craig Sutherland
player, 361 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 25 May 2011
at 10:42
  • msg #583

Re: On Your Feet Again


Craig slowly moved into a prone position and lowered his NVG's. He did a quick scan of the group then gave Dawid a more detailed assessment of the enemy patrol. He noted the order they were in, their weapons, the position of any obvious leaders, if he could see a radio antenna etc.

He then lined up the grenade launcher sight on the patrol and waited for the signal to fire to be given.


Support Element
Relaying Intel

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 928 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 25 May 2011
at 15:57
  • msg #584

Re: On Your Feet Again

Mariusz thanked Minh for the return of his goggles and took his place in teh patrol line. When he realised that there was trouble ahead he went to ground and slipped the goggles on to try to see what was around him.

Mariuz
AK-74/BG-1 28/30 0/0
Going to ground and looking for targets

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 95 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 25 May 2011
at 16:34
  • msg #585

Re: On Your Feet Again

As he signal went up that the enemy patrol had been sighted, Jay silently slid to the floor, and scanned until he identified their location. He then crawled a short distance to find the best firing position he could, ensuring maximum cover in this barren environment. This was not a good place to stage an ambush from, but they appeared to have little option.

He zeroed in his weapon, aiming for whichever target presented itself as the most opportune. He quickly glanced about, making sure that this group was the only patrol, and they hadn't missed anyone else.

He then silently waited for an instruction to open fire. When it came he would fire short controlled bursts.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Lying prone, moving to better cover, selecting target
AIMS-74 - 30/30
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Jan Cerny
player, 1054 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 25 May 2011
at 17:09
  • msg #586

Re: On Your Feet Again

After quietly making everyone else aware of the approaching enemy patrol Jan ducked down into the long grass, looking for a fold in the ground to give him some cover.  He kept himself low, just peering over the top of the grass, reasonably certain that it was dark enough for him to avoid being silhouetted.  He quickly glanced to his right and noticed Jay taking up a good firing position – Jan’s first assessment of the Gurkha, that he was a dependable soldier and an asset to the unit, was looking to be correct.

Jan then kept focussing on the enemy patrol, trusting Maurisz and Quyen to do their jobs correctly on his left without any comment from him.  He scanned the enemy soldiers, studying them through his IR Goggles, trying to gauge their number, their armament, particularly with regards to heavy weapons, and who was in command.  He also looked at how competently they moved as they advanced forward in a patrol formation, trying to assess whether they were members of the Baron’s Black Guard, some of his conscripted militia or someone else.  "I count six at present and they look to know what they are doing," he commented in English, just loudly enough for Konrad (and others nearby) to hear him before adding a question.  "Also, is it worth letting them pass us by for the 10th to deal with?"

He stayed studying the Baron’s troops however, ready to pull his goggles off his face and put his rifle to his shoulder to engage.  If a firefight started then he planned to fire pairs of aimed shots at high value targets, hoping to disrupt the enemy patrol as quickly as possible.


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a fold in the ground for cover
Continuing to study the enemy patrol, looking to count numbers, work out if anyone has any heavy weapons and who the patrol commander is.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Robert Flemming
player, 30 posts
American
CIA
Thu 26 May 2011
at 05:13
  • msg #587

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #586):

When the patron started to march, Rob tokk his position in the HQ detatchment, still carring the radio,
As the enemy was spotted Rob hit the dirt as the Captain ordered. His SMG is ready and points towards the enemy.

Rob Flemming
HQ detatchment
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
down, ready to fire pointing towards the enemy

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1078 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 26 May 2011
at 12:25
  • msg #588

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #581):

As they were moving Murphy's law kicked in once again.  Robert shut off the NVG's whose batteries just died on him and pulled them off from his eyes.  He turned to Dawid and then Craig indicating to both of them by using hand signals that his batteries were no good.  He would have to get his eyes adjusted to the dark when he heard there was contact with the enemy ahead of them and prones out next to Sutherland.  He brings his rifle up and slips it off safe to single shot and waits for the order to fire.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

This message was last edited by the player at 12:27, Thu 26 May 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 44 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 26 May 2011
at 17:08
  • msg #589

Re: On Your Feet Again

When word came to fall back to the main unit Piotr followed Warren. Unaware of their exact location in this pitch blackness it was obvious the enemy was in the darkness out there somewhere.

When they came back on alpha’s position he tries to figure out what’s exactly going on before finding a good spot to set his rifle, aiming, waiting for a target to show himself and the order to shoot.

Piotr Pawlowski
SVD  [10/10]
Returning to Alpha, setting up and waiting for the order to fire.

Jeff D. Warren
player, 286 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 27 May 2011
at 23:07
  • msg #590

Re: On Your Feet Again

Warren joins Konrad with Piotr as he makes his intentions known.  Jeff had been saving his night vision by using it sparingly, and it was paying off that he still had power.  As soon as the plan is obvious, Warren nods and taps Piotr in the shoulder, gesturing off a slight ways to get a good angle on the approaching enemy.

Once he had set up with Piotr, he mutters to him "Targets to our front, going to be close.  Wait until Bayer initiates contact and then we'll pick off the guys on the flanks."  When the shooting starts, he does just that, using his night vision to acquire a good fix on the target first (before using the scope).
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2279 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 27 May 2011
at 23:29
  • msg #591

Re: On Your Feet Again


You crouch or lay prone in the grass, facing the enemy patrol. It's difficult to both remain low and still keep an eye on the approaching enemy.

Something catches Craig's eye and he directs his attention to his 10-o'clock to take a closer look. To the southwest, on the far side of the highway, there appears to be another enemy patrol, moving on a parallel course with the road. They seem to be keeping pace with the first patrol on your side. So far, only Craig has noticed them.

The first patrol is now about 200m away. You can only see 2-4 of them (it looked like there were about 6 total) at a time. They're moving like they expect contact.

You think you hear engine sounds. They're faint and far off, cutting in and out. It's hard to tell if you're really hearing engines or whether it's just the dark and the tension of your current situation playing tricks on your mind. It occurs to you that it could be the 10th. You can't be sure, but it sounded (when you could hear them) like it was coming from your front (roughly to the west of you).


Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 362 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 28 May 2011
at 00:32
  • msg #592

Re: On Your Feet Again



As the cool night air made his eyes well up Craig blinked away the tears and then something caught his eye. He clicked the microphone of his hand set and said:

“All call signs this is Charlie, contact to the south west. Looks like another patrol, out.”

Support Element
Radioing in new contact

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Konrad Bayer
player, 1481 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 28 May 2011
at 02:01
  • msg #593

Re: On Your Feet Again

Craig Sutherland:
“All call signs this is Charlie, contact to the south west. Looks like another patrol, out.”


Bayer quickly toggles his radio and replies at a whisper, "Sunray. Roger. Can you relay target coordinates for a fire mission? Over." Following this, he looks in Warren's direction as he'd be the one to put the mortar fire support request in to the 10th.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:03, Sat 28 May 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 364 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 28 May 2011
at 04:50
  • msg #594

Re: On Your Feet Again

Konrad Bayer:
Craig Sutherland:
“All call signs this is Charlie, contact to the south west. Looks like another patrol, out.”


Bayer quickly toggles his radio and replies at a whisper, "Sunray. Roger. Can you relay target coordinates for a fire mission? Over." Following this, he looks in Warren's direction as he'd be the one to put the mortar fire support request in to the 10th.


Craig began scanning his notes and the map he had been given. He also pulls his compass out of its pouch and orientates it on the map. Once he was sure he had the correct reference he again toggles his microphone.

Sunray this is Charlie.
Fire mission.
Grid 734536, Direction 4800
6-10 man patrol.
Adjust fire.

He then raises his rifle again and aims towards the nearest patrol with the grenade launcher.

Support Element
Relaying fire mission coordinates

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 04:52, Sat 28 May 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 569 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 28 May 2011
at 19:39
  • msg #595

Re: On Your Feet Again

Lying on the grass between Mariusz and the command team, Quyen shifts herself into a fold in the earth as best as possible. Then utilizing the high grass she bends some of the longer stands inwards towards her head and upper body, helping to conceal her position a little more. She the pats down the area in front of her (near where the muzzle of the her rifle is) so when she shoots the blast won't disturb the grass or dirt as much.

Quyen then pulls her rifle into her shoulder and lowers herself to the ground as much as possible. When the Hauptmann initiates the ambush she will fire a single aimed shot at one of the targets and then a second (quick) shot.

Minh also gives a quick glance over to the people on her left and right to make sure they didn't change positions without her noticing.

Quyen
AK74 (30/30)
Lying in wait - will fire 1 aimed and 1 quick

Jan Cerny
player, 1055 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 28 May 2011
at 21:47
  • msg #596

Re: On Your Feet Again

After listening to the radio traffic Jan relayed the pertinent information to his fire team.  "There is a second patrol to the South West," he said quietly.  "Artillery is being called in against them so we keep focussed on the first patrol bounding towards us to start with.  Wait for the Capitaine to engage first.  On the first volley, Jay take the right hand target, I will take the second right, Quyen the far left and Mariusz the second left.  After that shoot anyone still firing at us!"

Jan then turned off his IR goggles to save the battery and pulled them down off his face.  Blinking to get used to the dark, Jan then pulled his rifle tight into his shoulder and aimed at the patrol bounding towards them, intending to fire a pair of shots (the first of them aimed) at his target when Konrad initiated the ambush.


Jan
Mirage-1
Using a fold in the ground for cover
Issuing instructions and then focussing on the patrol bounding towards them - once Konrad gives the order to engage Jan will fire an aimed shot and a quick shot at the target second from the right.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 96 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 29 May 2011
at 06:35
  • msg #597

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #596):

After listening carefully to the adjusted orders from his squad leader, Jay adjusted his aim, selecting the man on the fight right hand side of the advancing enemy squad. He aimed carefully at the man's chest, hoping he wasn't wearing body armour. His intention was to fire two aimed single shots at the man, and then follow up with a burst, adjusting his aim as necessary to any remaining targets.

As he lay still he focussed on his breathing, keeping his body relaxed to help steady his aim.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 929 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 29 May 2011
at 08:17
  • msg #598

Re: On Your Feet Again

Mariusz readied his rifle and aimed at the second man on the left that had been assigned as his target. He had placed his NVGs on his helmet and waited calmly for the shooting to start.

Mariusz
AK-74/BG-1 28/30 0/0
Aiming at target and ready to fire an aimed shot

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2280 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 30 May 2011
at 18:25
  • msg #599

Re: On Your Feet Again


Craig has a hard time reading his map and compass through NVGs. Warren relays the fire mission to the 10th mortar platoon and is informed that it will take at least 5- more likely 10- minutes to unlimber and set up the 120mm mortars.

While you wait, the group on the north side of the highway continues forward. They're about 100m away when the point man raises an arm. An instant later, the lead man and the rest of the squad quickly and quietly disappears into the ground.

The group on the other side of the highway, which now appears to be about 50m behind the first group, follows suit a few seconds later.

Konrad hesitates- something is telling him to hold fire.

A shout startles you. It's a woman's voice and she's not speaking Polish (or German, or Nepalese).   Someone from the group on your side of the highway is presumably hailing you.

The 10th's mortar team radios back to tell Warren that they're ready to shoot the mission. They need him to retransmit the coordinates.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:26, Mon 30 May 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1056 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 30 May 2011
at 21:53
  • msg #600

Re: On Your Feet Again

Hearing the woman speak Jan instantly grasped his radio and toggled the transmit button, contacting Konrad.  "Alpha," he said quickly in English, hoping that he had got the Capitaine's new call sign correct.  "Hold that fire order.  They may be friendly and be looking for us."  Well himself specifically if he was honest and if it was who he thought it was then he had some bad news for her!  He just hoped that she hated the Baron more than she was upset by the bad news he had for her.  "She is speaking French and just asked whether we are friends of the Baron's.  Are you happy for me to respond?  I think that it is either my contact looking for me or a unnecessarily elaborate trap!"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1483 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 30 May 2011
at 22:08
  • msg #601

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
"Are you happy for me to respond?  I think that it is either my contact looking for me or a unnecessarily elaborate trap!"


"Alpha." Bayer replies quietly into his handset, looking to his left and right for any signs to indicate how they were spotted. "Respond. Remainder, stay in place and ready to engage on my signal."
Jan Cerny
player, 1057 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 30 May 2011
at 22:30
  • msg #602

Re: On Your Feet Again

"Bravo understood," Jan replied over the radio.

He lowered his rifle and muttered quietly to those spread out beside him.  "Keep a watch out and if you spot anything strange then tell me straight away!"

Jan then cupped his hands round his mouth, making a cone so that his shouts would travel further.  "We're no friends of the Baron's," he called to the woman, speaking French now as she had done.  "Who are you and are you friends of the Baron's?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1080 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 30 May 2011
at 22:53
  • msg #603

Re: On Your Feet Again

A proned out Tucker holds his fire and makes sure that he is looking in the right direction that the suspected enemy force was coming from.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

NVG's out of battery life
Hand radio almost or out of batteries.

Holding fire until he's sure of targets

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 97 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 31 May 2011
at 05:36
  • msg #604

Re: On Your Feet Again

As instructed, Jay held fire and scanned the area for any signs that this was indeed an elaborate hoax. He listened to the exchange between Jan and the woman, without a clue as to what was actually being said.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2430 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 31 May 2011
at 09:23
  • msg #605

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #601):

Clicking his radio to show he understood, Dawid whispered to Craig and then Tucker, "hold your fire, attack on only Konrad's signal."

He kept aiming for the first group, right hand on the pistol grip and left under the butt to keep it snug on his shoulder.
Robert Flemming
player, 31 posts
American
CIA
Tue 31 May 2011
at 12:42
  • msg #606

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #605):

Rob noticed that they spoke French. Even he isn't able to do so. He was very surprised to have contact with French speaking persons. A contact from the French soldier?

"Mr Bayer, if we can talk to those persons I'd like to have a small chat with them."

Rob Flemming
HQ detatchment
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
down, ready to fire pointing towards the enemy

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 930 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 31 May 2011
at 13:22
  • msg #607

Re: On Your Feet Again

Mariusz held his fire and waited to see what happened hoping that these foreigners weren't coming here with more ideas about how to spill Polish blood in the name of their causes.
Monika Sawicki
player, 137 posts
Polish
Medic
Tue 31 May 2011
at 13:31
  • msg #608

Re: On Your Feet Again

     Monika wasn't sure what was happening.  Still, she stayed ready.  At least no one was shooting yet.  No shooting was always a good thing.

Monika Sawicki
Falcon 6
Readied PM-63 SMG (15/15) and 4 extra mags (15/15) (25/25) (25/25) (25/25)
Suppressed PB/6P9 (8/8) and one extra (8/8) mag
Suppressed PM-64 (6/6) and two extra (6/6) mags
Waiting and watching

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2281 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 31 May 2011
at 17:27
  • msg #609

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
Jan then cupped his hands round his mouth, making a cone so that his shouts would travel further.  "We're no friends of the Baron's," he called to the woman, speaking French now as she had done.  "Who are you and are you friends of the Baron's?"


The woman calls out right back. You all feel rather uncomfortable with the shouting. It was dead quiet. You can't help but think that this exchange is being heard all the way back in Warsaw.
Craig Sutherland
player, 365 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 31 May 2011
at 19:42
  • msg #610

Re: On Your Feet Again


Craig stayed motionless in the grass. He felt exposed even more when the yelling started. He was sure this must be a trick so he tried to spot any movement on there flanks to indicate an attack.
Jan Cerny
player, 1058 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 31 May 2011
at 20:30
  • msg #611

Re: On Your Feet Again

"Yes!  Come forward but just yourself for the moment." yelled Jan in French before turning to Konrad and the rest of his element.

"Capitaine," he said, switching to English and speaking loud enough so that Konrad could hear.  "The woman shouting in French is coming forward.  I will go a little forward to speak with her.  I think that she is the woman I contacted on the radio.  Once I am certain who she is I will call you forward so that you can speak to her as well, assuming that you are happy to come forward."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1484 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 31 May 2011
at 21:18
  • msg #612

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine," he said, switching to English and speaking loud enough so that Konrad could hear.  "Once I am certain who she is I will call you forward so that you can speak to her as well, assuming that you are happy to come forward."


No, I'm not exactly happy to come forward Jan, Bayer thinks, but ultimately agrees to cooperate and replies quietly, "Very well. Be careful... it won't be hard for things to get out of control. For starters, tell her the other men across the road are to stay in place and in view."
This message was last edited by the player at 21:18, Tue 31 May 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1059 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 31 May 2011
at 21:20
  • msg #613

Re: On Your Feet Again

"I understand," replied Jan before setting off forwards at a crouch.  He didn't go far though, only ten meters or so.  Far enough to be out of hearing range for a whispered conversation.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2282 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 31 May 2011
at 22:02
  • msg #614

Re: On Your Feet Again


The mysterious "Butterfly" rises from the blackness and moves forward nearly 90m towards Jan, who's moved up about 10m to meet her. Everyone else is on high alert. At least half-a-dozen weapons are on Butterfly while she makes her way forward. Jan wonders how many rifles are on him now.

Jan watches the woman approaching. She's wearing civilian cold weather clothing and isn't carrying a weapon that he can see. When she gets closer, he can make out more of her features. She's middle-aged, about 5'5" or a little shorter, with straight grey hair chopped off just above the nape of her neck. She's attractive in a plain sort of way- there's nothing showy or ostentatious about her exterior appearance- but she's got a simple, classic beauty that's apparent even in the darkness.

"It's nice to finally meet you." She says at a whisper, offering her hand. Still somewhat suspicious, Jan works the password into his casual greeting. The woman smiles and responds with the correct countersign.

"I'm sorry to startle you like this. I was hoping our meeting would be less... strained. Our radio transmitter was compromised and it was urgent that I speak with you. Things have come to a head in Warsaw. We managed to sneak out of the city and, thank the Virgin Mother, our shot in the dark miraculously found its mark. Are you in charge here? No? I must speak with your commander immediately. You're walking into a trap."
Jan Cerny
player, 1060 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 31 May 2011
at 22:17
  • msg #615

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan shook her hand, his grip probably to firm for the recipient.

"Before we continue," he replied, "you need to tell your men across the road to stay in place and where we can see them.  Let’s make sure that we don't have any confusion here."

Assuming that she agreed Jan let her organise her men before waving at Konrad to approach.

"You are correct," he continued in French.  "I am one of the NCOs of this unit and the commander will join us shortly."  He then switched languages to one that both he and Konrad spoke.  "Do you speak English?" he asked Butterfly, hoping that he wouldn't have to translate the whole time.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2431 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 31 May 2011
at 22:23
  • msg #616

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #614):

"Craig, for now, watch our flanks. Konrad might be moving up but let's not get distracted."

It was good that they had a fire mission planned, but it was likely to be very, very inaccurate until corrected. Accurate artillery fire required both the spotter and shooter know their locations fairly accurately, something very difficult to do while on the move. During the first part of the war NATO and WP forces would use orbiting satellite navigation systems like the Soviet GLONASS/GPS and the western equivalent to fix their respective locations, but electronic assistance was something long in the past. For a battery nowadays (if any existed) it might take hours if not days to "register" their relative positions for accurate fire, much like the days in WWII.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1081 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 31 May 2011
at 22:34
  • msg #617

Re: On Your Feet Again

Tucker acknowledges to Dawid that he understands to hold fire with a hand signal, a nice one...
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2283 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 31 May 2011
at 23:20
  • msg #618

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
Jan shook her hand, his grip probably to firm for the recipient.

"Before we continue," he replied, "you need to tell your men across the road to stay in place and where we can see them.  Let’s make sure that we don't have any confusion here."


"Across the road?" Butterly, responds with a puzzled look. "You mean behind me? They will stay in place until I return." She looks back in the direction from which she'd just come and gives a reassuring wave.

Jan Cerny:
Assuming that she agreed Jan let her organise her men before waving at Konrad to approach.

"You are correct," he continued in French.  "I am one of the NCOs of this unit and the commander will join us shortly."  He then switched languages to one that both he and Konrad spoke.  "Do you speak English?" he asked Butterfly, hoping that he wouldn't have to translate the whole time.


Butterly replies [in English], "English, yes. Not as good as my French, I am afraid." Her accent is strong but her grammar is good. Jan will not need to translate.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:50, Wed 01 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 98 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 05:39
  • msg #619

Re: On Your Feet Again

For now, Jay stayed put. He wasn't really sure what was happening. having no idea what the exchange between Jan and the woman was about. It wasn't his usual protocol to start shouting across open ground, especially in the middle of a quiet night.

He stayed low in the grass, and eased a frag grenade from his webbing, just in case. If things got ugly he would toss the frag before spraying a couple of bursts towards the patrol.
Jan Cerny
player, 1062 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 16:24
  • msg #620

Re: On Your Feet Again

As it became apparent that Butterfly knew nothing about the second patrol Jan quickly grasped his radio.  "Alpha.  Bravo here," he transmitted in English.  "Second patrol is not connected to my contact.  Say again second patrol is likely hostile!"

Jan then ducked down low and signalled Butterfly to follow suit.  He could easily have pulled her into cover but that ran the risk of scaring her men so he switched to French to explain.  "There is a second patrol across the road that is nothing to do with us or you.  They probably heard our shouting and have come to investigate.  How many men do you have and do you have radio comms with them?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2285 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 16:42
  • msg #621

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
Jan then ducked down low and signalled Butterfly to follow suit.  He could easily have pulled her into cover but that ran the risk of scaring her men so he switched to French to explain.  "There is a second patrol across the road that is nothing to do with us or you.  They probably heard our shouting and have come to investigate.  How many men do you have and do you have radio comms with them?"


Butterfly looks alarmed by the news. She lapses back into French as well and her whisper is even quieter now.

"We're being followed? Oh dear. There are six, not including me- all lightly armed. We have no radio. What shall we do?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1485 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 16:45
  • msg #622

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jan Cerny:
As it became apparent that Butterfly knew nothing about the second patrol Jan quickly grasped his radio.  "Alpha.  Bravo here," he transmitted in English.  "Second patrol is not connected to my contact.  Say again second patrol is likely hostile!"


Bayer responds quickly, "Alpha. Jan get out of there and back in position now. Tell those people in front they're to form a southwest facing perimeter (facing down the road) and they're not to come any closer. Over."

He then continues, this time speaking over his shoulder towards the faint shadow of Warren, and whispers, "Warren, relay that fire mission again. Quickly."

Then while the coordinates are being sent again, Bayer returns to his radio, "Bravo and Charlie, this is Alpha. Shift axis on me... new facing is south target. Do it tactically and prepare for enemy contact. Over."

Bayer then readjusts the butterfly sight on his grenade launcher for the appropriate range to deploy the loaded ILLUM round over the southern target.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 100 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 16:50
  • msg #623

Re: On Your Feet Again

Jay heard Jan's radio call to the Kapitan, followed by a hurried discussion in French that he didn't understand, but got the gist of. He quickly adjested his position, as it became clear that the woman's party was not a threat, but the patrol could well be.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2435 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 20:31
  • msg #624

Re: On Your Feet Again

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #622):

"Charlie here, understood."

He then spoke to Matias, Craig and Tucker.

"Gentlemen, our new target is to the south. We will pivot around the Kapitan so we come on-line facing that direction (south). Craig is on my right, Tucker on my left, Matias stays with me."

"I think that first unit is friendlies so do not fire on them. There may be more enemy patrols out there so Craig, you must keep a watch on our flanks. If we're all clear, move out now."

"Matias, you stay with me."


Craig had a grenade launcher so there would be a loss of firepower by having him keep an eye on the rear and flank, but with the GPMG going it would be a comparatively minimal reduction.

As they moved he kept an eye on everyone's relative position, dressing them as needed.
Jan Cerny
player, 1065 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 21:14
  • msg #625

Re: On Your Feet Again

Hearing Konrad's orders Jan quickly turned to Butterfly.  "Go back to your men and get them to form a perimeter facing southwest down the road.  Don't fire until we do unless someone shoots at you and make sure that you don't shoot at us.  Also don't let your men approach our position until this situation is resolved."

Jan then quickly scrambled back to his fireteam, pleased to see that they were operating well without him.  He returned to his previous position and then aimed his grenade launcher at the enemy patrol, ready to engage when Konrad kicked things off.  "Wait for Capitaine to fire first!" he instructed them, now speaking English.


Jan
Bravo
Using a fold in the ground for cover
Returning to his position in his fireteam and aiming his M203 at the enemy patrol
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 931 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 21:17
  • msg #626

Re: On Your Feet Again

Mariusz relocated as quietly as possible and waited for the carnage to begin.
Craig Sutherland
player, 366 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 2 Jun 2011
at 08:56
  • msg #627

Re: On Your Feet Again


Craig scrambled to get into place and orient himself to cover the rear and flanks. He tried to find some cover and to keep as low as possible. He then began scanning for contacts.


Support Element
Staying down and looking for good cover

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 45 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 2 Jun 2011
at 11:15
  • msg #628

Re: On Your Feet Again

Unable to see anything through the pitch black darkness, Piotr completely depended on the information he received from words spoken around him. When it was clear the French speaking woman and her group were not the threat they were aiming for he shifted his position to be facing the other end of the highway. Waiting for a target and the signal to shoot.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1083 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 2 Jun 2011
at 22:10
  • msg #629

Re: On Your Feet Again

In a lowered voice, Tucker asks Dawid, "How far you want me out, 10, 20 meters?"
Jeff D. Warren
player, 288 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 2 Jun 2011
at 23:04
  • msg #630

Re: On Your Feet Again


[NPC'ed]

"Roger that." Warren switches to the 10th arty net and retransmits the coordinates given to him by Craig. It occured to him a second after passing along the fire mission that he hadn't double-checked Craig's numbers.

"Shot out."

Fuck. Too late.

Jeff switched back to the platoon net. "All units, hold on to your asses."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1486 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 2 Jun 2011
at 23:16
  • msg #631

Re: On Your Feet Again

Bayer pauses for a second, imagining the mortar round soaring through the sky, then pulls the trigger on the grenade launcher.

Firing ILLUM over enemy group
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2289 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 3 Jun 2011
at 02:16
  • msg #632

Disco in Hell


Butterfly, following Jan's instructions, rises to a low crouch and makes her way back towards her team as quickly as she dares. She's close to her destination when the quiet farm field is bathed in light and hammered by sound.

With word of a the first heavy mortar round inbound, Konrad aims his Heckler & Koch grenade launcher at the area where he remembers last seeing the second, mystery patrol and, trying to coordinate his act with the impending impact of the incoming 120mm HE bomb, lobs the illumination grenade skyward. (Konrad -1 40mm Illum)

The illumination flare blazes to life directly above the target. The powerfully glowing orange orb casts dancing shadows across the field as it descends on its miniature parachute. The flare should burn for about 40 seconds, but at a descent rate of 7 feet per second, it won't be airborne for very long.

Two seconds later, there's a tremendous explosion on the south side of the highway, almost directly south of Butterfly's group. It's about 50m short of the target area. A couple of bits of spent shrapnel land on the soft soil near you. You're instantly reminded of the shelling you took not so long ago. No one is injured.

The flare is buffeted by the shock wave of the exploding mortar bomb. It swings wildly on its risers, throwing shadows violently around the field. It's like a disco dancefloor in hell.

The mystery patrol doesn't show itself. You're laying in the long grass and it's hard to see very far, especially if the others are situated in the same way, without exposing yourself to hostile observation/fire. There's also the gentle rise formed by the slighly concave highway bed between you and the mystery patrol. You can, however, see quite well without NVGs now- visibility is about 250m with the naked eye. The flare is descending almost directly on top of the spot where those of you with NVGs last saw the mystery patrol before it went to ground. You must assume that it is also somewhat easier for the mystery patrollers to see you now, but not by much. The effect must be much the same as trying to see someone outside your bedroom window at night when you've got your bedroom light on and it's pitch dark outside.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...188,0.01236&z=17


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:47, Fri 03 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 102 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 3 Jun 2011
at 05:36
  • msg #633

Re: Disco in Hell

As the flare descended, bathing the surrounding area it it's eerie, cold light, Jay kept his eyes away from it, trying to preserve his night vision as much as possible.

After a few seconds the impending firefight hadn't happened. The patrol seemed to have disappeared. He guessed that they had heard all the shouting and gone to ground. As no side really had an idea of the strength of the other, a Mexican stand-off was a likely outcome.

Jay whispered to Jan, just loud enough for the Legionnaire to hear him. "Yahn-ji, they go ground. Wait for support. We stay here too long they bring more soldier and we in trouble. We flank round to other side of road, hit them from side." In the gloom he gestured to the East/South East. As he waited for Jan's response he quietly slid off his pack to lighten his load.
Craig Sutherland
player, 367 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 3 Jun 2011
at 09:07
  • msg #634

Re: Disco in Hell


"Shit"was all that ran through Craig's mind as the mortar round exploded well off it intended target. Must of been those bloody NVG's, it was too late to do anything about it. He hoped Warren would correct his mistake for now he concentrated on scanning his assigned sector.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1487 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 3 Jun 2011
at 13:00
  • msg #635

Re: Disco in Hell

"Relay the correction. Get a round on target." Bayer says flatly. He then slides open the grenade launcher, ejecting the casing, and reloads the empty tube with an HE round.

He then looks to his left and right, trying to see who had the best cover and best view of the enemy position. Whoever it is, he planned on calling for spec fire from them if the next mortar impact didn't produce usefull results.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:16, Fri 03 June 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1067 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 3 Jun 2011
at 15:32
  • msg #636

Re: Disco in Hell

The flare wouldn't last long so Jan made use of the illumination it gave them.  Working on the assumption that Konrad had placed it correctly Jan aimed his M203 at the point underneath the flare.

"I will try to flush them out," he announced to his fireteam.  "Shoot at any targets in the area of the second patrol that move."

Jan then fired his grenade launcher, hoping that the HE grenade would at least prompt them to move even if none of them were within its burst radius.


Jan
Bravo
Using a fold in the ground for cover
Firing an aimed shot with his M203 (HE loaded) at the point below the flare
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 7x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2438 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 3 Jun 2011
at 22:56
  • msg #637

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #632):

If anything, Dawid was impressed the mortar round didn't land on them or kilometres away. Pretty much any lack of prior registration precluded any degree of accuracy, so he knew things could have been a lot worse, especially with anyone other than him firing the weapon.

The target had gone to ground but unfortunately for them, grass wouldn't long hide them from machinegun fire. Dawid started firing bursts of suppressive fire. The "grazing" shots were skimming along the ground to keep the target pinned so that corrections for the mortar could be sent in or Konrad could maneuver an element to where they had the enemy in a crossfire or conduct an assault.

"Craig, Tucker, land your grenades under that flare, Matias, keep watch on our rear!"


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (75/100 + 228 spare rounds)
North of the Highway, Left flank of unit
Suppressive Fire.

Robert Flemming
player, 32 posts
American
CIA
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 06:42
  • msg #638

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #637):

Rob was taking cover when the mortar rounds came down. After the first explosion he took the chance for a short look into the direction of the hostile patrol. Then he looked to Flower's Team.

Rob Flemming
HQ detatchment
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
down, ready to fire pointing towards the enemy, but taking cover when rounds come in

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 103 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 07:31
  • msg #639

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #636):

Jay waited for the 40mm grenade to land, and kept his eyes open for targets.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 932 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 08:32
  • msg #640

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz moved so that he could focus on the second patrol and readied his rifle to fire when ordered.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 46 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 08:54
  • msg #641

Re: On Your Feet Again

With the flare slowly descending above the intended target area Piotr finally had the ability to visually scan for enemies.

Piotr Pawlowski
SVD  [10/10]
Scanning for enemies, aimed shot if a target presents itself.

Craig Sutherland
player, 368 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 10:44
  • msg #642

Re: Disco in Hell

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Craig, Tucker, land your grenades under that flare, Matias, keep watch on our rear!"


Craig lifted his AK up and aimed towards the point he had seen the other patrol go to ground. He controlled his breathing and aimed for as long as it took for him to feel confident of a accurate shot.

Once the grenade was away he lowered the muzzle and scanned for movement.


Support Element
Firing on patrol

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (0/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Jeff D. Warren
player, 289 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 16:15
  • msg #643

Re: Disco in Hell


[NPC'ed]

Shit, not bad.

It could have been a lot worse considering that Craig had determined the fire mission coordinates in the dark on an old map with no preregistering. With the flare burning over the target area, it wasn't difficult to determine distances for the necessary corrections. He hopped on to the arty frequency and called them in.

"Kinzhal, Sokol-2. Correction. Add 50, right 10. One round, HE. Over."
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:06, Mon 06 June 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1084 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 4 Jun 2011
at 19:12
  • msg #644

Re: Disco in Hell

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #632):
"Craig, Tucker, land your grenades under that flare, Matias, keep watch on our rear!"

Tucker brings up the barrel of his weapon so he can see the launchers sights and then shoots off the HEDP round towards the area that Dawid indicated.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

NVG's out of battery life
Hand radio almost or out of batteries.

Firing HEDP round (That I never switched out to HE)

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2290 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 5 Jun 2011
at 16:00
  • msg #645

Re: Disco in Hell


Jan, Craig, and Tucker all home in on the ground directly below the descending flare, aligning the sites of their grenade launchers on the area target. Jan fires first, followed a second or two later by Craig and then Tucker. One, two, three explosions errupt in quick succession right on target, saturating the area with shrapnel. All the while, Dawid is raking the area with machinegun fire. Green tracers whip through the tips of the long grass, effectively pinning down anyone hiding below. (Jan -1 40mm HE; Craig -1 40mm HE; Tucker -1 40mm HEDP; Dawid -20 rounds)

The parachute flare has descended to just a few meters above the ground when the second 120mm HE round lands with a jarring explosion. Despite Warren's corrections, this round lands even shorter than the first- only about 50m away from your positions- directly in the road. The explosion is close enough to momentarily stun you. Hunks of asphalt rain down, thudding into the soft earth all around you. Craig and Minh are both hit by falling chunks- Craig in the right hamstring and Minh in the small of her back. It feels like a solid punch thrown by a Golden Gloves boxer- painful but not life threatening. Fortunately, no one is hit by shrapnel from the blast. The damage could have been a lot worse.

With a mix of horror and relief, you realize that Flower's team was significantly closer to the impact point of the short 120mm HE bomb.

By the time you recover your senses, the flare has touched down in the grass where you last recall seeing the mystery patrol. It continues to burn, brightly illuminated a much smaller area now. The area is wreathed in glowing orange smoke. If the grass were dry, you might actually have had to worry about a brushfire. Your ears are ringing now but you're certain you hear someone crying out in the grass near where the flare is burning. You can also hear Warren shouting something in Russian.

The mystery patrol has yet to fire any of its weapons. Considering the accuracy of the grenade salvo they were just hit with, they may no longer be capable of doing so.


Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...188,0.01236&z=17


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:04, Sun 05 June 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 369 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 6 Jun 2011
at 09:36
  • msg #646

Re: Disco in Hell


Craig struggled to breathe as he felt like he had been struck by a freight train. First the concussion of the mortar round coupled with, seconds later a large chunk of road hitting him had smashed the wind out of him. He rolled onto his side and grabbed his leg with one hand as the other struggled to open a pouch on his PLCE.

He was visibly relieved when his hand confirmed his leg was still there and he was not bleeding from an open wound. Through gritted teeth he rolled back over and with his AK added to the fire poring onto the enemy patrols location. He uses Dawids tracer fire as a guide to their approximate location as he fires short bursts through the grass.


Support Element
Firing on enemy patrol.

AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (0/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 09:39, Mon 06 June 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1085 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 6 Jun 2011
at 19:38
  • msg #647

Re: Disco in Hell

Not realizing that he had used the wrong round for the job, Robert begins to fire using the tracer rounds from Dawid's MG to target his rounds in that area that just got saturated with their grenades.  His fire is semi-automatic unless something else makes him change.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [EMPTY] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

NVG's out of battery life
Hand radio almost or out of batteries.

Engaging target area with semi-auto fire

This message was last edited by the player at 19:39, Mon 06 June 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 933 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 6 Jun 2011
at 19:41
  • msg #648

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz kept an eye out on the area that the enemy patrol might appear at if they had tried to outflank the unit. He kept his gun ready and waited just in case the enemy had a surprise in store.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 105 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 7 Jun 2011
at 07:38
  • msg #649

Re: Disco in Hell

There seemed to be a lot of people firing, but Jay couldn't see what they were firing at. He held back, scanning the area for targets.
Monika Sawicki
player, 139 posts
Polish
Medic
Tue 7 Jun 2011
at 11:00
  • msg #650

Re: Disco in Hell

     Monika took a look at where the explosions were and couldn't see anything.  She didn't ask anyone around her what was happening, to reduce the chance of giving her position away.  She kept her SMG ready and her butt down.  Just in case...
Jan Cerny
player, 1069 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 7 Jun 2011
at 13:13
  • msg #651

Re: Disco in Hell

The mortar shell had landed far too close to them and it was highly likely the Butterfly and her team had taken casualties.  From the little he knew about her it was also highly likely that Butterfly knew critical information about the current situation in Warsaw so Jan was keen to speak to her.  She was bound to be a lot more helpful though if they hadn't just killed or wounded several of her men with mortar fire!

"Capitaine," Jan called across to Konrad in English.  "Stop the mortar please.  We need to talk to Butterfly and the risk of hitting them is too great!"  And of hitting us as well to be honest!

Jan then pulled his rifle into his shoulder and aimed at the area of the still burning flare, looking for movement and a target to aim at.  He could hear Jeff yelling in Russian and he hoped that the CIA man was calling on the enemy patrol to surrender.


Jan
Bravo
Using a fold in the ground for cover
Looking for a target to aim at but holding fire for the present
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (0/1 HE - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Piotr Pawlowski
player, 47 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Tue 7 Jun 2011
at 17:15
  • msg #652

Re: Disco in Hell

When the mortars hit Piotr had to take his eye of the target area for just a moment while he averted his head to protect his face against dust and debris from the explosion.

"Much to close" he muttered to no one in particular before returning his view on the illuminated area, searching for any movement.

Piotr Pawlowski
SVD  [10/10]
Scanning for enemies, aimed shot if a target presents itself.

Minh Quyen
player, 570 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 8 Jun 2011
at 12:17
  • msg #653

Re: Disco in Hell

"Arrrgghh... bạn chó...bitch!" Quyen groans in agony after the lump of asphalt falling from the sky ends its flight on her back. Letting her head slump down into the grass she waits for the pain to subside before looking back up. Quyen ensures she keeps one eye closed as she scans the area around the flare to keep her natural night vision.

Then aiming towards the flare, just off to the side a little, she fires off three quick shots into the brush.

Quyen
AK74 (27/30)
Firing 3 quick shots near flare

Jeff D. Warren
player, 291 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 8 Jun 2011
at 22:01
  • msg #654

Re: Disco in Hell

Thankful he had only called in for one extra round, it was easy to cancel the fire mission.  The tubes must not have been aligned properly, Jeff's adjustments to Craigs coordinates should have been spot on.

"Chyort!"

Away from the headset, Jeff calls out "That's it! I've cancelled more rounds.  I hope." and begins to scan the target area through his scope.  "Call them as you see them Piotr." he adds quietly to his Polish partner.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1489 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 00:59
  • msg #655

Re: Disco in Hell

Bayer will fire a double tap on the both left and right flanks of the area around the flare. Then following the shots, he yells, "Cease fire! Cease fire!"

Assuming there is no enemy return fire, Bayer will then reassess the situation and see if the enemy makes a move (spending no more than 30 seconds waiting). If the enemy decide to fire back, the order to check fire will obviously be void and he'll open up again.

Bayer
G36 (26/30)
Firing 2 shots left and 2 shots right of flare
Alpha (Prone)

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2291 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 16:59
  • msg #656

Re: Disco in Hell


Craig, Tucker, and Bayer all continue to fire into the area illuminated by the grounded orange parachute flare. As Bayer shouts "Cease fire!", the flare sputters out, casting the entire field into darkness. (Craig -9 rounds; Tucker -7 rounds; Bayer -4 rounds)

You lie still, allowing your vision to adjust to the black and straining to hear any tale of the mystery patrol. Darkest night has returned with a silent vengeance. All you can hear above the fresh ringing in your ears is the sound of your pulse pounding through your body. Thin, acrid smoke from the gunfire and explosions still permeates the cold night air.

The firefight lasted for roughly two minutes.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:08, Thu 09 June 2011.
Robert Flemming
player, 33 posts
American
CIA
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 19:12
  • msg #657

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #656):

Rob heard and felt the near explosion hoping that their artillery didn't killed flower and her team.
He took his SMG, aiming into the enemy's direction and is ready to fire at any enemy appearing.

Rob Flemming
HQ detatchment
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
prone, ready to fire pointing towards the enemy

This message was last edited by the player at 19:13, Thu 09 June 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1070 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 19:53
  • msg #658

Re: Disco in Hell

As the firing had stopped Jan pulled his IR Goggles back over his eyes and turned them on again.  He started to scan the location of both the enemy patrol and Butterfly's group, looking for movement and survivors.

"Capitaine," he called across to Konrad nearby.  "Orders?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 370 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 06:36
  • msg #659

Re: Disco in Hell


Craig took his finger off the trigger and switched the selector to semi on his AK. He waits for either orders or the muzzle flash of return fire.

He strains to hear anything in the night air including the engine noise he could of sworn he heard before this all kicked off.


Support Element
Holding fire on enemy patrol.

AK-74/BG-15 (28/45) + 5x45 (0/1 HE) + 7x40mm HE- held at shoulder
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
Konrad Bayer
player, 1490 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 20:09
  • msg #660

Re: Disco in Hell

With no clear results, Bayer switches to the offensive and decides to close with and destroy the enemy. Or at least sweep through and get a better idea of what just happened. The road presented a typical open linear obstacle, but by keeping one foot on the ground (half the patrol), he calculated there would be enough firepower to cover the crossing and gaining of ground on the far side.

Bayer looks to his left and shouts, "Bravo will gain a foothold across the road! Move now!" Then turning his head to face the rest of the patrol, he adds, "Charlie, Delta, cover! Dawid you have control of the firebase. Watch and shoot!"

To help emphasize that he could lead from the front and put himself in an equal amount of danger as everyone else, he motions for Sawicki to join him. "Alpha is moving too. Move fast with me and get into cover on the far side."

Bayer
G36 (26/30) + 1 HE
Assaulting forward - over the road


OOC - I hope I didn't mix up Bravo and Charlie, but it is Bayer's intention to move whichever team is on the left of him (to prevent a crossfire with those supporting).
This message was last edited by the player at 22:45, Fri 10 June 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1074 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 22:43
  • msg #661

Re: Disco in Hell

Hearing Konrad's orders Jan pushed himself up into a crouch.  "Bravo on me," he ordered.  "A quick bound at a zig zag across the road and then take up covering positions."

Jan then set off at a quick sprint towards the location where the believed the enemy patrol to be, keeping low, changing direction slightly every couple of steps and trying to ensure that he kept his footing secure.  He expected the rest of his fireteam to follow him and as he ran he made sure, as much as was possible, that they didn't cross the potential fields of fire of the other elements.  Once he crossed the road he went to ground as soon as he could, looking for a fold to give him cover and then taking up a firing position.


Jan
Bravo
Moving quickly across the road and then going to ground
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (0/1 HE - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2440 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 11 Jun 2011
at 04:38
  • msg #662

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #660):

Dawid ceased fire when ordered.

He responded to Konrad's orders, "understood! Providing cover!"

"My group: control your shots, we have friendlies moving up."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1086 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 11 Jun 2011
at 15:29
  • msg #663

Re: Disco in Hell

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #660):

"My group: control your shots, we have friendlies moving up."</Blue>

Tucker ceases fire when the order is shouted out but, he keeps his focus on the target area they had just dropped their grenades on.  While he has the chance, Robert ejects the spent HEDP casing from the grenade launcher and pops in a HE round and closes the slide and then goes back to his sights over the target area.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [EMPTY] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM Pistol [12/12] (Holstered) {[2] Full 12 round / [1] 12/12 Round mag [Loaded]}

[1] MAG 17/30 in BDU pocket

NVG's out of battery life
Hand radio almost or out of batteries.

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2292 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 11 Jun 2011
at 17:37
  • msg #664

Re: Disco in Hell


Bayer leads an assault team across the highway. Those moving forward feel naked as they rise from the false security of the tall grass. Those with NVGs benefit from the amplified light. Standing upright, it's not hard to spot the area where the enemy patrol is believed to have gone to ground. The grass there is blasted down from the closely-grouped impacts of three 40mm grenades while a lane through the grass leads directly there from where Dawid is still covering the assault group from behind his PKM.

The assault group approaches the area cautiously, weapons at the ready and all senses on high alert. At about 10 meters, you can see prone figures. Each member of the assault team opens fire, making sure the visible bodies are well and truly dead. Creeping into the kill zone, the assault team finds four bodies, all quite dead. They're clad in Polish Pantera pattern camoflage fatigues, faces blackened. Each man is armed with an AK-74/Tantal, one of them equipped with a 40mm S grenade launcher. One of them has a radio strapped to his back. It appears to have taken a direct hit from one of your 40mm grenades, rendering it, and the man wearing it, completely useless.

A flattened narrow trail leads roughly south, southwest through the grass. It appears one or two members of the patrol were able to escape the kill zone.

It occurs to you that no one has heard from Flower since the brief, one-sided firefight began. You don't know if they're alive or dead, or even if they're still in the immediate area.


Next Moves?
Jeff D. Warren
player, 292 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 12 Jun 2011
at 15:49
  • msg #665

Re: Disco in Hell

Jeff watches through his scope as the assault element clears the engagement zone.  Satisfied that the enemy had been eliminated (he did not know of the runners), he shifts his sights back to Flower's position.

As far as he knew, or cared, they were either the Baron's men, or French, which was almost as bad.  They were also likely to be very angry at being mortared, so although he held his fire for now, he kept his finger ready to drop any of them who showed hostile intentions.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2442 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 03:49
  • msg #666

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #665):

"Craig, back on flank watch! Rear and our right. Tucker, check our left."

He kept aiming where the enemy was last seen.
Robert Flemming
player, 34 posts
American
CIA
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 07:07
  • msg #667

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #666):

Rob checked his equipment briefly and prepared himself to be ready to jump. Then on the captain's command he stood up fast, run zig zag to the highway and crossed it.
Cautiously, he approached the area where he expected the the bodys of the hostile patrol. But instead of corpses he saw some prone figures. Rob pulled the trigger while he was going down to seek cover. Several rounds left his SMG and struck his target.
When Rob arrived the dead he checked the surrounding area for other enemies.
"Four EKIA captain."
Then he examined the dead soldiers quickly and took a look on their ranks and badges to find out from which unit they came.

Rob Flemming
HQ detatchment
PM Makarov (silenced) 8/8 + 3 mags
AKS-74U (folding stock & short barrel - SMG) 30/30 6 mags
kneeing next to a dead soldier, SMG ready to fire.
If he has the time Rob checks their wallets.

Craig Sutherland
player, 371 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 09:04
  • msg #668

Re: Disco in Hell

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #665):

"Craig, back on flank watch! Rear and our right. Tucker, check our left."

He kept aiming where the enemy was last seen.


"On it."

Craig positioned himself so he could cover the flanks again. He flipped down his NVG's and gave the area a sweep before flipping them up again. He continued to look for movement in the grass and to try and spot anything in the gloom.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:04, Mon 13 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 108 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 11:50
  • msg #669

Re: Disco in Hell

Jay followed Jan into the killzone, on high alert looking for enemies. As the firing started he also released a couple of bursts, to add to the general volume of flying metal.

It soon became clear that the enemy left here were very dead, but it also looked likely that a couple may have escaped - unharmed or wounded was not clear at this time.

Jay turned to Jan, and said quietly, "they escape that way," pointed to the South/Southwest, along the flattened trail. "We follow?"

If ordered to follow he will quickly pursue, but will keep low and maintain full alert. If not, he will do a thorough search of the area and the bodies to see what can be salvaged.

OOC - Rae, please confirm ammo use as you said "Each member of the assault team opens fire"
Jan Cerny
player, 1076 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 16:32
  • msg #670

Re: Disco in Hell

Certain now that they had killed four enemy soldiers, and not just some unwitting sheep who had been wondering round at night, Jan issued some orders quietly to his team, though loud enough for Konrad to hear what he was organising.

"Jay, get the AK with the grenade launcher and the ammo for it.  You are now a grenedier as well.  Then check the start of trail heading south and see if you can find a blood trail but do not start following it.  Is whoever got away bleeding?

"Mariusz, check the radio on the dead man to find out what frequency it is set for, take the battery in case it is still working and fits one of our radios and then search the man wearing it for a code book or any other Intel.  Then help Rob search the other bodies and gather up the weapons and ammo.

"Minh, you and I are keeping watch."


Jan then focussed on the direction of Butterfly's group, trying to spot any movement or hear any noise from them, either moans from any wounded or calls out from them.

"Capitaine," Jan said to Konrad, "do you want me to speak with my contact again?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 110 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 16:43
  • msg #671

Re: Disco in Hell

Jay silently nodded in response to Jan's instruction. He quickly grabbed the AK-74 with the GL attachment and slung it over his back, and searched the body it had come from for spare 40mm grenades. Grabbing all he could find he stuffed them into his pockets, and identified anything else of interest to his colleagues. He was in danger of rapidly becoming the team's pack mule.

He didn't have time to properly inspect the salvaged AK, so he stuck to using his AIMS for now, happier that he had cleaned the weapon thoroughly before the mission. He didn't want to use an unchecked weapon at this moment, and planned to swap later on.

He quickly retrieved his pack and then picked up the trail heading south. He advanced a few metres, looking for blood or other signs that would make life interesting. As ordered, he didn't advance too far, but took a knee and watched for movement.

OOC - Rae, please confirm details of weapon picked up (I assume AK-74 with BG-15 GL). Please also confirm what ammo I have picked up for it, and what it is loaded with.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Picking up AK-74 with GL, retrieving pack, checking trail
AIMS-74 - 30/30 (need to update after firing)
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 935 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 17:10
  • msg #672

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz moved out with the rest of Bravo, hoping that any opposition had been crushed by the mortars.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 48 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 13 Jun 2011
at 19:01
  • msg #673

Re: Disco in Hell

Piotr keeps a vigilant overwatch on the suspected enemy position. When he notices how Warren shifts his aim after several shots were fired from where they expected the enemies would be he relaxed a little. Taking his eye of the scope, trying to pierce the darkness around them in an attempt to spot any other movement.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1087 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 01:07
  • msg #674

Re: Disco in Hell

Craig Sutherland:
<quote Dawid Waldus Piotrowski>
In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #665):

"Craig, back on flank watch! Rear and our right. Tucker, check our left."

He kept aiming where the enemy was last seen.

Tucker switches his attention to the left flank and begins to scan for targets without the use of any NVG's.  "COPY," he yells out to Dawid and Sutherland.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1492 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 12:28
  • msg #675

Re: Disco in Hell

Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine," Jan said to Konrad, "do you want me to speak with my contact again?"


Standing in the darkness, watching Bravo secure the kill zone, Bayer replies, "Yes Jan. Quickly though. We're moving out in five minutes. Anything you need to discuss with her, you can after we relocate to a more secure position if they are coming with us."

Bayer then toggles his radio and says, "All call signs, Sunray. Five minutes notice to move. Formation and order of march is no change except if the allied group opts to travel with us, then they'll be co-located with Alpha in the center." Then, to help prevent any accidents in the darkness, he adds, "Dawid, Alpha and Bravo will be fall back through your position the same way we left."

Moments later, Bayer says, "Alpha. Bravo. Withdraw."

GM - Bayer's intention is to just move the patrol (and Jan's contacts) only as far as it takes to get into a concealed position to setup a temporary hide.
Jan Cerny
player, 1077 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 13:43
  • msg #676

Re: Disco in Hell

"Butterfly," Jan called out as quietly as possible in French but loud enough to be heard.  "We're bugging out.  If you can move then it's time to go to somewhere safer where we can talk.  Have you got any casualties and are you coming with us?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2294 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 16:15
  • msg #677

Re: Disco in Hell


After looting the bodies of the dead and reestablishing contact with Butterfly, the combined teams retreat to the ruined village to the northeast. The shells of burned out houses offer some cover and plenty of concealment. Hasty defensive positions are arranged and the command group gets down to business. Flower's patrol consists of herself and three men, each well armed but dressed mostly in civilian clothing. (Captured items: 7 40mm S HE grenades, 20 full 30-round mags 5.45mm b, two Soviet fragmentation hand grenades)

Butterfly must have braved great risks to leave Warsaw to bring you news so you listen carefully to what she has to say.

"I come with good news and bad. First, the bad. You are walking into a trap. The Baron has two tanks and four armored personnel carriers waiting for you just a few miles outside the city, with heavy artillery in support. If what I know of the 10th is true, you have no hope of defeating the Black Legion out here, on the road. They are just too powerful. Now, in the concrete warrens of Warsaw, you may have a chance. And that brings us to the good news...

"The city is practically undefended. The Baron has perhaps 100 men there and they are spread out. About 20 are guarding a group of about 100 hostages, women and children mostly. They are being held in the Baron's 'castle'. Another 20 men are guarding the granaries. The rest are guarding the Baron's 'palace', the barracks, and the foot bridge to the west bank.

"On the West Bank, a rebellion has begun. The 20 or so men who guard the communities there have been killed, captured, or driven off by a group of about 25 civilian militia. The Baron didn't even have a chance to take hostages on the West Bank. 20 men of the Legion are now tied down guarding the only bridge connecting the city.

"The hostages and the granaries are the key to the Baron's grip on the East Bank. If the hostages are freed, the people will surely take up arms against the remaining garrison. Without the food, the Black Legion will starve. Freeing the captives and capturing the granary will break the Baron's hold on the city and force him to either negotiate, or give up the advantages he has on the open field.

"All that is needed is a well-armed, competent force to do the job. That is you. The 10th should continue on its present course, holding the main force of the Legion in check outside the city. But, they must not do battle or they will be destroyed. Once the hostages are freed and the granary taken, the Baron will likely return to the city to try to recapture them. When his forces enter the city, he'll be much more vulnerable.

"I have arms to distribute once the uprising begins- not many, but enough to arm about two dozen people. The West Bank militia owes me favors so I am confident that they will help us as well. With 100 men, we can hold the city long enough for the 10th to arrive and close the trap.

"There are now several unguarded ways into the city. We had to come this much more dangerous path so that we could find you. We must move quickly. Daylight will come in a few hours. Timing and coordination are everything."



OOC: Now's the time to ask questions. By the next turn, you will be back in the city (on the East Bank).


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:51, Tue 14 June 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 936 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 17:02
  • msg #678

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz noticed that Jay was carrying a rifle with a grenade launcher under it. He said, "Did you find any spare grenades for that? I have none left for mine."

As he listened to a translation of Butterfly's information he said, "Do we want to try and inform the Queen? She might be useful as a diversion or another route of attack."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2443 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 23:03
  • msg #679

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #675):

Dawis instructed his group to allow the others to fall back.

In the short discussion on Butterfly's information, he generally agreed with Mariusz. "This would be the time to bring the Queen back into play. Also, transport the howitzer if we can. With that I can make short work of any defensive position, absolutely. That PTSM tractor would help in transporting us quickly, too. Just as long as we avoid the trap."

"I propose the following:

1) We take back the tractor to allow us to get to the city quickly.

2) Rescue the hostages and seize the granary.

3) Clear the bridge, allowing link-up between east and west bank. That will also allow us to more easily bring over the howitzer if that hasn't been done already. With these combined forces we will defeat the Black Legion."

Jeff D. Warren
player, 293 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 23:18
  • msg #680

Re: Disco in Hell

Jeff says nothing as the woman speaks, and looks briefly at Flemming as well, before speaking.

"I support the plan to sneak off, and I'm sure myself and Rob here can persuade the 10th to abide by it.  Just note that the Granary is also a major objective for the 10th, who are severely limited in food.  This howitzer and tug you mentioned are interesting, and will greatly assist an effort to link the two halves of the city.

I would be willing to go after the Baron in his palace, if you wish.  I could set up a distance away and observe and take a shot if you desire.  I'm good at that."
  he pauses after this last statement, lending weight to the fact that he has indeed done just that, even in the US.  "If nothing else, I could walk you guys in if you decide to move on the palace, or call for fire support."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2295 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 23:20
  • msg #681

Re: Disco in Hell

Jeff D. Warren:
I would be willing to go after the Baron in his palace, if you wish.  I could set up a distance away and observe and take a shot if you desire.  I'm good at that."  he pauses after this last statement, lending weight to the fact that he has indeed done just that, even in the US.  "If nothing else, I could walk you guys in if you decide to move on the palace, or call for fire support."


Butterfly shakes her head slowly while adding, "The Baron is with his troops in the field. His second is in command of the troops in the city, but they are spread out and have few radios."
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:52, Wed 15 June 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 372 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 14 Jun 2011
at 23:46
  • msg #682

Re: Disco in Hell



Crouched in the high grass with his AK at his shoulder Craig scans into the night tiring to spot any movement. He is close enough to hear the general gist of the conversation of the command team. He just hoped the residents where not as free with the flares as last time. He then though of some thing:

"Could we not send a small forward observation team to call in the some mortar fire on the massed troops and vehicles of the Baron ?"
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 2 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 02:09
  • msg #683

Re: Disco in Hell

"You lot jus' don' get it!" a short but heavily muscled man with an equally big multiple grenade launcher cradled easily in his hands spoke up with a fairly thick Italian accent.
"It's all about the hostages. Sneak in, free them and the whole city rises up. Artillery, rowboats and tanks don't matter."
He shook his head in disgust at the continuing discussions about heavy weapons and direct action.
"Sure, take a radio and call in fire if necessary, but don' plan on tha' as th' goal."
"We,"
he indicated Flower and the other two men with him, "don' want ta be found 'til aft'r th' job's done. We don' want to attract attention wi' big guns n' artillery."
The fact that he held more explosive firepower in his hands than almost everyone else combined didn't seem to concern him.
"We want ta live."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2296 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 02:33
  • msg #684

Re: Disco in Hell

Craig Sutherland:
"Could we not send a small forward observation team to call in the some mortar fire on the massed troops and vehicles of the Baron ?"


Butterfly furrows here brow, "Perhaps, but you probably couldn't get past their pickets. Even if you could, you would need more than just a couple of mortars to do much good. And if they turn their tanks on you?"

Butterly nods her head in assent, "Orso is right. Free the hostages, and the city will rise. It will be very difficult for the Baron to fight his way back in if the people are ready to put up a fight. To fight the Baron's main force in a place like this is suicide."
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:35, Wed 15 June 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2444 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 02:33
  • msg #685

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #683):

Dawid smiled in amusement.

"Yes, yes, right, we "lot just don't get it", of course! I always suspected as much. Rescue the hostages... why didn't I just suggest that very thing? Good thinking, my friend!"

There was more than a hint of irony, there, as he glanced at the massive grenade launcher the man held protectively like a baby.

"Whoever you are, feel free to go your own way then. If you want to live, that is certainly your best option. Fare thee well, go with God! It will be a shame to lose your immense... firepower... but maybe you will lend it to someone else? Seeings how you are reluctant to put it into use. Stealth and explosions do not mix very well, I am given to understand."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 4 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 03:00
  • msg #686

Re: Disco in Hell

Orso bristled.
"Who the hell are you to speak to me like that!?"
"You nothing but a mercenary, don't belong here. Why are you fighting?"

The grenade launcher dropped down to hand on it's sling as his gloved hands balled up into fists ready to pound Dawid into pulp.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2446 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 03:33
  • msg #687

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #686):

Dawid held up his hands in a placating gesture.

"Easy, easy, friend. I'm just here to carry the machinegun but I see in comparison "yours" is quite bigger than "mine", obviously. By that I mean your penis, of course!"

"I'm Polish and a soldier in the Home Army, so I am defending my country and my people, my nameless Italian friend. Also, I believe my sister Urzula might be held captive by the Baron but my information is incomplete. If you've been in the city, have you perhaps heard of her? She's a Doctor. Her last name seems to have changed since I last saw her."

"At any rate a hostage rescue is already on the table, so you are not the only person who favours this course."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2297 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 04:40
  • msg #688

Re: Disco in Hell


Butterfly gently placed a hand on Orso's meaty arm. "Calm down, Orso. We may have different reasons but we are all on the same side here. Remember the real enemy. Save it for him."

A look of worry briefly crossed her face at the mention of a female Polish doctor. She looked directly into Dawid's eyes.

"I am sorry. Your sister was sent down river. I believe she was... sold by the Baron for some artillery shells." As if to reassure him, she adds, "Sold as a doctor."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2447 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 05:27
  • msg #689

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #688):

"Damn! I was hoping she might be somewhere I could help her. The closer I get, the farther she gets moved away. Quite frustrating, really!

"Do you have further information on what kind and number of shells? Also, do you know any route to the Baron's castle that will allow us to approach unobserved?

Jan Cerny
player, 1078 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 09:37
  • msg #690

Re: Disco in Hell

"Going after the hostages seems like a sensible course of action to me if it will spark a rebellion," Jan commented to Butterfly.  "Particularly as you said that the Baron is not in the city but is out in the field and his 2ic is in charge.  Who is his 2ic, just so we know the name?

"Assuming that the Capitaine is in agreement to make that our objective can you pinpoint the locations of the hostages on our maps for us?  We have some information regarding their locations already but that is several days old and it would be good to confirm it with a more up to date report.”


Jan then turned to Konrad.  "Capitaine.  My suggestion is that while we rescue the hostages Butterfly organises arming those people she believes will rebel so that everything happens too fast for the Baron to react to.  I also suggest that we help with arming those people Butterfly knows by giving them the weapons we do not need at present rather than trying to pass them to the 10th."

Jan indicated the three AK74/Tantals that they had just taken off the men they had killed from the enemy patrol that had been following Butterfly's group.

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"You nothing but a mercenary, don't belong here. Why are you fighting?"

Jan also bristled at the apparent antagonism from the Italian Orso.

"You came out of the city to find us and to ask us for our help," Jan pointed out to Orso, "and yet you accuse us of not belonging here and then you call us mercenaries.  You have no real idea who we are or why we are here and yet you insult us!  For your information none of us is being paid to be here!  We are here because opposing the Baron is the right thing to do!  For much the same reason as I imagine you are here!"

Technically that wasn't completely true as Jeff and Rob were both still, theoretically, on the CIA payroll, though it was doubtful that they had been paid in a while.

"You also said that you do not want to be found until after the job is done to make sure that you survive,” Jan continued to Orso.  “If you have no stomach for the fighting that is about to happen then stay away from us because we have killed many of the Baron’s men already and have destroyed many of his APCs.  You can be certain that we will engage the Baron with maximum force and if he sends his tanks at us then we will try to destroy them with our RPGs!”   Jan indicated the RPG-7s carried by Craig and Jay.  “We are not toothless ourselves and the Baron is already very wary of us!

"Now follow your leader's suggestion and remember who the enemy actually is!  If you do have the stomach for a fight then join us with your multiple grenade launcher.  It is a weapon that we could make much use of but do you have much ammo for it?  That kind of weapon leads to inexperienced troops flattening an area but running out of ammo quickly!  I trust that you are no novice?"

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1089 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 10:18
  • msg #691

Re: Disco in Hell

Robert listens to the exchange between Dawid and Orso and steps up next to them as they begin to argue.  "Guy's got a point about going after the hostages but, we don't need to have a pissin' match with someone who he just met and don't even know!  What's next?  You goin' to try and piss on his (Dawid's) back and tell him it ain't rainin' new guy with the big grenade launcher?" Tucker says between Dawid and Orso and to some, maybe surprisingly that he tried to stick up for Dawid.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1493 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 11:38
  • msg #692

Re: Disco in Hell

Sitting on a seat constructed out of his webbing, helment, and kevlar vest, Bayer barks loudly, "Enough. All of you."  Then to the shadowy silhouettes, he says, "Your initial recommendations are clear. We'll move on the civilian captives. If you can't control your tongue until then, then take your leave and go help the others with the sentry duty."

Turning to his right where Jan was sitting next to him, he says back in his usual tone, "I have no objection to arming your allies."

Then to his left where Warren was beside him, he says, "Warren. See what you can do with the 10th. Brief them on the situation changes and request that they detach us from the vanguard to operations deep within the city."

"Dawid." he says next, looking for him in the darkness. "The tractor. Can you drive it? Do we have a driver? Quyen was fine, but she's more commando than tanker."

And finally, he turns to Jan's contact and says, "Show me what you know." He then takes out the map that Captain Rataj gave him and folds it so that the blown up insert of Warsaw is facing upwards. Bayer then motions for those sitting around him to squeeze in so he could keep the red light from his flashlight barely an inch or two off of the map (and for them to shield it). The map was already marked, indicating some of the Baron's forces already, but he says to Jan's friend, "Show me everything you know about where the civilians are and the area around. Don't leave out any details... fixed positions, reserves, inhabited sections, obstacles and impassable areas, and what type of housing the captives are in."
This message was last edited by the player at 11:39, Wed 15 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 112 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 12:24
  • msg #693

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz noticed that Jay was carrying a rifle with a grenade launcher under it. He said, "Did you find any spare grenades for that? I have none left for mine."


Jay nodded in the gloom, and silently passed 3 grenades to the young Pole. He hadn't really had a chance to speak with the boy, but he looked like a solid kid, with a good heart. He was still alive, which meant he was also smart. A good ally to have.

He retrieved the newly acquired AK-74 from his back and inspected it to make sure it was in good working order. He then checked it had a full mag fitted, and that it was correctly loaded with a 40mm grenade. Once he was satisfied he put the remaining 3 40mm grenades in his webbing, and then folded the butt on the AIMS, made it safe and strapped it to the back of his pack.

As he did so he listened to the lively discussion between the NCOs, the French lady and the burly Italian.

Cap'n Rae:
Butterfly gently placed a hand on Orso's meaty arm. "Calm down, Orso. We may have different reasons but we are all on the same side here. Remember the real enemy. Save it for him."


A puzzled look crossed his face. He leaned over to Mariusz and said in a quiet whisper, "did she just call him Arsehole? Funny name, but seems appropriate."

OOC - I have picked up the AK-74 with BG-15 launcher, including 1x full mag and 1x 40mmS grenade. Also picked up 3 spare 40mmS grenades for myself, and passed another 3 to Mariusz. Finally, I am assuming that I fired 2 small bursts from my AIMS during the assault, so will deduct 6 rounds from my ammo count.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Checking AK-74/BG-15 to make sure it is in good condition, stowing gear and passing grenades to Mariusz
AK-74/BG-15 - 30/30 + 1x 40mmS HE
Makarov PM - 8/8
Kukri knife
Grenades - 10x Frag, 1x RKG-3 AT
RPG-7D + 2x RPG-7 HEAT rocket
AIMS-74 - 24/30 (on pack)

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 7 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 13:56
  • msg #694

Re: Disco in Hell

Orso was about to unleash holy hell but the combined efforts of Butterfly and Konrad defused the situation.
Instead, after a pause to control his anger, he spoke quietly.
"I didn't come out here for you. I would rather be back in the city, fighting as I have been for weeks. This is all her idea."
He pointed to the woman he was escorting.
"I'm just here to keep her safe."

When mention of a "tractor" came up, Orso was initially confused. Why would a farm machine be of any use?
"Better to go on foot. Slower, yes, but quieter. A vehicle will just draw attention."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 937 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 15:09
  • msg #695

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz took the grenades off Jay and said, "Thanks, don't worry, this nearly always happens, new guy turns up, throws his weight around and everyone gets ruffled than we come up with a plan and kill more enemies. Eventually new guy fits in or he dies and we get to loot his stuff. He's got lots of interesting guns so I'd rather he lived and used them with us."

He slid a grenade into the launcher and said, "My Grandad fought with the Free Poles at Monte Cassino, he said Gurkhas were there, were any of your relations in that battle?"

He tapped the launcher, "Now we're ready, I hope we can get the Queen near, you can never have too much firepower even if we don't have to use it."

HE wondered when he should inform the new guy about the rule that everyone had to have a go of new guns, especially big guns...
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 115 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 16:17
  • msg #696

Re: Disco in Hell

Jay grinned at the young Pole. Looting off the dead had become a way of life in the Twilight War, but was nothing new to an old Vet like Jay. He had used many a weapon dropped by a fallen comrade (or a fallen enemy) when the situation demanded it.

At the mention of Monte Cassino his smile dropped. "My father's uncle die in Monte Cassino. Many Gurkha die there. Many brave men die."

Raising a smile again he also tapped his newly acquired grenade launcher. Yesterday he only had an old WW1 rifle for company, now he had enough armament to take on a whole division of tanks!
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2298 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 16:20
  • msg #697

Re: Disco in Hell

Jan Cerny:
"Going after the hostages seems like a sensible course of action to me if it will spark a rebellion," Jan commented to Butterfly.  "Particularly as you said that the Baron is not in the city but is out in the field and his 2ic is in charge.  Who is his 2ic, just so we know the name?

"Assuming that the Capitaine is in agreement to make that our objective can you pinpoint the locations of the hostages on our maps for us?  We have some information regarding their locations already but that is several days old and it would be good to confirm it with a more up to date report.”


"The Baron's lietenant is a man named Pryzbylewski. He's former Polish army. We don't know much about him. He claims to have been in the paras.

"The hostages are being guarded in the old Stadium that the Baron's been converting to a fort."

Minh Quyen
player, 571 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 16:48
  • msg #698

Re: Disco in Hell

While the Captain and his advisors worked out a strategy, Quyen lurked in the darkness and kept watch on the perimeter. The sudden rise in voices drew a scoff and look of annoyance from her but she continued to focus on being alert to any unnatural sights or sounds.

A few minutes later and she crept over to where Jay and Mariusz were hanging out on the side lines. "I'll take the grenades." she says, overheading the Gurkha mention them.

Quyen then pockets the two frags and asks, "No smokes with the dead? I'm running out. Slowly." She then pulls out one of her cigarretes and wedges it sideways between her upper lip and nose, smelling the scent of the dry tobacco (but not lighting it). "Back on the boat there was this cool guy named Chopper. He had a whole ammo can full of smokes. Real ones too. From before the war. I know you guys don't get it but for me that was pretty awesome. I wish he lived."
Jan Cerny
player, 1082 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 17:05
  • msg #699

Re: Disco in Hell

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"I didn't come out here for you. I would rather be back in the city, fighting as I have been for weeks. This is all her idea."
He pointed to the woman he was escorting.
"I'm just here to keep her safe."

"OK that is news," Jan replied to Orso, please to see that the man had calmed himself down and regained his composure.  "What fighting has been going on in the city?  For how long and who is involved?  Were you fighting against the Baron on your own or were you with a larger group?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 373 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 15 Jun 2011
at 22:35
  • msg #700

Re: Disco in Hell


With his back to the group he scanned into the black of the night. He had said his piece and was happy. He began to think of the family that has sheltered them and what had become of them. He hoped that they where with the other hostages.

Even though he did not mention this to anyone else it gave him an incentive to move back into the city. Even if this only repaid the debt to the family in some small way.

As voices where raised he began to turn and seeing who was involved thought his help was not needed. Maybe Tucker will draw down on the cock. Either way he returned to his silent vigil.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 116 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 16 Jun 2011
at 05:39
  • msg #701

Re: Disco in Hell

Jay handed the 2 soviet frag grenades over to Quyen. He then followed her example by blending back into the shadows to provide some level of perimeter security, leaving the NCOs and the kapitanji to decide the plan of action.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2449 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 16 Jun 2011
at 08:04
  • msg #702

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #692):

"Yes, Kaptain. Tucker, get the rest of the element into a 360 defence."

He looked at Orso. "Who are you, again? I am Dawid Piotrowski. This is our commander, Kaptain Bayer."

"Kaptain, I might be able to handle it but I'm more use on the gun. I'll ask some of the Poles if they can drive. But I don't hold out a lot of hope for someone with specific experience."


Dawid had a thoughtful look on his face when Minh praised Chopper but kept his own council.


OOC: when applicable, Dawid asks all PC and NPC Poles if they have experience driving large tracked vehicles, this includes "Butterfly's" group.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1090 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 16 Jun 2011
at 12:52
  • msg #703

Re: Disco in Hell

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #692):

"Yes, Kaptain. Tucker, get the rest of the element into a 360 defence."

Tucker happily steps away from the bullshit that just took place.  Having the utmost respect for Konrad, he doesn't say another word on the matter.  When Dawid asks him to get the group into a security perimeter, he nods to him and gives him a quick reply of, "No problem."

Making his way to the two elements he had, Tucker makes his way around to both of them and starts setting up a 360 degree security perimeter trying to utilize who still had good batteries in the NVG's to cover the four major points of the compass.  "Gimme a 360 ring here right now so nothin' ain't sneaking up on us and getting us before we move in.!"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2299 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 17 Jun 2011
at 18:59
  • msg #704

Concert Hall


Friday, October 27th, 2000
1200 hrs.
55F
clear skies; slight breeze from the east
Warsaw Symphony House, Warsaw, Poland



You arrive at Butterfly's headquarters around noon. The building is large and fairly ornate but badly scared by battle. She says it used to be home of the Warsaw Symphony. The day is clear and relatively warm. It must be somewhere between 50F and 60F.

The journey was long and nerve-wracking, but thankfully, you didn't have to accomplish the entire trek on foot. After leading you south out of the ruined village through darkened fields and scattered woods, Butterfly took you to a horse-drawn wagon waiting in an abandoned farm building. It was guarded by a boy who looked to have been about 13 or 14 but who, despite his tender years, handled his sawn-off 12-guage shotgun like a seasoned pro. The youg driver took you to the outskirts of the city where you transferred to a former German Army Pinzgauer 4x4 truck with an improvised cargo cover concealed in a nook surrounded by mountains of rubble. Butterfly drove and Orso rode in front, with Dawid in between to keep them honest.

You passed through a single checkpoint. The half-dozen guys guarding it were clearly amateurs. Butterfly showed them her merchant's liscence, signed by the Baron, and the guards let the truck through without even looking in the back. Other checkpoints are unmanned. Most of the Baron's manpower is outside the city, poised to crush the approaching 10th TD.

Those of you riding in the back of the truck couldn't see much of the city during the ride. The cargo cover is intended to keep prying eyes out and the reverse is true as well. The Pinzgauer pulls into the symphony hall through a large shell hole in the side of the building. A large tarp or section of field tent covers the hole.

The interior of the symphony hall is fairly cavernous. It's dimly lit by a couple of oil lamps. Crates and bundles of various goods are stacked in piles on the stage and where the seats used to be. A man with an AK guards the inventory from a balcony box seat.

"I pay taxes to the Baron and sell him items he likes at a deep discount so he mostly leaves us alone. The radio was in a high-rise apartment several blocks away. The flat was empty so there should be no way to trace it back to me here. I'll get you some food." She sends one of her men away to fetch some food.

All of you napped fitfully during part of the journey here, but most of you are still dog tired. Unfortunately, there's little time to rest. Every hour, the 10th is crawling closer to the Baron's main force. The hostages must be rescued, the granary seized, and preparations made to receive the bulk of the Black Legion before the 10th meets them.


Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...36,0.098877&z=14


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:04, Fri 17 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 119 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 18 Jun 2011
at 05:36
  • msg #705

Re: Concert Hall

Jay cat-napped in the back of the truck. He was used to catching sleep when he could, so got some rest. When they arrived at the concert hall he looked around, taking in the once magnificent structure. He always found places like this to be both wonderful and alien, a world away from the small thatched house he grew up in, high in the mountains of Nepal.

Stepping out of the vehicle, he dropped silently into the gloom, doing his best to be invisible.
Monika Sawicki
player, 143 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 18 Jun 2011
at 05:54
  • msg #706

Re: Concert Hall

     Monika stood in the center of the concert hall.  She closed her eyes and remembered...  The elegant clothing of all those attending...  The soaring renditions of classics preformed by the world class orchestra she was blessed to be able to hear...  The champagne and all of the food at the party after the concert...  For a moment in time, Monika was a carefree young woman basking in the glow of light from other days, dancing to music that only she heard.

     The music faded.  Monika opened her eyes again to the gray surroundings.  A tear crept down a dirty cheek.  She kicked at a piece of rubble.  The medic drew on her limited command of English muttering, "War... stoo-ped."
Craig Sutherland
player, 375 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 18 Jun 2011
at 10:23
  • msg #707

Re: Concert Hall


Craig was incredibly tense the entire trip into Warsaw. He notched it up to how close they had come to being wiped out last time. He also had the uneasy feeling that the city population where not going to rise up as butterfly had predicted. They had protected the Baron interests very well with those flares, but people do silly things when protecting their homes and family.

He looked over towards the pile of goods Butterfly was trading looking for ammunition or weapon crates.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1092 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 18 Jun 2011
at 14:22
  • msg #708

Re: Concert Hall

As Tucker slept on and off in the rear of the 4x4 vehicle, he went in and out of consciousness as the vehicle hit bumps and every other pothole on the way to Butterflys camp.  He didn't even realize the checkpoint they had stopped at until they pulled into the symphony hall and heard others talking about it.  He dismounts from the rear and looks for Minh and a place they can sit and rest.  Once he finds her, he asks, "How you doin' soldier?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 938 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 19 Jun 2011
at 14:16
  • msg #709

Re: Concert Hall

Mariusz grabbed as much rest as he could as they headed for Warsaw. Once they were in the Symphony Hall he waited for the command to make a decision on their next move.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 8 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 19 Jun 2011
at 14:52
  • msg #710

Re: Concert Hall

"Be careful," Orso warned everyone.
"I don't know how stable the building is so don't wander off."
Signs of charring were everywhere. This close to the nuke strike to the north east it was lucky to still have walls let alone a reasonably intact roof. But that's where the luck ran out. Signs of destruction were everywhere and at least one fire had ripped through the interior.

"I suggest approaching down along the river, keeping as close to the water as possible. It's a shame we can't wait until dark."
Approaching from the south through the buildings and rubble was the obvious route, so obvious even the relatively poor quality troops left behind would be smart enough to be watching it closely. Coming from the east meant crossing hundreds of metres of fields, all now nothing but stubble dusted with snow.
The north wasn't much better with whatever prewar cover there had been either knocked over by the nukes, scorched into ash, or cleared for yet more fields.
"The only other option I can think of is just jump in the truck and try bluffing it inside. I don't think that will work very well though since there's too many chances to be discovered. Also means everyone in the truck could be killed with one quick burst."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2454 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 22 Jun 2011
at 09:40
  • msg #711

Re: Concert Hall

In reply to Monika Sawicki (msg #706):

Dawid resisted getting some sleep coming into town, although he was pretty tired and his leg throbbed a little. He needed to be awake and alert, so that if there was another ambush he might give coherent orders.

Sighing, he watched Monika listen to her private concert. Smiling a little, he lit a cigarette and offered the pack to her. "We did not start this war, but we pay the price, indeed. Sister, were you a musician, once? Or just a lover of music? It is written on your face," he said in Polish.
Monika Sawicki
player, 144 posts
Polish
Medic
Wed 22 Jun 2011
at 20:11
  • msg #712

Re: Concert Hall

     Monika declined the offer of the smoke.  "A dear friend of the Family could get tickets.  I would go sometimes."  A faint trace of music echoed through her memory, then fell silent.  "But, that was a girl in another life.  This is what remains.  We are what remains.  It felt good to not have to try to think in English.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 16 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 01:45
  • msg #713

Re: Concert Hall

"Hauptman," Orso called to Konrad.
"How about the Lieutenant and I scout the "castle" while the rest of you get organised?"
Orso didn't know Craig very well at all, but he moved like somebody who knew how to keep quiet and in cover.
"Maybe your sniper too?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 379 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 04:39
  • msg #714

Re: Concert Hall


Craig looks at the Polish man in front of him for a few seconds before answering:

"Yes I've done the course and scout/sniper was my role for most of this war."

He glances towards the command team:

"If that's the plan of attack that the rest want to go with then I'm happy to accompany you."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2456 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 07:58
  • msg #715

Re: Concert Hall

Monika Sawicki:
     Monika declined the offer of the smoke.  "A dear friend of the Family could get tickets.  I would go sometimes."  A faint trace of music echoed through her memory, then fell silent.  "But, that was a girl in another life.  This is what remains.  We are what remains.  It felt good to not have to try to think in English.


"That sounds wonderful! I grew up on a farm to the southeast of here, so I didn't get into Warszawa that much. It's good to see someone can still be moved by something as enlightened as music. All hope for the future isn't lost, then."

He paused, wishing he could say something more positive and uplifting, but he guessed that would have to do without being cliche, or worse, dishonest. In the back of his mind he was always working on how to best tackle the Baron's castle and rescuing the hostages.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:01, Thu 23 June 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 124 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 13:39
  • msg #716

Re: Concert Hall

Jay listened to the discussion between the NCOs. When the big italian mentioned scouting he butted in. "You need scout, I very good scout, I sneaky sneaky!" He tapped the side of his nose and grinned. He was adept at creeping around in the dark, and could use his skills on the upcoming recon mission.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 295 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 24 Jun 2011
at 18:15
  • msg #717

Re: Concert Hall

Jeff simply nods at Orto's suggestion.  When Jay speaks up, he cautions "We should be careful of too large a group, but we could be able to recon multiple targets at once."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 19 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sat 25 Jun 2011
at 14:53
  • msg #718

Re: Concert Hall

"The four of us should be enough," he said, thanking Jay for volunteering his services so quickly.
"I suggest Warren and the Lieutenant team up to find a few good sniper hides while Jay and I check out the river bank as a possible approach route."
The reasons behind Orso's suggested pairings were simple. Both Craig and himself had recent experience in the city and knew the layout while the other two did not.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1498 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 25 Jun 2011
at 16:13
  • msg #719

Re: Disco in Hell

"Fine." Bayer agrees. "That's alright with me."

Turning to face the British officer, he says, "Lieutenant Sutherland, you and Warren will recce the outer perimeter. Your primary task is to locate vantage points and report back on the outlying area." Then motioning to Jay and Orso, he says, "You two can do like you said... recce approach and withdraw routes in and out of the objective area."

"Don't overextend your tasks though. If you are spotted, we may lose the opportunity for the rescue to go ahead. Don't kill anyone or anything like that either." he warns.

Bayer then describes a basic outline for everybody, "The mission orders for the hostage recovery will wait until the recce teams report back and we can compliment their findings with the plan. While the recce patrols are out in the field though, the remainder will get on with mission prep. This will also allow Butterfly to have enough time to make contact with her people as well."

He then takes a brief moment to mentally splits up the group based on what he's heard over the discussion and where he think everyone's skills can be best put to use. "Tentative groupings and tasks will be as follows..."

"Dawid, you'll be taking command of the support group. Your role will be to provide outer security while hostage recovery is occurring, namely by ambushing and fixing any enemy reactionary force that will certainly arrive. It is vital that you prevent any threats into the objective area while we are trying to extract the hostages. In your group will be Sergeant Tucker, Arturo, Flemming, Sawicki, and all of the other Poles... except for Matias."

"Jeff, you and Craig will be setting up an OP based on your recce. You'll monitor the ground in and around the objective to provide early warning to both groups if possible... as well as precision fire."

"Jan, I want you to take the recovery group. I'll be with you to provide mission control, but squad command is yours. Jay and Quyen will be your silent hitters, but I'm also following the suggestion I've heard and throwing in Mariusz and Matias for diversions... as well as added firepower once the game is up."


Then to the group he say again, "Detailed orders to follow on completion and return of the two recce patrols."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2301 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 25 Jun 2011
at 18:25
  • msg #720

The Black Keep


Friday, October 27th, 2000
1800 hrs.
56F
clear skies; slight breeze from the east
new moon
Warsaw Symphony House, Warsaw, Poland



Jeff & Craig

Jeff and Craig lay on the bare, dusty concrete floor of the damaged flat's upper story, taking in the view. They studied the enemy position overlooking the only surviving bridge between the east and west banks of the Vistula. A sturdy-looking blockhouse made of rubble occupied a small promontory just to the south of the bridge root, offering good fields of fire across the length of the bridge as well as upriver, south along the Vistula. The bunker could probably fit and fight about six men fairly comfortably. A long barrel- probably belonging to some sort of HMG- portruded from the west-facing embrasure. The bunker appeared to have a single entrance/exit in the east-facing wall. The entire position was sited and constructed to cover the bridge and the river- it really wouldn't be able to support the troops in the castle should a hostile force attack from the north, east, or southeast.

The Baron's "castle" was basically just a ring of rubble, 5-10 meters tall in most places, with a large gap in the southern wall being used to haul additional material in and out of the ring. There was a sturdy looking "keep" building well under construction on the east side of the compound. A single sentry was perched atop a corner of the keep's incomplete roof, looking down on to the floor of the ring. A large black flag hung from a large pole slotted into the keep roof. The hostages that Jeff and Craig could see were seated within the ring, huddling under blankets or pacing in tight little circles. The scouts counted at least 4 armed men on the floor of the ring, mingled in amongst the civilian hostages. Sentries stood atop the rubble battlements at each of the cardinal points of the compass facing outwards. The battlements consisted of a fairly level track upon which the sentries stood, with waste-high rubble mounds set at fairly random intervals provided cover/firing positions. The sentries, for the most part, stood upright on the track, exposed. Every once in a while, one would plop down behind or atop one of the rubble "crennelations" to rest. As a whole, the castle guards looked fairly relaxed. A single LMG post was positioned at overlooking the large gap in the southern quarter of the ring. The two men manning it were facing inwards, towards the hostages. There appeared to be a second set of sentries lower down on the interior slope of the rubble wall, looking down on the hostages. A well trained and equipped sniper could probably hit any of the men atop the ring from where Craig and Jeff were concealed. The men inside the ring, on the other hand, would be much harder to hit- they would only have to move a couple of meters to dissapear from sight.

As far as Jeff and Craig could see, the approaches to the castle were fairly open and, aside from the four sentries atop the wall, unguarded.

As Craig and Jeff watched, a two-wheeled horse cart arrived at the castle gate. A man drove the cart while a woman rode in the back. A guard emerged from the castle along with four hostages. The cart woman and the hostages unloaded several large, steaming pots and carried them, sloshing, into the ring. Four more hostages emerged to carry several large sacks into the ring. The cart driver sat there watching. After about fifteen minutes, the hostage load-carriers reemerged with the pots and sacks, loaded them back on the cart and went back inside. The cart then trundled off, heading east along the main thoroughfare. After witnessing dinner, Craig and Warren headed back to the Symphony Hall to report back to the rest of the group.

Movement outside the vicinity of the castle complex was relatively easy. There were no checkpoints and no roving foot patrols were encountered. The city really was being guarded by no more than a skeleton crew. Unfortunately, most of the men left behind were in or around the castle complex.


Jay & Orso

Jay and Orso made their way to the east bank of the Vistula, following a route running north of the castle complex. Like the ride in, there were no patrols out on the streets, nor were there many civilians out and about, so the pair moved quickly, making good time to the river.

The area directly north of the castle was lightly wooded. The tree cover used to be heavier but fighting and foraging have denuded all but the youngest, stubbiest growth, significantly reducing the level of cover and concealment. Still, a small team moving stealthily, especially in the dark, could likely approach the castle to within at least 100m dozen without being detected, especially if the enemy sentries don't have night vision devices.

The Italian and the Gurkha crept as close to the north side of the castle as they dared in the daylight, setting up an OP in some underbrush about 300m from the old stadium grounds. From their hide, they could see only a single sentry atop the rubble ring. He was casually vigilant and failed to notice or react to the scout team.

Through the weeds, Jay and Orso caught a glimpse of what appeared to be a bunker roof near the riverbank, on the far side of the slightly raised main roadway leading to the remains of the road bridge (now only foot accessible). It appeared to be sited to cover upriver and across the bridge. From their relatively low vantage point, it looked like the bunker's lines of fire are not suitable to cover downriver, making a northern approach that much safer (relatively speaking) than one from the south or west.

All

While the scouts were away, the rest of the party caught up on rest and weapon maintenance. By the time the two pairs of exhausted scouts arrived, those that stayed behind were refreshed and ready to go.


Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...12,0.024719&z=16


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:03, Mon 27 June 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 21 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 26 Jun 2011
at 01:38
  • msg #721

Re: Disco in Hell

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #719):

Orso's jaw dropped open in suprise at the Hauptman's including him in the support group after he'd just been told the big Italian/American was one of the few people available actually able to move with any degree of stealth.
"Umm, I may not have a silenced pistol, but I do have my fists and I've been inside before."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 126 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 26 Jun 2011
at 06:46
  • msg #722

Re: Disco in Hell

Jay quickly got ready for the scouting mission by dumping his pack and some of his kit with Quyen. He has worked with her a bit already on this mission, and was growing to trust her. "I leave this here okay, you look after please."

He left his newly aquired AK-74 behind, not needing the firepower, along with the chest harness full of mags. He also left behind the RPG and his helmet. Stealth was the most important thing, and he needed to move as quickly and quietly as possible.

He retrieved the Uzi from his pack, loading a full mag and stuffing the spare mags in a webbing pouch. Hopefully he wouldn't need to use them, but if he did he planned to shoot quickly then escape.

Once done he apprached the burly Italian, "Okay, I ready, we go now."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 939 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 26 Jun 2011
at 14:58
  • msg #723

Re: Disco in Hell

Mariusz spoke to the big man that had been with the French agent, "Erm, excuse me, but if we are going to be used as decoys, Matias and I need different clothes, you wouldn't know if your Boss keeps any civilian gear here would you?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1096 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 26 Jun 2011
at 18:13
  • msg #724

Re: Disco in Hell

After hearing Konrad's plans for the unit, Robert will walk over to Dawid and trying to find out how he wants to set them up.  "I got one claymore mine & three HEDP rounds left Dawid.  If we can figure out the most likely route travelled in for the reactionary force, we can set up the claymore on that route, pop it, and handle our business from there.  Depending on the types of vehicles they have to respond with, the HEDP rounds should be OK, especially if their heavier stuff is out and looking for us and the 10th.

Plus, you got this gung-ho dude with the grenade launcing platform from hell which should help out too.  I mean in case we have to collapse back to where the hostages are, he would be our best choice to take us there since I think he mentioned he's been in there before.  He's looks cocky but, useful in a fight."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2305 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 26 Jun 2011
at 21:16
  • msg #725

Symphony Hall


Butterfly overheard Mariusz's question and replied for her Italian bodyguard. "Yes, we've got all manner of civilian apparel. Most of it is over there. Feel free to take whatever you need."

Responding to the concerns voiced over a reaction force, she offered, "Based on their current dispositions, it will likely take a reaction force from the Baron's main body at least an hour to arrive back in the city. It would be wise to scout out and prepare ambush positions for a blocking force but we needn't devote manpower to holding them until after the hostages are freed. If we can rescue the hostages, we can probably count on a few dozen civilians to help us fight off the reaction force if and when it arrives."
Minh Quyen
player, 575 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 00:08
  • msg #726

Re: Symphony Hall

Quyen looks over at the woman named Butterfly and asks, "The Baron's main force is in the field. Yes. But are you saying that if there is an attack on his palace where the hostages are, there is absolutely nobody coming from elsewhere in the city?"

Not really intent on pressing the question any further once a answer is given, Quyen eventually sits over where Jan is. She airs out her feet, sharpens her bayonet, and cleans her weapon and then herself. Then while the two patrols are out she will roll up in her poncho and take a nap.

Then when the patrols return and she is woken up Quyen slides out one of the nine remaining cigarettes from the small waterproof container and lights it. "Mr. Jan Cerny." she says in mock seriousness with the smoke dangling from her lips. "I am running low on poison morale sticks. You'll be the best squad leader if you could do something about that."

Quyen will then offer him and any of the others in her team a puff, even those that she knows don't smoke, as friendly amusement. "Hauptmann? Drag?"

Why am I in a good mood? She thinks.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2307 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 01:02
  • msg #727

Re: Symphony Hall

Minh Quyen:
Quyen looks over at the woman named Butterfly and asks, "The Baron's main force is in the field. Yes. But are you saying that if there is an attack on his palace where the hostages are, there is absolutely nobody coming from elsewhere in the city?"


It's good question and Butterfly acknowledges this with her tone and body language. "I see your point but, fortunately for us, all of the Baron's strength in the city is tied to critical real estate. They are unlikely to abandon their posts, especially considering how the Baron deals with such actions. Any quick reaction force will likely consist of no more than a handful of men. I am speaking of the Baron's main force, including his armor, all of which is several kilometers outside the city limits. By the time they learn of our attacks, we should be manning our blocking positions and signalling the 10th to begin its attack."
Craig Sutherland
player, 382 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 08:09
  • msg #728

Re: Symphony Hall


The large opera house was a welcome sight as it came into view. Craig covered the rear and left flank as they moved through the streets. Once through the door and into the relative safety of their hideout, he took a seat and caught his breath as the intel gathered in their op ran through his head.

He waited until the team had assembled before conducting a preliminary briefing followed by a more in depth overview with a hastily constructed model of the "castle". From his note pad he outlines the make up of the guards, any routines he observed, the locations of the heavy weapons and of the bunkers.

At the end he outlined a plan he had come up with on the way back.

"Could we not use the cart and driver we observed ? Butterfly do you know this man ? It would be very good cover for getting close, we could get at least two men right to the entrance and more hidden in the back."

Through out the meeting he gave Warren a chance to add anything additional.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 127 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 12:23
  • msg #729

Re: Symphony Hall

When he returned from his scouting mission, Jay briefed Bayer and the NCOs on what they had observed, including as much detail as he could. What they did with it was up to them, so once it had been delivered he excused himself and retrieved his gear.

He approached the French woman, named Butterfly. He held his hands together and gave her a formal nod, by way of a traditional buddhist greeting. "Namaskar Aama-ji. My name Jay. Do your men need bullets? I have bullets for AK if you need. Also, do you have khanna, sorry, err... food? I very hungry."

Jay hadn't eaten a proper meal for weeks, just the scraps the 10th had seen fit to give him. He had fared better in the woods on his own, trapping small animals and birds, and spearing the occasional fish.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 940 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 15:43
  • msg #730

Re: Symphony Hall

"Thanks," Mariusz said and dived into the clothing. He looked specifically for leather and denim, he looked over at Matias and said, "Do you want to be a Shark or a Jet?"

He stood back up with a few costumes that must have been left over from a concert, "Do you think it would be suspicious if we had a fight between the Sugar Plum Fairy and a pantomime Cow?"
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 50 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 20:34
  • msg #731

Re: Symphony Hall

Piotr had been very quiet on the ride back to Warsaw. It was unclear if it was the fact that he had lost several of his unit in such a short time. Since they had decided to help this group of soldiers several of his men. Men that had trusted him with their lives. Some of them he even called friends. Would the still have lived if they had stayed. Was it his fault they were now dead? Those were valid questions that needed and answer.

It was either that or the fact he was closing in on Warsaw. The city he'd loved and learnt to hate. A city he would gladly bring to it's old glory or freedom at least. He was certain it would take for him to fight against more men he knew. Fellow soldiers that had made the wrong choice or better, that hadn't had the courage to make the right one.

It was probably a little bit of both, but along the way and after a good rest within confines of the city that had made him the man he was today his decision was firm, using the last bit of time to clean his trusted rifle for the job ahead.
Monika Sawicki
player, 147 posts
Polish
Medic
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 21:18
  • msg #732

Re: Symphony Hall

     Monika had checked and repacked her supplies.  She had cleaned all of her weapons.  She had even gotten a bit of food and some rest.  She watched the recon teams return and was glad that her services were not needed.  Now, it was time to get back to the...  Monika wondered what the word for all this would be in English.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 296 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 23:21
  • msg #733

Re: Symphony Hall

Jeff fills in the gaps for Craig, but for the most part let's him talk. The lack of sleep was gnawing at the back of his conscience, but there was nothing he could do about it, and he avoided showing it.

Otherwise, he took Jay's own input, and combined it with what he and Craig had found.

"Sutherland and I found an excellent vantage point. I could set up there with a spotter and be able to cover the top and entrance of the castle. I could also radio both the 10th and your gunboat upriver.  You may consider having the other sniper" he nods to Piotr "travel with an assault group as a designated marksmen, unless you expect to get in real close. Also something needs to be done about the bunker. It's not a huge threat, but is on the way there."
Jan Cerny
player, 1087 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 28 Jun 2011
at 22:12
  • msg #734

Re: Symphony Hall

Jan had nodded in response to Konrad when he had outlined his plan and the started to get himself organised.  There were three tasks that he needed to resolve.

Firstly he went to speak to Butterfly, choosing to talk in Polish to make it easier for her.  "What access to weapons and ammo do you have?  I have a silenced submachinegun that will be very useful but I only have one mag for it now.  Do you have any mags for a PM-84 Glauberyt?  It was a fairly common SMG amongst the Polish Army and Police Forces.  I have some AK-74 mags that I can trade if necessary."

Following his conversation with Butterfly he went to find Monika.  "Please can you check my wound again and redress it.  I think that I will be placing strain on it again soon!"

After that he went back to Konrad and Dawid had a quiet word with his commander and the support commander.
Monika Sawicki
player, 148 posts
Polish
Medic
Tue 28 Jun 2011
at 23:20
  • msg #735

Re: Symphony Hall

     Monika checked and replaced the bandage on Jan's wound.  She also gave him a dose of antibiotic tablets, telling him in Polish, "You are probably going to do something that you shouldn't.  These might help keep you from paying too badly for it."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1499 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 29 Jun 2011
at 00:56
  • msg #736

Re: Symphony Hall

Cap'n Rae:
"I see your point but, fortunately for us, all of the Baron's strength in the city is tied to critical real estate. They are unlikely to abandon their posts, especially considering how the Baron deals with such actions. Any quick reaction force will likely consist of no more than a handful of men. I am speaking of the Baron's main force, including his armor, all of which is several kilometers outside the city limits. By the time they learn of our attacks, we should be manning our blocking positions and signalling the 10th to begin its attack."


Speaking to butterfly, but aloud, Bayer follows Quyen's silence with, "That's good to know. But it changes little with my support group. Their job will still be to aggressively engage and destroy threats." He then looks at Dawid and says, "Change to tasking. You'll now follow us in. Your job will be to keep enemy forces away from the recovery group, neutralize counterattacks, and cover the withdraw."

Craig Sutherland:
"Could we not use the cart and driver we observed. It would be very good cover for getting close, we could get at least two men right to the entrance and more hidden in the back."


Following the Lieutenant's suggestion, Bayer looks over at Mariusz and his accomplice. "What do you think?" he asks them directly. "Any thoughts? Or are you just going to ahh... wing it, when you get there?"

Jeff D. Warren:
"You may consider having the other sniper" he nods to Piotr "travel with an assault group as a designated marksmen, unless you expect to get in real close. Also something needs to be done about the bunker. It's not a huge threat, but is on the way there."


"Piotr is with Dawid. His group will be doing the heavy lifting so he'll need him more than Jan." he says. "Concerns with the bunker are noted. Jan's group will likely silence it if it can't be bypassed."

Then as requested, Bayer confers with Jan and Dawid for a moment.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2457 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 29 Jun 2011
at 10:39
  • msg #737

Re: Symphony Hall

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #736):

Dawid felt good talking to Monika, earlier. She seemed like a nice girl, albeit more of a soldier now, like so many. But in her hour of need, all good Poles were needed to protect the motherland so that was a regrettable necessity.

In the ops meeting he nodded in agreement, looking at the maps.

"Understood, Kaptain. We'll be following you and then setting a fire base to eliminate any counter-attackers from outside and cover the "inner perimeter" so that the rescuers may escape, as well. I think Orso's firepower will be very welcome for this necessary task."

He leaned in, listening to Jan and Konrad.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 941 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 29 Jun 2011
at 15:02
  • msg #738

Re: Symphony Hall

"We've both got civvie clothing," Mariusz said, "but we'll need a bit of time to get ready for any diversion because we'll need to get out of our battle gear. Matias will need to remember to pull his ski mask down too because the enemy might recognise him.As for a diversion, what do you want? Stone throwing and running away, fight? Whichever, we can do it."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 24 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Thu 30 Jun 2011
at 05:50
  • msg #739

Re: Symphony Hall

"Hauptman?" Orso prompted Konrad, clearly still waiting on a response to his statement (message 721).
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 942 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 08:26
  • msg #740

Re: Symphony Hall

Mariusz listened to the dispositions of the enemy and then said, "I think we can make quite a nice ruse if we think about it. First of all we'll need to get the Krowola closer, at least within mortar range, the smoke is a problem but I have an idea to help there. Then we need our scout/sniper teams in position ready to shoot guards and call down fire on the enemy."

"Once those units are ready, I think we should kill the guards at the barracks and set fire to it as a diversion. Then Matias and I can drag one of the bodies to the fort pretending they are badly injured. Once we get there, it's time to launch the bombardment, with the Krowola, our grenade launchers and Orso's shotgun we should be able to lay down a decent looking bombardment, I'd suggest the Queen fires the GL first to save our big ammo from real killing."

"As soon as the first explosions land, our snipers start killing the sentries and at least one team should prioritise killing the MG crew and disabling the MG. Once the shit is hitting the fan, Matias and I can cause more chaos at the entrance and the assault teams can join us and finish the job. The hostages are an issue, but the guards will probably be more concerned with protecting themselves rather than killing prisoners."

"Once we have the fort we can decide on whether it's safe to bring the Queen up to hit the bridge bunker and reassess our next move from there."

Mariusz sat back, pleased he'd articulated his cunning plan so clearly, "What do you think?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2458 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 10:31
  • msg #741

Re: Symphony Hall

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #740):

"Get me onto the Krolowa, I can man either the Rapira or the Vasilek. The grenade launcher too, for that matter. To deadly effect. And the smoke could be part of the diversion, if we can't deal with it otherwise."

"This will require modifying the plan that the Hauptman put forth."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 943 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 12:34
  • msg #742

Re: Symphony Hall

"If the barracks is on fire there'll be a lot of smoke. We could further confuse things by having Butterfly's people lighting random fires," Mariusz said.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 25 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 13:00
  • msg #743

Re: Symphony Hall

"Queen?"
"Oh, you mean that stupid old tug with the machineguns everyone knows about..."
"Useless. Don't forget this is supposed to be stealth mission."

Stealth. A skill only a few in the group possessed, yet somehow had been completely ignored by the apparent leader.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:26, Sun 03 July 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 944 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 13:10
  • msg #744

Re: Symphony Hall

Mariusz listened to Orso and reminded himself that they'd need to try and loot a library at some point, the new guy could do with reading a copy of "How to win friends and influence people".
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1098 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 15:16
  • msg #745

Re: Symphony Hall

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #736):


He leaned in, listening to Jan and Konrad.

Tucker smiles...
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2309 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 17:34
  • msg #746

Re: Symphony Hall


Mattias sat listening carefully, trying to piece together the bits of English conversation going on around him. It was difficult, but he was getting the gist of it and he wasn't liking what he was hearing. Unable to stand it any longer, he broke in in Polish, hoping one of his bilingual teammates would translate for him.

"I'm not an officer or a commando or anything like that, but I think you're going about this all wrong. This mission is about saving the hostages, right? Any explosions or smoke will make the guards alert and on edge making it much harder to take them out without a prisoner bloodbath. We need to go in quietly and take out the guards as quickly as possible.

"Warren and Sutherland mentioned a food wagon. There are several Poles among us not known to the Baron's men. I'd volunteer myself, Sgt. Pawlowski, and nurse Nowak for what I'm about to propose, but we could be recognized possibly.

"So, Mariusz and Dawid and any other Polish-speakers take control of the food wagon. Butterfly can help us with this, no?

"They get inside the stadium with pistols or SMGs, maybe silenced. They take out the guards inside the stadium.

"Once they're in position, snipers to the north and south take out the guards at the top of the wall, especially that MG position.

"Then maybe another force rushes the stadium to help out. This is the tricky bit, coordinating these three groups. Radios are key, I think.

"If there's anyone else not already tasked, they shoot up the bridge bunker. Maybe you."
he says pointing at Orso's large grenade launcher.

"With the bunker destroyed, we can evacuate all of the hostages that don't want to stay and fight the Baron to the west bank.

"Once the shooting's started, the tug comes up to support the rest of our operations with its heavy weapons. We don't have to worry about hostages at the granary. We just have to make sure we don't set the food on fire or anything like that."


He looks around the room, hoping that at least part of his plan is found acceptable.
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:03, Sun 03 July 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 386 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 21:43
  • msg #747

Re: Symphony Hall



Craig followed the Poles suggestion with interest.

"I agree with you on most of your points, we have to go in quiet and fast otherwise they will just gun down the hostages and then bugger off. There is nothing else keeping them here."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 26 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 3 Jul 2011
at 23:47
  • msg #748

Re: Symphony Hall

"Exactly!" he declared, happy that sanity had returned.
"The wagon goes in first with three people as he said while the Lieutenant, the Gurkha and myself sneak around from the river side and up over the wall if we can, or maybe take out the bridge bunker by stealth if that's not possible."
"Sniper cover and a machinegun positioned in high locations should provide good cover."
"Those not involved at the castle take blocking positions to the east and stand ready to move to support the hostage rescue."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1500 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 00:52
  • msg #749

Re: Symphony Hall

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"Hauptman?" Orso prompted Konrad. "Useless. Don't forget this is supposed to be stealth mission." Stealth. A skill only a few in the group possessed, yet somehow had been completely ignored by the apparent leader.


"Yes." Bayer says. Then returning to the question he says, "I don't think anyone here has forgotten the format of the mission. Whoever was suggesting the boat was only offering suggestions. Once the first shots are fired, it is no longer a "stealth mission" anyways. Regardless though, the tug won't be involved."

Then pointing to the hardware Orso had made a point to flash around, he adds, "I was so overly impressed by your obvious passion for heavy weapons that you've been designated to a team needing the firepower. Others here can do the initial infiltration, thank you."

Bayer then finished listening to all of what else was said by the group and says, "That's acceptable. And Mariusz and Matias, I still want you to gain our entry. And yes, with the wagon. Jan's team are able enough to follow you in and gain a foothold inside."

Then pointing at Matias, he says, "And then like you just said, the snipers, acting on call, begin to eliminate the rest of the targets along with the team who've gain entry, from the inside."

"The bunker is for Dawid's group to silence."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 27 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 01:16
  • msg #750

Re: Symphony Hall

"Just because I carry a big gun doesn't mean I can't move quitely."
Although he had the grenade launcher as his primary weapon, the SPAS-15 shotgun slung across his chest was perfect for getting up close and personal.
Matias Adamczyk
player, 58 posts
Polish
Motor Rifles Draftee
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 01:28
  • msg #751

Re: Symphony Hall

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then finished listening to all of what else was said by the group and says, "That's acceptable. And Mariusz and Matias, I still want you to gain our entry. And yes, with the wagon. Jan's team are able enough to follow you in and gain a foothold inside."


Matias broke in as soon as [insert bilingual Polish/English character name here] finished translating.

"Like I said, I am no commando and some in the Black Legion might recognize me. I will go on the wagon, but I think we need more people on board. There are what, ten guards or so inside the stadium? According to Warren, only one or two are visible to the sniper teams. Two of us against ten is not good odds. Jan can speak Polish well enough, and he's a commando, right? Three of us with silenced weapons is slightly better odds. If we could get a fourth, it would be even better. Two per man plus what the snipers can take out.

If Jan's team can get in right behind the team on the cart, that could work. But how will they do so without being seen? Without a tunnel or a helicopter, the wagon team is key to pulling this off."

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 28 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 01:59
  • msg #752

Re: Symphony Hall

"Only so much space on the wagon and putting everyone there would risk loosing them all to a single burst."
"Sneak up from the river as well, take out the guard on the west wall. He wasn't watching the river when we scouted there. Then can shoot other wall guards and machinegun while the wagon deals with the guards in the hostages."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1502 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 02:20
  • msg #753

Re: Symphony Hall

Matias Adamczyk:
"I think we need more people on board. Two of us against ten is not good odds. Jan can speak Polish well enough, and he's a commando, right? "


"It's not two." Bayer corrected him. "Jan's group is there too on the entry."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 945 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 15:02
  • msg #754

Re: Symphony Hall

Mariusz said, "I'll follow orders but we're none of us really commandos and we don't have experience with hostage situations. I my opinion any attempt we make is going to end up in a clusterfuck that ends up in hostage carnage. We just don't have the gear or the expertise to do this. The more hostages we try to rescue the more likely we are to get killed. We should be planning how to kill the maximum number of enemy for the minimum casualties on our side. Sneaking as far as we can and then breaking out pistols and submachineguns that we aren't used to using is asking to get us killed. The food cart looked as if it was kept at the gate anyway so the idea that we can infiltrate and take out guards silently is a fantasy."

He looked at Bayer, "I'll do as you command to the best of my ability, Sir, but this mission is nearly impossible, we can't hope to defeat a superior force stealthily whilst still saving all the hostages. The faster we take out the enemy the less hostages they'll kill but operating like we're GROM is just going to get us killed."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1504 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 15:17
  • msg #755

Re: Symphony Hall

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #754):

"I just need you to get Jan's group as close as you can." Bayer answers. "They'll take it from there."

"Other than that, because I agree with your last comment, we'll just keep everything as simple as possible and remain flexible... and deal with whatever happens as it happens." he adds.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 946 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 4 Jul 2011
at 15:26
  • msg #756

Re: Symphony Hall

"You have my support, Sir," Mariusz said, "as always."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 31 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Tue 5 Jul 2011
at 00:34
  • msg #757

Re: Symphony Hall

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz said, "I'll follow orders but we're none of us really commandos and we don't have experience with hostage situations."

"I am and do."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1505 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 5 Jul 2011
at 12:20
  • msg #758

Re: Symphony Hall

"Ok, move to objective..." Bayer begins, hoping to meld all or most of the suggestions into a single course of action.

"Dawid's security group will need to move first and setup their supporting position, focusing on the southeast - the outer perimeter bunker and bridge areas. Based on their observations, they will make the call whether the risk to take out any of the perimeter defenses, like the bunker, should be attempted."

"Using Mariusz and Matias as a deception with the wagon, Jan's recovery group will then attempt to secure the entry to the objective, hopefully without alerting the rest of the enemy forces."

"Jan's group be directly supported by Warren and Craig, who will have setup their OP, overlooking the objective. The snipers will provide real time info on what is going on inside the objective and percision fire as needed."


He then says, "Action at the objective..."

"The recovery and sniper groups will begin to eliminate the inner sentries as soon as they are in position. Outside, the security group is free to remain mobile and eliminate any threats as they see fit."

"While this may be the most difficult part of the mission, I think it's best to keep it vague with only the objective stated... in order to keep things flexible. Decisions will need to be made on the ground by the element commanders based on their assessment of the situation. A rigid plan I think is not feasable. Dawid's group for example will need to remain ready to move on the objective iteself if needed... or split up."


Bayer then briefs everyone on the third act, "Move from the objective..."

"Jan's group will take control of the hostages that wish to be assisted in escaping. The other two elements will screen the hostages to the front, and stand by to prevent the enemy from mounting an effective pursuit from the rear."


Bayer then outlines some other points, "If the element of surprise is lost, push forward with the rescue automatically. If the decision to abort is to be made, it will come by radio, but until then, don't hesitate."

"It's important that communication flows quickly and thoroughly. Therefore at each stage and change to the situation, all elements must broadcast over the radio."


He then asks, "Modifications?"

Recovery: Jan, Matias, Mariusz, Jay, Quyen (plus Bayer)
Security: Dawid, Tucker, Flemming, Orso, Sawicki, and the rest of the Poles
Sniper/OP: Warren and Sutherland

This message was last edited by the player at 12:21, Tue 05 July 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 32 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Tue 5 Jul 2011
at 12:53
  • msg #759

Re: Symphony Hall

"Yeah, put me with recovery where I can do the most good."
"The guards, even some ov the hostages have seen me around befoah. I'm a friendly face, right up until I rip their balls ov."

Heavily bulging muscles, barely contained by wool, cotton and kevlar backed up his claim. There could be no doubt about his ability to carry out such a threat, the only question was how many pieces would be left afterwards.
"I talk bit Polish too," he concluded with a bit of an accent.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:59, Tue 05 July 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1506 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 5 Jul 2011
at 17:07
  • msg #760

Re: Symphony Hall

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #759):

Bayer replies, "Orso, I'd prefer you to stay with the second group."

He then explains his reasoning for the tasking, "You have significant firepower with you, but it's of no use inside where the hostages are. Out in Dawid's group however, it represents a decent combat multiplier. That, and Dawid's group has no guide - nobody who has been on the recce patrol earlier. And my third reason is that there are already six going in. The more we add, the more chance the guards will be alert during the approach."

"If hand to hand combat is your desire, then speak to Dawid about the bunker." he adds.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2312 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 5 Jul 2011
at 19:52
  • msg #761

The Castle


Butterfly, ever eager to help, offers, "I have contacts in the kitchens that serve the workforce and the Baron's men. I should be able to convince them to switch your people for theirs on the breakfast run. I also have a wagon with a false bottom I use for shipping sensitive items. Four people can fit in the the compartment, laying flat. It will be a tight fit, but it could help your rescue force get right up to the castle gate."

With that, preparations for the rescue operation begin. The sniper and security set off for the stadium a couple hours before dawn. Both groups, approaching from the south, arrive at their jumping-off positions without being detected.

The security team surveys the ground between their position and the riverside bunker. The riverbank is covered in dead brush and the ground there appears marshy. With at least one bunker guard looking south, up the river, attmepting to sneak any closer to the bunker could seriously compromise the hostage rescue. From their rubbled riverside building, the security team has decent lines of fire towards the bunker, about 200m distant. Piotr, with his Dragunov, also has fairly clear lines of sight/fire to the sentries atop the southern and western sections of the castle's rubble ring wall.

Jan and the recovery team squeeze into the hidden compartment built into Butterfly's four-wheeled wagon. It's stuffy, dark, and very cramped inside. There's barely enough room to even wiggle. They need only push or kick out the back panel to create an exit from the compartment. However, for all four occupants to crawl out will probably take a few seconds. The kitchen staff loads the bed of the wagon with pots of steaming porridge, a wooden keg that smells of beer, and several sacks of bread. and Mattias are joined by a driver from Butterfly's crew, Pawel, a middle-aged man with a thick grey moustache. All those riding topside are dressed in civilian garb. Mariuz and Mattias are both clad in bulky winter jackets, allowing them to wear body armor concealed underneath. The entire team, including Pavel, are armed with pistols and submachineguns, most of them silenced*.

As the sun rises in the east, the wagon makes its way towards the "castle".

The guards at the entrance greet the wagon detail when it arrives.

"You're not the usual crew. Where's Mira?"

Pawel is quick with an answer, "Her horse spooked- it took off, Mira fell from the wagon and hurt her arm and the wagon busted its axle. We borrowed this wagon from the merchant lady. I only got these two kids to unload it. Probably be faster if you let us take the wagon in."

The guard gives the wagon a very quick once-over and, after pulling a warm loaf from one of the bread sacks, waves Pawel in.

"Go ahead."

Pawel snaps the reigns and the wagon team enters the castle through the main gate. He pulls the horses to a stop a few meters inside the entrance- he can't really proceed any farther. The stadium floor/castle yard is cluttered with civilians, wrapped in blankets or huddling under makeshift tents. When they see the wagon, they start to stir, but no one rushes the food detail. A couple of guards move towards the wagon, presumably to be served first. Another pair of guards remains near the crowd of hostages. Counting the pair at the gate, there are six guards on the ground level near the hostages. Looking up at the walls, Mariusz and Mattias see that there is only one guard elevated above the stadium floor overlooking the hostages. He sits atop the unfinished keep, on the east side of the complex. The keep roof is not quite as high as the outer wall. Pawel asks Mariusz and Mattias in a low voice, "Who shall we serve first?" The rest of the recovery team, concealed in the hidden compartment, can't see or hear any of this. Speech is muffled beyond comprehension and there are no peep holes. The wagon team and Jan's squad have prearranged a simple system of signals to communicate with one another.**

From their nest in the rubble upper floor of a old multistory flat facing the stadium, Warren and Craig watch most of this as it happens. They've got a good angle on the two sentries posted at the gate and the two-man MG team cited just above it. They also have a good shot at the sentry atop the south side of the rubble wall.


Update Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...54,0.024719&z=16


Next Moves?


*I'm assuming folks with silenced weapons not assigned to the rescue team will lend them to those who war.

**I figure thumps on the floor/side of the wagon or something like that. You guys can specify.

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:19, Tue 05 July 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1102 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 7 Jul 2011
at 03:17
  • msg #762

Re: The Castle

Tucker is gong to move up with his group, set up, and then use his binoculars to spot any threats.
Craig Sutherland
player, 394 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 7 Jul 2011
at 03:39
  • msg #763

Re: The Castle


Once in place with Warren, Craig lays his pack in front of him and rests the borrowed binoculars he got from Jay on top along with the bolt action rifle he borrowed from butterfly. He also un-slings his AK/BG-15 combo and lays this next to the pack with several 40mmB HE grenades within easy reach

He then begins by identifying target sectors within the area of operation and he identifies the primary target location as all the area of the fort around the hostages.

After the team is set up they begin to determine ranges to specific targets and Craig notes these down on his rough sketch map/range card he has drawn in his notepad. Finally Warren and Craig designate all the targets they are able to see as TR1 to 9.

The sentry atop the keep is designated TR1, sentry facing East is TR2, sentry facing North is TR3, sentry near the river facing East is TR4, MG team is  TR5 and 6 and the closest sentry facing South is TR7, the two guards on the ground are TR8 and 9.

The order of the shots to be taken are TR7, MG team TR5-6 and TR8-9 sentry's on the ground.

As the cart approaches Craig raises the bolt action rifle and while looking through the scope gives the warning order followed by.

”Above gate, sentry TR7”

He waits for Warrens Mil reading then gives the range they calculated earlier adjusted if the target has moved.

”TR7 **metres..... hold”

When the order to commence is given over the radio, Craig gives the wind reading then waits for the shot from warren.

If the sentry goes down he gives the fire command for the MG team. Once he can hear unsuppressed shots or it looks like the alarm has been raised he will commence firing on the sentry near the river facing East - TR4.

If Warren misses the shot on the MG crew Craig will engage them.

Sniper Element
Spotting for Warren through scope, firing on MG team or sentry near the river facing East.


Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - At shoulder
AK-74/BG-15 (37/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 6x40mm HE- Within arms length
RPG-7D (1/1 HEAT) + 1 PG-7N HEAT Grenades - slung on shoulder
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 6
This message was last edited by the player at 04:59, Thu 07 July 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 136 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 7 Jul 2011
at 07:26
  • msg #764

Re: The Castle

Jay huddled up in the small hiding space in the cart, squashed against the others. He held his AK74 tightly, doing his best to minimise any noise. He had his newly acquired silenced H&K MK-23 SOCOM tucked into his belt, as well as his kukri knife.

Once out of the cart he planned to sling the rifle over his shoulder and draw the pistol, having it ready should it be needed. If he got the opportunity though, the first choice would always be the knife.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 301 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 7 Jul 2011
at 14:28
  • msg #765

Re: The Castle

Jeff lies with his rifle braced on his pack, and Craig just to his side. His radio is also nearby, close enough to remain in contact with the elements. He had slowly but carefully brushed as much dust away as he could from his firing spot in order to minimize any kicked up. There was plenty of rubble nearby, and even a halfway decent false hide far enough away to draw fire if it came to that.

As they calculated ranges and targets, Warren also watched the cart approach. As Craig whispers a target, Jeff wipes his barrel one last time for condensation before settling in behind the scope. Whispering barely loud enough for Craig's benefit, "Holding on target. TR7. At your command. Tell the assault element we're ready."

The Carat of his Soviet scope is adjusted so point of impact should be dead center, upper center of mass. He carefully regulates his breathing, exhaling just before the shot. Jeff has already taken half of the pull of his trigger out. Only the command from Konrad and Craig is necessary to bring death to the man.  From their, Jeff will aim first and then fire when ready on the next available targets he and Craig had agreed on.


Jeff Warren - Sniper Element
Aimed shot at TR7, subsequent aimed shots on target list as Craig also engages.
SVU-AS [10/10]

Konrad Bayer
player, 1507 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 7 Jul 2011
at 15:18
  • msg #766

Re: The Castle

In the wagon, blind to how many Jan's group would have to immediately deal with, Bayer radios the snipers watching over them. Toggling his radio, he whispers, "Warren, Sunray, What are we facing? Over."

Then once the OP reports back the situation at the wagon, Bayer nudges Jan and (knowing that he heard the same report) whispers, "You're up. Get ready to make your move."
Craig Sutherland
player, 398 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 7 Jul 2011
at 22:20
  • msg #767

Re: The Castle



Craig picks up the radio hand set and gives Konrad a SITREP.


"Sunray, Delta, We have nine targets North, South, East, and West and one elevated in the fort. MG and two at the door. We are green, over"
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 37 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 14 Sep 2011
at 03:40
  • msg #768

Re: The Castle

As the dawn approached, Orso surveyed the situation through binoculars, judging distances and drawing up a basic range card.
Although he felt useless outside the "castle", he understood the need for external security, but still thought the best use for his skills and experience was inside.
As part of his preperation, he ensured all his grenades were readily accessible, paying particular attention to the 40mm smoke. Chances were he'd have to lay a screen down somewhere the moment those inside stuffed things up.

Orso
Observing, estimating ranges, drawing up a range card, preparing for direct and indirect supporting fire with GL
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (6 HE/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 5xSmoke
Franchi SPAS-15 (6/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot
Grenade attachment
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT, x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 954 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 17 Sep 2011
at 19:25
  • msg #769

Re: The Castle

Mariusz looked at Pawel and whispered, "We have short ranged weapons, we take the ones nearest to us, those in the crowds.Give the signal to the hidden men when I start shooting."

Mariusz picked up one of the large containers of food and moved toward the closest of the guards, he smiled at the man and said, "Would you like to see if there's anything you want?"

As he awaited the man's reply he got ready to draw his pistol. If the man closed in he intended to drop the food and fire into the man's face. If the guard remained aloof he woud do teh same thing but at a longer range.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2326 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 17 Sep 2011
at 23:16
  • msg #770

Storming the Black Fort


Stadium Fort

Mariusz coaxes one of the guards- apparently the ranking man of the guard detail among the prisoners- closer to the food wagon. Pawel, responding to Mariusz's whispered instructions, thumps twice on the side of the wagon, signalling those within that the shit is about to go down. Mattias, on his own, approaches one of the guards standing near a clump of prisoners a few meters from where the wagon is parked.

As the head guard reaches into the bread bag, Mariusz pulls the silenced pistol out from underneath his long coat. The silencer makes it barrel-heavy. When he extends his arm to fire, the muzzle is nearly touching the guard's face. The guard slaps instinctively at the barrel, knocking Mariusz's first shot well wide. The guard then jumps back a meter or so while frantically trying to unsling his AK. Mariusz aims center mass and fires a second time, knocking the guard backwards onto his ass with a solid chest shot. The head guard, however, appears to be wearing some kind of apparently effective body armor. Coughing in pain, he continues to try to bring his weapon to bear on the deadly delivery boy. He's having an even harder time of it now that he's sitting in the dirt. (Mattias -2 rounds)

Pawel has more luck. He pulls his silenced Makarov smoothly from beneath his overcoat and shoots his guard right between the eyes, killing him instantly. (Pawel -1 round)

Mattias (NPC'ed) too has better luck than Mariusz. His guard goes down hard, shot once in the chest and once in the upper left arm. Mattias' pistol is not silenced and the gunshots announce to all for half-a-kilometer (at least) around that all is not as it is supposed to be. (Mattias - 2 rounds)

While Mariusz and the wagon crew shoot down three of the four guards on the stadium floor, Konrad, Jan, Minh, and Jay struggle to wiggle out of the compartment under the false bottom of the chuck wagon. They were already crammed in cheek by jowl and everyone is clawed, scratched, and kicked as they crawl head-first out of the now-open rear panel to fall out onto the dirt floor. Jan grimmaces in pain as his wounded arm is pummeled.

The fourth guard stationed on the stadium floor quickly unslings his rifle and takes aim at Mattias. The guard atop the "keep" also aims towards the fracas on the stadium floor.

Warren, called to action by the gunshots, fires at one of the two gate guards. The man falls hard on his side, his shattered left leg no longer able to support his weight. The second gate guard hesitates for a moment before running towards the gate, leaving his comrade to his fate. Craig follows Warren's lead, taking a much more challenging shot at the guard atop the west wall of the fort, nearly 300m distant from the snipers' nest. The man ducks as Craig's bullet buzzes by, followed a second later by the crack of the gunshot. The startled guard scrambles for cover behind a high crenel of rubble. (Warren -1 shot; Craig -1 shot)

The two guards in the machine gun nest overlooking the gate duck down and look around for the greatest threat. They spot the killing going on within the stadium at first, and the lead gunner swings his PKM towards the men around the food wagon. He hesitates when he hears the second gate guard yelling that he's under attack. The second or two he delays in opening fire could prove critical.

The guards atop the walls also seem to be of two minds. They instinctively look outward, looking for external threats, but their attention is inexorably drawn inward, towards the shooting going on inside the fort walls. Once again, their confusion, although likely to be short-lived, gives the rescue team a few seconds respite in which to act.

The hostages react as one would expect, either sitting in shock or starting to hug the stadium floor. Some of the women and children are screaming in terror. Some of the men shout for their loved ones to hit the deck. One man leaps to his feet and runs towards the the gap in the wall to the northwest.

On the stadium floor: two guards down, presumed KIA. One guard down, possibly WIA, still fighting. One guard aiming his AK at Mattias. One guard on top of the keep building (E side of fort), deciding who to shoot at. At the gate, one guard down, WIA. One guard running for the gate. The two-man MG team above the gate aiming at the food wagon. The guards on the wall appear confused as what to do.


River Bunker

As the support team looks on, the guards in and around the river bunker are roused by the gunshots in and around the stadium fort. A man peeks out of the bunker's back door. The long muzzle of a heavy machine gun- a Browning M2HB by the looks of it- swings upriver, searching for a target. The man sitting atop the bunker drops to his stomach and cranes his neck comically to try to look both upriver and back at the stadium at the same time. The guards in and around the river bunker do not appear to have the first clue that the support team is set up just 150m or so away in a rubbled riverside building.

There are at least two men- more likely three- inside the MG bunker, one man on its roof, and two men running from the base of the foot bridge to take cover in defilade on the far side of the road (away from the bunker).


Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1316299158


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:29, Sat 17 Sept 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 955 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 18 Sep 2011
at 08:33
  • msg #771

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Mariusz winced at the sound of the Makarov going off, so much for using silenced weapons to maintain surprise, he thought. Instead he was left with an unfamiliar weapon that didn't have the stopping power to take the enemy down. Still, it did have a large magazine and plenty of bullets, he grabbed it in a two handed grip and fired twice more at the leader of the guard detachment. If he had the incredible luck to hit with either shot it might keep the man off balance enough to stop him from shooting anyone before someone with a real weapon could kill him.

Mariusz
Browning HP (Silenced 18/20)(Effective skill 6)
Shooting two Quick shots at the soldier on the floor

Jan Cerny
player, 1096 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 18 Sep 2011
at 22:35
  • msg #772

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jan seemed to be perpetually in pain at the moment.  Climbing in and out of a compartment in the food wagon with a damaged arm wasn't his idea of fun and he grimaced as he did it.  The others bashing into his arm certainly hadn't helped either!

Once he was out he quickly scanned around and spotted the man levelling a AK at Matias.  Jan wished that he had his rifle ready but he hadn't been expecting things to have gone loud this quickly so he had his silenced PM-84 SMG to hand with its wire stock tucked into his shoulder.  He didn't hesitate though and fired a number of single shots at the man, trying to put him down before he was able to fire at Matias.

"Take out any guards!" he called out to the rest of his team, restating Konrad's instructions.

He kept himself crouched behind the corner of the wagon as he fired, making use of what little cover was available.


Jan
Firing 4x single shot at the man aiming an AK at Matias (Rae - I think that you're using Paul Mulchay's stats for the PM-84 so the recoil for a single shot is 1 - if it's more then Jan will fire less shots so that he doesn't suffer recoil penalties - http://www.pmulcahy.com/submac...h_submachineguns.htm)
PM-84 SMG + Suppressor - 25/25 rounds - 2 mags + 40 loose rounds total) - held
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - slung
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Frag Grenade x4
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster

This message was last edited by the player at 22:49, Sun 18 Sept 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 577 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 18 Sep 2011
at 23:43
  • msg #773

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Quyen squirms her way out of the wagon as quickly as possible. Being the smallest of her four fellow stowaways she has a slightly easier time of it, but accidentally boots Jan in the arm during her hasty dismount.

Once her feet are on the ground again, she swiftly shoulders her rifle and squats down next to the wagon, bracing her back against it as she looks around to get her bearings and identify the threats. Quyen will then aim towards the nearest sentry on the wall and fire two single shots (per phase) until he is eliminated.

Quyen
AK74 (28/30)
Firing 2 shots at wall guard

Konrad Bayer
player, 1509 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 19 Sep 2011
at 01:06
  • msg #774

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Bayer is last out the wagon, but glad to see that Jan has already begun to get his team moving and into action. It was the Czech's show anyways and he was only here to keep the three teams on the same page as each other. While the Assault Team starts dealing with the sentries, Bayer gets on his radio, "Warren! Sunray! Hit that machine gun position on the roof!"

Bayer then scurries over the the sheltered side of the wagon and peers around one side, looking for a target. He'll engage the first man that comes into view, firing semi automatic.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + CS)
Located with Assault
Firing from behind wagon

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2475 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 19 Sep 2011
at 06:31
  • msg #775

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #770):

The support element set up in the small building.

Orso had been given the RPG-7 with Monika to assist him in reloading. His orders prior to firing:

"Orso, we must rain down as much fire as possible in the shortest time. You can do this with that grenade launcher on the left, closest to the river. Take out the bunker first using the RPG. Your grenade launcher holds 6 rounds? Load 4 HEDP and use them on the bunker. If that doesn't work, load the last 2 as smoke.

"Monika, reload the RPG-7 after Orso uses it and keep it ready for him.

"Tucker, use your grenade launcher as well to target the bunker. That's our main target.

"Piotr, you are with Tucker on the right with your SVD. You two will also cover the stadium and roadway.

"Fleming, you will be my loader."

"The plan is for Orso and Tucker take out the bunker. The rest of us will fire on all other exposed personnel. If we can't take the bunker out with the RPG and the 40mm HEDP, Orso will lay a smoke screen and we will assault the bunker, going up the river bank under cover. I will provide suppressive fire, everyone else advances under Tucker's command. Tucker is also second in command if I die."

"Remember, fire on my command. Pick your targets carefully! Pray that God smiles on our actions."


Reloading the PKM, he gave Fleming the 2 spare ammo cans with 2x belts (200 rounds) of 7.62x 54mm MG ammo plus 3 rounds in a mostly empty belt. They got into position, spread out in a line oriented on the bunker in 3 groups (Orso/Monika on the left, Tucker/Pawel on the right, Dawid/Fleming in the centre). The groups had 10m separation to make sure a single burst or explosion couldn't affect more than one at a time.

"Fire!"

When the firing started, he fired bursts at the men in the road running for cover. The man on the bunker would largely be history because of the rockets and grenades raining down there!


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (100/100 + 203 spare rounds carried by Fleming)
Riverside Ruins, centre
Firing bursts at men crossing the road.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:47, Tue 20 Sept 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 46 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Mon 19 Sep 2011
at 06:52
  • msg #776

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Orso first listened to Dawid's instructions, then altered them in his mind to fit the real capabilities of his weapons. The Armscor stayed mainly loaded with HE, however a HEAT grenade was fitted to his shotgun, a slug in the chamber to propel it on it's way. The GL was at his right side, shotgun to his left and RPG on the shoulder, sights trained upon the bunker.

At the left end of the line he had the best angle of all of them on the bunker's firing slits, although it would still be an amazing shot.

Orso was confident.

Orso
Aiming at bunker with RPG, firing on command
RPG-7 (+?)
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Franchi SPAS-15 w/ 1x HEAT grenade (1 slug, 6/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 6 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

This message was last edited by the player at 00:38, Tue 20 Sept 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1110 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 19 Sep 2011
at 13:15
  • msg #777

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #775):

Tucker listens closely to Dawid's instructions (that's right folks who've been in this game for awhile, listens!  LOL!) on his responsibilities for the assault with Pawel.  He knows between the support MG's they have are going to be a big asset along with Orso's muli-launcher grenade tosser and the RPG.  He moves off  slowly and as quietly as possible with Pawel and sets up off to the right of their position as he pops up the sights of his M-203 grenade launcher and confirms he has a HEDP round in there to attack the bunker.  Robert starts to get himself ready as he waits for the assault to kick off inside the stadium, looking for anything to rest the launcher on to give him a steady shot (unless there's nothing and has to shoot unsupported).

When he hears the mission kick off with fire coming from the stadium and hearing the order to fire given from Dawid, he concentrates on his launchers sights and lets fly the HEDP round at the bunker.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Firing aimed(?) shot at bunker

This message was last edited by the player at 13:20, Mon 19 Sept 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 307 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 19 Sep 2011
at 17:04
  • msg #778

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jeff contemplates putting another shot into the sentry but figures the man is unlikely to continue the fight.  Besides, the MG team was a far greater priority.  He hears Konrad call them out on the radio, but by that point he had already placed the reticule on the gunner.  "I'll take the gunner." he says to Craig.  Aiming carefully, Jeff fires center mass into the MG gunner.


Jeff Warren
SVU-AS [9/10]+7
Aimed shot at MG gunner.

Craig Sutherland
player, 405 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 20 Sep 2011
at 01:28
  • msg #779

Re: Storming the Black Fort



Craig lowers the rifle sights towards the sentry working the bolt and chambering another round. He then tells Warren;

"TR5 ***Meters, fire."

Craig then fires at the sentry closest to their position who is currenty facing south on the stadium wall. If Warren misses the MG team Craig will engage them and not fire on the sentry.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:33, Tue 20 Sept 2011.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2334 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 20 Sep 2011
at 02:47
  • msg #780

Re: Storming the Black Fort


Stadium Fort

Taking advantage of the surprise achieved by their Trojan horse gambit, the rescue team continues to engage threats as soon as they can bring their weapons to bear.

Mariusz takes aim at the struggling seated guard captain and fires twice. The first round catches the hapless man underdeath his left eye, tearing through his brain and killing him instantly. The second bullet misses but it hardly matters- the threat is eliminated. (Mariusz -2 rounds)

Mattias, Pawel, and Jan all focus in on the guard taking aim at the Polish youngster (Mattias). All four of them fire nearly simultaneously. With three people firing at the same target at the same time, it's impossible to tell who's shots do the most damage. Nevertheless, the target collapses in a heap, shot no less than three times. He gets off a wild burst as he falls to the ground, shooting into the dirt just meters from Mattias' feet. The guard's probably not dead, but he's no longer an immediate threat. Unfortunately, Jan's silenced SMG jams after the second round. (Jan -3 rounds; JAM!).

Minh, meanwhile, spots the danger atop the keep and takes the elevated sentry under fire. She does not appear to hit him, but she drives him behind cover, preventing him from firing into her friends. He's still on the keep roof overlooking the stadium floor, though, continuing to pose a threat to all within its walls. (Minh -4 rounds)

Upon getting to his feet, Jay turns towards the gate to see an armed man running towards him. Jay's Romanian AK follows his eyes and he fires a quick burst, striking the man in the upper right arm. The man spins once before losing his footing, sliding to a stop in the dirt and dropping his own AK in the process. (Jay -3 rounds)

Konrad takes cover behind the back corner of the chuck wagon, desperately trying to make tactical sense of the shootout going on around his ears. With so many shooting, it's incredibly difficult to assess and prioritize the various threats. His highly trained brain settles on the greatest threat. The elevated machinegun nest above the main gate to the south. He raises his rifle/GL and takes aim.

Warren beats him to the punch by a split second. The CIA assassin's second shot strikes the gunner in the right arm, drilling into the man's shoulder with a puff of dust and vaporized blood. The man yells and pulls away from his gun, leaving the PKM temporarily unmanned. The assistant gunner is startled by his comrade's wounding and he hesitates a second before trying to manouver himself behind the machinegun. (Warren -1 round) Craig cooly reports, "Hit."

Craig, thus informed, takes aim at the guard on the southern wall of the fortress. Only the back of the man's head is visible behind a merlon formed by a large chunk of concrete. That's all the target Craig needs as he blows the the top of the sentry's head off in a red spray of hair and brains. (Craig -1 round)

Support Team

Orso takes the RPG-7 launcher tube from Monika and loads it with one of the three HEAT rounds they were given by the 10th TD. He moves a few meters away, to a spot offering a good view of the bunker and an umimpeded path for the rocket launcher's backblast.

Dawid starts the shooting with short burst from his PKM. A couple of the rounds appear to hit one of the two men racing across the bridge road, bowling him over on the torn-up asphalt. The other man presumably makes it into defilade. Both men disappear from view.

As the shooting starts up in the fort, Orso fires at the bunker. The rocket races towards its target, trailing a thin line of white-grey smoke in its burning wake. The rocket strikes the wooden corner post of the bunker's firing embrasure, exploding in a gorgeous spray of orange flame, hot metal fragments, and jagged wooden shrapnel. Those inside the bunker are torn apart by shrapnel and blast. Tucker, firing almost simultaneously, places a 40mm HEDP round right through the bunker's south-facing firing slit, adding to the destruction and carnage within. A cloud of smoke and concrete dust envelops the bunker. The spotter on the roof- certainly stunned if not dead or dying- disappears from view. So do the two runners on or beyond the bridge road. It will take a few seconds for the smoke and dust to clear enough to do a proper damage assessment. It's fairly certain, however, that the bunker no longer poses much of a threat to anyone. (Dawid -5 rounds, Orso -1 HEAT, Tucker -1 HEDP)


Combat Summary: All guards on stadium floor are KIA or WIA. Gunner in MG nest is WIA. Sentry on keep roof is suppressed as long as Minh keeps shooting at him. Sentry on south wall is KIA. Sentries on W, E, and N walls are all alive but have yet to take action.

Riverside bunker is toast. HMG crew likely KIA, rooftop spotted likely WIA (at least), one of two bridge guards is WIA, other is in cover.



Next Moves?


P.S. I can't update the map, ATM, so please refer to the info above in plotting your next moves.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:19, Tue 20 Sept 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2477 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 20 Sep 2011
at 09:02
  • msg #781

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Releasing the trigger, Dawid ceased fire, looking over the barrel of the PKM. He looked around for other targets, or to see if any survivors across the road poked his head up.

By the holy Black Madonna, he thought, we took out the bunker!

"Grenadiers: two targets 200m, directly across the road from bunker, in defilade!"


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (95/100 + 203 spare rounds carried by Fleming)
Riverside Ruins, centre
Aiming, overwatch (opportunity fire)

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 956 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 20 Sep 2011
at 16:14
  • msg #782

Re: Storming the Black Fort

"Long Live Poland! Long Live Warsaw!" Mariusz yelled as he blazed away at the guard on the West wall, he knew his chances of hitting were minimal but hoped to stop the man from blazing into the hostages, "Run for freedom!"

Mariusz
HP-35 (16/20)
2 quick shots in the direction of the West wall guard

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1111 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 21 Sep 2011
at 00:58
  • msg #783

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Releasing the trigger, Dawid ceased fire, looking over the barrel of the PKM. He looked around for other targets, or to see if any survivors across the road poked his head up.

"Grenadiers: two targets 200m, directly across the road from bunker, in defilade!"

Tuck ducks back down a little as he opens up the grenade launcher and drops the empty cannister to the ground and reaches into his MOLLE webbing and inserts a HE round into the tube and closes the action.  "H.E.!  ROGER THAT," he yells out and begins to sight in the opposite side of the road where the two soldiers were seen.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Reloading/Following up with HE round to opposite side of road where men were seen retreating to

This message was last edited by the player at 01:02, Wed 21 Sept 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 48 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 21 Sep 2011
at 01:46
  • msg #784

Re: Storming the Black Fort

"How 'bout you shoot them then?" he called in reply to Dawid, moving back to where his shotgun and grenade launcher were waiting before passing off the empty RPG to Monika for reloading. Although his pack would remain laying where it was, both weapons were scooped up and he prepared to assault the remains of the bunker.

Orso
Passing the RPG-7 to Monika, recovering GL and Shotgun for the next phase
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Franchi SPAS-15 w/ 1x HEAT grenade (1 slug, 6/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 6 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2478 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 21 Sep 2011
at 03:27
  • msg #785

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #784):

Dawid noticed Orso was preparing to assualt.

"You will engage the target with your grenade launcher now. If you move out without orders you will be shot. Understand?"


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (95/100 + 203 spare rounds carried by Fleming)
Riverside Ruins, centre
Aiming, overwatch (opportunity fire)

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 50 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 21 Sep 2011
at 04:05
  • msg #786

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Still changing weapons, Orso looked down at the little man trying to throw his weight about.
"I do what need to be done. You do whatever you think."
Threatening somebody under your command was never a good way to get them to do what you wanted, especially when there had been virtually no indication previous orders wouldn't be followed.
"This position useless. That," he nodded at the smoking remains of the bunker, rubble and clods of earth still falling from the sky, "is were we need to be to control this area."
This message was last edited by the player at 04:47, Wed 21 Sept 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2479 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 21 Sep 2011
at 05:14
  • msg #787

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #786):

It was like in some strange way, Dawid could read Orso's mind. He grinned and replied,

"You fucking guys with your big guns... the bigger the gun, the smaller the penis."

If Orso went ahead anyways without permission, he was unsure he could follow through on his threat.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (95/100 + 203 spare rounds carried by Fleming)
Riverside Ruins, centre
Aiming, overwatch (opportunity fire)

This message was last edited by the player at 05:28, Wed 21 Sept 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1099 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 21 Sep 2011
at 13:02
  • msg #788

Re: Storming the Black Fort

"Merdeux mitraillette," exclaimed Jan to himself as his submachinegun jammed.  He quickly let it drop and dangle on its sling while he unslung his Steyr, pulled it into his shoulder and cocked it in one smooth, practiced motion.  Still in his crouched position he aimed his rifle at the guard on the north wall, intending on firing a pair of single shots at him.

As he aimed he barked out a couple of orders to his team.  "Minh, keep that man's head down!"  As long as he was in the way the guard on the keep roof blocked the LOS of the sentry on the east wall.  "Jay, take out the sentry on the west wall.  Mariusz and Matias.  Get your rifles now!"  Their pistols were going to become almost useless at this range across the stadium.


Jan
Changing weapons, issuing orders and (if there is time in this round) firing a pair of single shots (the first one aimed) at the guard on the north wall.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
PM-84 SMG + Suppressor - 22/25 rounds - 2 mags + 40 loose rounds total) - on sling
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Craig Sutherland
player, 407 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 22 Sep 2011
at 03:44
  • msg #789

Re: Storming the Black Fort


Again Craig gives Warren a target and the range estatment.

"TR6, ***meters, fire"   *Loader

He then aims for the shooter on the fort roof if he can see him or the sentry on the West wall.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:57, Fri 23 Sept 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 143 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 22 Sep 2011
at 08:20
  • msg #790

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jan Cerny:
As he aimed he barked out a couple of orders to his team.  "Minh, keep that man's head down!"  As long as he was in the way the guard on the keep roof blocked the LOS of the sentry on the east wall.  "Jay, take out the sentry on the west wall.  Mariusz and Matias.  Get your rifles now!"


Jay dropped to one knee, and took aim at the sentry Jan had indicated to him. He levelled his AK74 and fired two aimed shots, hoping to kill or incapacitate his target. If the man goes down he will then look to move to better cover, if not he will unleash a suppressive burst at the man before moving off to cover.

OOC - Rae, I am using the AK74, not the AIMS74


Jay Biyanjankar
Assault team
Firing two aimed shots at sentry on west wall, followed by burst if needed. Then moving to cover.
AK74 (27/30) with BG15

Minh Quyen
player, 578 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 22 Sep 2011
at 11:59
  • msg #791

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jan Cerny:
"Minh, keep that man's head down!"


Quyen is still leaning up against the side of the wagon, using it for as much cover and support as it can provide. She hears Jan's shouts but hasn't let up on her firing at that enemy guard anyways.

Quyen maintains her slow but stead firing. Her intention is to either keep her target suppressed until the snipers overlooking the position can pick him off or he pops back up again and is hit. Realizing he might pop up a few meters on either side of where he dropped out of sight, Quyen will try to be ready to quickly change her aim if her reappears.

AK74 (26/30)
Firing at same wall guard (rate of 2 shots/phase)

This message was last edited by the player at 11:59, Thu 22 Sept 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 309 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 23 Sep 2011
at 04:11
  • msg #792

Re: Storming the Black Fort

With Craig's help spotting, Jeff switches to the loader who was now trying to man the PKM.  With the gunner wounded behind the sandbags, he was the immediate threat.

He took aim and fired once again.


Jeff Warren
SVU-AS [8/10]
Aimed shot at (new) machinegunner

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2341 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 00:34
  • msg #793

Re: Storming the Black Fort


Support Group

The riverside HMG bunker continues to be obscurred by dust and smoke, although it's starting to clear a bit. While Orso and Dawid argue, Tucker tries to lob a 40mm HE grenade across the road, at the area where Dawid last saw the two runners as they were swallowed up by the road embankment and the smoke from the hits on the bunker. It's hard to tell where his grenade lands because of the all the smoke but, based on his experience and what he could follow of the flight of the HE round, Tucker suspects that it fell short, exploding just on the far side of the bunker. (Tucker -1 40mm HE)

Rescue Group

Mariusz blasts away at the sentry on the west wall. IHe's shooting at a small, distant target being as the man is already behind partial cover due to an earlier near miss (from Craig, you would later piece together), and the range is simply too great for someone not accustomed to shooting a pistol. Just as Mariusz ceases fire to reassess his options, Jay gets off a short burst and skillfully shoots the top of the same man's head off, sending the body tumbling down the steeply-pitched outer wall of the fort and out of sight. Craig, attempting to locate and target this sentry, watches the body tumble down the rubbled concrete to land with a sickening thud at its foot. He doesn't have LOS to the east wall so he continues to search for a target for his scoped Nagant. (Mariusz -2 rounds; Jay -5 rounds)

The guard that Jay shot as he ran into the fort through the main gate takes the opportunity to run away, exiting the compound faster than he had entered it. He leaves his AK behind in the dirt.

Roused by Mariusz's call to flight, about a dozen of the hostages rise from the dirt and run towards the gap in the north wall. A couple more head for the main gate to the south. A male hostage in his '50s or so, grabs the AK from the badly wounded sentry laying nearby and finishes the man off with a long burst. He clearly has little experience with such a weapon, mustering just a couple of hits from his point-blank 10-round burst. The added movement of the hostages makes the battle space even more chaotic and confusing than it was just moments before.

Near the wagon, Jan shouts orders and switches weapons. His wounded arm is throbbing but the pain lessens as adrenaline surges through his otherwise fit body. Just as he's about to bring his sights to bear on the sentry atop the north wall, the man disappears. From the way the man abruptly dropped out of sight, Jan suspects that the enemy sentry thought better of attempting to fight back and jumped/slid down the outer wall and out of the battle.

Minh, meanwhile, continues to fire at the man atop the keep. Puffs of concrete dust appear near where the man was last seen and he does not reappear. At the moment, at least, Minh's carefully measured suppressive fire is proving surprisingly effective. (Minh - 4 rounds)

The sentry atop the eastern wall, a little above and further away than the man taking cover atop the keep, opens fire at the rescue party. Mattias drops limply as three rounds stitch his body from groin to neck. He lays still on the dirt of the stadium floor as a dark red pool spreads out from the young Pole's throat.

In the snipers' nest, Warren places his crosshairs over the loader in the MG nest above the main gate. The man is just tucking the buttstock of the PKM into his shoulder when a bullet slams into his right forearm, fracturing it. The man drops the MG with a startled scream, and clutches his shattered forearm, howling in pain. (Warren -1 round)

The man Warren shot in the leg near the gate has crawled out of sight.

Combat Summary: Only two fort sentries remain in the fight, both on the east side of the complex. One is pinned down atop the keep by Minh while the other is firing at targets on the stadium floor (killing Mattias). Both men in the MG nest atop the gate are wounded.

It is clear that the bunker has been neutralized, although the status of the lookout on the roof is, as yet, unkown. The two bridge guards (one likely WIA) have not shown themselves since they dropped behind the embankment on the far side of the bridge road. No one in either group has LOS to that area.



Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:35, Sat 24 Sept 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 957 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 08:31
  • msg #794

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Somehow through the pumping adrenaline coursing through his body and the noise of combat, Mariusz registered Jan's wise advice. He began to make his way back to food wagon to retrieve his gun.

As he moved he yelled out, <Dark Blue>"Go, rouse your people, the time to destroy the Black Bastard is upon you!"</Dark Blue>

Mariusz
HP-35 16/20
Rabble rousing
Heading for the wagon to get his gun (Don't know how long this will take)

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 52 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 16:23
  • msg #795

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Orso saw Tuckers grenade miss the intended target area just as he'd expected would happen with the location obscured with dust and smoke. It was a good effort, but ultimately wasted.
"Can the infantry do our job and assault now?" he asked of Dawid, slinging the launcher and removing the HEAT from his shotgun and replacing it in his webbing.
"Or do you want to call a fire mission first?"
Maybe there was a bug he'd missed squishing with the RPG...

Orso
Waiting on orders....
Franchi SPAS-15 w/ 1x HEAT grenade (1 slug, 6/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 6 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Konrad Bayer
player, 1510 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 18:20
  • msg #796

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Still kneeling next to the wagon, Bayer lowers his weapon as his target is eliminated by one of his fellow teammates before he can fire. He remains quiet, letting Jan control his men who were doing a fine job, and returns to observing. Toggling the radio, he reports to the snipers the only two remaining targets that he was aware of, then announces the current progress of the extraction group to the other teams.

Bayer then notices that Mattias has been hit, and shouts for the extraction team to push on and focus with their mission instead of dealing with their wounded, "Keep going Jan!"

Bayer then returns his attention to Mattias and being the spare man, begins to creep out from behind his cover towards the injured Pole. If he is able to reach him without taking fire, Bayer will drag him back behind the wagon.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + CS)
Located with Assault in the stadium
Observing/Communicating from behind wagon - then attempting to drag Mattias back into cover

This message was last edited by the player at 18:21, Sat 24 Sept 2011.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 310 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 18:37
  • msg #797

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jeff takes a half second to scan the chaos unfolding in the stadium.  He sees hostages running every direction, but the extraction team seemed to have surprised the guards and were quickly gaining the upperhand.  However he notices the guard on the ledge firing at the team, so he quickly becomes his new target, even before Konrad calls it in.  He aims but before firing tells Craig

"On target TR2.  Finish off the machine gun."

And then he pulls the trigger.


Jeff Warren
Aimed shot at East sentry shooting at team.
SVU-AS [7/10]

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2481 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 18:57
  • msg #798

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #795):

Well, this time Orso took the time to articulate his desires to close with the enemy in a mad charge, instead of endangering himself by recklessly rushing out without warning.

Noting the grenade launcher was put away unfired, Dawid looked at Orso as if the man were mad, but deserving of a kind of awe and even, yes, respect. He was obviously a fierce fighter and thirsted to charge and attack above all else. The world had perhaps not seen a warrior of his like since Gallipoli, the Somme or the Crimea. Truly, a man like Orso was born in the wrong time and place. It took a special kind of insane courage to volunteer for a lone suicidal charge like this, a foolish bravery that a true Pole could appreciate and admire.

From his angle Dawid could see that the bunker was obscured but the enemy's last known position across from it was not obscured was in fact in plain sight. An assault over the open would therefore be a risky proposition if they decided to contest the issue. Still, as Orso was so bravely volunteering...

"Your bravery and selflessness shames me, Orso. Shames, I tell you! Go! Charge! Run fast like the wind! Assault that bunker and hold it at all cost! We will hold our position here and cover you. Go with God and may He protect you! Now run!I shall salute your valour!

"RUN, ORSO! RUN!

"Tucker, that was a good effort, very worthwhile. Please repeat, high explosive. No one moves unless I command."



Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (95/100 + 203 spare rounds carried by Fleming)
Riverside Ruins, centre
Aiming, overwatch (opportunity fire)

This message was last edited by the player at 00:36, Sun 25 Sept 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1102 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 24 Sep 2011
at 21:49
  • msg #799

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jan quickly worked out that there were just two enemy targets still active that they had to worry about.  Minh had one man pinned down and the other had just shot Matias.  That was another young soldier who had died while Jan was leading him and Jan felt a significant degree of responsibility.  He wanted the man who had shot Matias dead!

Jan therefore changed target from the man who had fled down the northern wall to the man shooting at people on the stadium floor and fired a pair of single shots at him with his rifle, making use of the optical scope mounted on the Steyr to target the man.

"Jay, switch targets to the man on the eastern wall!" Jan called out, revising his previous order.  With Minh suppressing her target and Jan and Jay both engaging the man who was firing, Jan hoped that Mariusz would be able to retrieve his rifle without being shot at.  Then a couple of them could move further into the stadium to try to get a flanking angle on both men!


Jan
Firing two single shots (one aimed and one quick) with his rifle at the man on the eastern wall who shot Matias, using the optical sight to improve accuracy.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
PM-84 SMG + Suppressor - 22/25 rounds - 2 mags + 40 loose rounds total) - on sling
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1114 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 25 Sep 2011
at 01:32
  • msg #800

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #795):

"Tucker, that was a good effort, very worthwhile. Please repeat, high explosive. No one moves unless I command."</Blue>


"One more HE coming up," Tucker calls back out as he reloads the grenade launcher with a fresh 40mm HE grenade and takes aim at the other side of the road where he intended to hit before.  He disregards Orso and takes aim on the other side of the road.

TUCKERM-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Reloading/Following up with HE round to opposite side of road where men were seen retreating to

This message was last edited by the player at 01:33, Sun 25 Sept 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 408 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 25 Sep 2011
at 08:06
  • msg #801

Re: Storming the Black Fort


Craig lowered the scope to the MG nest and targeted the loader. He aimed for the central mass of the prone man and fired.

When he registered a hit he began scanning the front of the stadium and either side up the road from the walk bridge to the barracks looking for more targets.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 144 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 25 Sep 2011
at 13:39
  • msg #802

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jay's brief leasure at successfully neutralising is target was immediately tempered as he spotted Mattias drop to the ground in the corner of his eye. The tall, scrawny boy was probably dead before he hit the ground, so hopefully he didn't suffer. As he half-heard Jan's order over the din, Jay was already readjusting his aim to locate the shooter who had slain his young comrade.

As he swivelled his position he located the enemy, and unleashed a suppressive volley (10 rounds), aiming to force the man to take cover. This would hopefully allow Jay's teammates to adjust their positions and go for the kill.

Jay Byanjankar
Assault team
Adjusting fire to aim at sentry on east wall (who killed Mattias) - firing 2x 5 round burst
AK74 (22/30) with BG15

Minh Quyen
player, 579 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 26 Sep 2011
at 17:59
  • msg #803

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Quyen keeps her focus directed to the top of the wall where her target is fixed in place by her slow and deliberate fire. She pays little attention to what else is going on around her to make sure she is able to react in an instant if the enemy decided to take a chance and pop up. She'd be ready.

With the rifle pulled into her shoulder she squeezes the trigger again and again, pausing between her shots to control her aim and breathing.

Quyen
AK74 (20/30)
Keeping the wall guard pinned (2 single shots per phase)

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2343 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 00:04
  • msg #804

Re: Storming the Black Fort


Rescue Team

Responding to the shooting of Mattias, most of the rescue team focus their attention on the man responsible. He jumps and shudders as several rounds strike home, finally dropping on the walkway. (Jan -2 rounds, Jay -5 rounds)

Minh maintains her laser-like focus on the man just below the walkway, on the keep roof. He leaves just a peek of leg exposed and Minh's second shot finds it with a sickening double crack. The man screams and falls to the surface of the roof, his shinbone likley shattered beyond repair. (Minh -2 rounds)

Konrad trots over to Mattias, grabs him by his coat, and drags his completely limp body behind the food wagon. The two draught horses to which it is harness are snorting and stamping in fear. There is a danger they will bolt. Konrad is about to place his fingers on Mattias' neck to check for a pulse when he sees the extent of the boy's wounds. Most of his throat is missing, both his jugular and carotid very likely severed. There's nothing that can be done for the kid.

Mariusz recovers his rifle from the wagon. By the time he's retrieved it, the fighting inside the stadium has stopped, at least momentarily.

Pawel walks purposefully towards the keep, silenced Makarov held at arm's length. His left had searches inside his coat for a hand grenade.

The gunfire inside the stadium has stopped but the confusion continues. Some of the hostages have fled (about 20), others look like they are about to (about 30). Others hug the dirt floor of the stadium fort, too afraid or confused to do anything else (the remaining 50 or so). Several of the sedentary hostages are crying and whimpering in fear. One hostage in particular is clearly in greater duress. A young woman clutches her bloody forearm, apparently having taken a stray round or ricochet. Another young woman screams that her elderly mother is having a heart attack.

Sniper Team

Craig searches for more targets in front of the stadium. His rifle sight is soon filled with a stream of people- civilians by the looks of them- flooding out of the stadium's main gate. Target acquisition has just gotten a whole lot trickier.

Deprived of his intended target by the efforts of the rescue team, Warren too searches for fresh prey.

The two guards in the machinegun nest above the gate are laying low. They haven't surrendered but they're clearly reluctant to give up the fight. It looks like they're keeping quiet and hoping that they will be forgotten.

Support Team

As Orso leaves the rubbled riverside structure where the support team is taking cover on his one-man assault, Tucker lobs another grenade at the spot across the bridge road which Dawid has indicated marks the last known hiding place of the two bridge sentries. The grenade arcs over the Italian, landing bang on target. The target, however, is on the other side of the road embankment out of sight. If there was someone there when the grenade struck, they're likely dead or badly wounded now. (Tucker -1 HE)

Orso charges towards the smoking riverside bunker, shotgun held at the ready. As he nears the shattered structure, he spots movement on its sagging sandbagged roof. The enemy lookout appears to have survived the twin explosions of Orso's RGP HEAT rocket and Tuckers 40mm HEDP. The man is clearly still somewhat stunned as he makes no move to engage the approaching attacker. Orso is now only a little under 20m from the bunker. At the moment, he's on his own.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:29, Thu 29 Sept 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 409 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 02:24
  • msg #805

Re: Storming the Black Fort


As the hostages began to stream out of the stadium Craig realised that he need to try and silence the machine gun nest. He laid the loaded sniper rifle next to the AK-74/BG-15 he lifted and aimed towards the machine gun team *.

"40mm HE, TR5 and TR6 **meters, grenade out."

It was a quick heads up to Warren that there maybe movement within the target area after the grenade detonated.


* If this action in anyway puts the hostages or the rescue team in danger he won't attempted it, instead continuing to scan the area where the machine gun team are located with the sniper rifle.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2484 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 10:06
  • msg #806

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #804):

"Good shot, Tucker! They should be gone or suppressed after that. Piotr, concentrate on the bunker! Everyone else, hold your position." Like usual he repeated the relevant instructions in Polish for Monika's and Piotr's sake.

Unable to see any movement at the bunker, he kept his eyes open for other threats. As Orso was approaching the target area, fire from the GPMG there would have a high chance of hitting him.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (95/100 + 203 spare rounds carried by Fleming)
Riverside Ruins, centre
Aiming, overwatch (opportunity fire)

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 958 posts
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 18:17
  • [deleted]
  • msg #807

Re: Storming the Black Fort

This message was deleted by the player at 15:02, Fri 30 Sept 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 145 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 19:12
  • msg #808

Re: Storming the Black Fort

The target went down, although it wasn't clear whether Jay had gotten his man, or Jan had done the job. Either way, vengeance was delivered. He scanned around. Other than the man Minh had shot screaming on the ground, there were no other obvious targets.

"Yahn-ji," Jay called out to Jan. "Target down. Area clear I think." As he spoke he moved towards cover, keeping low and watching out for other movement.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1116 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 20:05
  • msg #809

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #804):

"Good shot, Tucker! They should be gone or suppressed after that. Piotr, concentrate on the bunker! Everyone else, hold your position." Like usual he repeated the relevant instructions in Polish for Monika's and Piotr's sake.

Tucker smiles when he sees the hit on the opposite side of the road where he had meant to aim at the first time.  One minor correction got him right on the mark and it would appear that Dawid is excited about it to.  Now, he rolls to his side and dumps the empty 40mm cyklinder from the breach, takes another HE from his MOLLE vest, and reloads his launcher and awaits further orders.  He keeps his eyes on the bunker where Orso is charging by himself and gets ready to fire, if needed.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety OFF - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Reloading M-203 launcher with HE round (sheet updated) and waiting to return/support fire or move

This message was last edited by the player at 20:07, Thu 29 Sept 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 580 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 29 Sep 2011
at 22:35
  • msg #810

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Quyen lowers the muzzle of her weapon after her target falls off of the roof, satisfied that he's no longer a threat to her or her teammates. She pivots to her side, scanning the rest of the wall but then shouts in agreement with Jay "Area clear." Still kneeling near the wagon, Quyen replaces her half empty magazine with a full one and then slings it. She then draws her sidearm, holding it with both hands and keeps it pointed to the ground in an alert position.

Then noticing Pawel walking towards the keep with a grenade Quyen shouts to get Bayer's (and Jan's) attention "Hauptmann." She then points at their Polish ally with the grenade in his hand. "We don't know what is in there."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:41, Thu 29 Sept 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 57 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Fri 30 Sep 2011
at 06:18
  • msg #811

Re: Storming the Black Fort

"Come," Orso called to Piotr, Flemming and Monika.
"Codardi cani!" he swore when they didn't move.

As expected, Orso crossed 150 metres without attracting a single shot towards him. Twenty metres away from his destination, and looking into the smoking rubble that was once the bunker, Orso squeezed of two rounds into the stunned man.
This was war. There was no place for compassion.


Orso
Firing 2 rounds at enemy - one slug, one buckshot
Franchi SPAS-15 w/ 1x HEAT grenade (5/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 6 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 959 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 30 Sep 2011
at 16:09
  • msg #812

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Mariusz laid the pistol on the wagon and grabbed his rifle. He rushed after the assaulters and yelled, "I've got a grenade launcher, do you want me to fire it at anything?"

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1 HE
Following the assaulters on the keep
Asking for targets

Jeff D. Warren
player, 312 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 30 Sep 2011
at 18:30
  • msg #813

Re: Storming the Black Fort

As Craig picks up his AK, Jeff looks away from the scope for just a moment to call on the radio beside them.  "Alpha Lead, Delta.  All sentries visible from our position dead or wounded.  The MG team is wounded but still possibly functional, but they're laying low.  Delta 2 is about to drop some 40 mil on them, so, uh, heads down."

He pauses to watch Craig, and then adds quickly "You going to finish off the rest of the wounded down there or should we get them?"
Jan Cerny
player, 1106 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 1 Oct 2011
at 20:08
  • msg #814

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz laid the pistol on the wagon and grabbed his rifle. He rushed after the assaulters and yelled, "I've got a grenade launcher, do you want me to fire it at anything?"

As Jan scanned around he couldn't spot any immediate threat, though Pawel seemed to be intent on assaulting the keep on his own and Mariusz seemed to want a target for his grenade launcher!

"Pawel," Jan called in Polish.  "We don't know if there are prisoners or guards in there so be cautious with that grenade!  Mariusz, back Pawel up but stick to your rifle."

Jan then switch to English.  "Minh!  Jay!  I'm going to check out the keep with Pawel and Mariusz.  You two keep us covered!"  Jan then set off cautiously forward, with his rifle butt tucked tightly into this shoulder, to back up Pawel and to check out the keep.


Jan
Issuing orders and advancing forward to the keep, backing up Pawel and Mariusz - if a threat appears he will fire two single shots at it
F88 Steyr AUG (28/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
PM-84 SMG + Suppressor - 22/25 rounds - 2 mags + 40 loose rounds total) - on sling
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 147 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 4 Oct 2011
at 10:47
  • msg #815

Re: Storming the Black Fort

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #814):

Hearing Jan's orders, Jay scanned the area with his rifle ready at the shoulder, watching for any threat.

Jay Byanjankar
Assault team
Providing cover for Jan and co.
AK74 (17/30) with BG15

This message was last edited by the player at 08:05, Wed 05 Oct 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 581 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 5 Oct 2011
at 01:29
  • msg #816

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jan Cerny:
Jan then switch to English.  "Minh!  Jay!  I'm going to check out the keep with Pawel and Mariusz.  You two keep us covered!"  Jan then set off cautiously forward, with his rifle butt tucked tightly into this shoulder, to back up Pawel and to check out the keep.


Quyen leaves the side of the wagon and repositions herself closer to the center of the building where she can cover Jan better. "Covering." she assures him, holstering her sidearm and drawing her rifle again.

Quyen will then squat down and hold her rifle in the shoulder at the ready position. She'll fire semi-automatic at anyone who appears to be an armed threat.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2345 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 5 Oct 2011
at 18:50
  • msg #817

Re: Storming the Black Fort


Support Team

Orso runs at the bunker, bringing his shotgun to bear on the wounded lookout on its sagging roof. The first shot, a slug, burries itself in a sandbag near the man's hand. The second shot, a load of 00 buck, smashes into the lookout's right arm, knocking the man prone again. He doesn't cry out.

Orso is at the bunker a moment later. He finishes the lookout with a point-blank blast to the top of his head and takes a loot through a gap in the bunker's partially collapsed firing embrasure. Through the lingering smoke, he sees at least two bloody bodies. The M2HB around which the bunker was built is damaged beyond repair. (Orso -1 slug, -2 buckshot)

The rest of the support team continues to watch from their position in the ruined building near the river.

Sniper Team

Craig decides against firing his grenade launcher at the machinegun nest above the main gate. There's simply too great a chance of a miss spraying shrapnel into the civilians exitting the fort. With the wounded MG team failing to put up any kind of a fight, it's not worth the risk.

Warren continues to scan for threats to engage. At the moment, there are none. He does consider however, putting another couple of bullets into the wounded MG team. It'd be a tough shot, though, with them lying in the bottom of the sandbagged MG nest- only a small portion of either man is exposed.

Rescue Team

With a long break in the shooting, several more hostages rise and break for the gate. Many more, however, lie patiently (or still paralyzed by fear), awaiting direction or a final resolution to the firefight. The wounded and terrified continue to cry out.

Pawel approaches the keep. He peeks into it through a slit of a window and shouts something to someone inside. He tries to kick in the metal front door but it's bolted from the inside. He pauses for a moment, thinking, then notices something. He looks up at the lip of the roof, and, after another pause, lightly tosses up his grenade. With a sharp BANG, it explodes in a puff of white smoke on the keep roof. Seemingly satisfied with the result, Pawel then returns to where the others are concentrated (around the food wagon) and says,

"There's a woman inside. She's afraid. She's probably worried about being treated as a collaborator. I think she's alone but I don't know. I'm not much for talking. I think I got the guy on the roof, though."


Next Moves?


OOC: The battle is effectively over. There are the enemy wounded and the hostages to deal with. You should probably consider somehow contacting the small band of rebels on the west bank. You can also safely assume the Baron's been contacted about the attack. And there's the 10th out there too.
Craig Sutherland
player, 410 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 6 Oct 2011
at 02:49
  • msg #818

Re: Storming the Black Fort

Jeff D. Warren:
He pauses to watch Craig, and then adds quickly "You going to finish off the rest of the wounded down there or should we get them?"


"Take them out if you have the shot."

He then aims at the MG nest and prepares to fire several bursts at the wounded men once Warren has fired.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 58 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Thu 6 Oct 2011
at 08:34
  • msg #819

Holding the fort

Given the destroyed machinegun a kick with his boot, Orso swapped carefully peeked over the rim of the rubble to see if he could spot the two runners. Shotgun in one hand, he keyed the radio with the other.
"You codardi get here now!"
It was very evident how pissed off he was being left to singlehandedly assault the destroyed bunker while everyone else sat on their hands in relative safety. There would definitely be words on the subject when the time was right.

Orso
In cover, looking for two runnaways
Franchi SPAS-15 w/ 1x HEAT grenade (4/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 5 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2486 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 6 Oct 2011
at 09:02
  • msg #820

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #819):

Dawid merely smiled and waved, saluting Orso's bravery.

He turned ordered the people around him, repeating in Polish, "don't worry, he'll be all right. We are not to advance at this moment, we could be needed in support of the stadium. Everyone, hold your position."

"Monika, bring the RPG to Tucker, then stay with him.'

"Tucker, you are to engage any vehicles you see."

"Piotr, keep an eye out for our escapees by the bunker."

"Fleming, keep watching south. Radio Konrad and let him know we have taken our objectives."


Dawid lit a cigarette, then used his binoculars to scan the bunker area and road for additional hostiles.
Jan Cerny
player, 1111 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 6 Oct 2011
at 16:43
  • msg #821

Re: Holding the fort

"Pawel, get your rifle and then start gathering up weapons and ammo," ordered Jan.  "We need to arm as many of these civilians as possible."

He then turned to Mariusz and Minh and switched to English.  "Maruisz, go and speak with the woman and find out what her story is.  Minh, back him up just in case she is a threat."

"Jay," he then called to the Gurkha, who was proving to be a solid, reliable soldier, much like Minh and Mariusz.  "A guard ran from the northern wall.  Get up there and check that he is just fleeing and not summoning other enemy troops!  Also keep watch."

Jan then turned to Konrad.  "Capitaine, any further orders?"  He could see that Matias was dead, another young casualty of this war.  Jan had liked him but their casualty rate was making it hard to make friends as it made their deaths more poignant!
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 960 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 6 Oct 2011
at 17:08
  • msg #822

Re: Holding the fort

Mariusz nodded and went into the keep, he put on his most harmless smile and said, "We're not locals so don't worry about reprisals, we'll protect you. I have connections in Gora Kalwaria and we can arrange for you to live there if necessary. There's been enough killing here. Come with me and I'll keep you safe."

He held his rifle in one hand and kept it sloped over his shoulder and held out his left hand, "My name's Mariusz," he continued, "what's yours?"
Minh Quyen
player, 582 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 6 Oct 2011
at 20:34
  • msg #823

Re: Holding the fort

Quyen stands up and draws her sidearm again. She will then move up behind Mariusz and off to the side where she can readily back him up if there is trouble with the woman or anyone else. Keeping her sidearm pointed to the ground in a two hand grip, she will occasionally look around for any signs of danger from any of the hostages who might have enemy infiltrators among them.

"Careful..." she warns Mariusz quietly.

Quyen
Covering Mariusz
M9 Handgun 15/50 9mmP
Rescue Group

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1119 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 01:38
  • msg #824

Re: Holding the fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Monika, bring the RPG to Tucker, then stay with him.'

"Tucker, you are to engage any vehicles you see."

Tucker reloads his M-203 with another HE round and slings his rifle behind him as he takes the RPG from Monika and tries to find a position where he's out of sight but can stikll keep watch on the road/roads that would likely be a route that the Baron's men would respond from.  He turns to Monika, "How many rounds do we have for the launcher?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1512 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 04:48
  • msg #825

Re: Holding the fort

Jan Cerny:
Jan then turned to Konrad.  "Capitaine, any further orders?"


"Leave the rest of the weapons with the locals like you are doing, but have someone to get that machinegun on the roof for us." Bayer says, motioning up to where the gun overlooked the prison yard. He then says, "Give Mariusz one minute... if she's not coming out, then forget her and focus on getting out these other people." Then pointing at the wagon that they used to gain entry, he adds, "The wounded can pile aboard that. Let's get everyone out and moving."

Although they had lost a man, it was still an amazing job that Jan's group had pulled off, so before turning his attention to his radio, Konrad says, "Well done in here."

Bayer then toggles his radio and says, "All call signs, Sunray. Objective secure. Watch for civilians exiting the perimeter and be alert for counterattack. Dawid, do we have a secure crossing over the bridge?"
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 62 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 04:59
  • msg #826

Re: Holding the fort

"This is Orso."
"No, crossing is NOT secure due to other elements of this callsign refusing to advance. Currently held by me alone. Over."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2489 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 05:28
  • msg #827

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #826):

Dawid was temped to "step on" Orso's transmission, but decided that would be unnecessary for the moment.

"Orso, clear the channel, I understand your frustration but you will not transmit again without my permission."

He said to Fleming, "jam that fool if he makes another unauthorised transmission."

"Eagle to Sunray. Understood regarding civilians. Be reassured the near side of the bridge is adequately cleared. Orso elected to bravely charge and occupy the bunker by himself. Bravo! Anyways, would you like us to advance and clear the bridge itself or hold our agreed position?"
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 64 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 05:48
  • msg #828

Re: Holding the fort

"Fuck you coward!" he transmitted back, well aware everyone with a radio could hear and knowing full well there would be some serious "discussions" over the performance of the entire support group in the aftermath.
All those involved had some very pointed questions to answer.

He only hoped the officer of the group would stop and listen to both sides fairly before saying or doing anything.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2490 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 11:34
  • msg #829

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #828):

Dawid rolled his eyes.

"To have sexual intercourse with me you must at least buy me dinner first or I feel cheap and used. Now, stay off the air like a good boy and let Sunray respond to me."

He sighed and looked over at Tucker. "Why? Why me? I'm a nice guy. I brush my teeth and bathe regularly. I listen to people, share cigarettes, give foot rubs on demand. Is it my haircut? My breath?"

"Orso wanted to run up, and you all heard he had my blessing to do so. He has nothing to complain about. I never said anyone would follow him."

Jan Cerny
player, 1113 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 12:03
  • msg #830

Re: Holding the fort

Jan nodded to Konrad in appreciation of his praise and turned to Jay.  Praise meant a lot when it came from an officer you respected!  "Jay!  Change in orders.  You and I are retrieving that machinegun."  Checking on the guard who had fled from the north wall and whether he was summoning more troops was unnecessary now as the unit wasn't sticking around long enough for it to be important.

He then switched to Polish.  "Pawel, once you've got your rifle start passing out the captured weapons to those civilians who are prepared to fight!"  Raising his voice he then called over to Mariusz.  "Mariusz.  You have one minute.  After that leave her as we're leaving!"

As he started off to find a way up to the machinegun Jan then heard the vitriol across the radio.  Passing by Konrad he looked at his CO with amazement.  He had no idea what had really happened outside with the Support group but it had turned into a who could shout the loudest contest over the radio and this wasn't the time or place for that kind of discussion.  Jan gave Konrad a very Gallic shrug and then continued on to retrieve the machinegun.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 148 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 13:05
  • msg #831

Re: Holding the fort

Jan Cerny:
"Jay," he then called to the Gurkha, who was proving to be a solid, reliable soldier, much like Minh and Mariusz.  "A guard ran from the northern wall.  Get up there and check that he is just fleeing and not summoning other enemy troops!  Also keep watch."


Jay paused long enough to swap a fresh magazine into his AK74, and was about to move off in pursuit of the fleeing guard when he heard a follow up order from Jan.

Jan Cerny:
Jan nodded to Konrad in appreciation of his praise and turned to Jay.  Praise meant a lot when it came from an officer you respected!  "Jay!  Change in orders.  You and I are retrieving that machinegun."  Checking on the guard who had fled from the north wall and whether he was summoning more troops was unnecessary now as the unit wasn't sticking around long enough for it to be important.


He nodded in reply to the change of plan, then headed towards the MG ahead of Jan. He kept his weapon ready at the shoulder, staying low and present as small a target as he could. If he spots a threat he will fire 2/3 single shots, followed by a burst if needed.

Jay Byanjankar
Assault team
Swapping for a fresh mag then heading towards MG with Jan
AK74 (30/30) with BG15 (1xHE)

Konrad Bayer
player, 1513 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 15:32
  • msg #832

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #826):
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #827):
In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #828):
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #829):

Bayer scowled at the handset grasped in his gloved hand, catching Jan's shrug as he's leaving. Once the airwaves are clear again, Bayer depresses the transmit switch and says, "Sunray. Enough. Stop this at once." He then exhales deeply, watching his breath in the cold air and continues, "Dawid, if your objective is accomplished I want your group to move up and secure the bridge. Once the hostages start to cross, detach Flemming and Piotr to establish contact with the community over there and try to rally their support. The rest of us will relocate to a temporary hide to prepare for the next phase of the operation. Message me when you have secured the crossing. Over."

Bayer then adds, "Warren, did you copy that? Assault is departing in about five minutes. Get yourself and Sutherland over here before we leave. Over."

1a) Support forces a crossing over the bridge and secures bridge.
1b) Assault continues to oversea the evacuation of the hostages and collection of arms.
1c) Snipers maintain overwatch security.
2) Flemming and Sawicki depart to west bank settlement to rally support.
3) All elements withdraw off the position and relocate a few hundred meters away to setup a temporary hide.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:47, Sat 08 Oct 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2492 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 7 Oct 2011
at 21:05
  • msg #833

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #832):

"Understood, Sunray. Eagle is moving out."

He hung up the handset and addressed the rest of the team.

"Okay everyone, let's move out! We're moving north along the riverside road to the bunker, then left to cross the bridge. If we run into serious trouble before the bunker the rally point is here, then the bunker once we start across the bridge."

"Tucker, you take Piotr and go down the right side of the road, I will take Monika and Fleming and sweep down the left. When we link up with Orso I'll probably send Tucker and Orso across the bridge first with the rest of us covering, then we go as pairs: Me and Fleming, then Piotr and Monika." He repeated the instructions in Polish.


Assuming there were no questions, they moved out.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:23, Tue 18 Oct 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1120 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 9 Oct 2011
at 14:13
  • msg #834

Re: Holding the fort

"What do you want me to do with the RPG Dawid?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2494 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 9 Oct 2011
at 20:34
  • msg #835

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #834):

"Hand it off to Monika. You're the best shot with it between us, anyways."

He stood up, picked up the PKM by the handle, and prepared to move out.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1121 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 9 Oct 2011
at 21:35
  • msg #836

Re: Holding the fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He sighed and looked over at Tucker. <Blue>"Why? Why me? I'm a nice guy. I brush my teeth and bathe regularly. I listen to people, share cigarettes, give foot rubs on demand. Is it my haircut? My breath?"

Tucker laughs at Dawid  as he unslings his rifle again before handing off the RPG back over to Monika.  He tells him, "You never mentioned foot rubs to me or we might've been closer sooner!  It isn't your hair or breath, you're just an asshole!  If it makes you feel any better though, he's a much bigger asshole than you are and I'd rather be with you!

Now back to business.  You want us to find those two on the other side of the road first or Just head out with Pawel Dawid?"

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2495 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 9 Oct 2011
at 22:28
  • msg #837

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #836):

"No more foot rubs! Bad for morale, apparently."

"As for our two missing combatants, have a look on that side of the road when you get there (Orso doesn't seem interested) and if they're still around, take them out."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1122 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 10 Oct 2011
at 22:15
  • msg #838

Re: Holding the fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #836):

"No more foot rubs! Bad for morale, apparently."

"As for our two missing combatants, have a look on that side of the road when you get there (Orso doesn't seem interested) and if they're still around, take them out."

"Take care of it when we get there Dawid."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2496 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 10 Oct 2011
at 22:53
  • msg #839

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #838):

"Agreed, let us move."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 315 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 11 Oct 2011
at 11:26
  • msg #840

Re: Holding the fort

"I copy."

Generally satisfied with the way the day had worked out, Jeff holds his position to cover the retreating assault force.  Once they had signaled they were clear, he and Craig break down their hide and rejoin them.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2350 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 11 Oct 2011
at 17:56
  • msg #841

Re: Holding the fort


Rescue Team

Mariusz and Minh speak to the frightened female occupant of the fort's keep through its heavy metal door. Mariusz thinks he hears a second voice- a man's- speaking low inside as well. The girl' voice, loud and desperate, cuts off the softer male voice and pleads,

"Just go away! I can't hurt you! Please, I'm scared. Just leave! There's nothing in here but me. I just want to..."

She starts sobbing and her words are no longer intelligible. There are no windows on the ground level. The current roof of the building appears to be the planned floor of the unfinished second story. There's a bit of scaffold on the north side of the building. It's likely that there is a way into the building from the roof.

Meanwhile, Jay climbs up the inside of the rubble wall and approaches the machinegun nest adjacent to the gate. The Gurkha moves cautiously and quietly, AK-74 raised, towards the sandbagged ring of the bunker. The two wounded occupants of the bunker react in surprise and alarm when they notice the armed, diminutive, dark-skinned man loom above them. Lying on the bunker floor, they beg and plead for mercy (Jay can't understand the words they use, but their demeanor and tone are clear) as they look down the barrel of Jay's AK.

The hostages- at least those remaining behind in the fort- still seemed stunned. They sit on the ground awaiting some kind of direction. Pawel helps the two wounded women aboard the ration wagon. This seems to break the spell and most of the rest of the hostages rise and begin milling about. Those that already broke and ran during the gunfight inside the fort have scattered and don't appear unlikely to return. It's a shame since many of them were men fit enough to run quickly. None of these runners headed in the direction of the river. The men remaining among the 60 or so hostages are mostly older (50-70 or so) and appear neither suited nor much inclined to fight.

The spare weapons didn't fit in the crowded wagon so the rescue team has no guns to distribute anyway. Butterfly has about a dozen guns in her Zil truck. She's on standby, waiting for the call to come to the fort.

The snipers continue to provide overwatch for the rescue team. They've seen no sign of any living enemy in since the shooting stopped. If they move up to the roof of the building that they currently occupy, they will have a better view of the surrounding area. They might even be able to see the barracks building (a little-damaged apartment block) to the east-northeast.

Support Team

Dawid leads the rest of the support team towards the damaged bunker where the aggrieved Orso waits. As Dawid looks for a good spot to set up his PKM to cover as many approaches as he can, Tucker carefully approaches the area where Dawid saw the two road-watchers disappear. Peeking over the cracked lip of the roadbed, Tucker sees two men, unmoving and dark with blood, lying tangled together on the shallow slope of the embankment. The tail end of a tattered bandage, wrapped part-way around the thigh of one of the men, flaps a little in the light breeze.

The support team secures the east side of the bridge and waits for the hostages to arrive. Monika lays down the RPG-7 tube and its ammo pack (no containing only two rockets) and begins preparing her medical kit to treat any wounded from among the rescure force or the hostages. Piotr looks across the Vistula through his binoculars.

He shouts over to Dawid (in Polish), "I see people on the other side! A couple have guns. It looks like we have an audience."

Flemming, operating one of the team's longer-ranged manpack radios, informs Dawid,

"I've been switching over to the Baron's main channel. It sounds like he's heard about our little operation here."


Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1318357728


NEXT MOVES?
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:01, Fri 14 Oct 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 961 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 11 Oct 2011
at 18:33
  • msg #842

Re: Holding the fort

Mariusz took Mihn a little away from the door and said, "There's someone else in there, a man. I think there's a way in through the roof, I'll cover here and you get up there, once you're there we give them a chance to come out and if they don't, drop grenades in. If there's a problem I'll blast the door with my grenade launcher. We need to be moving fast and don't have any time for a Canadian stand-off, the girl's dead whichever way we look at it, the only choice we have is if we waste time and casualties on trying to save her."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1123 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 11 Oct 2011
at 20:27
  • msg #843

Re: Holding the fort

Cap'n Rae:
Support Team

Dawid leads the rest of the support team towards the damaged bunker where the aggrieved Orso waits. As Dawid looks for a good spot to set up his PKM to cover as many approaches as he can, Tucker carefully approaches the area where Dawid saw the two road-watchers disappear. Peeking over the cracked lip of the roadbed, Tucker sees two men, unmoving and dark with blood, lying tangled together on the shallow slope of the embankment. The tail end of a tattered bandage, wrapped part-way around the thigh of one of the men, flaps a little in the light breeze.

The support team secures the east side of the bridge and waits for the hostages to arrive. Monika lays down the RPG-7 tube and its ammo pack (no containing only two rockets) and begins preparing her medical kit to treat any wounded from among the rescure force or the hostages. Piotr looks across the Vistula through his binoculars.

He shouts over to Dawid (in Polish), "I see people on the other side! A couple have guns. It looks like we have an audience."

Flemming, operating one of the team's longer-ranged manpack radios, informs Dawid,

"I've been switching over to the Baron's main channel. It sounds like he's heard about our little operation here."
NEXT MOVES?

After making his way up to Orso's position with the rest of the support team, Tucker signals to Dawid that there are two men down and don't appear to be moving.  Rob takes NO/ZERO direction from Orso when he gets up near the bunker area.

He looks both ways before crossing the road and let's everyone know that he's moving to the bodies and to cover him in case something happens.  Slowly and as low of a profile he can become, Robert begins to cross the road with his M-16A2 up and trained on the two dead bodies and scanning the immediate area around them.  When he does get to the bodies, he will sling his rifle back and draw out his Browning HP-35 and check the status of the bodies, Intel, and pther cool stuff.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety ON - SINGLE SHOT
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Moving to check the status of the two downed bodies across from the bunker with M-16A2 as ready weapon until just getting to about [3] meters of the bodies then transitioning to his HP-35

This message was last edited by the player at 01:40, Sun 16 Oct 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 66 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 12 Oct 2011
at 13:20
  • msg #844

Re: Holding the fort

Orso ignored Dawid when he finally arrived, his anger already significantly cooled. He had no use for cowards, but held no malice towards the rest of the unit. They had obviously followed the orders of a man unable and unwilling to do what needed to be done and had probably already begun trying to justify his inaction and faint heartedness in the face of the enemy.

"You, there. You, there. You, there," he pointed out the best positions for Flemming, Piotr, Monika and Tucker as they arrived having had the better part of five minutes alone to study the situation.
He himself was located amongst the rubble, protected from most sides, his binoculars out and trying to work out if the armed men on the far bank would be causing trouble.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:53, Thu 13 Oct 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 153 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 12 Oct 2011
at 17:06
  • msg #845

Re: Holding the fort

Cap'n Rae:
Rescue Team
Meanwhile, Jay climbs up the inside of the rubble wall and approaches the machinegun nest adjacent to the gate. The Gurkha moves cautiously and quietly, AK-74 raised, towards the sandbagged ring of the bunker. The two wounded occupants of the bunker react in surprise and alarm when they notice the armed, diminutive, dark-skinned man loom above them. Lying on the bunker floor, they beg and plead for mercy (Jay can't understand the words they use, but their demeanor and tone are clear) as they look down the barrel of Jay's AK.


Jay paused in his movement. The two men in front of him were, apparently, unable to fight back and being submissive. They were pleading with him for something, but he couldn't make out their babble. He kept his weapon trained on them, ready to fire if they did anything stupid. A false move by either would result in both their deaths.

His initial instinct was to put them both out of their misery, as he had done many times in the past with captured enemy combatants, but this situation was unusual. The men could be forced conscripts, only fighting for the Baron under duress. They could have family nearby. He held his fire, deciding this was a decision for the men above him in the chain of command.

Keeping his eyes firmly on the two men, he tilted his head to call his colleague. "Mr Yahnji! Two wounded enemy here! What I do with them?!"
Jan Cerny
player, 1116 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 12 Oct 2011
at 18:01
  • msg #846

Re: Holding the fort

"Jay, I will cover you while you search them," replied Jan.  He kept his rifle pointed at the two men before speaking to them in Polish.  "If you have any weapons then give them up now or my comrade will cut you up with his big knife rather than waste bullets on you!"  He hoped that the two men had spotted the Kukri knife on Jay's belt.

As Jay set to work Jan then called down to Konrad.  "Capitaine, two wounded prisoners and a PKM up here.  We are searching them and will bring the machinegun and any other weapons.  I assume you do not want to interrogate them?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 154 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 13 Oct 2011
at 07:47
  • msg #847

Re: Holding the fort

Jay nodded in response to the order. He applied the safety catch on his AK74 and laid it down next to his colleague. He advanced, keeping a clear line of sight between the wounded men and Jan. As he did so he kicked the PKM out of the way.

When he got to the men he checked first for hidden explosives, before removing any weapons, which he tossed to the side out of their reach. He then checked pockets for any documents or other items of interest. If they are able to, he will leave them prone, face down with their hands on their heads, ready for Jan to deal with as he sees fit. He will also take a quick look at their wounds to get an initial assessment, although he is no medic.

If either men try to fight back he will jump clear, leaving Jan a free shot. He will then draw his knife.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:48, Thu 13 Oct 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 412 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 13 Oct 2011
at 08:22
  • msg #848

Re: Holding the fort



Turning to Warren Craig tells him; "I'm going up to try and get a better look at the barracks building. Well go in 5."

He then gives a thumbs up as he ascends with his binoculars and Ak at the ready.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2498 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 13 Oct 2011
at 08:34
  • msg #849

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #844):

Dawid greeted Orso with a smile and a hand thrown up in the air in celebration.

"You live! Truly a miracle, my friend. I shall thank God in my prayers!"

In response to Orso's directions to the section he merely shook his head in negation.

"No, we're not staying, people. Don't get comfortable. We've got a bridge to take. Piotr, can you identify those men? Tucker, I'm glad to see your grenade was useful, couldn't ask for more."

"Tucker, once you're done come over here. Piotr, you're with Tucker, you two go down the right side. Fleming, you're with me, we're on the left. Monika, you stay here. Gather their weapons, check them for intelligence. Documents, maps, radios, and so on."

Dawid said without anger or passion. "Orso, very bravely done. But I'm afraid we can't work together. So feel free to stay here, feel free to move or do whatever you like but please understand you are no longer part of this detachment. I'll check with the Kapitan and let him know, see if he wants you to stay or go. Again, thanks for participating, sorry it didn't work out."

He addressed everyone else, "everyone ready? Let's move out."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:24, Tue 18 Oct 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1516 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 13 Oct 2011
at 11:19
  • msg #850

Re: Holding the fort

Jan Cerny:
As Jay set to work Jan then called down to Konrad.  "Capitaine, two wounded prisoners and a PKM up here.  We are searching them and will bring the machinegun and any other weapons.  I assume you do not want to interrogate them?"


Keeping a watch on the time, Bayer looks over at Jan and shakes his head, "Leave them." He then glances back at his watch and moves over to the wagon near the exit in preparation for leaving. In minutes he'll signal for the Jan's team to begin withdrawing out of the objective.

Before leaving he'll also spend a minute with Matias, silently going through his pockets and collecting anything of value or importance.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:19, Thu 13 Oct 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2500 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 13 Oct 2011
at 11:32
  • msg #851

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #850):

It was time to let Konrad know what was happening. Dawid reached back for the handset.

"Eagle calling Sunray."

"We are at the near end of the bridge, preparing to move across. There are armed men on the far side, identity and intentions unknown. They are holding position. Our medic is staying at the near end of the bridge, ready to assist you.

"Radio intercept indicates the Boss is aware of our presence.

"Lastly, you may not be surprised but the new guy appears to no longer acknowledge my command and is attempting to personal take control of the detachment. I am therefore dismissing him. Do you want me to send him back? Cut him loose? I don't care, he's a non-factor in my plans. He's not worth the trouble to deal with."


He signalled everyone to start moving forward.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:52, Thu 13 Oct 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1117 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 14 Oct 2011
at 17:21
  • msg #852

Re: Holding the fort

Konrad Bayer:
Keeping a watch on the time, Bayer looks over at Jan and shakes his head, "Leave them."

"Understood Capitaine," Jan called in reply to Konrad before turning to Jay.  "Jay, throw any weapons over the side for the civilians to take apart from any grenades you find and the PKM.  Pass me any grenades and bring the PKM and ammo yourself.  We are leaving the prisoners and I will tell them to hide up here otherwise the mob may execute them."

Jan then turned to the two prisoners and switched to Polish.  "We are disarming you but leaving you unharmed.  Well apart from the wounds you already have.  I suggest that you hide up here until the civilians below have left otherwise they may take reprisals.  You have picked the wrong side and I suggest that you leave Warsaw as soon as you can!"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1125 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 17 Oct 2011
at 15:23
  • msg #853

Re: Holding the fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Eagle calling Sunray."

"We are at the near end of the bridge, preparing to move across. There are armed men on the far side, identity and intentions unknown. They are holding position. Our medic is staying at the near end of the bridge, ready to assist you.

"Radio intercept indicates the Boss is aware of our presence.

"Lastly, you may not be surprised but the new guy appears to no longer acknowledge my command and is attempting to personal take control of the detachment. I am therefore dismissing him. Do you want me to send him back? Cut him loose? I don't care, he's a non-factor in my plans. He's not worth the trouble to deal with."


He signalled everyone to start moving forward.

"Hey, it may be none of my business so take this with a grain of salt.  You're in charge here, take charge!  You can't just dismiss mother fuckers in the field with this much going on around us no matter how you feel about it or him!  We haven't gotten along in the past but, complete the objective first then deal with what you need to later on.  We tracking Dawid?" Tucker says before he moves across the street to check the bodies.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2501 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 17 Oct 2011
at 20:46
  • msg #854

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #853):

Grinning to show he wasn't taking it personally, Dawid replied, reasonably, "Orso's in open defiance of my command and thinks I'm a coward, so isn't dismissing him just a formality, correct?

"Everyone else has their orders. And to be clear, those orders haven't changed and won't change. We tracking, yes?"


No longer smiling he looked Tucker, Orso and the rest directly in the eye, making it clear he will not back down. For the first time in a long time, For the first time in a long time Dawid raised his voice and addressed everyone:

"THE TIME FOR TALKING IS NOW OVER! WE HAVE A BRIDGE HERE TO TAKE! NOW FOLLOW ME OR GO F*CK YOURSELF, I DON'T CARE! We move now, maintain 10m intervals and fire only on my command. GET GOING, YOU LAZY BASTARDS! MOVE IT!"

Repeating the instructions in Polish, he put his PKM at low-ready and started walking down the left side of the bridge. People would follow, or not. Too much time had been wasted already.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:01, Mon 17 Oct 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 67 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Tue 18 Oct 2011
at 01:38
  • msg #855

Re: Holding the fort

"About fuckin' time you got your incompetent, goldbricking arse on the job," Orso responded.
His faith in the Pole was at an all time low and given the choice, he'd never be associating with him on the battlefield again. But for now there was a job to do and he was a professional, no matter how some had acted like spoilt children with their bruised pride.
Swapping his partially used magazine for a fresh one, he covered Tuckers movement from his protected fire position (which had been as carefully and professionally selected as the positions Dawid had rejected out of hand), paying particular attention to keeping an eye on the polish artilleryman and which way his weapon was pointed.

Orso
Reloading Covering Tucker as he checks the bodies.
Franchi SPAS-15 (7/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 1x4 buckshot + 5 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2502 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 18 Oct 2011
at 02:04
  • msg #856

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #855):

At present, Dawid's back was to Orso as he led the way across the bridge.

If Tucker and Orso wanted to stay behind and screw around, that was fine by him.

As if he could read Orso's spiteful thoughts, Dawid said calmly but clearly as he walked,

"once you just get lost, Orso, you won't be around me any more."

"Now quit bothering us because we got a job to do and you are a frivolous distraction, nothing more."


He sighed and shook his head in disappointment. He wasn't upset, because why would he be?

"Tucker, you seem to want to stay here, then. Search the bodies. Monika, you move up and pair with Piotr on the right. Keep moving, people! Maintain 10m intervals."
This message was last edited by the player at 07:28, Tue 18 Oct 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1126 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 18 Oct 2011
at 08:39
  • msg #857

Re: Holding the fort

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #853):

Grinning to show he wasn't taking it personally, Dawid replied, reasonably, "Orso's in open defiance of my command and thinks I'm a coward, so isn't dismissing him just a formality, correct?

"Everyone else has their orders. And to be clear, those orders haven't changed and won't change. We tracking, yes?"


No longer smiling he looked Tucker, Orso and the rest directly in the eye, making it clear he will not back down. For the first time in a long time, For the first time in a long time Dawid raised his voice and addressed everyone:

"THE TIME FOR TALKING IS NOW OVER! WE HAVE A BRIDGE HERE TO TAKE! NOW FOLLOW ME OR GO F*CK YOURSELF, I DON'T CARE! We move now, maintain 10m intervals and fire only on my command. GET GOING, YOU LAZY BASTARDS! MOVE IT!"

Repeating the instructions in Polish, he put his PKM at low-ready and started walking down the left side of the bridge. People would follow, or not. Too much time had been wasted already.

Tucker nodded back to Dawid as he moves in closer to speak quietly to him,
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2503 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 18 Oct 2011
at 09:14
  • msg #858

Re: Holding the fort

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #857):

Calmly, Dawid stopped and waited for Tucker to catch up. Looking relaxed, he lit a cigarette. Only his eyes betrayed the stress he was under.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 155 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 18 Oct 2011
at 10:48
  • msg #859

Re: Holding the fort

Jan Cerny:
"Understood Capitaine," Jan called in reply to Konrad before turning to Jay.  "Jay, throw any weapons over the side for the civilians to take apart from any grenades you find and the PKM.  Pass me any grenades and bring the PKM and ammo yourself.  We are leaving the prisoners and I will tell them to hide up here otherwise the mob may execute them."


Jay followed Jan's instruction. He advanced on the two wounded men, cautiously but with purpose. He picked up and handguns, rifles and ammunition, made them safe, then tossed them over the side, well away from the two prisoners. He grabbed any grenades or explosives and stuffed them in a pouch. He did a quick check for any intel or other documents, taking everything he could. Finally, he stripped the PKM ammo and slung it over his shoulder (I assume it is on a belt), before picking up the PKM by it's handle. He was no machinegunner so he then retreated to where Jan stood and retrieved his rifle, slinging it over his shoulder before drawing the silenced pistol Tuck had lent him. He then picked up the PKM again and headed back to the others. He would palm grenades off to Jan later.

Rae - please can you confirm what I found in my search so I can amend if necessary. Thanks.

Jeff D. Warren
player, 316 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 18 Oct 2011
at 11:33
  • msg #860

Re: Holding the fort

"Yeah let me know what you see."  Jeff will help boost Craig up before getting down behind his rifle again.

"Command, Delta.  We've moved a little higher to get a view of the surrounding area.  Can see for a pretty good ways around.  How long do you want us up here?"

Jeff also cranes his neck to look at the support squad.  Even from this far away, using his scope he could see the frustration in everyone's faces at something.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2353 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 00:30
  • msg #861

Burning Bridges


Sniper Detachment

From the sagging roof of their apartment building, Jeff and Craig look east, towards one of the Black Legions barracks. This coincides with the departure of a heavily-laden UAZ-69- there must be at least a dozen men hanging on- from the barracks building. The UAZ heads east, away from the stadium. Before it's gone a kilometer, it disappears from sight behind some other structures. There's really no way of telling where it is going, or why, but it looks as though it is not going to be a threat to the rescue or support teams. Aside from that, and what appear to be a few small clusters of hostages still moving quickly away from the stadium area, there's really nothing more of note to see at the moment.

Rescue Team + Part of the Support Team

At the keep, Minh respondes to Mariusz's plan with a polite but negatory, "Let's not take any risks. Whoever's in there isn't a threat any more. Just leave them."   

Jay and Jan disarm the wounded machinegun team, capturing their valuable PKM GPMG, along with a whopping 144 rounds of ammunition for it. The wounded men put up no resistance. Also captured by the party at the stadium (and loaded into the wagon's secret compartment) are four AK-74 assault rifles, several magazines of ammo for them, and a couple of hand grenades (see OOC tag for totals). There's probably more, but it would take too long to go searching for the bodies to whom it is still attached.

Pawel leads the wagon full of wounded out of the stadium and to the bunker, where Orso, Tucker are waiting. Along the way, about a dozen former hostages drop out of line and high-tail it for cover. No one tries to stop him.

When the rescue team arrives at the site of the pulverized HMG bunker overlooking the river and the footbridge, the team medic, Monika, is no longer waiting there to treat the injured. Not wanting to start any more drama, she- along with Piotr and Flemming- is crossing the foot bridge with Dawid, as ordered.

On the bodies of the men he most likely killed, Tucker finds two AK-74s in good working order, along with several magazines and a couple of Soviet RGD fragmentation grenades (see OOC tag for totals). The weapons and ammo in the riverside bunker are in bad shape and are consequently not recovered.

Remainder of the Support Team

Dawid leads Piotr, Flemming, and Monika out onto the foot bridge. The name is misleading- it's really the tattered and oft-repaired skeleton of an earlier road bridge, still tall enough to allow vessels the size of the Wisla Krolowa to pass underneath, but it's extremely narrow in places- no more than a couple of meters wide for long stretches.

It's a dizzying journey and all are relieved to be back on solid ground when they safely reach the west bank. There is no one waiting there to greet them, but the quartet can feel that they are being watched, likely from some of the rubble about 100m or so to the west.

Before he left on his frightening trek across the foot bridge, Flemming issued a warning to everyone on the net,

"All elements, the Baron's redeployed his forces and on the way back to town. Sounds like he's bringing most of his armor with him. He'll be back in the city within an hour or two."

OOC: All together, the unit has captured six AK-74s, 18 full mags for them, 6 frags, and the afore mentioned PKM + ammo. It's all currently in the wagon.

Butterfly is waiting offisite in her Zil and the Queen is still on standby.



Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1318984311


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:12, Wed 19 Oct 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 68 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 02:05
  • msg #862

Re: Holding the fort

From his position covering Tucker, Orso waved the refugees over the bridge the moment the signal arrived the western end was safe. Although the armed men he'd observed remained somewhat of a threat and he personally believed were the baron's forces, there seemed little choice but to begin the crossing after word of the approaching armoured force came through.
"Captain," he called in greeting to Konrad.
"Secure at this end. Potential hostiles at the other, but I dont think they'll want to fight after what's happened over here."
"You want to take the food stores now?"

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2504 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 02:57
  • msg #863

Re: Burning Bridges

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #861):

At the far end of the bridge, Dawid set up the PKM on its bipod. There wasn't a lot of time to act, the hostages were on the way.

"Fleming, SITREP to the Kaptain: Bridge secured. In close to unknown parties at far end, will attempt to contact. If they are friendly, will set up aid station on this end of the bridge."

Leaving the GPMG where it was, Dawid stood up and waved to the unseen watchers. He said, in Polish,

"Who are you with? We are evacuating the hostages that were kept in the stadium!"

If they were going to shoot him, then let them shoot!
Jan Cerny
player, 1118 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 11:33
  • msg #864

Re: Burning Bridges

As he approached the Captain, Jan issued a couple of orders to the members of his team.  "Mariusz, see if any of these former hostages wish to join us.  Do not give them an AK yet but let us see if we can increase our numbers.  Minh, I want your second opinion on whether they are worth recruiting!"

Jan then turned to the Gurkha.  "Jay, give the one and a half belts of PKM ammo to Dawid for the moment and retrieve your RPG launcher.  We can decide about setting up a second machinegun later."

As Jan reached Konrad he bowed his head briefly by the body of Matias and said a very quick prayer to himself in French before speaking to the Captain.  While he spoke to Konrad he reloaded his rifle with a fresh magazine and then moved a couple of rounds from one partially full magazine to another, refilling one and leaving himself with just one short mag.  "Capitaine, if any of the hostages wish to fight with us do you want us to recruit and arm them?  Also if you have any loose five five six rounds I could use them please."  After Konrad had answered him Jan then lent in close to whisper quietly to his commander about the alarming radio transmissions he had heard.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:51, Wed 19 Oct 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1519 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 13:47
  • msg #865

Re: Burning Bridges

Upon reaching the riverbank, Bayer lowers to one knee and pulls out his map to get an idea about the area. He then listens to Orso, his eyes alternating between the Italian and over to the west bank where the rest of support is. It's obvious though that he's quite distracted with the messages coming in over his radio and getting everyone to safety, rather than dealing with staffing issues at the moment. Folding up the map when he's done, Bayer rises and says, "I'll deal with support later... not now. Until then, Sergeant Ottenebrato you are to link up with Cerny and his group."

Bayer then toggles his radio and replies to the two messages that just came in for him, "Sunray. Delta, roger, hold for two more minutes and then RV at the bridge. Charlie, roger that. Let me know asap if friendly. Out."

By this point, Jan and his group are arriving and after turning to the Czech, Bayer answers him, "Ja, see who is willing and fit to fight." He then digs into his small pack and hands Jan three fully loaded magazines. "Here."

Then after listening quietly to Jan, he nods and says, "Already done." Bayer then leaves him to complete the transfer of Orso over to his command.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:49, Wed 19 Oct 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1121 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 13:51
  • msg #866

Re: Burning Bridges

"Merci," Jan had commented to Konrad in gratitude for the three mags.

Receiving his instructions he nodded his understanding and then strode over to Orso.

"Orso.  You are to join my squad now.  Understand that with us you are not a squad leader.  You are an ordinary soldier and you must follow orders.  If you cannot follow orders then we will not allow you to continue with us so please make your decision.  You are, I think, a good fighter so please follow orders and work with us.  If you can not then this is a big battlefield so please find a different part of it to us.  What is your decision?  Will you join my squad and follow my orders like a well trained soldier or must we part ways now?"

Jan also took the opportunity to clear his jammed PM-84 SMG and reload the mag with three rounds.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:02, Wed 19 Oct 2011.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 156 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 13:55
  • msg #867

Re: Burning Bridges

Jan Cerny:
Jan then turned to the Gurkha.  "Jay, give the one and a half belts of PKM ammo to Dawid for the moment and retrieve your RPG launcher.  We can decide about setting up a second machinegun later."


Jay nodded before ditching the captured grenades and the PKM. He holstered the pistol and then slung the ammo belts over his shoulder, before picking up his AK74 once more. He headed off in a quick job, looking for Dawid's team.

Upon finding him he spoke quickly. "Mister Davidji, I got belts for your machinegun. We got another PKM back with the Kapitan if you need. Please to have back my rocket launcher now please." With that he handed over the ammunition, retrieved his RPG and ammo, and headed back to Jan for more instructions.

When possible he will also return the borrowed pistol to Tuck, unused. H&K MK-23 SOCOM w. [3] full 12 round mags, holster, & silencer
This message was last edited by the player at 14:05, Wed 19 Oct 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 962 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 18:45
  • msg #868

Re: Burning Bridges

Mariusz nodded and jumped on to the wagon, "People of Warsaw!" he yelled, his eyes blazing with a combination of youthful zeal and the adrenaline of coming out of a fight that he had feared would be a total blood bath, "you are free to go home to your families but for those of you who wish to finally be free of the yoke of the Black Bastard I urge you to join us! We are the spearpoint of a unit intent on destroying him and staking his Black Heart for all to see. Join us and be the anvil that crushes the nuts of the Baron and his lickspittle lackies."

"Together we can destroy him and those that join will help us take our pick of the spoils left by the Black Bastard's fall."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1128 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 19:18
  • msg #869

Re: Burning Bridges

Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
When possible he will also return the borrowed pistol to Tuck, unused. H&K MK-23 SOCOM w. [3] full 12 round mags, holster, & silencer

Tucker nods and takes the weapon back from the Jay.  "Thanks Jay.  I'm glad you didn't have to use it!"

Tucker stands next to Orso as he talks to Konrad.  Not interupting either one, Robert waits until the conversation is over, Orso goes with Jan, and then asks Konrad,

Frank passes off the two weapons, magazines, and grenades to Jan and his team and then moves up with the rest of the support group and Dawid.  "You need some ammo Jan or are you good?"

Moving up to Dawid.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:33, Wed 19 Oct 2011.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1521 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 19:31
  • msg #870

Re: Burning Bridges

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #869):

Bayer gives Tucker a affirming nod.
Jan Cerny
player, 1124 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 19 Oct 2011
at 21:01
  • msg #871

Re: Burning Bridges

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"You need some ammo Jan or are you good?"

"I am good now my friend, thank you," replied Jan.
Minh Quyen
player, 583 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 20 Oct 2011
at 02:34
  • msg #872

Re: Burning Bridges

Jan Cerny:
As he approached the Captain, Jan issued a couple of orders to the members of his team.  "Mariusz, see if any of these former hostages wish to join us.  Do not give them an AK yet but let us see if we can increase our numbers.  Minh, I want your second opinion on whether they are worth recruiting!"


"Right." Quyen answers.

She then moves in between the civilians, sizing them up and mentally identifying the ones that looked the fittest and least scared. She also tried to look each on in the eye, judging their reaction. There could be no flip flopping on the decision to take up arms against the Baron's ruthless thugs.

Then after trying to get a count of the best physically and mentally fit options, she asks in English, "Anyone speak English? Speak English? English... you understand?"

Knowing that the group won't be sticking around for long, Quyen hurries things up and quietly speaks to Mariusz, giving him her suggestions on who seemed like a good idea to recruit... and who should just go home and be thankful they are still alive.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 71 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Thu 20 Oct 2011
at 05:37
  • msg #873

Rebuilding Bridges

Jan Cerny:
"Orso.  You are to join my squad now.  Understand that with us you are not a squad leader.  You are an ordinary soldier and you must follow orders.  If you cannot follow orders then we will not allow you to continue with us so please make your decision.  You are, I think, a good fighter so please follow orders and work with us.  If you can not then this is a big battlefield so please find a different part of it to us.  What is your decision?  Will you join my squad and follow my orders like a well trained soldier or must we part ways now?"

You I can work with, but don't forget I am not ordinary." The special forces patch and master sergeant rank on his shoulder was quite evident if tattered.
"If you make good orders, not act like that asshole and we have no problem. You screw up, I will tell you. Fair?"
Hefting his grenade launcher he looked eastward towards the expected line of enemy approach.
"Where do you want me?"

Edit: to remove the word "racist" from Orso's IC comment about Dawid
This message was last edited by the player at 05:58, Thu 20 Oct 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 413 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 20 Oct 2011
at 06:03
  • msg #874

Re: Rebuilding Bridges


Craig continued to scan the surrounding area from his elevated position. He trained the binoculars on there next target, the food storage area. He knows the general direction and location so tries to pick it out.

He also relays all he has seen to Warren so he is able to past it along to the Captain. He also adds;

"Ask them if they want us to move off towards the next target or to link up with the support squad."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2507 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 20 Oct 2011
at 11:37
  • msg #875

Re: Burning Bridges

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #869):

Still waving at the ruins where he thought the watchers were located, Dawid took off his helmet and put on his green Polish infantry beret.


"Right now, we have to either make sure this rickety bridge is safe to cross or determine if enemies are blocking the way. I'm going to force the issue, move forward and make personal contact. If I go down, then the unit is yours. I suggest a smoke screen and advance, but it would of course be your call. Wish me luck!"

Leaving the PKM with Tucker and armed with a Stechkin and a couple grendes, Dawid crossed himself and kissed his Rosary. Putting it back into his battle dress under his body armour and lifchik he began to walk towards where he believed the other men had gone to ground.

"God, Jesus and the Black Madonna protect and me and allow us to deliver these people safely..."
This message was last edited by the player at 21:35, Thu 20 Oct 2011.
Jan Cerny
player, 1125 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 20 Oct 2011
at 15:23
  • msg #876

Re: Rebuilding Bridges

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
You I can work with, but don't forget I am not ordinary." The special forces patch and master sergeant rank on his shoulder was quite evident if tattered.
"If you make good orders, not act like that asshole and we have no problem. You screw up, I will tell you. Fair?"
Hefting his grenade launcher he looked eastward towards the expected line of enemy approach.
"Where do you want me?"

"I am sorry but it does not work like that!" replied Jan with a shake of his head.  "This is a military unit and so you can not pick and choose which orders you are happy to follow.  I am sure that it is the same in the Italian army and if one of your soldiers was to say what you just said to me I do not think that you would accept them saying it.  As long as you follow orders we will not have a problem.  If you do not like my or the Capitaine's orders then you can leave.  Understood?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1129 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 20 Oct 2011
at 22:25
  • msg #877

Re: Burning Bridges

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #869):

Still waving at the ruins where he thought the watchers were located, Dawid took off his helmet and put on his green Polish infantry beret.

"Right now, we have to either make sure this rickety bridge is safe to cross or determine if enemies are blocking the way. I'm going to force the issue, move forward and make personal contact. If I go down, then the unit is yours. I suggest a smoke screen and advance, but it would of course be your call. Wish me luck!"

Leaving the PKM with Tucker and armed with a Stechkin and a couple grendes, Dawid crossed himself and kissed his Rosary. Putting it back into his battle dress under his body armour and lifchik he began to walk towards where he believed the other men had gone to ground.

Before Dawid goes off, Tucker stands next to him and makes sure that his words to him are personal (OOC: As they should've been when I made the original comments to Dawid originally!),

Tucker takes the PKM from Dawid as he moves off to cross the bridge.  "Good luck."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2357 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 21 Oct 2011
at 23:40
  • msg #878

Building Bridges


East Bank Warsaw

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz nodded and jumped on to the wagon, "People of Warsaw!" he yelled, his eyes blazing with a combination of youthful zeal and the adrenaline of coming out of a fight that he had feared would be a total blood bath, "you are free to go home to your families but for those of you who wish to finally be free of the yoke of the Black Bastard I urge you to join us! We are the spearpoint of a unit intent on destroying him and staking his Black Heart for all to see. Join us and be the anvil that crushes the nuts of the Baron and his lickspittle lackies."

"Together we can destroy him and those that join will help us take our pick of the spoils left by the Black Bastard's fall."


The much-reduced crowd of former hostages listens to Mariusz, their faces displaying a wide range of emotions. At the end of the young Polish fighter's speed, only three people step forward- an older gentlemen- probably 60 years of age or thereabouts, followed by two young women, barely out of their teens. Although one of the girls displays more enthusiasm for this fight than anyone else in the small crowd, the other is cleary only "volunteering" because her friend is. It's not quite the response Mariusz was hoping for. It looks as though the more brave, resourceful, and motivated hostages have already seized the moment by fleeing during the height of the gun battle inside the stadium/fort. The rest of the hostages remind you of a traumatized flock of sheep meeting a strange and new shepherd after having recently been ravaged by a pack of hungry wolves.

While Tucker, Orso, and the bulk of the rescue team pull security and ponder the group's next moves, Jan attempts to treat the wounded, dressing their wounds. Both women should live, he determines, although one will likely need to lose her arm in order to do so. Monika would have known better. The man who had the heart attack, however, is clearly beyond reviving.

Warren and Craig remain on overwatch from their rooftop flat a few hundred meters away. There's been no sign of a response by any of the Baron's men.

West Bank Warsaw

Dawid, meanwhile, donning his red beret and Home Army armband, steps boldly into the unknown, walking towards the rubbled buildings where last he'd seen the unknown watchers while Piotr, Flemming, and Monika watch on.

Fortunately for Dawid, the watchers prove to be members of the rebel group Butterfly told you about. They are weary at first, but the recent show around the stadium has convinced them that you are indeed a worthy and potent ally in the struggle to throw off the fetters of the Black Baron's despotic rule. The rebel's spokesman, a former dock worker and army conscript named Florjan Fabianski inquires after your plans and the overall situation on the east bank.

Dawid lays the cards all out on the table, giving Florjan an up-to-date picture of the tactical picture in East Bank Warsaw. Florjan's face belies both hope and great concern at the news.

"We will help you. This is the time to strike. If the Baron returns and we are not ready to meet him, he will slaughter civilians. We must move quickly."

He reveals the size and strength of his rebel force- 21 poorly armed fighters, several of them women, few of them with any formal military training or experience. Their heaviest weapon is an RPK-47. Two of the rebels are armed with nothing more than handguns. The group does, however, have a couple of milk crates full of Molotov cocktails (24 total) and a couple of homemade pipe bombs.

Flemming, currently acting as Dawid's RTO, without going into too much detail (you never know who's listening), keeps Konrad abreast of these developments.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:42, Fri 21 Oct 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 963 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 21:24
  • msg #879

Re: Building Bridges

Mariusz had mixed feelings about the results of his rabble-rousing, on the one hand the trio didn't look to be much use in a fight, on the other hand it had been a long time since he had been this close to a pair of girls his own age...

He shuddered, "It's a shame I'm keeping myself pure for Maria," he thought to himself and then said aloud, "Thank you comrades, come with me to our commander."

As he led the trio to Bayer he looked at the old man and asked, "How well do you know the city? You look to young to have been involved in the Uprising."

In fact, to Mariusz, the man looked like Methuselah's dad, but it didn't hurt to flatter people, if the man had been part of the uprising or did know the city well he might be useful to them despite his decrepitude.
Craig Sutherland
player, 414 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 23:18
  • msg #880

Re: Building Bridges


From his new vantage point Craig scans the stadium through his scope again. He tried to get an angle on the small keep in the interior to see if the hold outs have moved off.

He continued to wait for orders to come through for their next move.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:18, Sat 22 Oct 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2510 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 21:49
  • msg #881

Re: Building Bridges

The handful of poorly-armed fighters was better than nothing, but they were facing tanks and probably a company of the Baron's best. Their only (slender) hope was the heavy weapons aboard the Queen, and that would take time to arrive, once they were contacted via radio.

"Let me reassure you, Florjan, we have his hostages. Random slaughter isn't going to gain the Baron anything other than to destroy his own source of wealth.

"Still, he needs to be stopped and stopped quickly. We will likely be moving on the granary next. Come with me, we can help the hostages escape across the bridge and you can talk to our commander."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2359 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 22:04
  • msg #882

Re: Building Bridges

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Let me reassure you, Florjan, we have his hostages. Random slaughter isn't going to gain the Baron anything other than to destroy his own source of wealth.

"Still, he needs to be stopped and stopped quickly. We will likely be moving on the granary next. Come with me, we can help the hostages escape across the bridge and you can talk to our commander."


Florjan looks concerned. His tone his almost desperately urgent. "I don't question your fighting ability- I've seen what you can do firsthand- but I know this man better than you do, Sergeant. If we don't strike now, he'll just seize more hostages. This is even more likely if we hold the granary. He'll use civilians as bargaining chips. Well, it sounds like time is very short. My people will help you move the hostages across the bridge while I speak with your commander."
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:04, Sat 22 Oct 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2511 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 22:42
  • msg #883

Re: Building Bridges

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #882):

"Yes, let us go.

"True, we have caused a lot of damage to the Baron's forces. Surely not all of them want to die for this madman, even (especially) with harsh discipline most of his men should be thinking about being elsewhere. Not if the city rises up around them! What are the odds of that happening?"


He began walking back to where the rest of the support team waited on this side of the bridge.

"Monika, take Florjan here across the bridge to meet with the Kapitan. Tend to any wounded, as well. Remind him to contact the Queen, they should know what's going on."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:42, Sat 22 Oct 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 54 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 22:53
  • msg #884

Re: Building Bridges

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #883):

"Sergeant Piotrowski,"
Piotr takes a knee behind some cover and props up his RPK towards the west
"Shall we make preparations on this side of the bridge for defense or are we going to cross back?"
Piotr will scan any likely approach routes for hostiles.
Monika Sawicki
player, 152 posts
Polish
Medic
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 23:14
  • msg #885

Re: Building Bridges

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Monika, take Florjan here across the bridge to meet with the Kapitan. Tend to any wounded, as well. Remind him to contact the Queen, they should know what's going on."


"Yes, Sergeant. Come on Florjan, time to meet the Kommander."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2514 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 22 Oct 2011
at 23:53
  • msg #886

Re: Building Bridges

In reply to Piotr Pawlowski (msg #884):

"Thankfully, we have friendlies ahead of us here on the West bank of the Wisla (Vistula). The Baron is approaching from the Northeast, where he's been (presumably mostly) drawn away from blocking the 10th into the city."

He looked around, surveying the positions the support detachment took when crossing the rickety bridge. Dawid addressed his detachment in English and Polish.

"They look fine for me. Pawlowski, you can cover the north arc with, ah, wait, I guess you're back with Tucker now. He's a good man. I'll cover the southern arc with Fleming. Orders are to let the hostages through when they cross. After, we're probably crossing back over, and be careful, these are friendlies here."
Minh Quyen
player, 584 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 00:42
  • msg #887

Re: Building Bridges

Cap'n Rae:
Although one of the girls displays more enthusiasm for this fight than anyone else in the small crowd, the other is clearly only "volunteering" because her friend is.


Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz had mixed feelings about the results of his rabble-rousing, on the one hand the trio didn't look to be much use in a fight, on the other hand it had been a long time since he had been this close to a pair of girls his own age. "Thank you comrades, come with me to our commander."


"I don't think she should come." Quyen says flatly to Mariusz, nodding to the hesitant one. "She does not belong."

Quyen then gives an upward nod to the younger girl and says, "Go home."

If Mariusz doesn't agree then Minh won't say anymore on the matter. Instead, she turns from the group and returns back to where the Captain is and squats down nearby, waiting for the order to move out. While she waits, she digs into her pocket and pulls out her smokes and lights one up, exhaling a long breath of bluish-gray haze as she stares at the Vistula.

Then glancing down at the crumpled pack of cigarretes before she places them back in her pocket, she counts them. Only eight left.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:42, Sun 23 Oct 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 59 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 01:11
  • msg #888

Re: Building Bridges

"Understood Sergeant!"
Piotr covers the north arc of the bridgehead.  As he does so, he starts stacking whatever debry there maybe handy to give better cover should there be any pending counter-attacks.

Since he is looking in that direction, if time permits, he will try to get a look at the railway bridge to the north.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:11, Sun 23 Oct 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1131 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 02:59
  • msg #889

Re: Building Bridges

Piotr Pawlowski:
"Understood Sergeant!"
Piotr covers the north arc of the bridgehead.  As he does so, he starts stacking whatever debry there maybe handy to give better cover should there be any pending counter-attacks.

Since he is looking in that direction, if time permits, he will try to get a look at the railway bridge to the north.

Tucker walks over to where Piotr is working on making a defensible position for himself.  He leans his rifle/grenade launcher combo so it is near by them as he begins to work with him, handing him debis as they try to reinfore their position.  "We work as a team, OK?" Robert tells him.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1127 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 08:08
  • msg #890

Re: Building Bridges

Jan looked over the volunteers and agreed with Minh's assessment on the younger girl.  Even more he wasn't sure if he wanted to recruit the elder girl, particularly if she didn't have much training.  The older man had undoubtedly served his country before as a conscript so he at least knew what he was getting into.

"Maruisz, get one of the spare AKs," Jan instructed, "and get them each to show you how to cock it and replace the magazine.  Let us see if they know how to handle a rifle."  The younger girl was sure to fail and it was an important test for the other two.

He then turned to Konrad.  "Capitaine, almost anyone worth recruiting here has already run away."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 964 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 08:21
  • msg #891

Re: Building Bridges

Mariusz listened to the others' opinions and said, "Sir, whilst the girls are probably safer away from the fighting, they can still be of use. I was thinking they could travel to other communities and spread the message. That way we might get more support and if things get hairy they can disappear back home. This gentlemen may have vital knowledge of the local area, but that's more a hope of mine than a fact."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1129 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 08:45
  • msg #892

Re: Building Bridges

Jan nodded at Mariusz's comments.  "That is good thinking," he added.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 60 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 15:00
  • msg #893

Re: Building Bridges

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker walks over to where Piotr is working on making a defensible position for himself.  He leans his rifle/grenade launcher combo so it is near by them as he begins to work with him, handing him debis as they try to reinfore their position.  "We work as a team, OK?" Robert tells him.


"Tak partnera!  As American Rangers say, "Nobody get left behind""
Piotr gives a nod and a wink,
"Set up maszynowy here, no?", as he points to the north west and making hand motions for a good location for the PKM.  Then scoots to one side of his covered position, motioning for Tuck to place the PKM there.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:00, Sun 23 Oct 2011.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1133 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 16:09
  • msg #894

Re: Building Bridges

Piotr Pawlowski:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker walks over to where Piotr is working on making a defensible position for himself.  He leans his rifle/grenade launcher combo so it is near by them as he begins to work with him, handing him debis as they try to reinfore their position.  "We work as a team, OK?" Robert tells him.


"Tak partnera!  As American Rangers say, "Nobody get left behind""
Piotr gives a nod and a wink,
"Set up maszynowy here, no?", as he points to the north west and making hand motions for a good location for the PKM.  Then scoots to one side of his covered position, motioning for Tuck to place the PKM there.

Tucker looks a little confused at first but the hand signals kind of put him in the right direction with what Piotr is trying to ask.  "Yes, that's good there," Robert says referring to the positioning of the PKM. "Good, clear fields of fire, yes?"

Once they get done setting up a position, Tucker says to Piotr, "That's a good motto those Rangers have Piotr.  More units should be like that but we do try to take care of our own and do the best we can."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 162 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 23 Oct 2011
at 20:17
  • msg #895

Re: Building Bridges

Jay busied himself helping the team prepare for the next phase of the mission.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2365 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 25 Oct 2011
at 01:11
  • msg #896

Ticking Clocks


While Florjan, newly arrived back on the east bank, conuslts with Konrad, the 50 or so remaining hostages begin shuffling across the bridge. Every third or fourth civilian inquires after family or friends still somewhere in the city on the east side of the Vistula. Presumably, the hostages who fled the firefight are spreading news of the defeat of the Baron's men at the stadium fort among their own relations in the occupied section of the city. At this point, what effect this news will have on the civilian population of east bank Warsaw is still anyone's guess. Without guns or leadership, a popular uprising is unlikely. If the civilians were to scatter, it would be harder for the Baron's men to conduct large-scale reprisals. But, once again, there is no way to know how the civilian population of east bank Warwaw is going to respond to recent developments.

At Jan's prompting, Mariusz gives each of the three volunteers a captured AK-74. With a bit of fumbling, the old man is able to load the weapon and chamber a round. The more confident of the two young ladies tries to immitate him, but Jan has to relieve her of the weapon before she accidently shoots someone with it. Her less enthusiastic friend handles the rifle like it is a very heavy and very venomous snake; she gadly relinquishes the weapon when asked for it back. The bolder girl protests, "I can learn. I want to do this! Let me fight! At least give me a pistol or something!"

On the rooftop with Warren, Craig scans back over the stadium with his rifle scope, paying close attention to the MG bunker. The two wounded gunners are making their way down to the stadium floor, trying to help one another, each with a useless right arm. Even through the scope, Craig can see how pale from blood loss they are. They are no threat to anyone. They start heading for the keep, the roof of which Craig can see. The door at ground level is still blocked from view by the south wall of the fort. Warren, meanwhile, looks east, searching for signs of a reaction force, or the Baron's armor. He thinks he can see some drifting patches of thin dark smoke to the east, northeast but it could be cooking smoke or something else.


A good bit of the Baron's main force, including several AFVs is, according to Flemming's radio intercepts, on its way back into the city. It's destination is uncertain but it stands to reason that it will be heading back to the Baron's power base to secure the stocked granary building. They apparently know of the earlier action at the stadium so it is also possible that they'll be headed there instead, unless they've been more recently updated. Or, perhaps the Baron will split his forces to head for both his administrative center and the fort.

Either way, at its current location, the Kommando Wisla is poorly positioned to intercept them and time is ticking away.

Aside from the well armed, well led, and highly experienced core of the Kommando, your resources include a highly armed and expertly crewed river tug (as yet in the dark about recent developments in the city), twenty eager but lightly armed and inexperienced rebels, Butterfly and her half-dozen "associates" and, on the far side of the Baron's forces, the 200 antsy veterans of the 10th TD (also unaware of recent developments in the city).

Thanks to the efforts of the Kommando over the past two weeks, the Baron's force has been much depleted and it's morale, according to Piotr's squad of turncoats, is at an all-time low. Another sharp defeat could cause wholesale desertions or perhaps even precipitate a coup. On the other hand, the Baron's remaining forces are relatively well armed and organized, and their AFVs offer them a distinct advantage in firepower and mobililty.

Unless you are willing to cede the east bank to the Black Baron, you will need to move soon. The granary is an obvious destination for the Baron's relief force and, according to witnesses, is lightly guarded at the moment. Florjan's rebels could likely seize it, or at least tie down the guards there, without much help, leaving the Kommando free to ambush the relief force on its way there.

There is also the option of retreating to the west bank.  Without his navy, the Baron can't cross the river in force, as long as forces hostile to him hold the west end of the foot bridge. However, this is not without considerable risks. As Florjan has pointed out, ceding the east bank will allow the Baron to mount reprisals against the civilians of Warsaw at will. In addition to this, the Baron would have no reason not to use his chem shells against the sparsely populated west bank.

A decision must be made, and soon.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:29, Sat 29 Oct 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 63 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Tue 25 Oct 2011
at 02:41
  • msg #897

Re: Ticking Clocks

Awaiting orders from chain of command...

In the meantime just stacking debris and steel to fortify the postion,

"Tuck, we build our own "little fort" like in old American cowboy movies!"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2521 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 25 Oct 2011
at 04:32
  • msg #898

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Piotr Pawlowski (msg #897):

On the west bank, Dawid saw the first of the hostages carefully make their way over.

"Tucker!" he called over, "you have command here. I'm going to consult with the Kaptain."

Taking the PKM he made his way back over to the far bank and found Konrad.

"My apologies, Kaptain, for my unprofessional behaviour over the radio, there was no excuse."

"Speaking of the radio, first and foremost we need to alert Adam and get the Queen moving."

"To deal with the Baron we can employ the classic guerrilla strategy of ambushing the reaction force as he comes to secure his grain. I'd prefer to be behind the Vasilek or the D-30 for this engagement, if we had either, but even so we have no easy way to handle those tanks. Unless the Monks give us access to their own 122mm gas shells, which they probably won't. If we somehow deal the Baron a blow maybe that will be what's needed to break his hold."

"Or, we can retreat to the West bank, maybe back to Gora Kalawria. The Baron can launch reprisals all he likes, maybe our people will finally grow some testicles and rise up, instead of letting our take all the risks, pay the price. We can lead them, train and organise an army, strike on the East bank at our leisure. There must be weapons somewhere! There was a War around here, for God's sake. The Baron might use his gas shells but I doubt he will until he has a perfect target. He won't waste them if he's less than certain because once those shells are used his most powerful deterrent is gone. And we can use that desire for certainty to our advantage: decoy him, ambush forward observers, feed him incorrect information."

"As for the food, whichever happens I suggest we move it to the west bank so it's at least out of his hands. Maybe to Gora Kalawria?"

Konrad Bayer
player, 1527 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 25 Oct 2011
at 20:15
  • msg #899

Re: Building Bridges

Jan Cerny:
He then turned to Konrad. "Capitaine, almost anyone worth recruiting here has already run away."


Bayer nods, but says nothing. He wasn't surprised and to be honest, he didn't really want people to come along who were just going to soak up bullets anyways. With his silence, he leaves it to him, Mariusz and Quyen to make the call on what the civilian's futures will hold.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Taking the PKM he made his way back over to the far bank and found Konrad.

<Blue>"My apologies, Kaptain, for my unprofessional behaviour over the radio, there was no excuse."


"Accepted." Bayer says offhandedly and motioning for him to sit next to him in the grass where he was opening his map. Then while tracing a finger up the blue line representing the Vistula on the map, he says, "I'm already on the Queen."

Toggling his radio handset, Bayer says over the platoon net, "Warren, relay a message to the Queen to begin moving downstream towards Warsaw. Have them report in once they're under five kilometers from the city limits for follow up orders. Also, update the 10th in the situation here."

After Dawid speaks him mind, Bayer nods and promptly calls Jan over from the Polish civilians, announcing "Co-ord meeting." When the NCO arrives, Bayer asks, "Give me some input... keep it short."
This message was last edited by the player at 20:15, Tue 25 Oct 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2522 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 25 Oct 2011
at 21:13
  • msg #900

Re: Building Bridges

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #899):

Although not a radio operator, Dawid had by default become custodian of the group's communication information. Jan was privy to the same information, if and when he had the chance he intended Fleming to be the unit's RTO but when would he have the time?

"Warren, here's the codes and frequencies to contact the Queen. It was all written for me when we left last week, you should be able to figure it out."


When Jan arrived he reiterated his ideas. He hoped Jan could come up with something better!
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 72 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 26 Oct 2011
at 01:00
  • msg #901

Re: Rebuilding Bridges

Jan Cerny:
"I am sorry but it does not work like that!"

Orso was taken aback. He'd just agreed to follow any legitimate and sensible orders while also advising he wasn't going to do it blindly. How did that warrant further heavy handedness from the apparent "leadership" of the rabble which had distressed the Baron so much?
If it wasn't for their reputation and obvious effectiveness, Orso would have been tempted to let them all self destruct and join one of the many other groups fighting the dictator. For that matter, even joining the Baron might be more palitable if this was the treatment he could expect.
Shrugging, he put aside his feelings for the moment, understanding that perhaps two people trying to converse in a language which was neithers first would make a stressful situation even more tense than it probably was.
"Why don't you leave me to teach these people not to shoot themselves, while you remind the Captain that taking the food stores is now the most important thing that can be done?"
With the granary in the hands of the rebels, the less reliable of the Barons forces might just decide desertion was a more attractive option. Meanwhile, those who were sitting on the fence might just make a decision and take a side.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1550 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 26 Oct 2011
at 05:52
  • msg #902

Re: Building Bridges

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #899):

"Message received. ETA several hours. Over."
This message was last edited by the player at 13:53, Wed 26 Oct 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 967 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 26 Oct 2011
at 08:30
  • msg #903

Re: Building Bridges

Mariusz looked at the trio of volunteers and said to his companions, "I say we should arm them for their own protection and ask them to visit as many communities as they can to see if they can raise more resistance."

He smiled at the girls and said, "You'll be like the Scout movement in the war against the fascists tell people that Warsaw endures but it will only be free if people fight for it. We'll do our best but it may not be enough."

He looked back at his comrades, "What do you think?"

Once they had decided on a course of action, Mariusz continued to talk to Jan, "You'll be talking to the Captain to decide a course of action," he said, "I suggest we take the Granary as quickly as possible and at the same time ask Butterfly to determine the way that the Baron is approaching the city. That way we can sort out an ambush of some kind."
This message was last edited by the player at 08:30, Wed 26 Oct 2011.
Craig Sutherland
player, 415 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 26 Oct 2011
at 09:02
  • msg #904

Re: Building Bridges



Craig continued to scan the interior and exterior of the stadium from their vantage point. He listened in on the conversation Warren had on the radio but did not take his eye away from his scope.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1134 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 27 Oct 2011
at 00:27
  • msg #905

Re: Ticking Clocks

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Piotr Pawlowski (msg #897):

On the west bank, Dawid saw the first of the hostages carefully make their way over.

"Tucker!" he called over, "you have command here. I'm going to consult with the Kaptain."

"All right Dawid.  I got it here until you get back," he says to him as he walks off for the meeting with Konrad.  Robert turns to the rest of the support team, "OK!  Find yourselves a defensive position and get into it and make it your temporary home.   We may or not be here too long but, the Baron's men are on the move and we could see some action soon.  Stay frosty!"
Jeff D. Warren
player, 324 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 27 Oct 2011
at 04:06
  • msg #906

Re: Ticking Clocks

Having gotten ahold of the tug from his perch, Jeff changes frequencies to that of the 10th.  In Russian, he calls the unit commanders "This is Falcon-1, SITREP. We have liberated the hostages in the stadium.  Suspect enemy forces pulling back to the city to fortify key locations.  Believe we are planning to secure the graineries, but unsure at this time.  How shall we proceed? Over."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2531 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 28 Oct 2011
at 08:44
  • msg #907

Re: Ticking Clocks

As Warren passed on his SITREP, Dawid continued his briefing with Konrad.

"Who knows when the Queen will arrive. I think its strength should have been part of the operation from the start, but what's done is done."

"There is another option. The Baron is going to expect a stand-up fight, which is why he's moving in force. Maybe if we deal him another blow his forces will collapse, but then, maybe not.

"However, there is another option. If the Baron is gone, his forces will collapse. We have trained snipers, expert riflemen. They can kill the king, and with the king gone the game is over. Someone like that new person, Warren, he seems like he's handy with a rifle."

"That could be in conjunction with an ambush or a hit-and-run campaign. I think he will want to finish us personally, this will mean he's vulnerable."

"Either way, we should invite the people of Warszawa to liberate the grain, which shouldn't take too much effort. Worse comes to worse, the Baron will have to spend time and effort recovering it. Perhaps a few reprisals will cause them to grow a spine? If they can't be bothered to take a stand against the Baron by taking back their own grain, then fuck the people of Warszawa, I say!"

"In other matters, Warren has our radio codes now. I am going to instruct Fleming in our procedures so that he can take over radio tasks."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 969 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 28 Oct 2011
at 16:59
  • msg #908

Re: Ticking Clocks

Mariusz shook his head at Dawid's opinion, "I wish the people would be more proactive too but you shouldn't blame them. Every time the people of Warsaw have risen up, they've been fucked over. Why should it be different now? They rose against the Nazis and the Soviets sat outside until they'd been massacred. They died in their thousands to hold out against NATO and the Soviets shot them to take their food. Then, when the Soviets finally did liberate them, they got nuked. It's hardly surprising that now we come in saying, 'Rise up and fight, we will liberate you!' that they aren't particularly enthusiastic. The ones that would rather die on their feet than live on their knees are probably already dead. We stand or die alone on this one my comrade and I can't think of a finer man to stand next to than you. Now how are we going to make the Baron wish he'd never dragged himself out of the abortion bucket? Maybe Butterfly has some anti tank capability, has anyone asked her?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2532 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 28 Oct 2011
at 21:47
  • msg #909

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #908):

"All that may be true, but I still think if the people can't be bothered to rise once again we're doomed... and they deserve the Baron. The reason why isn't very important."

"Mariusz, please do me a favour and gather any members of the Kommando who want their say. We still have a few minutes until the Queen responds and we can't go anywhere, let's make use of it and see if anyone has any other guidance for the Kaptain. This will be a quick discussion, if they have a point they can make it quickly but we're not going to get into an extended debate or vote on a course of action."


They might as well have a conference with the team members. Then Konrad would decide. It wasn't a back-and-forth, where cherished plans were supported by long flowery speeches, this was to present leadership with options.


OOC: This may not be strictly realistic but it gives team members a chance to have their say if they don't think it's been said already.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 65 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Fri 28 Oct 2011
at 22:44
  • msg #910

Re: Ticking Clocks

Hustling from the west side of the bridge, Piotr kneels and listens in.

"IF I can speak....?  We cannot do stand up fight, err - toe to toe - with the Baron.  I think cutting the head of snake may work.  Unless there is another snake to take over.

I would think we make Baron and forces think they are going to win battle with trickery.  IF we let Baron forces attack and re-take some, eh how do you say, earth... no territory. If we leave a some troops hidden behind including good shooters maybe we can surprise snake and cut head off when he is not, and his troops are no looking.

Im speakign of granary ofcourse.  Or another place Baron will use as a station to regroup."

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 77 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Fri 28 Oct 2011
at 23:14
  • msg #911

Re: Ticking Clocks

Orso paused his instructions for a moment and called across before resuming the task, "How you sure Baron is with men? How you find?"
"Anyone know what he looks like?"

Even Orso hadn't laid eyes on the almost paranoid and security conscious dictator in all the time he'd been in the city - at least not close enough to pick him out of a crowd, or shoot him.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:25, Fri 28 Oct 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2534 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 28 Oct 2011
at 23:28
  • msg #912

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #911):

"Sure, Piotr, you may speak."

He listened to his suggestion. "Should the Kaptain wish to go with the assassination plan, which I think is a good one, this will be a good way to take him out. If his mens' morale is low then he's likely to lead his own troops in person to retake such a critical objective, leaving him exposed."

At Orso's comment, Dawid shrugged as if to say who knows?
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1136 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 29 Oct 2011
at 01:07
  • msg #913

Re: Ticking Clocks

"If we try an assassination attempt, we're going to need a diversion so he feels safe enough to pop his head out for a clear shot once he thinks he wins the battle with us."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 164 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 29 Oct 2011
at 08:16
  • msg #914

Re: Ticking Clocks

Listening as best he could to the conversation, Jay suddenly jumped to his feet and pulled out his large kukri knife. Turning quickly he surveyed the floor around them.

"Where snake?"  he asked. He had seen many strange things in this country, but had yet to see any evidence of serpents.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 970 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 29 Oct 2011
at 09:44
  • msg #915

Re: Ticking Clocks

"I'm on it," Mariusz said, "for my part I'd suggest hit and run starting as far out as we can get. Take out as much as we can with our AT capacity and then try to slow them further in the deep rubble. If it goes tits up we can retreat to the Queen, falling back on its firepower may be useful."

Mariusz went around checking if anyone else had advice for the Kaptain.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2536 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 29 Oct 2011
at 10:02
  • msg #916

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #914):

Dawid explained,

"Relax, Jay! No snake. Barons'army is "snake", Baron is "head". If head dies, snake dies."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 166 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 29 Oct 2011
at 13:18
  • msg #917

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #916):

"Oh, okay, I understand," Jay replied, putting his knife away. He sat down gingerly, still glancing around suspiciously, waiting for a snake to appear.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2372 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 29 Oct 2011
at 16:20
  • msg #918

Re: Ticking Clocks

Jeff D. Warren:
Having gotten ahold of the tug from his perch, Jeff changes frequencies to that of the 10th.  In Russian, he calls the unit commanders "This is Falcon-1, SITREP. We have liberated the hostages in the stadium.  Suspect enemy forces pulling back to the city to fortify key locations.  Believe we are planning to secure the graineries, but unsure at this time.  How shall we proceed? Over."


It takes a couple of minutes for the 10th's signalman to find an officer to respond to Jeff's query- apparently, they are busy with something at the moment. When finally a new voice comes over the net, it's cleary the head honcho himself.

"This is Honey Badger-1. Continue doing whatever you are doing in the city. It looks like our friend is of two minds. We are preparing too knock on the front door. Honey Badger, Out."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1137 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 01:52
  • msg #919

Re: Ticking Clocks

"You need someone for the hit and run team, I guess you can sign me up."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 79 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 12:35
  • msg #920

Re: Ticking Clocks

"All need to be involved," Orso responded to Tuckers volunteering.
"I know the rubble a little bit, know the path his tanks will probably take. There are several places we can set up ambushes, falling back to the next each time we spring."
The fighting would be desperate and unforgiving, but they did have the advantage of being on foot and not restricted to the cleared roadways like the Baron. If it got too hot they could move back into the rubble and regroup while only having to contend with several platoons worth of the Barons infantry.
It wasn't really a fair fight. The Baron needed more men for that.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1138 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 14:45
  • msg #921

Re: Ticking Clocks

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"All need to be involved," Orso responded to Tuckers volunteering.

Tucker rolled his eyes, "We all know that all hands are going to be needed Orso.  I'm volunteering my services to the hit and run team because I don't have the shooting skills for a sniper detachemnt or team.  Everyone that's been here with me since we left Krakow knows I'm involved!  I'm not looking to start anything, just sayin'."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 168 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 14:51
  • msg #922

Re: Ticking Clocks

Jay nodded to Tuck. "I come too. I no sniper, I fight close, use RPG and grenade."

He was keen to be involved in the ambushes. He wasn't suited to a sniper or MG detachment. He preferred to be up front where he could see the whites of the enemies eyes.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2539 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 21:09
  • msg #923

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #921):

"We thank you for volunteering, Tucker.

Dawid didn't respond directly to Orso except by way of saying, "as for people with a useful knowledge of the city, we have many. Including those who actually served under the Baron. For example, Craig and Piotr. They would have the most useful knowledge. If anyone has something specific to share that will make a difference in our planning then they must share this knowledge now or it is of no use to us. Otherwise, we do not lack for people who know the Baron and the city."

Dawid looked at Jay.

"If someone can confirm that there are 2 machinegunners on the loose, let's grab them before they get too far. Jay, get another person with a radio. Find them. Bring them back for questioning."


OOC, Cymon: please wait to post until someone confirms there are runners on the loose. I don't want to send Jay on a wild goose chase!
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 170 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 21:27
  • msg #924

Re: Ticking Clocks

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid looked at Jay.

"If someone can confirm that there are 2 machinegunners on the loose, let's grab them before they get too far. Jay, get another person with a radio. Find them. Bring them back for questioning."


Jay nodded in response to the order, before quickly rising and heading off in the direction where he and Jan had left the two wounded men. Hopefully they will still be hiding where he left them.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 81 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 23:08
  • msg #925

Re: Ticking Clocks

Orso simply smiled and continued his impromptu weapons lesson. If that cocksucking pole wanted to continue his pissing match and try to downplay Orso's usefulness and knowledge then that was his problem. It was as far as he knew, the Hauptmann in command here and he was the only one who needed to listen to Orso.
He didn't know too many of the Baron's conscripts who'd conducted a recent and thorough investigation of the defensive possibilities of the area. Nor did Orso know too many others who had decent access to the various rebel groups as well.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2541 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 30 Oct 2011
at 23:39
  • msg #926

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #925):

Shaking his head, Dawid looked over at Orso and laughed.

"Such unkind thoughts! They are written all over his face. All I can say is he doesn't know what he's missing if he never tries it."

He addressed those who remained. "When Jay returns with the prisoners, we will sequester them until we have specific questions to ask them."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:44, Sun 30 Oct 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 972 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 31 Oct 2011
at 18:54
  • msg #927

Re: Ticking Clocks

Mariusz clambered up to the lookout group's eerie and said, "Mister Warren, the Kaptain is wanting input on our next move. The idea so far seems to be to let the locals take the granary and for us to mount a series of ambushes to whittle the strength of the enemy. I wish I was a good shot, if I was I'd suggest starting with a false mine field to stop them and try to shoot the Baron before he buttons up for a battle."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 331 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 31 Oct 2011
at 22:10
  • msg #928

Re: Ticking Clocks

Jeff twists in the prone position to look coldly into the teens eyes, "Does he want us to hold here, or are we supposed to have a pep talk.  Also someone might want to interrogate those wounded gunners, then shoot them before they warn their friends.  They might have some sort of idea on what the baron is up to."

"Craig, I'm thinking we cut the bullshit and deal with this directly.  Let's put our talents to use, we'd be no good in a running ambush.  We can deal with this ourselves.  Mariusz, tell the Captain."
Craig Sutherland
player, 420 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 31 Oct 2011
at 23:24
  • msg #929

Re: Ticking Clocks

Jeff D. Warren:
"Craig, I'm thinking we cut the bullshit and deal with this directly.  Let's put our talents to use, we'd be no good in a running ambush.  We can deal with this ourselves.  Mariusz, tell the Captain."


Without looking up from his scope that was now trained on the entrance to the stadium.

"Agreed, where do you suggest we set-up... closer to the barracks marked on the map."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1531 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 01:53
  • msg #930

Re: Ticking Clocks

Sitting in the grass by the river, Bayer listens until everyone who had a say made their suggestions known. From the sound of things, everyone was more or less thinking of the same thing so his decision making ended up being rather simple. Toggling the radio, he calls for Warren and Sutherland to collapse their OP and join him by the water for orders, he then sends Mariusz off to collect Butterfly and their other local allies.

Once all of his team were assembled (as well as his Polish counterparts), he first turns to Warren, "Alright, you've been hinting around for this sort of thing since I first met you. I'm detaching you, cutting you loose to operate independently in order to eliminate any high profile targets in the Baron's force... including the Baron himself."

"It's your mission, so I want you to be the one to select who goes with you. You get one from who you see here." he adds.

Bayer then turns to his Polish counterparts who commanded the ragged urban militia, and says, "I need your fighters to attack and capture the granary. You will need to hold until you are either relieved, or facing heavy losses. My team here will take most of the pressure off of you, but it is crucial you fight hard."

Bayer briefly considered reminding them to keep strict control of their forces to prevent their mission from collapsing into a scene of a panicky mob looting out the food stocks... but ultimately kept silent and hoped they'd remain disciplined enough to turn into a horde.

Then with only his his group to address, he says, "Elastic defense will be our tasking. We'll conduct a series of fighting withdraws to slow down the counterattack and bleed it of its strength."

"The individual team assignments will come once I get a more complete list of what antiarmor and comms assets we have."

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 86 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 02:13
  • msg #931

Re: Ticking Clocks

Impromptu weapons lesson complete, Orso detailed the ordinance he carried and indicated the Italian made short range radio on his webbing.
"Anyone got explosives?" he asked of the entire group.
"I know a few places where rubble could be dropped on passing enemy."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2543 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 02:26
  • msg #932

Re: Ticking Clocks

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #930):

"Kaptain, I suggest we also invite the people of Warszawa to help themselves to the grain. That keeps it out of the Baron's hands should he break through, avoids the necessity of anyone defending a fixed position (so we can remain mobile) and makes it clear they are bound to our success or failure."

"Feeing the 10th is a future consideration, of course, but the future may never arrive and we can make arrangements to set some aside or just worry about it later."

Jan Cerny
NPC, 1134 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 12:50
  • msg #933

Re: Ticking Clocks

As Konrad outlined his plan Jan got Monika to double check the bandage on his left arm as there was an opportunity at present.  He nodded his agreement with Konrad's thinking and then added a suggestion of his own.

"Capitaine, we do not need these rifles we captured or even Matias' rifle.  Rather than arm a few untrained civilians I think that we should give them to our new Polish allies as they will be able to make more use of them."
Minh Quyen
player, 586 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 13:44
  • msg #934

Re: Ticking Clocks

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"Anyone got explosives?" he asked of the entire group."I know a few places where rubble could be dropped on passing enemy."


Quyen is watching the river while she listens to the Captain's orders. When the question of explosives comes up she says flatly "I have a little. But I don't really want to use the last of it on a coyote versus roadrunner scheme."

"It never works out for the coyote in the end anyways."

Quyen then tightens her boot laces and lights up a smoke. Seven to go before I start smoking moss and grass she thinks while staring at her dwindling supply of cigarettes. Then to help ease her mind into the upcoming battle she teases Jay (who she spots eying the grass for snakes). "Don't worry Jay. All snakes sleep in the ground when it is cold like this. They only wake up late at night if they detect a sleeping body nearby. They like to slowly slide up very close and share the person's heat."
This message was last edited by the player at 13:45, Tue 01 Nov 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 88 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 14:11
  • msg #935

Re: Ticking Clocks

"Dropping a wall on a passing tank is a fairly effective way of disabling it," he responded to Minh honestly and without even a hint of condescension.
"And it's usually more effective, and a lot safer, than stuffing explosives down the barrel or up the exhaust."
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 67 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 15:52
  • msg #936

Re: Ticking Clocks

"What are chances of getting Baron forces to "chase us" across either bridge?", Piotr looks at the bridges for a second, looks at Tuck, then Konrad, with that "things that make you go hmmmm" look.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:01, Tue 01 Nov 2011.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 973 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 18:59
  • msg #937

Re: Ticking Clocks

Mariusz relayed the messages he had to the Kaptain and then spoke to Orso and Mihn as they discussed explosives. He waited for a gap in the conversation and said, "If we can get far enough forward, we might want to play a trick. If we can get some plates we can lay a fake minefield. The first time they'll slow and clear them. The second time we trap one of the plates with some explosives and maybe a couple more with grenades. If they send in infantry to clear it we might get a few, if the tanks roll over them we might, might get a tank track. Whatever, when they reach the third line and slow, that's when we attack. It's complicated and we need to be able to trade a few hundred meters or more to do it but it's an option."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2544 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 20:53
  • msg #938

Re: Ticking Clocks

Piotr Pawlowski:
"What are chances of getting Baron forces to "chase us" across either bridge?", Piotr looks at the bridges for a second, looks at Tuck, then Konrad, with that "things that make you go hmmmm" look.


"Planning on dropping it with the Baron on it? I wouldn't crossing it if I was him. He leaves behind his biggest card, his armour. More likely to just use his howitzer. We have the other, just not here."

"If we gave him enough reason, like took the grain across the river, he might be forced to follow. It's crucial to his very survival. But it might not be enough for him to do it in hot pursuit, or personally."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1533 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 21:06
  • msg #939

Re: Ticking Clocks

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kaptain, I suggest we also invite the people of Warszawa to help themselves to the grain."

"Feeing the 10th is a future consideration, of course, but the future may never arrive and we can make arrangements to set some aside or just worry about it later."


Bayer says, "I'm not supportive of that Dawid... I've seen what desperate people do with limited food stocks when winter is upon them. That, and through Warren we are allies with the 10th. They are expected to reach Warsaw and secure a means to survive with our cooperation."

"I think the granary needs to be kept under control... for the sake of everyone, including the citizens."

Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine, we do not need these rifles we captured or even Matias' rifle.  Rather than arm a few untrained civilians I think that we should give them to our new Polish allies as they will be able to make more use of them."


Bayer nods, "Agreed. I don't really care as long as they find some useful purpose."

Piotr Pawlowski:
"What are chances of getting Baron forces to "chase us" across either bridge?", Piotr looks at the bridges for a second, looks at Tuck, then Konrad, with that "things that make you go hmmmm" look.


"It's a good idea to channel is forces to maximize the kill." Bayer agrees, but adds, "However I don't think he would risk going to the other side. And thus we should focus on funneling his men in elsewhere."

Mariusz Tokarski:
"If we can get far enough forward, we might want to play a trick. If we can get some plates we can lay a fake minefield. It's complicated and we need to be able to trade a few hundred meters or more to do it but it's an option."


"Will do." Bayer replies. "Quyen can supervise the dummy and actual demo plans once we are on site. Any more mines or explosives on hand?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 974 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 1 Nov 2011
at 21:09
  • msg #940

Re: Ticking Clocks

"I'll run to Butterfly and see if she has any plates and I'll check if there are any in the food cart." Mariusz said.

He ran off to find any plates or dishes he could. His first port of call was the old food cart and then he would try the Butterfly in her truck.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1136 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 00:13
  • msg #941

Re: Ticking Clocks

Konrad Bayer:
Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine, we do not need these rifles we captured or even Matias' rifle.  Rather than arm a few untrained civilians I think that we should give them to our new Polish allies as they will be able to make more use of them."


Bayer nods, "Agreed. I don't really care as long as they find some useful purpose."

Konrad sounded tired to Jan and that worried the Legionnaire a little.  He nodded in response however to Konrad's instructions and then organised handing over the spare rifles and ammo to the other Polish rebels fighting against the Baron.  As he did so he turned to Jay.

"Jay, give those six frag grenades we found to Mariusz and Minh to make booby traps with."
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 89 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 00:40
  • msg #942

Re: Ticking Clocks

Konrad Bayer:
Mariusz Tokarski:
"If we can get far enough forward, we might want to play a trick. If we can get some plates we can lay a fake minefield. It's complicated and we need to be able to trade a few hundred meters or more to do it but it's an option."


"Will do." Bayer replies. "Quyen can supervise the dummy and actual demo plans once we are on site. Any more mines or explosives on hand?"

"It's a nice idea, but I doubt we have the time. We've got what, 45 minutes until the soonest his forces will arrive and we need to move about a kilometre or so ourselves to give us enough space to fall back through. Moving cautiously that's at least 20 minutes on our part and we need to check out additional fall back locations along the way and make sure everyone knows where they are to fall back to."
Finding unbroken plates in a nuked city would also be somewhat problematic.

"As for the bridge, he's got no need at all to cross it. The granary, his obvious objective, is on this side."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 333 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 01:14
  • msg #943

Re: Ticking Clocks

"Sutherland.  Unless you really need another sniper."

Assuming he gets both Konrad and Craig's approval, he nods and outlines a plan in his head.  "We need to find out if those machine gunners know anything about the Baron's current position and plans, or those of his leaders.  He's probably stopped by here at some point, with plans to return.    I imagine Quyen is on that, or I can handle it.  Is there anyone else here alive?  I didn't see you clear the keep."

He'll pull Craig aside after the conversation "You worked for the Baron, you know the city and his forces, and I figure you speak some Polish, which I'm weak in.  Also you're a good shot and a good spotter.  What do you know about his plans in this sort of situation?  Where would he be running his troops from, or who would he leave that to?  Where would that person be?  Is he stupid enough to travel the city in a situation like this?  Or at least expose himself at his command center?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2377 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 01:30
  • msg #944

Re: Ticking Clocks


Having listened in to both the Baron's radio net and the Kommando's deliberations during the second half of the impromptu planning conference,Flemming speaks up.

"A 'Panther 1' is transmitting most of the orders on the Baron's net. Sounds like this Panther 1 is running the show in the field and, from what I can piece together, he is with the reaction force heading back to the city. As far as I can tell, the other units on the way are..." he consults a small spiral-bound notebook, "Bear and Snake. There may be another, but I'm not sure. 'Guelder Rose commander' reported the stadium attack- he's still in the ciy somewhere. Guelder Rose must be the folks we just bushwacked."

Piotr immediately recognizes 'Panther 1' as being the Baron's personal radio callsign. Bear and Snake are two of the Baron's veteran Polish companies. If the reaction force includes AFVs- pretty much a foregone conclusion, at this point- the remainder of the "elite" Black Legion are also present in the relief column.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2378 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 02:08
  • msg #945

Laying in Wait


Warren and Sutherland realize that there's simply not enough time to track down the two wounded machinegunners and find a suitable hide along the Baron's anticipated route of return.

Jan and Mariusz relieve the old man and the two young lady volunteers from the rescued hostages of their briefly loaned AKs and hand them over to the West Bank partisans. The WBP, along with Pawel and another of Butterfly's hired muscle take the food wagon and head towards the granary complex. The older girl insists on being armed and, more to shut her up than anything else, Mariusz gives her a captured Markarov. The old man, encouraged by the girl's success, joins in and does not relent until he's handed an old Tokarev. He handles it like a carpenter handles a familiar hammer. These unlikely volunteers are sent into the city to raise a warning among the civilians in the Baron's likely path.

With a plan of action in place, the Kommando's prepare to move.

After a few last "good lucks" and "go get 'ems" the Kommando's load aboard Butterfly's recently arrived big Zil cargo truck. She follows back routes to an area of the city that offers a likely intercept point and ambush position. As the truck squeels to a halt, the team piles out and begins searching for good firing positions amid the piles of rubble and battered buildings lining the road.

You hear sporadic small arms fire. It's hard to tell exactly where it's coming from and who's doing the shooting. It rises for a bit and then peters out. It's sounds like it's happening a little closer than the granary area but you can't be sure.

The Kommando splits into four teams- two main fireteams splitting the Kommando's main AT assets (the RPGs), a command team, and the snipers. The two main fireteams each position themselves on opposite sides of the main road and settle in to firing positions. The snipers go for height, both to give themselves a good vantage point for sniping and to allow them to keep the others informed of the enemy column's movement and strength. It's a clear day and the snipers can see for miles. From their new perch, the pair spot the tell-tale signs of engine exhaust approaching from the northwest, about 2km off.

The surrounding area offers plenty of choice as far as firing positions go. Tattered multistory buildinds line both sides of the road for blocks. There a gaps every so often where buildings have collapsed into great heaping rubble piles. A few of the piles are unnaturally small, having been "harvested" for construction materials for the Baron's castle.

OOC: In your next post, please describe the kind of firing position that you are looking for. Also note any preparations that you are making (placement of explosives, mines, booby traps, etc.). You probably have no more than 15 minutes to prepare your current ambush positions.

Current Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1320193164

It's not centered. You have to scan north, northwest a bit to find your current AO.

Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 422 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 05:53
  • msg #946

Re: Ticking Clocks

Jeff D. Warren:
"Sutherland.  Unless you really need another sniper."


Craig nods in acceptance.

"Not a problem."

He passes off the RPG launcher and lone grenade and retrieves his Browning HP. He also takes 4 grenades from Jays stash, if they are not already spoken for.

Jeff D. Warren:
He'll pull Craig aside after the conversation "You worked for the Baron, you know the city and his forces, and I figure you speak some Polish, which I'm weak in.  Also you're a good shot and a good spotter.  What do you know about his plans in this sort of situation?  Where would he be running his troops from, or who would he leave that to?  Where would that person be?  Is he stupid enough to travel the city in a situation like this?  Or at least expose himself at his command center?"


As they walked Craig tried to fill Warren in on what he knows, mostly the make up of the force they are about to face. His knowledge was several months old, but he tried to make as concise an evaluation as he could.

"As for what the Barons tactics will be and where is will be riding I can't say, but I know what the bastard and most of his senior command look like."

Before they ascended to their hide position Sutherland left one of his tin can grenade traps across the door closest to the road.

Once in the position he quickly begins making low masonry firing positions with Warrens help. Two near the edge of the room, two in the middle and one near the exit door that he partially closes.

Finally he lays out the grenades, magazines, AK/BG-15 and sniper rifle. He uses his pack as a rest and using his field glasses begins ranging potential target distances and noting them in his notebook. Once the relief force come into view he will radio the Captain with a quick SITREP of the AFV's he can see and begin assigning TR numbers to targets.

We will try for the roof of one of the buildings. Also looking for a building with cover or rubble behind it. Unless Warren has a better idea.


Sniper Element
Doing Admin

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - At shoulder
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 6x40mm HE- held at arms lenght
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 10
This message was last edited by the player at 06:36, Wed 02 Nov 2011.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 68 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Wed 2 Nov 2011
at 23:50
  • msg #947

Re: Ticking Clocks

"Jan where do you want me?  Upstairs ... downstairs... defending Orso?"
He double checks teh RPK-74 and waits for an answer from Jan.


RPK-74
6x45 Rnd Mags
2 Frag Grenades

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 91 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 00:36
  • msg #948

Re: Laying in Wait

Orso looked at Piotr, sizing him up and considering his words.
"Whatever. Makes sense to pair up."
Not that Orso thought he'd need defending. More likely it would be the other way around...
"You got much ammo for that? Maybe you better with real machinegun and give that toy to the woman?"

Orso
Franchi SPAS-15 (7/6 buckshot) + 6x5 buckshot + 1x4 buckshot + 5 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio

Konrad Bayer
player, 1535 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 00:47
  • msg #949

Re: Ticking Clocks

In position, Bayer quickly calls over Dawid and Jan and says, "Dawid left, Jan right side of the road. Dawid targets the right side, Jan targets the left side of the road. HQ will be one tactical bound* behind you. Keep to the ground and lower levels. Utilize the rubble as much as possible over the intact buildings."

With not enough time or resources to put Mariusz's plan of a dummy minefield in place, he says, "Setup one or two mines out in front of each of your groups as far forward as possible."

"Be moving when I give the order to begin the fighting withdraw. Once it's given, fall back and rally in front of my new position. I'll give the signal over the radio, if that fails, two long whistle blasts." he adds, taping the whistle attached to a lanyard on his tac-vest.

Bayer continues, speaking quickly, "Priority of dismounted targets are leadership, crew served weapons, then the rest. Leave any wounded men you see alive. Don't waste the anti-tank weapons... if an AFV is immobilized, it's done... save the ammo and focus on the those that are still combat operational."

He then gives each man a nod to ensure they're good, and says, "Tell your men, if things go wrong, RV at the zoo and wait there for 24 hours if it is safe... then go to Gora Kalwaria. Alright? Get back to your squads and see you when it's over."

* One tactical bound in this case looks to be around 50 meters in this case.
Piotr Pawlowski
player, 69 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 01:25
  • msg #950

Re: Laying in Wait

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"Whatever. Makes sense to pair up."

"You got much ammo for that? Maybe you better with real machinegun and give that toy to the woman?"


"I got seven 45 round magazines," as he sets up the bipod, "Im pretty good with it.  What I do, I draw fire away from you, you get better shots at tanks with RPG."
He draws out a spare 45 round mag and one grenade.
"We work as team."
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:11, Thu 03 Nov 2011.
Minh Quyen
player, 587 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 01:46
  • msg #951

Re: Laying in Wait

After passing off her AK74 Quyen hurriedly stuffed her smallpack with the six frags from Jay along with the belted ammunition from Dawid for the machinegun. She then threw the pack over her shoulders and grabbed the PKM. It was a little large for her frame, but she could handle it and the explosives.

Then before walking over to where Jan's group was assembling she taps fists with Tucker and says "They broke us up Sergeant. I won't be there for you like last time so be careful."

Once at their position Quyen sets up the PKM where Jan directs her and then asks him, "I have claymore and POMZ-2... with some grenades. Want me to setup?"



OOC Stuff:
Jan Cerny:
"Jay, give those six frag grenades we found to Mariusz and Minh to make booby traps with."

Did this happen?
Jan Cerny:
Tony – how much ammo is Dawid giving Minh for the PKM?

Need to know how much.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 92 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 02:23
  • msg #952

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Piotr Pawlowski (msg #950):

"Works for me. Better though if they," he indicated the other team who'd be on the other side of the road, "Draw the fire and we do the same for them."

Setting up a few metres from Piotr, Orso ensured he had plenty of cover as well as a clear area behind for the RPG backblast, such as it was. Additionally the location had to be out of the expected line of fire from the other side of the road. A covered path of withdrawal for all of them was also high on the list of priorities.
Content, if not entirely happy with the set up, Orso then ran quickly through the equipment he was carrying, mainly to familiarise his partner with his capabilities and restrictions rather than any expectance Piotr might actually have to use any of it himself.

"You might need to carry the RPG if it's not fired in the first ambush. I'm very heavily loaded."

Orso
Franchi SPAS-15 (7/6 buckshot) + 6x6 buckshot + 5 slugs (loose)
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
RPG-7V + Russian PG-7M HEAT x1
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio
NO medical supplies

Piotr Pawlowski
player, 71 posts
Starszy Sierzant
Motor Rifles
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 03:11
  • msg #953

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato (msg #952):

"I can do, just tell me before you fire so I can, err, how you say, shut asshole?" and gives out a laugh.

Piotr is making a primary position piling up rubble and such.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 174 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 06:56
  • msg #954

Re: Laying in Wait

Disappointed after returning empty handed in his brief search for the MG crew, Jay set about fulfilling orders. From the captured equipment he passed on 6 frag grenades to Minh and Mariusz, and swapped an RPG rocket from Craig for 4 frags from his pack.

He listened carefully to the new team orders, aware that he would now be under Dawid's leadership.

To the group in general he asked, "anyone need mag for AK rifle? I have spare many." If there were any takers he would dish them out.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1140 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 10:29
  • msg #955

Re: Laying in Wait

Jan called his small team together.  "OK.  Piotr, I need you to carry the RPG for the moment.  You will be paired with me and I will use the RPG if necessary but if we can then Orso will use it because of my wounded arm.  Minh, you will be paired with Orso.

"When the order comes to withdraw Orso and Minh will move first and then Piotr and myself.  We are to head back to the Capitaine's position.  He will send the signal over the radio or blow two long blasts with his whistle if that does not work.

"You all know this I am sure but once an AFV is immobilized we can withdraw and leave it so we do not need to destroy it.  Priority dismounted targets are leaders and then crew served weapons and do not finish off any wounded, leave them the problem of looking after their wounded.

"If you get separated then RV at the Zoo and wait therefore 24 hours if it is safe.  If you are still separated then go to Gora Kalwaria."  Jan then turned to Orso.  "Obviously you make your own decision on Gora Kalwaria."

He then turned to Minh.  "Set up whatever mines you can.  Ask the Capitaine how he wants them set up.  Any questions?"
This message was last edited by the player at 14:16, Thu 03 Nov 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2550 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 10:39
  • msg #956

Re: Laying in Wait

The street was about 40m wide at this point, and the ambush was to be in a V pattern. No chance of hitting either element in the crossfire unless they let the enemy get between them.

"Okay, here's what I want done:

Jay and Tucker, you're together as the anti-tank team. You'll be 10m forward, engage the 2nd vehicle through. We fire on the signal. You fire, then retreat past Mariusz and I. We'll fire a belt or so, then retreat past you. Use smoke or 40mm grenades to cover us when withdrawing. Remember, we can't stop and fight, one volley and then we leave."

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 178 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 12:50
  • msg #957

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #956):

Jay nodded to indicate he understood the orders. He had done this kind of operation many times before, from the Falklands through to the Balkans, not to mention the Twilight War. "No have smoke, just HE and frag grenade."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2552 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 12:59
  • msg #958

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #957):

"Fine, Jay, those'll do nicely. Speaking of that, have any cigarettes now, while we have a chance."

He lit a cigarette, offering the captured pack around.

"Mariusz, set up the Claymore where you like. It can be to cover our retreat. Normally it would be set to start the ambush, but our rockets will do that.

"I know you know all about being an urban guerrilla, but for the rest of us let's remember that the usual bronegruppa tactic is to have a tank or armoured vehicle in front, followed by groups of infantry."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 975 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 15:58
  • msg #959

Re: Laying in Wait

Mariusz set up the claymore at the point he felt was the easiest way up the rubble that they were using to hide behind from the perspective of a soldier being ambushed. That way he hoped to get some of the men as they tried to pursue the team.

Once he had completed the mining he returned to Dawid's position and set himself in the assistant gunner's position. He looked at Dawid and said, "If we're shooting and scooting I intend to fire a grenade and a burst if there are appropriate targets. Is that OK or do you have a different plan?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2554 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 Nov 2011
at 20:57
  • msg #960

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #959):

"That's fine, just open up when I do. We aren't staying so it's much better to add in your firepower than have you act as my loader. Just remember to blow the second Claymore to give us cover to move."

So here's how it goes:

  1. First Claymore goes off, Orso engages 1st vehicle, Jay/Tucker engage 2nd in line.
  2. Mariusz and I open up on dismounts and give covering fire for Tucker/Jay to withdraw past us to RP.
  3. Mariusz blows second Claymore to keep enemy heads down. We withdraw to RP.

As a reminder, our first RP is in the far corner of this Bank building, with the HQ section's position. If all else fails, try to get to the granary. If you can't, try and make the bridge and the west bank. The Baron is unlikely to follow that far.


This message was last edited by the player at 03:15, Fri 04 Nov 2011.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
player, 100 posts
Sergente Maggiore Capo
Paracadutisti Incursori
Fri 4 Nov 2011
at 02:49
  • msg #961

Re: Laying in Wait

Jan Cerny:
You will be paired with me and I will use the RPG if necessary but if we can then Orso will use it because of my wounded arm. Minh, you will be paired with Orso.</Blue>

"That is madness."
Orso had a professional opinion and wasn't afraid to express it.
"How can you hope to be accurate with a wounded arm? Leave it with me and Piotr as we've already set up. If it's not fired before pulling out, it's not going to slow me down much more than I already am."
"Also, my hands will be too full to assist Minh with the machinegun."

As unfamiliar as she obviously was, she needed somebody nearby to help her.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 179 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 4 Nov 2011
at 07:23
  • msg #962

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #960):

Jay nodded in response to the clarification of orders. His plan was to find a good firing point in the shadows, take a prone position and then wait with RPG in hand. He might have to wait to get a good shot at the flank of an armoured vehicle, so he took his time to find a good spot.

In the hurry to go through final preparations, he clean forgot to mention that he didn't have a clue where the zoo was, not to mention Gora Kalaria, he just hoped he wouldn't get left behind again.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2558 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 4 Nov 2011
at 08:50
  • msg #963

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #962):

Dawid examined the position, at the corner of Kepna and Targowa. Because of this, the AT team was as far forward as possible.

"Mariusz, if we're doing a fake minefield, might as well put it across Kepna street so we don't get outflanked, and maybe rig some actual booby traps with frags in the doorways along Kepna."

"I'm going to say a prayer, if anyone cares to join me."


He took out his Rosary.

"Dear Lord, Jesus and the Black Madonna, please protect and help us prevail. We are doing Your work, to free the people of Your beloved Poland. We ask for your mercy, and should we fall then please take us Unto your arms. Amen."

Minh Quyen
player, 590 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 4 Nov 2011
at 16:15
  • msg #964

Re: Laying in Wait

Jan Cerny:
He then turned to Minh. "Set up whatever mines you can.  Ask the Capitaine how he wants them set up. Any questions?"


"No." Quyen replies quickly. She then leaves the PKM where her position was pointed out and moves forward. After a quick survey to pick out the best locations (Combat Engineer roll?) she kneels down and opens her small pack containing the mines, grenades, and other explosives.

Her first mine is the deadly POMZ-2 that is is setup above ground for an all around blast effect. She places it where the circular explosive zone will do the most damage to where she imagines any infantry to soon be. The POMZ-2's trip wire is then rigged and then the mine itself is armed. She then takes a few seconds to camouflage the mine but doesn't worry too much about that. With all of the debris and clutter scattered everywhere and shooting going on, she expects human nature to take over and their enemies too concerned with other matters than watching each and every footstep they take.

Quyen then falls back a little and moves off to the side. She purposely set up the first mine the furthest out so she or anyone else wouldn't accidentally trigger them. Her next mine the American claymore that she angles towards the side of road where she expects infantry to dismount from the vehicles from to take the best advantage of the cone shaped nature of this particular mine. Quyen then arms it using the command detonator - saving the trip wire component for her frag grenades.

For her third mine she falls back yet again, all while trailing out the claymore's detonating wires until she nears the area right next to where her squad is set up at. There she finds a suitable place for the grenades. For this last one she uses the trip wire that is in the claymore's packaging bag. She extends it across the length of ground and at each end she ties it to one of the grenades. Then then wedges each grenade in or under a small pile of rocks or debris with just enough pressure to keep them in place and for their spoons not to fly off. She then carefully pulls the pins on both grenades and looks at her booby trap. When men move towards their position, the lead one will snag the wire and pull both grenades out from their hiding spot and with no rocks in their way the spoons will fly off. Double explosion at both ends.

Time up...

Running back Quyen grabs the claymore command wire and inserts it into the detonator which she leaves with Jan. She then quickly explains the mine setup and returns back to her position where he gun was waiting.

Quyen
PKM <<<using bipod>>> (100/100)
Setting up mines (1 x POMZ-2 trip, 1 x Claymore command, and dual frag grenade trip)

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 976 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 4 Nov 2011
at 16:38
  • msg #965

Re: Laying in Wait

Mariusz nodded to Dawid and rushed off to place any plates he had found in the positions he had been advised to lay them in. Once he had finished he took the opportunity to speak with Bayer, "Sir," he said, "when we are pulling back I suggest we take the road to the river that is next to the dock spur here."

He pointed to the map to the area that had once been the bus station and an open air market, "There's cover for us and the gap the Baron can come through is only about three hundred meters. If the Queen is coming, that would be the area to catch the Baron with her mortar and grenade launcher. If that didn't work I suggest retreating between the stadium and the river on our way to the granary, that way, if the Queen is nearby she might have a shot with the Rapira, it would be fleeting and unlikely, but if she was on the river it might distract the Baron. If the Queen is carrying any troops from Gora Kalawaria having them setting up an ambush at the base of the position I suggested might be a nasty surprise for the Baron."

He returned to his firing position.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:41, Fri 04 Nov 2011.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1147 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 4 Nov 2011
at 17:54
  • msg #966

Re: Laying in Wait

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
"That is madness."
Orso had a professional opinion and wasn't afraid to express it.
"How can you hope to be accurate with a wounded arm? Leave it with me and Piotr as we've already set up. If it's not fired before pulling out, it's not going to slow me down much more than I already am."
"Also, my hands will be too full to assist Minh with the machinegun."

As unfamiliar as she obviously was, she needed somebody nearby to help her.

"OK, let me be clearer," replied Jan to Orso with a look of frustration on his face.  "Minh is quite capable of firing the PKM on her own and we are not staying around for long enough to make a loader necessary so I am not asking you to assist her.  We are only staying long enough to make the enemy infantry deploy and walk onto the mines.  Therefore I need you firing either your grenade launcher or the RPG!"

He then turned to the subject of the RPG.  "As I said I am sure that you will end up firing it but I do not trust your judgement regarding target selection so I am not giving you a free choice of targets.  Before we attacked the stadium we had four rockets but you chose to fire one at the bunker rather than using your own weapons.  That was total overkill and a waste of one of our best AT weapons so I am making sure that the RPG will be fired when I say that it should be fired.   Therefore if the enemy do not come down this route and we have to move to a new ambush site then Piotr will carry the RPG.  I do not ask you to agree.  Just to understand and follow orders like an ordinary soldier.

"Therefore you will partner with Minh as I said and I will partner with Piotr when we withdraw.  Now let us go and look at the ground."

He glanced over at the rubble strewn ruins beside the road and visualised Konrad's plan.  "For the first ambush we will change the deployment slightly as this will be our best chance to use the RPGs with a flank shot.  Piotr will set up near Minh to machinegun the infantry with her.  Orso and I will set up ahead of the machinegun positions to get a flank shot at an AFV.  Orso will fire the RPG at an AFV of my selection and I will fire a HEDP round at something more lightly armoured, ideally a truck to make sure that it explodes.  Once the infantry deploy we must push them back onto the claymore which I will initiate."  Jan nodded at Minh, indicating that he understood the command wire.  "Once the mines start exploding we will start to withdraw, getting into our pairs as soon as we are in cover so that each pair has a radio.  We will need to withdraw at least 200m, probably more, before we can risk crossing the road to re-join the others.  Any further questions?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1144 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 01:43
  • msg #967

Re: Laying in Wait

Minh Quyen:
Then before walking over to where Jan's group was assembling she taps fists with Tucker and says "They broke us up Sergeant. I won't be there for you like last time so be careful."

Tucker looks up and sees Minh walking over as he finishes the last checks of his gear and ammo.  He gets up to meet her and before she gets there and dons his gear for the upcoming fight.  He returns the tapping fists to her and smiles, "No one's breaking us up, it's temporary.  You'll be with Jan's group so you should be OK.  If it gets bad enough, I know you'll be there for me.  Don't get all sentimental on me now girl.  Good luck to you and see you on the other side."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1145 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 02:12
  • msg #968

Re: Laying in Wait

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
The street was about 40m wide at this point, and the ambush was to be in a V pattern. No chance of hitting either element in the crossfire unless they let the enemy get between them.

"Okay, here's what I want done:

Jay and Tucker, you're together as the anti-tank team. You'll be 10m forward, engage the 2nd vehicle through. We fire on the signal. You fire, then retreat past Mariusz and I. We'll fire a belt or so, then retreat past you. Use smoke or 40mm grenades to cover us when withdrawing. Remember, we can't stop and fight, one volley and then we leave."

"We'll make due with what we have Dawid.

Second vehicle is ours on the command.  You cover us out and then we get you on the way back to the RP.  I only have [2] HEDP rounds left so I'll try to make 'em count."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2566 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 07:00
  • msg #969

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #968):

"Good. Last minute consultation with Jan."

He jogged across the street, talked with Jan for a moment to get things straight, then returned. He marked a 5m radius in the street using chunks of concrete, a bit of wood, whatever debris was handy, and pointed the line out to Tucker and Jay..

"That's the arming line for your rocket. Okay, we, that is, the AT team, will take first shot at the lead vehicle. That's the signal to start the attack. You have a second rocket, save it. It takes 15 seconds to rearm, you should be running by then! Indeed, we will cover you."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 181 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 07:14
  • msg #970

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #969):

"So I take first tank now?" Jay replied, tying to clarify the order.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2567 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 11:55
  • msg #971

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #970):

"Take the first shot at the first vehicle if you can, but in the end you are to take your best shot, that is, a flank shot. Hopefully, Charlie will figure out if you can't hit the lead vehicle's flank.

"If you think you have to switch targets and there's time, have Tucker call it in over the radio so Charlie is aware. That's all you can do."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1148 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 14:33
  • msg #972

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #971):

"We're taking the first, best shot, at the first vehicle.  Once we fire our rounds, we're to displace to the first rally point, reload and then await for Dawid to catch up to us.  From there, we look for another vantage point to take or get another shot at one of the vehicles.  We keep running a fighting retreat until we're dead or can't run anymore.  I'm going to be leaving my ruck at our first rally point just in case it gets hot quick out there which I imagine it's going to.  In case something goes wrong, I've got one claymore in there plus some of my extra ammo," Tucker says to Jay and Dawid.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 339 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 14:42
  • msg #973

Re: Laying in Wait

Jeff and Craig quickly settled into their new hide.  Before doing so, he had made it clear to Dawid and Konrad that they would most likely not be withdrawing with the rest of the platoon during the running ambush.  Fortunately, the radio was good and worse case scenario they could meet with either the Queen or the 10th.
----
"Priority target is the Baron, if he's dumb enough.  We both know what he looks like.  If need be, we'll wait until the friendlies have broken contact.  I imagine the Baron might get out to survey the carnage, if he hasn't shown himself or been killed by that point.  If the column starts to move off again, we'll drop a leader and then displace.  Head for the palace, or barracks."

Jeff watches Craig for a reaction, and for any input.  From one officer to the other, and as they both had been SF of some sort, Jeff respected Craig.

"Agreed?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 428 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 20:31
  • msg #974

Re: Laying in Wait


Jeff D. Warren:
"Agreed?"



"Agreed, lets just hope he hasn't had his weetabixs this morning."

He waves off the confused look on Warrens face as he continues to scan in the direction of the column with Jays Binoculars.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:31, Sat 05 Nov 2011.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2571 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 21:26
  • msg #975

Re: Laying in Wait

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #972):

"We have one Claymore set to cover our retreat. Where is the second one?"

"If there is no second Claymore set, then get the other Claymore to Minh over in Charlie as soon as possible so they can use it to start the ambush. Unless they have another directional mine, which I don't think they do."

Sign In